Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR Aktienkurs
Insights zu Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR
Insights
Mit KI besser investieren
aktien.guide Unlimited – alle Details der KI-Analysen
👉 Detailliertere Insights
👉 Exklusive Einblicke in Chancen & Risiken
👉 Klare Antworten auf deine Fragen
Mit KI besser investieren
aktien.guide Unlimited – alle Details der KI-Analysen
👉 Detailliertere Insights
👉 Exklusive Einblicke in Chancen & Risiken
👉 Klare Antworten auf deine Fragen
Mit KI besser investieren
aktien.guide Unlimited – alle Details der KI-Analysen
👉 Detailliertere Insights
👉 Exklusive Einblicke in Chancen & Risiken
👉 Klare Antworten auf deine Fragen
Mit KI besser investieren
aktien.guide Unlimited – alle Details der KI-Analysen
👉 Detailliertere Insights
👉 Exklusive Einblicke in Chancen & Risiken
👉 Klare Antworten auf deine Fragen
Ist Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR eine Topscorer-Aktie nach der Dividenden-, High-Growth-Investing- oder Levermann-Strategie?
Als kostenloser aktien.guide Basis-Nutzer kannst Du die Scores zu allen 7.602 weltweiten Aktien einsehen.
aktien.guide Premium
aktien.guide Unlimited
Kennzahlen
📘 Marktkapitalisierung
📈 Was ist das?
Die Marktkapitalisierung zeigt, wie viel ein Unternehmen laut Börse aktuell wert ist.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Sie hilft Unternehmen in Größenklassen (Large, Mid, Small Cap) einzuordnen und gibt Hinweise auf Marktmacht und Stabilität.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Große Unternehmen gelten als stabiler, zahlen oft Dividenden, wachsen aber langsamer.
- Kleine Firmen können stärker wachsen, sind aber schwankungsanfälliger.
- Die Marktkapitalisierung ist ein guter Indikator für Unternehmensgröße, aber kein Maß für Unter- oder Überbewertung.
📘 Enterprise Value (Unternehmenswert)
📈 Was ist das?
Der Enterprise Value (EV) zeigt, was ein Unternehmen tatsächlich kostet, wenn man es komplett übernehmen würde – inklusive Schulden und abzüglich Cash.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
(= Marktkapitalisierung + Nettoverschuldung)
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Der EV ist eine realistischere Bewertungsbasis als die Marktkapitalisierung, da er die Kapitalstruktur berücksichtigt. Er ist Grundlage für Kennzahlen wie EV/FCF oder EV/Sales.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Der Enterprise Value zeigt, was ein Unternehmen tatsächlich wert ist – unabhängig davon, wie es finanziert ist.
- Er ist besonders wichtig für professionelle Investoren, da er eine objektivere Grundlage für Bewertungsvergleiche bietet als die Marktkapitalisierung allein.
- Ein Unternehmen mit hoher Verschuldung erscheint im EV teurer, eines mit viel Cash günstiger – auch wenn sie an der Börse gleich viel wert sind.
📘 Nettoverschuldung
📈 Was ist das?
Die Nettoverschuldung zeigt, wie viele Schulden nach Abzug des verfügbaren Cashs tatsächlich verbleiben.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Sie zeigt, wie stark ein Unternehmen von Fremdkapital abhängig ist – und wie gut es in der Lage ist, seine Schulden kurzfristig zu bedienen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine niedrige oder negative Nettoverschuldung bedeutet hohe finanzielle Stabilität.
- Unternehmen mit viel Cash und geringer Verschuldung sind besser gerüstet für Krisen.
- Eine hohe Nettoverschuldung erhöht das Risiko – besonders bei steigenden Zinsen oder konjunkturellen Schwächen.
📘 Cash
📈 Was ist das?
Der Cashbestand zeigt, wie viele liquide Mittel einem Unternehmen sofort zur Verfügung stehen.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Er gibt Auskunft über die finanzielle Flexibilität: Ein hoher Cashbestand ermöglicht Investitionen, Rückkäufe oder Krisenresistenz.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hoher Cashbestand zeigt finanzielle Stärke und Handlungsspielraum.
- Cash kann für Investitionen, Schuldentilgung oder Aktienrückkäufe genutzt werden.
- Allerdings: Zu viel ungenutztes Kapital kann auch auf mangelnde Investitionsideen hinweisen.
📘 Anzahl ausstehender Aktien
📈 Was ist das?
Die Anzahl ausstehender Aktien gibt an, wie viele Aktien eines Unternehmens aktuell im Umlauf sind und von Investoren gehalten werden.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Sie ist die Grundlage für viele Kennzahlen wie Gewinn je Aktie (EPS), Marktkapitalisierung oder KGV.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Je weniger Aktien im Umlauf sind, desto höher fällt z. B. der Gewinn je Aktie aus – wichtig für Bewertung und Dividendenrendite.
- Aktienrückkäufe verringern die Anzahl ausstehender Aktien – und steigern den Wert je Aktie.
- Kapitalerhöhungen haben den gegenteiligen Effekt: mehr Aktien → Verwässerung der bestehenden Anteile.
📘 Kurs-Gewinn-Verhältnis (KGV)
📈 Was ist das?
Das KGV zeigt, wie oft der Gewinn pro Aktie im aktuellen Aktienkurs enthalten ist – also wie „teuer“ eine Aktie im Verhältnis zum Gewinn ist.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Das KGV gehört zu den bekanntesten Bewertungskennzahlen. Es hilft Anlegern einzuschätzen, ob eine Aktie im Vergleich zu ihrem Gewinn eher günstig oder teuer erscheint.
🧮 Berechnung
📊 KGV (TTM) = bezogen auf den Gewinn der letzten 12 Monate (Trailing Twelve Months):🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein niedriges KGV kann auf eine günstige Bewertung hindeuten – oder auf Probleme im Geschäftsmodell.
- Ein hohes KGV kann Wachstumserwartungen widerspiegeln – oder eine überbewertete Aktie.
📘 Kurs-Umsatz-Verhältnis (KUV)
📈 Was ist das?
Das KUV zeigt, wie viel Anleger für 1 € Umsatz eines Unternehmens zahlen – unabhängig vom Gewinn.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Das KUV ist besonders bei wachstumsstarken oder noch nicht profitablen Unternehmen hilfreich. Es zeigt, wie hoch der Umsatz an der Börse bewertet wird.
🧮 Berechnung
Marktkapitalisierung = 39,04 Mrd. $ | Umsatz (TTM) = 17,35 Mrd. $
Marktkapitalisierung = 39,04 Mrd. $ | Umsatz erwartet = 16,94 Mrd. $
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein niedriges KUV kann auf Unterbewertung hindeuten – oder auf schwache Margen.
- Ein hohes KUV kann hohe Erwartungen widerspiegeln – oder übermäßigen Optimismus.
- Besonders sinnvoll bei Wachstumsunternehmen, bei denen der Gewinn oder Free Cashflow (noch) keine Aussagekraft hat.
📘 Unternehmenswert zu Umsatz (EV/Sales)
📈 Was ist das?
EV/Sales zeigt, wie viel Anleger für 1 € Umsatz eines Unternehmens zahlen, wenn man auch Schulden und Cash berücksichtigt – es ist eine kapitalstrukturbereinigte Version des KUV.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Diese Kennzahl eignet sich besonders für den Vergleich von Unternehmen mit unterschiedlicher Verschuldung – sie zeigt, wie teuer ein Unternehmen tatsächlich im Verhältnis zum Umsatz ist.
🧮 Berechnung
Enterprise Value = 51,93 Mrd. $ | Umsatz (TTM) = 17,35 Mrd. $
Enterprise Value = 51,93 Mrd. $ | Umsatz erwartet = 16,94 Mrd. $
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- EV/Sales ist neutral gegenüber der Kapitalstruktur und eignet sich gut für Unternehmensvergleiche.
- Ein niedriges Verhältnis kann auf eine günstig bewertete Aktie hindeuten – ein hohes Verhältnis auf hohe Erwartungen oder Überbewertung.
- Besonders nützlich bei wachstumsstarken, noch nicht profitablen Firmen.
📘 Unternehmenswert zu Free Cashflow (EV/FCF)
📈 Was ist das?
EV/FCF zeigt, wie viele Jahre es dauern würde, bis ein Unternehmen seinen Unternehmenswert durch freien Cashflow „zurückverdient”.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Diese Kennzahl hilft, Unternehmen auf Basis ihrer tatsächlichen Cash-Erträge zu bewerten – unabhängig von Bilanzierungsregeln oder buchhalterischem Gewinn.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein niedriges EV/FCF deutet auf eine günstige Bewertung bei starker Cashgenerierung hin.
- Ein hohes EV/FCF kann entweder auf Optimismus oder auf temporär schwachen Cashflow hindeuten.
- Besonders hilfreich bei reifen, profitablen Unternehmen mit stabilen Cashflows.
📘 Kurs-Buchwert-Verhältnis (KBV)
📈 Was ist das?
Das KBV zeigt, wie hoch der Marktwert eines Unternehmens im Verhältnis zu seinem bilanziellen Eigenkapital ist.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Das KBV ist besonders bei Substanzwerten (z. B. Banken, Industrie) relevant. Es hilft Anlegern zu erkennen, ob ein Unternehmen unter oder über seinem buchhalterischen Vermögen bewertet ist.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein KBV unter 1 kann auf Unterbewertung oder schwache Rentabilität hindeuten.
- Ein KBV über 1 zeigt, dass der Markt dem Unternehmen Mehrwert über den Buchwert hinaus zuschreibt (z. B. Marken, Patente, Wachstum).
- Das KBV eignet sich besonders gut für Unternehmen mit stabilen, materiellen Vermögenswerten.
📘 Dividende je Aktie
📈 Was ist das?
Die Dividende je Aktie zeigt, wie viel Geld ein Unternehmen pro Aktie an seine Aktionäre ausschüttet – typischerweise jährlich oder quartalsweise.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Sie ist die absolute Größe der Auszahlung je Aktie – wichtig für alle, die regelmäßige Erträge suchen oder Dividendenstrategien verfolgen.
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine stabile oder wachsende Dividende je Aktie ist oft ein Zeichen für ein solides Geschäftsmodell.
- Die Dividende je Aktie allein sagt aber nichts über die Rendite – dafür ist auch der Aktienkurs relevant (→ Dividendenrendite).
- Langfristig steigende Dividenden sind oft ein sehr gutes Merkmal (z. B. Dividenden-Aristokraten).
📘 Dividendenrendite
📈 Was ist das?
Die Dividendenrendite zeigt, wie hoch die Dividende eines Unternehmens im Verhältnis zum Aktienkurs ist.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Sie hilft dabei, Dividendenaktien vergleichbar zu machen – unabhängig vom absoluten Auszahlungsbetrag.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine stabile Dividendenrendite kann auf verlässliche Ausschüttungen hinweisen.
- Ein Vergleich der 1J- und 5J-Rendite hilft zu erkennen, ob das Dividendenwachstum mit dem Kurswachstum Schritt hält.
- Eine niedrige Rendite ist nicht zwingend negativ – sie kann auf starkes Kurswachstum hindeuten.
📘 Dividendenwachstum
📈 Was ist das?
Das Dividendenwachstum zeigt, wie stark ein Unternehmen seine Dividende je Aktie über die Zeit gesteigert hat.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
5J: durchschnittliche jährliche Wachstumsrate (CAGR)
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Stetig steigende Dividenden gelten als Zeichen für finanzielle Stärke und Aktionärsorientierung – besonders interessant für langfristige Investoren.
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein stabiles Dividendenwachstum ist ein Zeichen nachhaltiger Ertragskraft.
- Ein hohes Dividendenwachstum kann ein erheblicher Hebel deiner Rendite sein:
- Wenn ein Unternehmen z. B. 1 € Dividende zahlt und diese über 5 Jahre jährlich um 15 % erhöht, bekommst du im 5. Jahr bereits 2 € je Aktie – doppelt so viel wie zu Beginn!
📘 Ausschüttungsquote (Payout)
📈 Was ist das?
Die Ausschüttungsquote zeigt, wie viel Prozent des Unternehmensgewinns (pro Aktie) als Dividende an die Aktionäre ausgeschüttet wird.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Die Quote hilft einzuschätzen, ob eine Dividende auf Dauer tragfähig ist – besonders im Verhältnis zum erzielten Gewinn.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine niedrige Ausschüttungsquote bedeutet: Das Unternehmen behält einen größeren Teil des Gewinns für Investitionen – typisch für Wachstumsunternehmen.
- Eine moderate Quote (z. B. 25–50 %) steht oft für ein gesundes Gleichgewicht zwischen Ausschüttung und Zukunftsinvestitionen.
- Hohe Ausschüttungsquoten können attraktiv wirken, sind aber riskanter, wenn die Gewinne schwanken oder sinken.
📘 Dividendensteigerungen in Folge (Erhöhungen)
📈 Was ist das?
Diese Kennzahl zeigt, wie viele Jahre in Folge ein Unternehmen seine Dividende pro Aktie erhöht hat – ohne Kürzung oder Aussetzung.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Ein langer Track Record kontinuierlicher Erhöhungen spricht für Verlässlichkeit, solide Finanzen und aktionärsfreundliche Unternehmenspolitik.
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein langer Zeitraum mit Dividendensteigerungen stärkt das Vertrauen – besonders in Krisenzeiten.
- Solche Unternehmen gelten als verlässlich und planbar für Einkommensinvestoren.
- Je länger die Serie, desto stärker das Commitment gegenüber den Aktionären.
📘 Umsatz
📈 Was ist das?
Der Umsatz zeigt, wie viel ein Unternehmen insgesamt mit seinen Produkten und Dienstleistungen verdient – also den Bruttoerlös vor Abzug von Kosten.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Der Umsatz ist eine der zentralen Kennzahlen zur Einschätzung der Unternehmensgröße, Marktstellung und Wachstumskraft.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein wachsender Umsatz zeigt eine steigende Nachfrage und kann ein guter Frühindikator für Gewinnsteigerungen sein.
- Vergleiche von aktuellem und erwartetem Umsatz geben Hinweise auf das Marktumfeld und Analystenerwartungen.
- Wichtig: Starker Umsatz allein genügt nicht – auch Margen und Profitabilität zählen.
📘 EBITDA
📈 Was ist das?
EBITDA steht für „Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization“ – also Gewinn vor Zinsen, Steuern und Abschreibungen. Es zeigt das operative Ergebnis eines Unternehmens, bereinigt um bilanztechnische und finanzierungsbedingte Effekte.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
EBITDA ist eine verbreitete Kennzahl zur Beurteilung der operativen Leistungsfähigkeit – insbesondere bei kapitalintensiven Unternehmen oder im internationalen Vergleich.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hohes oder wachsendes EBITDA spricht für starke operative Erträge – unabhängig von Bilanzierung oder Steuerlast.
- EBITDA ist besonders nützlich, um Unternehmen branchenübergreifend zu vergleichen.
- Wichtig: EBITDA ist keine offizielle Gewinnkennzahl – Abschreibungen und Finanzierungskosten werden ausgeklammert.
📘 EBIT
📈 Was ist das?
EBIT steht für „Earnings Before Interest and Taxes“ – also Gewinn vor Zinsen und Steuern. Es zeigt das operative Ergebnis eines Unternehmens nach Abschreibungen, aber vor Finanzierungs- und Steueraufwand.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
EBIT ist eine zentrale Kennzahl zur Beurteilung der Profitabilität aus dem Kerngeschäft – unabhängig von Kapitalstruktur oder Steuersystem.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hohes EBIT deutet auf ein profitables Kerngeschäft hin – vor Zinslasten oder steuerlichen Effekten.
- Es erlaubt objektivere Vergleiche zwischen Unternehmen mit unterschiedlicher Finanzierung.
- Im Vergleich mit EBITDA zeigt EBIT bereits den Einfluss von Abschreibungen auf das operative Ergebnis.
📘 Nettogewinn
📈 Was ist das?
Der Nettogewinn ist der verbleibende Jahresüberschuss (oder -fehlbetrag) eines Unternehmens – nach Abzug aller Kosten, Steuern, Zinsen und Abschreibungen
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Der Nettogewinn ist die zentrale Erfolgskennzahl – er zeigt, wie profitabel ein Unternehmen nach allen Kosten tatsächlich arbeitet.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein steigender Nettogewinn zeigt, dass das Unternehmen effizient wirtschaftet – trotz aller Kosten.
- Die Entwicklung des Gewinns beeinflusst z. B. direkt das KGV und weitere Kennzahlen.
- Im Zeitverlauf lässt sich ablesen, wie stabil und profitabel ein Geschäftsmodell wirklich ist.
📘 Free Cashflow (FCF)
📈 Was ist das?
Der Free Cashflow gibt Aufschluss über die echte finanzielle Stärke eines Unternehmens – unabhängig von Bilanzierungsregeln. Er zeigt, wie viel Spielraum für Dividenden, Aktienrückkäufe oder Schuldenabbau besteht.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
FCF reflects a company’s real financial strength – regardless of accounting profits. It shows how much flexibility a company has for dividends, share buybacks, or debt reduction.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hoher Free Cashflow bedeutet, dass ein Unternehmen echte Finanzkraft besitzt – unabhängig vom bilanzierten Gewinn.
- Er ist oft die solideste Grundlage für nachhaltige Dividenden und Aktienrückkäufe.
- Sinkender FCF kann ein Warnsignal sein – auch wenn der Gewinn stabil aussieht.
📘 Umsatzwachstum
📈 Was ist das?
Das Umsatzwachstum zeigt, wie stark sich die Erlöse eines Unternehmens im Vergleich zum Vorjahr verändert haben – tatsächlich (TTM) und auf Prognosebasis (erwartet).
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Erwartet = (Umsatz erwartet ÷ Umsatz Vorjahr − 1) × 100
Erwartetes Wachstum basiert auf Analystenschätzungen für das laufende Geschäftsjahr.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Ein wachsender Umsatz ist ein zentrales Signal für steigende Nachfrage, Geschäftsausweitung und Marktanteilsgewinne – besonders bei Wachstumsunternehmen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Wachstum ist der Motor langfristiger Wertsteigerung – besonders bei Technologie- und Wachstumsaktien.
- Wichtig ist nicht nur das aktuelle Wachstum, sondern auch dessen Nachhaltigkeit.
- Prognosen zeigen, ob Analysten weiteres Potenzial erwarten – oder eine Verlangsamung.
📘 EBITDA-Wachstum
📈 Was ist das?
Das EBITDA-Wachstum zeigt, wie stark das operative Ergebnis eines Unternehmens vor Zinsen, Steuern und Abschreibungen im Vergleich zum Vorjahr gestiegen oder gesunken ist.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Erwartet = (erwartetes EBITDA ÷ EBITDA Vorjahr − 1) × 100
Erwartetes Wachstum basiert auf Analystenschätzungen für das laufende Geschäftsjahr.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Ein steigendes EBITDA ist ein Zeichen für verbesserte operative Ertragskraft – unabhängig von Finanzierungsstruktur oder Abschreibungen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Starkes EBITDA-Wachstum signalisiert operative Effizienz und Skalierung – besonders relevant in Wachstumsphasen.
- EBITDA-Wachstum ist ein Frühindikator für Margen- und Gewinnentwicklung – sollte aber stets im Zusammenhang mit Umsatz und EBIT betrachtet werden.
📘 EBIT Wachstum
📈 Was ist das?
Das EBIT-Wachstum zeigt, wie stark das operative Ergebnis eines Unternehmens (nach Abschreibungen, aber vor Zinsen und Steuern) im Vergleich zum Vorjahr gewachsen ist.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Erwartet = (erwartetes EBIT ÷ EBIT Vorjahr − 1) × 100
Erwartetes Wachstum basiert auf Analystenschätzungen für das laufende Geschäftsjahr.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Das EBIT-Wachstum ist ein direkter Indikator für die wirtschaftliche Entwicklung des operativen Geschäfts – unter Berücksichtigung der Kapitalintensität (Abschreibungen).
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Steigendes EBIT signalisiert wachsende operative Rentabilität – auch unter Berücksichtigung von Abschreibungen.
- Das EBIT-Wachstum ist ein wichtiges Maß zur Beurteilung von Geschäftsmodellen mit hohen Investitionskosten.
- Im Zusammenspiel mit Umsatz- und EBITDA-Wachstum ergibt sich ein umfassendes Bild zur operativen Entwicklung.
📘 Nettogewinn-Wachstum
📈 Was ist das?
Das Nettogewinn-Wachstum zeigt, wie stark der Jahresüberschuss eines Unternehmens gegenüber dem Vorjahr gestiegen oder gesunken ist – sowohl tatsächlich (TTM) als auch auf Basis von Prognosen (erwartet).
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Erwartet = (erwarteter Nettogewinn ÷ Nettogewinn Vorjahr − 1) × 100
Der erwartete Wert basiert auf Analystenschätzungen für das laufende Geschäftsjahr.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Der Gewinn ist die entscheidende Ergebnisgröße für ein Unternehmen. Ein wachsender Nettogewinn deutet auf steigende Effizienz, stabile Kostenkontrolle und nachhaltige Ertragskraft hin.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Wachsender Nettogewinn stärkt die Bewertung, Dividendenfähigkeit und Kursfantasie.
- Stagnierender oder rückläufiger Gewinn trotz Umsatzwachstum kann auf Margendruck hinweisen.
📘 Free Cashflow-Wachstum
📈 Was ist das?
Das Free-Cashflow-Wachstum zeigt, wie sich der freie Mittelzufluss eines Unternehmens im Vergleich zum Vorjahr verändert hat – also der Betrag, der nach allen operativen Ausgaben und Investitionen übrig bleibt.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Free Cashflow ist der echte, verfügbare Geldzufluss. Wachstum in diesem Bereich ist ein Zeichen für finanzielle Stärke und steigende Flexibilität bei Dividenden, Rückkäufen oder Investitionen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Sinkender Free Cashflow kann auf steigende Investitionen, höhere Kosten oder stagnierende operative Erträge hindeuten.
- Besonders bei Dividendenwerten ist das FCF-Wachstum wichtig – denn Dividenden werden letztlich aus dem verfügbaren Cash gezahlt.
- Ein negativer Trend sollte genauer analysiert werden – er ist nicht zwangsläufig schlecht, aber potenziell ein Warnsignal.
📘 Bruttomarge
📈 Was ist das?
Die Bruttomarge zeigt, wie viel vom Umsatz nach Abzug der direkten Herstellungskosten (Material, Produktion) als Bruttogewinn übrig bleibt – also der „Rohgewinn“ eines Unternehmens.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Auch: Bruttomarge = Bruttogewinn ÷ Umsatz × 100
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Die Bruttomarge gibt Aufschluss über die Profitabilität eines Produkts oder Geschäftsmodells vor Fixkosten, Steuern und Zinsen. Sie zeigt, wie effizient ein Unternehmen produzieren oder einkaufen kann.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine hohe Bruttomarge deutet auf starke Preissetzungsmacht und effiziente Herstellung hin.
- Sinkende Bruttomargen können auf Kostensteigerungen oder Preisdruck hindeuten.
- Besonders im Vergleich zu Wettbewerbern liefert die Bruttomarge wertvolle Einblicke in die Geschäftsqualität.
📘 EBITDA-Marge
📈 Was ist das?
Die EBITDA-Marge zeigt, wie viel vom Umsatz als operativer Gewinn vor Zinsen, Steuern und Abschreibungen (EBITDA) übrig bleibt. Sie misst die operative Effizienz – ohne Verzerrungen durch Finanzierung oder Buchwerte.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Die EBITDA-Marge hilft zu verstehen, wie viel operativer Gewinn ein Unternehmen aus jedem Euro Umsatz erzielt – unabhängig von Kapitalstruktur oder steuerlichem Umfeld.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine hohe EBITDA-Marge zeigt starke operative Ertragskraft – unabhängig von Bilanzierungseffekten.
- Die Marge ermöglicht gute Vergleiche zwischen Unternehmen und Branchen.
- Ein stabiler oder wachsender Wert kann auf effiziente Kostenkontrolle und Skalierbarkeit hindeuten.
📘 EBIT-Marge
📈 Was ist das?
Die EBIT-Marge zeigt, wie viel Prozent des Umsatzes als operativer Gewinn nach Abschreibungen, aber vor Zinsen und Steuern übrig bleiben.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Die EBIT-Marge misst die operative Ertragskraft eines Unternehmens unter Berücksichtigung der Kapitalintensität (z. B. Maschinen, Anlagen). Sie eignet sich gut zum Vergleich von Geschäftsmodellen mit unterschiedlich hohen Abschreibungen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine hohe EBIT-Marge zeigt, dass ein Unternehmen auch nach Abschreibungen effizient arbeitet.
- Sie ist besonders relevant in kapitalintensiven Branchen.
- Langfristig stabile oder steigende Margen sind ein Zeichen wirtschaftlicher Stärke und Preissetzungsmacht.
📘 Nettomarge
📈 Was ist das?
Die Nettomarge zeigt, wie viel vom Umsatz am Ende als „Reingewinn“ übrig bleibt – also nach Abzug aller Kosten, Zinsen, Steuern und Abschreibungen.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Die Nettomarge gibt an, wie effizient ein Unternehmen über alle Stufen hinweg wirtschaftet. Sie zeigt, wie viel Gewinn tatsächlich je Euro Umsatz übrig bleibt.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine hohe Nettomarge zeigt, dass ein Unternehmen nicht nur operativ stark ist, sondern auch seine Finanzierung und Steuerbelastung im Griff hat.
- Vergleiche mit Wettbewerbern geben Einblicke in die wirtschaftliche Qualität.
- Sinkende Nettomargen trotz Umsatzwachstum können ein Warnsignal sein – etwa für steigende Kosten oder sinkende Effizienz.
📘 Free Cashflow Marge
📈 Was ist das?
Die Free-Cashflow-Marge zeigt, wie viel vom Umsatz nach Abzug aller operativen Ausgaben und Investitionen tatsächlich als freier Mittelzufluss übrig bleibt.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Diese Marge misst die echte Liquidität, die ein Unternehmen erwirtschaftet – unabhängig von Bilanzierungsregeln oder Abschreibungen. Sie ist besonders relevant für Dividenden, Rückkäufe und Investitionen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine hohe Free-Cashflow-Marge zeigt, dass ein Unternehmen nachhaltig liquide Mittel erwirtschaftet.
- Sie ist ein starkes Signal für finanzielle Stabilität und Ausschüttungspotenzial.
- Wichtig ist der langfristige Trend – sinkende Werte können auf steigende Investitionen oder rückläufige operative Effizienz hindeuten.
📘 Eigenkapitalquote
📈 Was ist das?
Die Eigenkapitalquote zeigt, wie hoch der Anteil des Eigenkapitals an der Bilanzsumme eines Unternehmens ist – also wie stark es sich aus eigenen Mitteln finanziert.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Eine hohe Eigenkapitalquote steht für finanzielle Stabilität, Krisenfestigkeit und gute Bonität. Sie ist besonders relevant bei der Beurteilung der Verschuldung.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine hohe Eigenkapitalquote signalisiert finanzielle Stabilität – besonders in Krisenzeiten.
- Ein niedriger Wert kann auf ein höheres Risiko oder eine aggressive Verschuldung hinweisen.
- Wichtig: Die Eigenkapitalquote sollte immer gemeinsam mit der Eigenkapitalrendite betrachtet werden. Nur so lässt sich beurteilen, ob ein Unternehmen nicht nur solide, sondern auch effizient wirtschaftet.
📘 Eigenkapitalrendite (ROE)
📈 Was ist das?
Die Eigenkapitalrendite zeigt, wie effizient ein Unternehmen mit dem Kapital seiner Aktionäre arbeitet – also wie viel Gewinn es pro Euro Eigenkapital erwirtschaftet.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Die Eigenkapitalrendite ist eine zentrale Rentabilitätskennzahl. Sie hilft Anlegern zu erkennen, ob das Unternehmen eine attraktive Verzinsung auf das eingesetzte Eigenkapital erwirtschaftet.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine hohe Eigenkapitalrendite spricht für ein starkes, effizientes Geschäftsmodell.
- Besonders interessant ist sie bei kapitalintensiven Firmen oder solchen mit hoher Eigenkapitalquote.
- Wichtig: Ein sehr hoher ROE kann auch auf hohe Schulden hinweisen – daher sollte sie immer im Kontext mit der Eigenkapitalquote betrachtet werden.
📘 Return on Capital Employed (ROCE)
📈 Was ist das?
ROCE misst die Gesamtrentabilität eines Unternehmens – also wie effizient es das eingesetzte Kapital (Eigen- und Fremdkapital) zur Gewinnerzielung nutzt.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Das eingesetzte Kapital ist das gesamte betriebsnotwendige Kapital, unabhängig von der Finanzierungsquelle.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
ROCE eignet sich besonders gut für den Vergleich unterschiedlich finanzierter Unternehmen. Es zeigt, wie effektiv ein Unternehmen Kapital investiert – unabhängig von der Kapitalstruktur.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hoher ROCE zeigt, dass ein Unternehmen sein Kapital effizient einsetzt – unabhängig davon, ob es durch Eigen- oder Fremdkapital finanziert ist.
- Je höher der ROCE im Vergleich zu ähnlichen Unternehmen, desto mehr Wert schafft das Unternehmen mit seinem investierten Kapital.
- Besonders wichtig ist der ROCE bei Firmen mit hohen Investitionen – z. B. in Industrie, Energie oder Infrastruktur.
📘 Return on Invested Capital (ROIC)
📈 Was ist das?
ROIC zeigt, wie effizient ein Unternehmen das Kapital investiert, das langfristig im operativen Geschäft gebunden ist – unabhängig davon, ob es aus Eigen- oder Fremdkapital stammt.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
- NOPAT = „Net Operating Profit After Taxes“
- Investiertes Kapital = operatives Vermögen abzüglich nicht-verzinster Schulden
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
ROIC ist eine der präzisesten Kennzahlen zur Bewertung der Kapitalrendite – besonders im Vergleich zur Eigenkapitalrendite, weil es Verzerrungen durch Schulden vermeidet. Er zeigt, ob ein Unternehmen Mehrwert für alle Kapitalgeber schafft.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hoher ROIC zeigt, wie gut ein Unternehmen mit dem tatsächlich investierten (betriebsnotwendigen) Kapital wirtschaftet.
- Im Unterschied zu ROCE wird nur Kapital betrachtet, das wirklich zur Finanzierung operativer Aktivitäten dient – und verzinst werden muss.
- Besonders hilfreich, um die Kapitalrendite von Unternehmen mit viel „überschüssigem“ Kapital oder zinsfreien Verbindlichkeiten realistisch zu vergleichen.
📘 Verschuldungsgrad (Leverage Ratio)
📈 Was ist das?
Der Verschuldungsgrad zeigt, wie stark ein Unternehmen durch verzinsliche Schulden (z. B. Kredite und Anleihen) im Verhältnis zum Eigenkapital finanziert ist.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Die Kennzahl hilft, das finanzielle Risiko und die Abhängigkeit von Fremdkapital zu beurteilen. Ein hoher Verschuldungsgrad kann die Eigenkapitalrendite steigern – birgt aber auch erhöhte Risiken bei Zinsanstiegen oder Liquiditätsengpässen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein niedriger Verschuldungsgrad steht für finanzielle Stabilität und Unabhängigkeit.
- Ein hoher Wert kann auf erhöhte Risiken hinweisen – insbesondere bei schwankenden Zinsen oder konjunkturellen Schwächen.
- Wichtig: Immer im Kontext zur Branche und Kapitalintensität bewerten.
📘 Ergebnis je Aktie (EPS)
📈 Was ist das?
Das Ergebnis je Aktie (EPS) zeigt, wie viel Gewinn auf eine einzelne Aktie entfällt – und ist eine der wichtigsten Kennzahlen zur Bewertung von Unternehmen.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Die verwässerte Aktienanzahl berücksichtigt auch potenzielle neue Aktien, etwa durch Optionen, Wandelanleihen oder andere Umtauschrechte.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
EPS bildet die Basis für viele Bewertungskennzahlen wie KGV, PEG oder Payout Ratio. Es macht den Gewinn für Aktionäre vergleichbar – unabhängig von der Unternehmensgröße.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- EPS hilft, die Profitabilität pro Aktie zu erfassen – und ist besonders wichtig im Zeitvergleich oder im Vergleich mit Analystenschätzungen.
- Steigendes EPS kann ein Zeichen für stabiles Wachstum oder Aktienrückkäufe sein.
- Wichtig: Verwende verwässertes EPS für realistische Bewertungen – besonders bei stark aktienbasierten Vergütungssystemen.
📘 Free Cashflow je Aktie (FCF je Aktie)
📈 Was ist das?
Der Free Cashflow je Aktie zeigt, wie viel freier Mittelzufluss einem Unternehmen pro Aktie zur Verfügung steht – nach Investitionen, aber vor Dividenden oder Schuldentilgung.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Der FCF je Aktie zeigt, wie viel liquide Mittel pro Aktie tatsächlich im Unternehmen verbleiben – wichtig für Dividenden, Aktienrückkäufe oder Schuldentilgung. Im Gegensatz zum Gewinn ist er schwerer manipulierbar und daher besonders aussagekräftig.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hoher Free Cashflow je Aktie ist ein Zeichen für hohe finanzielle Flexibilität.
- Er zeigt, wie viel Kapital ein Unternehmen effektiv einsetzen oder ausschütten kann.
- Besonders relevant für dividendenstarke Unternehmen oder solche mit starker Kapitalrendite.
📘 Short Interest
📈 Was ist das?
Short Interest zeigt, wie viele Aktien eines Unternehmens aktuell leerverkauft wurden – also von Investoren geliehen und verkauft, in der Erwartung fallender Kurse.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Der Wert zeigt den Anteil der Aktien, der aktuell auf fallende Kurse spekuliert wird.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Short Interest dient als Stimmungsindikator: Ein hoher Wert deutet auf Skepsis oder negative Erwartungen gegenüber dem Unternehmen hin – kann aber auch zu einem „Short Squeeze“ führen, wenn der Kurs plötzlich steigt.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein niedriger Short Interest deutet auf Vertrauen in das Unternehmen hin.
- Ein hoher Wert kann ein Warnsignal sein – oder eine Chance, wenn sich die Stimmung dreht.
- Besonders spannend in volatilen Märkten oder vor wichtigen Quartalszahlen.
📘 Employees
📈 Was ist das?
Die Mitarbeiteranzahl zeigt, wie viele Personen ein Unternehmen weltweit beschäftigt – ein Indikator für Größe, Struktur und Geschäftsmodell.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Sie hilft bei der Einschätzung von Skaleneffekten, Effizienz und Personalkosten. Zusammen mit Umsatz und Gewinn lassen sich Kennzahlen wie Produktivität je Mitarbeiter ableiten.
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Viele Mitarbeiter bedeuten große operative Komplexität – aber auch hohes Umsatzpotenzial.
- Produktivität je Mitarbeiter ist ein wichtiger Indikator für Effizienz.
- Besonders spannend bei stark wachsenden Tech- oder Industrieunternehmen.
📘 Umsatz je Mitarbeiter
📈 Was ist das?
Der Umsatz je Mitarbeiter zeigt, wie viel Erlös ein Unternehmen durchschnittlich pro Beschäftigtem erwirtschaftet – eine Kennzahl für Effizienz und Produktivität.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Die Mitarbeiterzahl stammt in der Regel aus dem letzten verfügbaren Jahresbericht.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Diese Kennzahl hilft, Geschäftsmodelle zu vergleichen – insbesondere zwischen arbeitsintensiven und technologiegetriebenen Unternehmen. Ein hoher Wert deutet auf Automatisierung, Effizienz oder hohen Wertschöpfungsanteil hin.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hoher Umsatz je Mitarbeiter spricht für ein skalierbares und margenstarkes Geschäftsmodell.
- Ein niedriger Wert kann auf arbeitsintensive Prozesse oder geringere Wertschöpfung hinweisen.
- Besonders hilfreich beim Vergleich von Tech- vs. Industrieunternehmen.
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR Aktie Analyse
Analystenmeinungen
7 Analysten haben eine Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR Prognose abgegeben:
Analystenmeinungen
7 Analysten haben eine Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR Prognose abgegeben:
Beta Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR Events
🇩🇪 Neu: Alle Transkripte jetzt auch auf Deutsch verfügbar!
Abonniere Premium, um Transkripte und KI-Zusammenfassungen auf Deutsch zu lesen.
Vergangene Events
|
JUN
8
Goldman Sachs 47th Annual Global Healthcare Conference 2026
vor 18 Tagen
|
|
MAI
12
Bank of America Global Healthcare Conference 2026
vor etwa einem Monat
|
|
APR
29
Q1 2026 Earnings Call
vor etwa 2 Monaten
|
|
MÄR
10
Barclays 28th Annual Global Healthcare Conference
vor 4 Monaten
|
|
MÄR
9
Leerink Global Healthcare Conference 2026
vor 4 Monaten
|
|
FEB
17
Special Call - Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited
vor 4 Monaten
|
|
JAN
28
Q4 2025 Earnings Call
vor 5 Monaten
|
|
JAN
13
44th Annual J.P. Morgan Healthcare Conference
vor 5 Monaten
|
|
DEZ
4
Citi Annual Global Healthcare Conference 2025
vor 7 Monaten
|
|
NOV
18
Jefferies London Healthcare Conference 2025
vor 7 Monaten
|
|
NOV
10
UBS Global Healthcare Conference 2025
vor 8 Monaten
|
|
NOV
5
Q3 2025 Earnings Call
vor 8 Monaten
|
|
SEP
24
Bank of America Global Healthcare Conference 2025
vor 9 Monaten
|
|
SEP
22
Special Call - Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited
vor 9 Monaten
|
|
SEP
9
Morgan Stanley 23rd Annual Global Healthcare Conference
vor 10 Monaten
|
|
JUL
30
Q2 2025 Earnings Call
vor 11 Monaten
|
|
JUN
10
Goldman Sachs 46th Annual Global Healthcare Conference 2025
vor etwa einem Jahr
|
|
JUN
4
Jefferies Global Healthcare Conference 2025
vor etwa einem Jahr
|
|
MAI
29
Shareholder/Analyst Call - Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited
vor etwa einem Jahr
|
aktien.guide Basis
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR — Goldman Sachs 47th Annual Global Healthcare Conference 2026
1. Question Answer
Okay. Great. Great. Well, good morning, everyone, and thank you for joining us. My name is Matt Dellatorre, and I'm a biopharma analyst here at Goldman Sachs. And we're really excited to kick off the conference this morning with Teva Pharmaceutical, where I'm joined by Richard Francis, the company's CEO.
Richard, thank you for being here.
My pleasure, Matt. Good to be here.
Maybe just to kind of kick us off, give us an overview of where Teva stands today, including your core franchises, both branded and generic, your key pipeline priorities and just how you're thinking about the outlook and strategy for the company over the coming years.
Well, thanks for that question. So the outlook and the strategy for the next coming years is more of the same. So we sort of go back to the foundations of Pivot to Growth, the 4 pillars: deliver on our growth engines, step up innovation, create generics powerhouse and focus the business, which is all about capital allocation. And we've been executing that religiously for 3.5 years, and I think you've seen the results of that.
But specifically, I think the way for people to think about it is when you talk about the branded business, if you think about delivering our growth engines, we have, I think, put AUSTEDO on a clear path to more than $3 billion of peak sales, which I think was something which took a bit of time for people to realize was possible and now people see that. And we had good growth last year, good growth this year, good growth in Q1, and we're on track for our full year guidance. And then UZEDY continue to grow that extremely well, both on TRx and on revenue. And AJOVY, the one that everybody forgot about, we've now said it's going to be a $1 billion product. So I think we have those, soon to be joined by olanzapine, our long-acting product for schizophrenia, which is based on the same long-acting technology as UZEDY. So excited to bring that to the market in Q4.
So if you think about those first 3, those first 3 products, AJOVY, UZEDY and AUSTEDO, they've been growing our innovative business over 30% last year. Soon to be joined by olanzapine. And then next year, we're going to be launching ecopipam, our product for Tourette's that we did a business development, the acquisition of Emalex. So those 2 are another growth drivers. And then obviously, in 2028, we have DARI, dual-action rescue inhaler, as well as potentially emrusolmin for MSA. So from a branded point of view, you can see just some fundamental good foundations for growth. And then we'll talk about the pipeline later, what could be added to that. But if you just think about those, that's good.
And then the step-up innovation, the Pillar 2, I think we've really reenergized the pipeline, and we'll probably talk about duvakitug, anti-IL-15, emrusolmin for MSA and the multiple indications we have on duvakitug?in our target as well as for anti-IL-15. So we're really excited that we continue this growth beyond '30 into '40. And then that's the sort of the branded innovative business, which people didn't realize that we had 3.5 years ago, and now everybody has seen the potential of it.
And then on our generics business, we've turned that around from a volatile and somewhat declining business to a growing business, and we've significantly increased the amount of biosimilars we have. We now, I think, have 10 in the market. We have the second largest -- third largest portfolio in the world, and I think we'll soon be the second. And so we have a clear path to creating a generics business, which has a significant amount of biosimilar portfolio within that.
And so I think -- and then the final thing is, which you didn't really ask, but I'm just giving you a bit of a monologue here, so I apologize, Matt, is focus the business. And so capital allocation to drive that has been really a core capability that we've built whether it's the acquisition of Emalex, whether it's some of the partnerships we've done with Blackstone or Royalty Pharma to accelerate our pipeline or whether it's making sure we grow our in-brand products with the right sales and marketing. I think we've shown we can do that in a very disciplined way. And then obviously, we did announce in Q1 that we're going to have the potential to do buybacks in the future because as and when we see a good return on capital because we think that's a good thing for shareholders.
Great. Great. Yes, I want to dive in on capital allocation in a moment. Maybe before we do that, though, the stock has doubled since we were here last year. You speak with investors regularly. In your view, what do you feel is the most underappreciated part of the business still, if any?
Well, yes, there's no if, any, I think. Look, I'm pretty measured, so I'm sure this -- don't discount this too much, but I think it's all undervalued. But let me break it down because that feels like -- it feels like a trite answer. It doesn't mean to be. So when I think about -- if you think about our generics business, let's start with that. So we've taken that to stable over the last -- well, actually grown over the last 3 years, and we've changed the portfolio, and we're bringing biosimilars into the U.S., bringing biosimilars into Europe. But not only bringing in, we're actually becoming a market leader in many of the biosimilars we bring. And I'd just remind everybody that SIMLANDI, our biosimilar Humira, will, I think, soon be #1 biosimilar in the U.S. We launched that 2 years late, and I think we are 11th to the market. That just shows timing is good, and I'd always want to be first, but it's how you manage that very complex market and what capabilities do you have, what scale do you have.
So I think our generics business because the surge of biosimilar portfolio coming through, I think, is probably underestimated as an opportunity for not just stability but value creation in the future. But then the more obvious one is, I think as people have caught up with the innovative story at Teva, they -- it's sort of moving so fast, they can't quite catch up. So the AUSTEDO, we had the IRA overhang, that got taken away, and then people have to sort of ground themselves on this $3 billion, which we've told them about before, and I went, "Okay, $3 billion," "greater than $3 billion." And then I think if I just talk about AUSTEDO, UZEDY, olanzapine, AJOVY and ecopipam, those 5 products, because in our hands, the amount that they can grow, I don't think they're valued with that growth trajectory on them by anybody out there, maybe by you, but not by many people out there. Because I think what we've shown over 3 years, we can execute regardless of the product profile, where it's competitive area like migraine or schizophrenia. So I think that part is really still has some valuation.
But probably the sole biggest is I don't think there's any value in our pipeline or not enough. And I think if you look at DARI, which has a super high probability of success, but we'll know at the end of this year, and you look at anti-IL-15 and you look at duvakitug and you look at emrusolmin, I mean we have 7 readouts this year. So I think this will be the year that people start to go, "Okay, tell me more about this pipeline." And we're already hearing a lot of people wanting to talk about anti-IL-15, duvakitug new indications because I think people are starting to realize we're very good at picking the products to move into the clinic, and we're very good at engineering antibodies. And so because of that, I think people now need to know a bit more about it. But those, I think, are drastically undervalued.
So I think those are the elements of it. And look, I'm comfortable with that. I used to be quite uncomfortable with being undervalued. But as you say, we doubled from here from last year, and we'll see where we end up next year. But our stepping stone is in the execution we know we need to do to continue to create growth, top and bottom line, EPS and create shareholder value, is very clear in our minds. And we know what we need to do. And even if you risk adjust some of that, I think we still end up in a very, very good place.
Great. Great. Maybe going back to capital allocation. You highlighted this a moment ago. This has been a major theme for you all in first half. You had the announcement of the Emalex acquisition. You all did 2 funding deals with Royalty Pharma and then Blackstone for your kind of innovative products. A month ago, you announced investment-grade credit rating, the first of -- I guess, 3 more -- potentially 2 more coming up. And then also the potential authorization of a share repurchase program with earnings.
So clearly, you guys are taking a diversified approach to capital allocation, and you've been making a lot of progress. So maybe, I guess, the question here is just walk us through maybe the underlying strategy that kind of ties that all together and then how should we think about the next few years in terms of that strategy? Does it evolve? I think you mentioned a moment ago, more of the same. But I guess how should we just think about how that kind of stuff is going to look over the coming years?
Yes. So I think -- I'm really proud of our approach to capital allocation. So we talk about capital allocation at Teva all the time. We don't talk about resources. We don't talk about budget. We talk about capital, and that capital has to work for us. And that was really important because when we started this journey 3.5 years ago, we couldn't increase our OpEx. So we had to reallocate capital, and we reallocated it based on it could give us a return. And where we took it from was not going to give us a return, and maybe that gave us a negative. So we have to balance that out. So we became very clear about if we do something, we do it meaningfully. And any things in Teva that have capital, they have to earn the right to have capital. So that's everything. So that's a different mindset than I've ever experienced any other company, and that's on purpose.
So when we think about the things you said, if you just think about those, so we have not really increased our percentage of revenue OpEx since I've been here. We've transformed our pipeline, the funding of our pipeline. We've transformed the funding of our innovative products, and yet we haven't changed that. That's capital allocation. Because we have to take it from one place, we have to put it in another. And we do that, and we do it in pretty big numbers. I mean it's not a little bit here, a little bit there. We move big amounts of capital. We did that while we religiously paid down debt. So we're paying down debt.
And people forget that now we're investment grade, which is for one of the rating agencies, nearly 2 years ahead of when we said we're going to do that, right? And these are pretty hard markets, these rating agencies. And I think in the next quarter or 2, we'll get the other 2. So that shows when they look under the hood. And they really evaluate the vital signs of the patient, they're saying this is on a good trajectory. So I think we've done that.
And then we've made the decisions around partnerships. And to get partnerships, by the way, which I think are on good terms. So the partnerships we have with Royalty Pharma and the partnership with Blackstone, I think they're really good terms for us and they are good terms for Blackstone. But nobody got a good deal from Teva. It was a fair deal. And that's because of the quality of our assets and the quality of our strength of our positioning and our finance at that point. So I think that's one.
And then the Emalex Biosciences deal we did, I just remind people, we said we're going to do a deal like that, between $500 million and $1 billion derisked asset, that had its Phase III results, that we could put into our machine and we could make it a great success, but we don't want to put capital at risk with the turnover of Phase III results. So we did what we said we're going to do. And I think that's going to be a pretty good return on capital. So we have done a lot. Going forward, I anticipate a bit more of the same, and we're constantly looking at our long-range plan, how we allocate capital. But we do want to make sure we're building our pipeline. We've got a lot of indications of duvakitug, anti-IL-15, to fully push those through.
But you'll also see some potential deals like Emalex coming through again, but they've got to be right. They've got to be the right risk profile for us. But we know that our balance sheet is improving quite dramatically over the next few years, and our cash flow is going to improve dramatically. So we're planning for what that means, which is also why we talked about potential buybacks, that we've got to think about this capital is coming, let's not have it when it arrives and go, "What do we do with it?" We're planning for what money we're going to have and how we're going to allocate that now, which means we can do it in a more controlled fashion.
But hopefully, people will see we're so disciplined in the past. As we go forward, it will be more of the same, but in a really disciplined way. We have to get a return on the capital deploy. And we always think for long-term value creation, but I think we're very mindful of the fact that long term is becoming shorter now. And for Teva to keep proving us to be a rising star, we want to keep showing that we can give a good return on capital long term.
Great. Great. So I think you kind of answered this, but -- and we'll talk about the Emalex deal a little bit more in detail. But how are you thinking about kind of the cadence type and size of maybe further BD going forward? And are you guys seeing a lot of kind of opportunities like Emalex, which maybe went a little bit under the radar, but then when you guys announced it, people were like, "Okay, this is highly strategic for you guys, fits that kind of mold that you highlighted"? Is there a lot more opportunities out there like that?
There are, but it's super -- so I mean, look, I mean, I always joke, you got to kiss a lot of frogs to find a prince. And I'd say I was kissing a lot of frogs. And -- so although it was well received, we have been looking at many companies in the last 3 years. And I can tell you, we've been in situations where we haven't been able to get to a price because once again, go back to our discipline on capital allocation, we won't pay something that we don't think is going to be a good return on that capital and good return for shareholders' capital. So there are a lot out there, but we follow -- as a team, we work incredibly well. So as myself; Eric Hughes, Head of R&D Alan Littman, the Head of BD; obviously, Eli Kalif, CFO. And then depending on where it is, it could be one of the regional heads, often Chris Fox, who's based in the U.S. So we're very tight. We take BD at the executive level. We don't -- that's not delegated. We do it because we see the importance of it for driving value.
But yes, I think there's more out there, but it's got to be the right price. There's so many times that I have boards who think their assets worth more than -- it was that their company is worth more. And actually, just of the things we have looked at that I have a different value, none of them have transacted. Maybe I was more right than they were, but I think it's a tough world we live in and to get a return on capital, commercializing products in the U.S. and Europe, it's really hard now, really hard. And I think biotech companies need to really think about can they really compete in this very challenging commercial environment -- challenging payer environment and what return can they give their investors on their capital and how quickly can they do it? And I think I tried to help them understand that, and it's not too easy.
But we're on. We keep looking. We're constantly talking about it. And hopefully, we'll be able to do some more. But, one, we've got to be mindful of how much we can take in because commercially, we're launching a product every year. And often, these are synergistics, that's good like ecopipam will be. But at the same time, you can't necessarily plan it. Some deals come along. You get three together, and sometimes you go through a period where you just can't find the right one.
Great. Maybe switching to the pipeline. You guys are entering a busy catalyst period starting kind of midyear, and we're going to see, I guess, the IL-15 data probably in the coming weeks in vitiligo. And so I think there's a lot of excitement around on the pipeline. Maybe kind of just working through that pipeline chronologically in terms of the next launches. The next one is long-acting olanzapine, where there's a lot of excitement in terms of pent-up demand in that market for a long-acting option for that molecule. You all have a 4Q PDUFA.
I guess what are you guys most focused on from a commercial readiness perspective, given you have UZEDY already on the market? And then kind of given your latest interactions with the FDA, how are you guys feeling on the regulatory side in terms of the label being clean and potential AdCom or something like that?
So I mean on the -- I'll do it in reverse because it's quicker. So from the FDA, we're still in a part of the process where there's not a huge amount of communication. I think that we've had has gone well. I wouldn't necessarily read anything into that because it's sort of more of the administrative type. I think now we're entering the period where it gets a bit more interactive. But we feel really confident about the data set, the quality of the data. I mean, over 4,000 patients have now been injected and there is no PDSS. So I think we feel very comfortable. They have a really important product for a very needy patient population. But there's probably more to come on that, Matt, as we're now into a period where there will be more discussions.
From a readiness, this is one of those where we've spent a huge amount of time and effort on it. I mean we have UZEDY, which is in the market. We're talking to the same physicians. We're talking to them, the same nurse practitioners, the same formulary committees in hospitals, the same payers, it's Medicaid and Medicare predominantly. So we're in these every single day, and we built a huge amount of credibility. So we've done really well with UZEDY because we're very credible when we go to all of these different stakeholders. And I think we've become known as -- I think we're now considered to be one of the top three psychiatric companies in the world, right, from only a few years ago.
I tell you that because as we launch olanzapine, that's very different from when we launched UZEDY. So now we're launching olanzapine with all of those relationships, all of that understanding. And we clearly know there is a lot of enthusiasm around olanzapine. Don't forget there are a lot of Phase III sites in the United States as well, so people have practical use. But that capability we have in that team, I think, is exciting. We are working hard to make sure, from day 1, we create access to olanzapine.
I think the one thing I'd say is, and I've made sure people understand this, there's not going to be any meaningful revenue this year because there'll be a bit of stocking. But -- and even next year, I think H1, I wouldn't anticipate too much. Because first, we need to get into the Medicaid. So we just get on all the Medicaid. Some will adopt it straight away, and some have time lags, and so we need to get through that. And then on Medicare, we think that's going to be -- as it was with UZEDY, it still is, a long negotiation. So the reason why I tell people about that is that doesn't mean I don't think we'll get a lot of prescriptions. I think we'll get a lot of prescriptions. We'll get a lot of sampling. I think people will use this a lot. But to the point where it becomes a real revenue driver will be a bit later because we won't agree to deals that are not in line with the value and the premium we place on this product, which I think is important for long-term value creation. We did that with UZEDY. We showed we have discipline.
But I'm really excited about olanzapine for a couple of things. One, there's obviously -- it's going to help us create a $1.5 billion to $2 billion franchise. But also when you speak to psychiatrists and when you speak to nurse practitioners, there is a patient population so in need of a long-acting -- don't forget, these patients when they have an episode, their brain is slightly damaged and the ability for that molecule to work as effectively as it did before goes down. So every episode you need to stop because the long-term ability to have an efficacious treatment would decline otherwise. So there's a real, real need here. And I feel that -- I feel very privileged to be in a position that we launch something where physicians know the molecule, they think it's the most efficacious, they want to use it, they just don't have a long-acting. So I'm really excited about that launch and the potential that can have to create this $1.5 billion to $2 billion franchise.
Great. So maybe think about it kind of taking off mid-'27, kind of second half of '27?
Yes. And I think we've got credibility. We show -- we saw what we did with UZEDY. We did not do any deals with Medicare. We didn't think they value the product. And maybe they will this time. Okay, this one will come to the table. I think they'll take time. So I think that just means we have to grind through it. But we do know physicians will go through a prior auth. They will demand the product because they demanded UZEDY, and olanzapine has a far bigger unmet medical need there. But that's the right way to think about it, yes.
Okay. Great. I guess simultaneously, you'll be launching ecopipam from the Emalex deal in Tourette's syndrome. It seems like base case assumptions are probably like a mid-'27 launch or perhaps late '27 launch. You all have highlighted clearly synergies with your existing neuro franchise. You'll add a pediatric sales force, though. Maybe -- I guess, maybe kind of walk us through the broader how we should think about synergies with your existing commercial infrastructure. And then how should we think about the indication expansion strategy? I think there was potential that it could be used in stuttering, but just kind of high-level thoughts on the longer term?
Yes. So I mean, that's another one I'm really excited about. I mean the unmet medical need in Tourette's is huge. I mean there's 100,000 pediatric children who have Tourette's, 50,000 are on therapy, so half aren't. The ones on therapy don't stay on it long because you tend to end up an antipsychotic, which -- I think we're both parents. If your child has Tourette's, you don't necessarily want to put them on antipsychotic to deal with Tourette's. So there's a real -- they may start on it, but they don't stay on it. So they drop off very quickly. So we think there's a real unmet need here for a safe and efficacious product.
So I feel -- so it's another one, I feel super excited about the fact that I can, as a father, bring something to what is a very destabilizing condition for people in their formative years with a real unmet medical need. So I think -- and if you think about it, 100,000, 50,000 on therapy, not very good at staying on therapy. That feels a bit like AUSTEDO. It feels like the muscle we built with AUSTEDO, underpenetrated, how do you create awareness, how do we make sure patients start and stay on the right therapy. That's something which we've built that muscle up really well in AUSTEDO, which I'd say is hard, probably harder because they have schizophrenia, they also have AUSTEDO, they also have tardive dyskinesia. But we've got that capability.
So I feel we can make a really big impact on this. We are doing -- there's a lot of synergies, but we also do want to have a good launch. So as you said, we're having a pediatric team put together.
And then for the other indications, just to let everybody know, from a deal perspective, the deal was done on Tourette's. So anything that comes through that's stuttering the others, that will be an upside. But I didn't model that into the case from a capital allocation and return on capital. But we'll definitely look at that. And we'll also look at life cycle management, is there a way we can, even for Tourette's, improve the product offering for the children?
Great. Maybe switching to DARI for asthma, which kind of flies a little under the radar. This could be another, I guess, potential launch next year as well, late '27, early '28.
Probably early '28.
Early '28. [indiscernible] from a clinical perspective, and you all have highlighted a differentiated device and broader label than the current competitor product from AstraZeneca. So it creates kind of an attractive commercial setup. I guess, assuming we see positive Phase III data in early '27, walk us through, I guess, the key points of execution from a commercial perspective and how confident you are in achieving that potential, I think, $1 billion in peak sales you all have highlighted?
Yes. So we should have -- we have the potential to have some data this year. The Phase III will finish. Obviously we could have some data this year. I think it's just a question of -- it's an exacerbation study, so if that's all done. But it will be finished this year, whether we have -- I'd like to think that we could announce something, but we'll see. Then I think we're thinking about developing altogether. I think I sort of conceded to the fact that it's probably '28 that we'll launch this. But we'll see.
But in a way, it's interesting when you're launching olanzapine this year, ecopipam next year. DARI, the year after might not be a bad little cadence. And we could have emrusolmin for MSA in '28 as well. So it'd be not that I do like this. If they come along, we'll launch them, but that spread might not be too bad. But going back to your question of, look, this is a super -- it's another one that's really unmet medical need. I think over 5,000 people in the U.S. die every year because they don't have a dual-action rescue inhaler. So this is really serious. I think Astra is out there forging the market, creating the market. And I think it takes a lot to change the market, to change prescribing behaviors. So I think I'm glad we're following them. They can put the muscle, and they're a good respiratory company. They have a legacy there.
But I do think the fact that 25% of patients are pediatric patients, and we will have the pediatric indication, and we have a very simple device. So for me, the way I get to -- and I think I've said up to [indiscernible] 10 million patients in the U.S. [indiscernible] I mean there's nowhere near that now. So as that starts to come through, the pediatrics will come on us. And if we get 25% of that market, I think you're between $500 million and $1 billion. And then we'll probably start to encroach into the non-pediatric because we just have a very simple device. And I think in asthma, the simplicity of the device in many indications has been shown to be very important.
But I think DARI to me is one of those that will just, I think -- it won't be a spiked launch. I think we'll have some excitement around olanzapine and ecopipam and potentially emrusolmin and duvakitug. I think DARI will be slow and steady, but it will go on for a long, long, long time and be one of those, maybe a bit similar to AJOVY that just keeps on giving, and become sort of your hard-working portfolio opportunity. But that's why, to think about it, we're going to have to put a bit of resource behind that because it's not synergistic with any of our neurology or immunology.
You could argue there's a tiny bit of pediatric overlap with ecopipam. I don't think so. I'm not -- I don't try to be too precise on synergy there. I want to make sure we get the right launch. But that's also where I think we look at building around the DARI to make sure we have the right sales and marketing share of voice there, but being thoughtful about how much money we put behind it, knowing that it's one that's going to take time.
Great. Maybe switching to TL1A, kind of your crown jewel in some sense of the pipeline. The data to date, both induction and maintenance in IBD, suggests a potentially best-in-class profile, particularly in Crohn's disease. And so I realize this is a highly competitive space, and you all are making limited disclosures ahead of potential developments. But you did recently announce the $400 million Blackstone funding deal, and you're expected to disclose additional Phase II proof-of-concept studies indications later this year. Maybe without spilling all the details, give us a sense of maybe what's happening kind of behind the scenes and how we should think about the pace and the breadth of this development over the next, say, 2 to 3 years?
Yes. So let me start. It's an important question because -- so firstly, ourselves and our partner, Sanofi, feel that duvakitug has massive potential. So let me be really clear on that. That doesn't mean just in IBD. I think we both think it has significant potential there, but we think across multiple indications. So the good thing is we're very aligned on the fact that we think this is -- as a pipeline and a product, and we want to go after it like that. We will be announcing 2 new indications this year and starting them this year. That is the aim. But then we'll have more indications to come.
And that just goes to show that we believe, like some other companies who have a TL1A believe, this is a multiple indication asset. So I think just the ambition we have around this with Sanofi is very much aligned. And I really see us pursuing this in many indications over multiple years. And the good thing about it is it's -- okay, we believe it's very efficacious in IBD, but if you look at its safety and its tolerability, it's excellent. So if any product you're going to move into multiple indications, it's a product that has the profile. And as I speak to Sanofi about it, they have a very similar product in DUPIXENT, which is efficacious and very safe, and that allowed them to go into other indications. So I think we have a partner who understands this. So the ambition is there. We'll probably start to see some news flow on that. But let's not have any question about the ambition of it.
And I'd just remind you, in IBD, I think the market when we launch is now predicted to be between $35 billion and $40 billion, right? And that market is super unsatisfied. You can talk about efficacy, but I think we'll come out, and I think we'll still have either a leading efficacy in both Crohn's and UC, but we'll definitely have the best safety profile and tolerability. We won't have monitoring and won't have black box because, I mean, I think there's already been so many thousands of patients treated with the TL1As.
So I think people are probably discounting where TL1A fits in the treatment path. I think it will be a lot higher up, a lot quicker than people think just because it's efficacious and it's safe. And why would you not do something that doesn't require monitoring and doesn't have concerns about a black box? So I just remind people in IBD, I think, think about the size of the market when we launch in '29 and think about a profile like that.
Great. There's going to be a number of readouts this year from competitors. Maybe most notably, Merck will have Phase III data in UC. And they're also supposed to share Phase II proof-of-concept data in SSc-ILD, which could kind of give the field insights in terms of, I guess, the impact on fibrosis and maybe open up another category for the class. I guess how important are competitor readouts to your guys' development program and strategy? And is there anything that you guys view as particularly important for your program?
Look, I like the fact that they're all doing the work they're doing. I mean, I suppose I think about it, I'm not a scientist, so this will probably make Eric cringe a bit, but I think about our competitors are doing these proof of concepts, I believe categorically, we have the best TL1A by design. So it's by design, it's not just emotional. It's by design. And the level of potency, specificity, and neutralizing antibodies, so it's fact. And that's why you saw the difference in induction and maintenance in UC and CD. So because of that, I look forward to the data being turned over because those proof of concepts, in a way, are proof of concepts.
So as soon as we see those, then -- just to let you know, we have listed out, I don't know, 10 to 15 indications that have the potential scientifically. And whether they all come up, they don't because other things come out, other targets come out and more relevant. So things move around a bit, but there's real scientific rationale. So as these turn over, then I think it will give us a real insight. But maybe then that allows us to think about moving to indications where we know we have the best TL1A. So if their TL1A has good data, we know we're the best TL1A. So that gives us an interesting opportunity.
Great. Maybe now switching to IL-15. You all have your proof-of-concept vitiligo data in the coming weeks. And then celiac disease in second half following your $500 million funding deal with Royalty Pharma. Clearly, you and Royalty have seen positive results in vitiligo already. But maybe walk us through how differentiated a profile we should expect here relative to some of the current treatments in vitiligo, the oral JAKs, for instance? And I guess, what drives your level of confidence in celiac?
So look, I mean, that -- touching on vitiligo. So I haven't seen any data. So we're going to have it in a few weeks, so we'll see that. But the sort of the product profile that we have, the TPP is -- there's rationale to think we'll be more efficacious. But let's just say we are in the boundaries of efficacy that's out there. We're an injection that's once every 3 months. And we have -- and if we have what we believe we'll have is a very good side effect and safety profile. So we're not a topical that has to be applied twice a day. We're not something which has to be monitored or something that may come out with a black box. So every 3 months, we're safe and tolerable and the same efficacy. Now will the efficacy be better? I don't know. But if you just put it like that, I think for a dermatologist and a patient, it's a bit of a no-brainer. I've sold products that are more or less differentiated than that, and there's a real opportunity.
On the celiac, I think we'll see that data in the second half of the year. I think that will be really interesting to see whether this is an opportunity to sort of modify the disease and not just treat the symptoms. And so I think people are now starting to understand how big the celiac market is and how big the opportunity is. So I think that data will be really important. And I think that could -- it's amazing as we've run that study, the level of interest has increased significantly because people don't understand the severity of celiac in the severe patients and how that really destabilizes their life. So I think this is another -- a bit like vitiligo, no one knew about that market, and now they see that as a multibillion-dollar market. I think celiac will be a lot, lot bigger. But we'll have that data in the second half of the year. And I think that will be some really high-quality data with some endpoints that I think will really stimulate the market.
But I would add that in between that, we have a futility analysis on emrusolmin for MSA. So no news, but if it keeps going, there's some news there. We have the Phase III readout of DARI towards the end of the year. We have the PD-1 IL-2 readout in oncology, first-in-human data, the dose escalation study, at the end of the year as well, and we launch olanzapine. So I think we have -- and then we'll launch 2 more indications in duvakitug. So we have sort of 7 readouts and 2 more announcements. So I think from a reposition, we've always said we are transforming Teva from a pure-play, world-class generics company to a world-class biopharma company. I think that's already happened.
When I look at your notes and other people, people are already saying that. But I think this year will be the actual -- the final paragraph that underlines this is a world-class biopharma company and now how do we think about it from a value, how should we value it, how should we value the multiple, what multiple should it be on and what is its earnings going to be, top and bottom line, what is its cash flow going to be in 2030? Because those things will have changed dramatically with Teva in the next few years. And I'd encourage people to look at that.
Great. Well, with that, Richard, thank you for joining us. It's really exciting, and we look forward to all the updates in the coming months.
Thanks, Matt. We appreciate you hosting us. Thank you very much.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR — Goldman Sachs 47th Annual Global Healthcare Conference 2026
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR — Goldman Sachs 47th Annual Global Healthcare Conference 2026
Teva präsentiert sich als diszipliniert wachsendes Biopharma‑Unternehmen mit mehreren bevorstehenden Studienreadouts und geplanten Produktlaunches ab 2027.
🎯 Kernbotschaft
- Strategie: "Pivot to Growth" mit vier Säulen: Wachstums‑engines, mehr Innovation, Generika‑Powerhouse und stringente Kapitalallokation.
- Pipelinefokus: Zahlreiche klinische Readouts (u. a. TL1A, IL‑15, DARI) 2026–2028; Ziel: nachhaltiges organisches Wachstum neben Generika/Biosimilars.
- Finanzen: Investment‑grade‑Rating erreicht, Partnerschaften (Royalty Pharma, Blackstone) und mögliche Aktienrückkäufe signalisieren stärkere Kapitaldisziplin.
🚀 Strategische Highlights
- Branded‑Franchise: AUSTEDO (>$3Mrd Peak), UZEDY, AJOVY ($1Mrd erwartetes Potenzial) plus long‑acting Olanzapin (PDUFA Q4) als Treiber.
- Zukäufe/BD: Emalex‑Akquisition (Ecopipam für Tourette’s) als Beispiel für selektive, risiko‑reduzierte Deals; weitere ähnliche Targets gesucht, aber nur zu disziplinierten Preisen.
- Generika & Biosimilars: Turnaround in Generika, ~10 Biosimilars im Markt; SIMLANDI (Humira‑Biosimilar) auf Weg zur Top‑Position in den USA.
🆕 Neue Informationen
- Zeithorizonte: Olanzapin Zulassung Q4 (Start 4Q/2026), kommerzieller Take‑off eher ab H2/2027; Ecopipam Launch 2H/2027; DARI erwarteter Start Anfang 2028.
- Pipeline‑News: Mehrere Readouts/Ankündigungen 2026 (u. a. IL‑15 Vitiligo kurzfristig, TL1A Indikationserweiterungen, DARI Phase‑III Ende Jahr).
- Guidance: Keine formale Revision der finanziellen Guidance im Call; Aussagen sind zeitlich/operativ, keine neuen Umsatz‑ oder EPS‑Ziele.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Kapitalallokation: Wie oft/Bis zu welcher Größe BD? Management: gezielte, executive‑gesteuerte Deals, nur bei klarer Rendite; weitere Emalex‑ähnliche Gelegenheiten möglich, aber preisdiszipliniert.
- Kommerzielle Readiness: Olanzapin und Ecopipam: starke Synergien durch bestehende Neurologie‑Kompetenz; initiale Zugangshürden (Medicaid/Medicare, Prior Authorizations) können Ramp‑Up verzögern.
- Pipeline‑Risiken: Wie unterscheiden sich TL1A/IL‑15 von Wettbewerbern? Management betont überlegene Molekül‑Properties, vermeidet aber konkrete Wirksamkeitsaussagen vor Readouts.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Investor‑Takeaway: Teva wandelt sich zu einem diversifizierten Biopharma mit klaren kommerziellen Plänen, einem wachsenden Biosimilar‑Geschäft und mehreren bedeutenden klinischen Katalysatoren. Finanzielle Robustheit (Investment‑grade, Partnerschaften) reduziert Bilanzrisiken. Kurzfristig bleiben regulatorische Readouts, Erstattungs‑/Zugangsgespräche und BD‑Execution die Hauptunsicherheiten; langfristig bietet die kombinierte Pipeline‑ und Biosimilar‑Story deutliches Upside‑Potenzial.
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR — Bank of America Global Healthcare Conference 2026
1. Question Answer
Jason Gerberry, I cover biotech and pharma. Pleased to be introducing Teva Pharmaceuticals and Eric Hughes, EVP, Global R&D and Chief Medical Officer. So Eric, thanks for joining us.
Good to be here. Thank you for having us.
So I thought I'd focus the discussion initially just on some corporate strategy matters, and you did recent Royalty and Blackstone deals. And so how should investors think about sort of those deals as a template for the future? You also did your first BD deal as well. So how you're thinking about capital deployment, but also giving up economics on certain drugs to expedite those through development? Are these in part done given you have margin targets and there's a desire to ensure that you deliver on those. So maybe we could start there.
Well, thanks again for having me. And yes, there's a fundamental way in which Teva is approaching our deals. So we have a relatively robust late-stage pipeline with a relatively high POS. So the way to create value is to go at pace. So these deals are really just the way in which we can -- I'd like to say, future-proof some of our programs. We've done deals on 4 of the 5 programs we've got. And what that does is gives us the gun powder to go really quickly. So we've done a deal with Royalty Pharma on olanzapine LAI. We did an Abingworth deal with DARI. We did a Blackstone deal with duvakitug. Now we've done the Royalty Pharma deal with anti-IL-15. And what that does is it keeps us unconstrained on speed. So the teams have really leaned into it. And you can see we've executed on these programs.
There's another fundamental part about that is that acceleration to get the launch a couple of years forward, to get launch going quickly, the value there is far greater than any cost that we're seeing in these deals. So that's one thing. And also, we're sharing the risk. So that -- those deals, they're sharing risk with us. So for us, it's a natural thing we'll lean into. Whether we do more in the future, it all depends, but it's all about unconstraining the speed in which we can develop the drugs.
To that end, right, you have the -- I'm going to botch the name, ecopipam right? So now you've got a launch opportunity in '27. You've got olanzapine LAI, which effectively is launching in 2027. You've got DARI, which launches probably sometime in '27 as well. I don't know if this is by design, but are you kind of like leveraging these deals to have a new indication or a new drug that launches every year through the end of the decade?
Yes. So I mean, just to sum it up, that's with ecopipam added to the list, that's 5 submissions in the next 5 years. So that's a fantastic runway on relatively derisked programs. So yes, the deals help just executing that with speed. And so we don't have to worry about any ups and downs in our budget. We're just moving quickly because that's going to generate the vast majority of the value on these programs. It's frustrating to see in my prior lives prioritizing programs. If you have to prioritize your programs, there's programs you shouldn't be doing. So we know that these programs all should be moving forward as quickly as possible.
Okay. There's a lot of focus on the upcoming IL-15 data that you're going to have for vitiligo. That's -- remind us that's a Phase I study, single-arm where you'll be looking at -- basically, the clinical endpoints are VASI based on face and body. But maybe if you could just educate us a little bit in terms of what you can glean from these single-arm studies? Are these proof of concept in your mind that inform pivotal study as a next step?
Yes. Yes. So the anti-IL-15 program for vitiligo, there's a lot to unpack here. The first thing I'd say is it's a great opportunity for our molecule. When we compare our molecules to others out there in the competition, we believe we have the most potent. It has a half-life of 38 days. We were focused on every 3 months giving a dose, a subcutaneous dose every 3 months. So there's a large convenience factor for the potential in vitiligo. Now getting to vitiligo, vitiligo, I think, is an underappreciated indication. This is more than 3 million people in the U.S. and the EU right now. And in my experience in dermatology conditions, patients are motivated. And although maybe vitiligo is underappreciated now, it's just like psoriasis 15 years ago where people didn't think there was any need for treatments there, and that's grown into a massive market.
So I think there's a great opportunity here. Patients are motivated. And when it comes to the anti-IL-15 program, there's only been one molecule approved. It's a topical JAK that can only treat 10% of your body and vitiligo is a whole body disorder. So systemic therapy is what's needed. There's oral JAKs that are being developed right now. That's a daily pill you take and there's the baggage of the JAKs with their profile. So we come in, I think, with a very good option for patients where you have a good safety profile with -- we hope, good efficacy that's going to be stacked up against the JAKs, but then there's a convenience factor after that. So if you get a very well-tolerated, safe treatment with a subcutaneous shot every 3 months, you're now treating those patients who need systemic therapy conveniently.
So the study is a proof of concept. It's 24 weeks. In those 24 weeks, you get only 2 shots of our anti-IL-15 one on day 0 and one at 12 weeks. And we follow them for the normal endpoints, the facial VASI you mentioned. So facial VASI 75 is the regulatory endpoint and the total VASI -- and the patients we brought in the study are very similar to the patients you see in a normal registrational program. So you have a certain level of facial VASI at baseline and a certain amount of total body. And that's important because the topical that's out there was targeted really to a more mild population. These systemic therapies are now at the moderate to severe level.
Your comment about like comparing this to psoriasis and maybe 20 years ago, psoriasis. I'm curious how well in the medical literature is segmentation characterized for those with more moderate-to-severe disease or perhaps a facial component to disease. I imagine these are going to be the most highly motivated to seek out systemic treatment. So I wonder from that 3 million, is this 20%? Is this 50% that have this perhaps more severe disease phenotype that would be motivated to treat?
Yes. I mean I can't give you a number today. But as we've seen, that will progress. The more disease awareness there is, the more that people learn that there's treatments, the numbers just keep growing. So it will start, obviously that people who are most disturbed by the facial things that you see in your hands and your arms are also disturbing the patients. But that number will continue to grow in my experience, where it will be probably a bigger market than we anticipate right now.
I think psoriasis is 30% on advanced therapy. So that could be potentially a proxy for 1 million patients?
Yes and that's how it starts. Yes. So the more severe, you can use that as a proxy, but then you'll see the more moderate people look for treatments.
So 24-week endpoint, that's about halfway through what will be a Phase III endpoint, which would be a full year. Can you talk a little bit about how this disease manifest over a 52-week period. Is it more of a slower onset. It takes time to accumulate to show clinical benefit in a clinical trial. So what I'm asking ultimately is what can investors -- how to think about 24-week data and stacking that up in terms of the clinical benefit. Other drugs see at 24 versus 52 week?
Yes. So yes, traditionally, in this disease area. So to start off with, actually, that's one of the nice things about this indication. It's a very clear pathway to registration. It's been shown how we do this. We know what we have to do. So if you're in a good molecule, you can move quickly. So traditionally, you do about 24 weeks in your Phase II, so you can get your signal, get an idea of where you're going. But to your point, it does continue to get better in general. When you look at the JAKs and you look at the topical JAKs, and it gets back to the disease mechanism.
So vitiligo is a destruction of the melanocytes that produce the color in your skin. And when you shut down the T cells that are causing the destruction, it takes time for those monocytes to then repopulate the skin. They usually grow out from the follicles and then repigment. So there's probably going to be a defined theoretical rate at which it gets better. So although Phase II is a 24-week readout and you should see an effect by 24 weeks, it will continue to get better at 48 weeks as those melanocytes continue to repopulate the skin. So we expect that to happen as well.
Okay. So I imagine there's going to be a desire for investors to benchmark this to upadacitinib, which is the oral JAK that's out there. And so does an oral JAK work faster on this disease versus, say, how IL-15 might work? And so -- because that could be relevant to how you look at 24-week data.
Yes. So that's a good point. There's a total difference in the activity of these different classes. So JAKs are more immediate, fairly broad suppression of the immune response. IL-15, the cytokine is a key cytokine in the way that vitiligo and celiac disease behave. IL-15 is driving the expansion and the migration of these intraepithelial lymphocytes into the skin. So while JAKs is a daily suppression in a broad sense of the inflammation, IL-15 could be considered potentially in the future as a disease modifier where you're blocking the cytokine that's driving those pathogenic cells into the skin and then preventing them from being resident in the skin. So you're stopping the cells from even being there. So that could be more of a long-term effect potentially, but it could be really modifying the disease pathology. So they're very different and IL-15 is a little bit more targeted in the way that it's going to be treating vitiligo.
Okay. So a couple of quarters ago, there was the potential to file this if everything went well 2031 to 2034, now it's 2031. So I'm wondering is what's changed now being 2031? Is it that you feel more confident about the data and how fast you can recruit a study because people will be excited about what the drug offers? Or is there something different about how you're thinking about trial design that could be faster?
Yes. So I think that's all of the above. And I think that the key thing is that we hit an inflection point where we have a very extensive Phase I program for this molecule that we've been running. We've been running proof-of-concept studies in celiac disease, and we're seeing the biomarkers we need to believe and we're confident in the dose and the exposure. We have defined the PK/PD when you're looking at free IL-15, which we measure uniquely in this program as well as the NK cells. So we have a very good idea of the dose range that we need to interrogate and like you had alluded to, vitiligo is a very clear pathway. And the endpoints that we see in the absence of any safety issues, we can move very quickly here, knowing where we need to go. So it's a totality of the data we're seeing and the confidence we have in the pathway forward. And that's largely why we structured the Royalty Pharma deal on vitiligo because it's something you can easily calculate.
Okay. And then you also have celiac as an indication to develop for this drug. And does the royalty deal contemplate financing for celiac? And the -- I think the trial that's ongoing is a gluten challenge type of study. So what can be gleaned from that? I know investors will look to with this mechanism, Amgen had a less potent drug that didn't work in the clinic. And how much confidence you can glean from this type of study? And I believe that the measurement you look at is what villous atrophy efficacy measure. Is that a registrational endpoint?
Yes. So yes, there's a lot there. And you're right, we based the deal with Royalty Pharma on the vitiligo, but the long-term payout, it does include the total package of IL-15. But getting to the disease itself, celiac disease and vitiligo are very similar in the driving characteristics. So you can think of the skin as the outward-facing epithelium and the gut is the inward-facing epithelium. And it's these T cells that the IL-15 are expanding and driving to these surfaces. So there's a lot of overlap. In fact, many -- there are a certain number of patients who have both diseases at the same time. So there's a lot of evidence that our anti-IL-15 is working in both of the diseases. I mentioned that we're very potent, have a great half-life.
But we've also done a lot of preclinical work, especially in celiac disease where we actually looked at nonhuman primates where 1% of those animals actually generate celiac disease. And we've done some great preclinical work with the molecule that shows that you can block the migration of those pathogenic cells into the epithelium, reverse antibodies and actually really protect their gut. And we're seeing -- we saw that in our first proof-of-concept study with our celiac program, where looking at a biomarker called FABP, fatty acid binding protein, we protected the gut from actual insults with the molecule. And in fact, over time, if you overread the data a little bit, you can actually think that we are treating an underlying smoldering celiac disease patients had. So that was a really strong biomarker data and the first proof of concept.
But the second one that we'll read out in the second half of this year is a placebo-controlled proof of concept and 50 patients, and we're looking at biopsies of the gut, at the baseline and 8 weeks after a 6-week challenge with 3 grams of gluten. So that will be a great proof of concept showing that we can achieve that regulatory endpoint to answer your question, both you want to show gut histology changes and you want to show patient-reported outcomes in a Phase III study. So those 2 things will have a very good sense going into Phase II and III with celiac after this study.
Okay. I'm realizing that my entire discussion guide is all about your branded efforts, but I wanted to step back and just ask how are you spending your time between the branded R&D effort versus the generic R&D effort? And as we think about Teva, which has a lineage in generic pharmaceuticals, I'm just sort of wondering where the R&D effort really is being put? Is it more of a selective approach? In this year, Revlimid coming out of the numbers, right? You rebased your U.S. generics business, which is very small now as a percentage of your total business. But I just wonder on the go-forward R&D operation and where you're spending your time, just curious if you can kind of frame that.
Yes. So the fun thing for me is I've got all of it under -- in my shop in R&D. So I've got a Head of Biosimilars, I've got a Head of Generics and I've got a Head of Innovative Medicines. And it's been a great experience over the last 3 years because one of the things I found -- I always kind of thought this was true, but I really have found that there's a lot of synergies that we get out of the knowledge base from our generics work from our biosimilars that we apply every day to our innovative group. So I will say this, I've been saying this for 3 years. We have one of the best device groups I've ever seen. I've been in a lot of big pharma companies. This group really knows how to make devices. We actually can make other people's devices better.
We have extraordinary formulation capabilities. And you throw that on top of this wonderful discovery we have in Sydney, where they make excellent antibodies. They can protein engineer anything. So when I have a problem on formulations, frequently, I don't go to my innovative head. I go to my generics head. If I have a device problem, I talk to the generics guys. And the production and the biologics capabilities that we have from biosimilars and our knowledge base there can easily be applied to all these programs. So there's a lot of synergies for me.
If I could squeak in one generics question then, right? Like when we think about the GLP-1 opportunity, right, there's seemingly some parallels to insulins in my mind, right? So basal insulins, price came down, no generic could ever be sold at scale at the pricing that was where it evolved to. The concern with GLP-1s is that pricing is coming down and is expected to come down even more such that when sema or tirzepatide is available generically with the patents, can you make money in that business and put all the money into making that at scale? So where do you guys stand? You've never went after insulins as it pertains to GLP-1, which is the hot topic within generics.
Yes. So I mean, I'll just kind of speak off the [ culture ] here a little bit about GLP-1s. We've actually gotten the first GLP-1 generics approved. I think that's a very strong business case for us to move forward, treating them as generics. I know we got a lot of questions 2 or 3 years ago about you should getting the GLP-1s, you should be innovative in that space. We consciously didn't do that, and that was actually an excellent decision because a lot of the investment we would have had to put into a GLP-1 program would be taking away from the opportunities we have in all this other pipeline. So I think I'm happy to look back and say that was a great move. We played the way we should play in GLP-1s, and that's what we'll do.
Okay. Let's shift gears to your TL1A program and really good data, maintenance data in both UC and I don't think you have the maintenance data yet in Crohn's, but you have the UC data.
We have both.
Okay. Maintenance and both. Now as we look ahead, there's a couple of dynamics playing out. We're seeing competitor combinations in the I&I world and Merck has Phase III data for its TL1A. So where is your focus in terms of development and thinking ahead to like the next step because I&I is a very dynamic marketplace. And so do you think single agent has a pretty viable opportunity in front of it? Or do you see kind of the space evolving more to combos and you want to like establish a solid monotherapy profile and then ultimately playing for combinations?
Yes. So I'll start off by saying I&I is a great space to be in. I mean it's got one of the largest growth potentials of all therapeutic areas, so does neuroscience. So our focus at Teva in neuroscience and I&I is a great place to be. And we've built a lot of muscle now, not only in the development space, but in the commercial space as well. So getting on to what the opportunity here for duvakitug is. I'll start off with the basics. The fundamentals are great on duvakitug. We think we have the most potent TL1A. We have the most selective TL1A. We have the lowest antidrug antibodies that have been reported out there right now. We had numerically the best induction data in both Crohn's and ulcerative colitis in the TL1A space. And now we just showed the maintenance data as our first milestone this year, again, showing numerically very high numbers, not only best-in-class, potentially best in disease.
So the opportunity for monotherapy for duvakitug is big. We're great to have the Phase III studies going with Sanofi. They're ahead of schedule on the enrollment at this point. We're going to continue to press making sure that we launch on time and within the pack. I think that ulcerative colitis will be in the magical 18-month window of launch. We will also probably be maybe second in the Crohn's disease space. So we're right in there. And I think at the end of the day, efficacy is king. So I'll answer your question about combination therapies, but monotherapy has so much to be shown to show going into the launch of this new class of drug. It's a totally new biologic class because remember, people with Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis frequently, about half of them fail their therapy after 1 year. And this is a chronic disease.
There's over 4 million people with IBD, and they're all cycling through therapy as they fail. 20% of ulcerative colitis still get surgery, 70% of the people with Crohn's disease are still getting surgery. So there's a lot we can do for these people right now with a new monotherapy class. So that's a focus. Having said that, looking towards the future, I'm a guy who always believed in combination therapies across multiple therapeutic areas. I think there's a lot of opportunity there. As we bring together different classes, TL1A actually right now looks like a great class to combine with because the safety profile is strong at this point. And if that continues, combining it in different ways is a great idea.
That's all envisioned within the Sanofi partnership. If you were to, say, advance a molecule with bispecific properties that targets both TL1A and say, integrin or some other common mechanism. Is that all envisioned and that would roll up within the Sanofi partnership?
So we're free to do that. And they're actually doing that, and we're actually doing it as well. So it's actually a pathway we both can interrogate. And to be honest, our group in Sydney is very good at it. We're filing an IND for TSLP and IL-13 at the end of this year. And that knowledge base and our ability to combine these different drugs. Remember, we make all these biosimilars, too. We can bring many things together very rapidly in a very robust plan.
Just want to be clear here. So if Sanofi were the one to develop it, right, would that be a risk to you now that they can move forward with their bispecific? Or is that envisioned within the partnership? And...
I don't want to get into the details of partnership, but there's freedom to operate, yes.
Okay. Maybe -- with respect to Phase II proof-of-concept studies, where are you guys at in terms of exploring other indications? I know some competitors are. If you can just remind us where the effort is.
That reminds me of IL-15 too, but I'll do TL1A first. So we've already have our plans together for the next 2 indications with Sanofi, we will be announcing it probably later this year. But the way we approach it is for TL1A, I mean, it's so interesting this class where it's an amplifier of many different cytokine pathways. It's not just hitting one, it's an amplifier. So the potential is in -- we call it T2s, non-T2 or even fibrotic disease areas because this is also a unique class and the fact it has a direct potential impact on fibrotic cells. So that's something we always kind of hoped anti-inflammatories would do, but this one has a potential direct effect. So we bucket them in those big categories, and we're going to be choosing our indications in a way that follows the science, has the biggest market potential, maybe builds the label as broadly as possible and as quick as possible to develop.
Okay. Your alpha-synuclein, the oral agent, it's easier to say than emrusolmin.
Emrusolmin, that's correct.
So you got a Phase II futility analysis later this year. And so it's a really tough-to-treat population. It's been a great drug for drug development for others. And so I just wonder the significance of surviving a futility analysis, right? Because we should expect the control arm, the placebo group to pretty rapidly deteriorate. So if you can survive a futility analysis, can you speak to that and how that derisks this maybe versus other disease categories where you survive a futility analysis?
Yes. So there's a number of good points you made there, and it starts with the disease area itself. So it is a very rapid disease. You can see these people decline very quickly in a study. There's some differentiating factors here. I think that you mentioned it being a kind of a graveyard for drug development. I think that we have to make better molecules. And I think emrusolmin is the first molecule, which is a small molecule. It's brain penetrant, and it gets to the very genesis of this alpha-synuclein protein aggregate. It blocks it at the very beginning. It's not an antibody that's trying to mop up the stuff that's been released and is killing other brain cells. So it's great that we've seen some trends in efficacy with antibodies out there, but I'm hopeful that a small molecule that gets to the very upstream genesis of the problem could have a significant impact.
But again, this is a high unmet medical need. They progress very quickly. The futility analysis will tell us whether we're in the game. So I wouldn't belittle it and -- but we're moving very quickly. We're making sure that this study is as robust as possible with big sample size because if it hits, this would be the one -- my regulatory guy and I say all the time, if it works, we'll be the first one to ask for accelerated approval because these people need treatment desperately. 50% of them are in a wheelchair at 5 years, most of them have passed away by 10.
So the injectable options, which are RNA targeted and I believe there is some antibody approaches.
There's RNA targeting, there's antibodies and there's actually also an iron chelator, I think, out there.
I don't think the antibodies are using any sort of brains shuttling technology. The RNA-targeted questionable as intrathecal injections, whether they're crossing -- getting in the brain, right? So the premise here that an oral agent is the best approach to crossing blood-brain barrier and achieving target knockdown, which you can't measure in a clinical setting.
Yes. So you're pointing out all the challenges of this disease area right now and why a small molecule that's brain penetrant is really -- has the potential to have hopefully the greatest impact. All the other ones have a challenge. Certainly, antibody penetration across the blood-brain barrier is a challenge. And that has a long way to go.
Okay. Well, looking forward to the update there. You also have Phase III data in asthma for DARI, a program that doesn't get a lot of discussion.
I'm glad you brought it up.
It seems very derisked, right? You take a steroid and a SABA and we've got validation for that approach from AstraZeneca's AIRSUPRA. Maybe talk a little bit about your Phase III design, how it's different and how you see your approach is ultimately differentiated versus AIRSUPRA?
Yes. So I really like this program because it illustrates a lot of the great things that we can do at Teva. Teva makes a lot of inhalers. We're very good at developing them. They're a lot harder than you think. And this actually DARI inhaler epitomizes what we do best. And we put 2 drugs in a dry powder inhaler, advanced technologies. It makes a device that's very easy to use. You just click it open and you inhale whenever you want and close it up. This is in contrast to an MGI, metered dose inhaler, which is the typical spray that you inhale -- you have to inhale and coordinate at the same time. And sometimes you have to use a big spacer if you're a little kid and you can't inhale, right? So it really is a convenient device.
It doesn't require a lot of cleaning. It's easy to use, and it's particularly well suited for kids. So getting to the study, which is a great, big study that Teva is running that's got pediatrics, adolescents and adults in it. So it's probably the biggest study that had all 3 patients population in it. It will get us a good label because remember, 25% of the entire population is pediatrics, and you'll have a great device. So we'll let the market be developed by our competitors, but we'll come in, I think, with a better label and a better device.
Where are the guidelines now on ICS/SABA?
So that's actually -- I'm glad you brought that up. This is the first time I've ever launched or developed the drug -- in the guidelines. So that's a great place to be.
[Technical Difficulty]
Well, we're at time. Thank you Eric for joining us.
Thank you very much.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR — Bank of America Global Healthcare Conference 2026
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR — Bank of America Global Healthcare Conference 2026
Teva fährt eine Deal‑getriebene Beschleunigungsstrategie: Partnerschaften und Verkäufe sollen mehrere spätphasige Programme bis 2031 vorantreiben.
🎯 Kernbotschaft
- Strategie: Teva nutzt Royalty‑ und Private‑Equity‑Deals sowie selektive BD, um Kapital freizusetzen und Entwicklungstempo zu erhöhen, statt Programme intern zu priorisieren.
- Produktfahrplan: Management erwartet fünf Einreichungen in fünf Jahren (mehrere Starts um 2027 herum), Fokus auf spätphasige, relativ „derisked“ Programme.
🚀 Strategische Highlights
- Deal‑Template: Royalty Pharma, Blackstone, Abingworth u. a. werden eingesetzt, um Geschwindigkeit zu „entfesseln“ und Risiken zu teilen; ökonomische Abtretungen werden bewusst zugelassen, um schnellere Launches zu ermöglichen.
- Anti‑IL‑15 (Vitiligo/Celiac): Phase‑I/POC in Vitiligo: 24‑Wochen, zwei Dosen q12w, facial VASI75 als regulatorischer Maßstab; Celiac: placebo‑kontrolliertes POC mit Biopsien und Gluten‑Challenge folgt.
- TL1A (duvakitug): Management sieht hohe Potenz, geringe Antidrug‑Antikörper und starke Induktion/Erhaltungsdaten; Sanofi‑Partnerschaft läuft, Monotherapie plus künftige Kombinationsansätze geplant.
🆕 Neue Informationen
- Timing: Konziserer Zeitpfad: Management nennt 2031 als mögliches Zulassungsfenster für IL‑15‑Programm (früher als breitere 2031–2034‑Spanne diskutiert).
- Portfolio‑Abdeckung: Royalty‑Deal ist auf Vitiligo ausgerichtet, umfasst aber längerfristig das komplette IL‑15‑Programm (inkl. Celiac) für Zahlungsansprüche.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Kapitalallokation: Wie häufig will Teva Ökonomie abgeben, um Tempo zu kaufen und wie beeinflusst das Margenziele und Aktionärsrendite?
- Interpretation POC: Wie aussagekräftig ist ein 24‑Wochen Single‑Arm‑Readout bei Vitiligo versus 52 Wochen und im Vergleich zu JAK‑Therapien?
- Kommerz/Partnerschaft: Wie werden Monotherapie‑Launch, mögliche Kombinationen und Freedom‑to‑operate innerhalb der Sanofi‑Partnerschaft koordiniert?
⚡ Bottom Line
- Fazit: Tevas Ansatz kann kurzfristig Wert freisetzen und mehrere near‑term Katalysatoren liefern (POC‑Reads, Futility‑Analysen, Phase‑III‑Ergebnisse). Erfolg hängt jedoch stark von klinischen Resultaten, Marktzulassungstiming und der Balance zwischen beschleunigtem Wachstum und abgegebenen Ertragsrechten ab.
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR — Q1 2026 Earnings Call
1. Management Discussion
Hello, and welcome to the Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Q1 2026 Earnings Conference Call. My name is Alex. and I'll be coordinating today's call. [Operator Instructions].
I'll now hand it over to Chris Stevo, SVP, Investor Relations. Please go ahead.
Thank you, Alex. Good morning and good afternoon, everyone. Thank you for joining us on our first quarter call. I'd like to note that before we posted our press release this morning on earnings, we also posted a press release on the Emalex transaction as well as the slide deck relating to that transaction. And you can find those materials in the same section as you can find our earnings materials.
Before I turn the call over to our CEO, Richard Francis, I want to remind everyone that we will be making forward-looking statements on this call. The company cautions investors that any forward-looking statement involves risks and uncertainties and is not a guarantee of future performance.
Actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements due to a variety of factors. These factors are described in our earnings press release and our most recent 10-Q and 10-K filed with the SEC. Any statements we make are only as of today, and we undertake no obligation to update these statements subsequently.
With that, Richard Francis.
Thanks, Chris. Good morning and good afternoon, everybody. Thank you for joining the call. On the call with me today will be my colleague, Dr. Eric Hughes, Head of R&D and Chief Medical Officer; and Eli Kalif, the Chief Financial Officer.
So starting with, as I always do on the Pivot to Growth strategy slide. And we launched this Pivot to Growth strategy 3 years ago, and it's based on 4 pillars: deliver on your growth engines, step up innovations, sustain generics powerhouse and focus the business.
And as you will see through the rent presentation today, we've made great progress across all of these pillars. On deliver your growth engines, you'll see AUSTEDO and UZEDY and AJOVY continue to drive good, solid growth. Step up innovation, you'll hear from Eric about the exciting pipeline we have and some data readouts and milestones we have this year. Our sustained generics powerhouse, you'll see the growth to start -- to see the growth of the emergence of our biosimilar portfolio and lastly, focus our business. You'll see that we remain dedicated allocating our capital to the highest return opportunities.
And Eli will walk you through some of this and also give you an update on the organizational effectiveness work we've done and how we are on track to achieve our $700 million of savings in 2027. But before I do that and to pick up on what Chris has just said, I'd like to talk a bit today about the announcement we made on the acquisition of Emalex Bioscience. This is the first acquisition under the Pivot to Growth strategy. And with this acquisition of Emalex we take ownership of ecopipam, a first-in-class asset with compelling efficacy and favorable tolerability in Tourette syndrome.
Now to let you know a bit about Tourette's. This is a serious life-altering pediatric neurological disorder with limited good options today. So this is a market of serious unmet medical need where current therapies really do not satisfy the need. They either have efficacy, but have challenges with tolerability or they don't quite have the efficacy, but they have the tolerability profile. That's because of that failure, that only about half of patients are actually treated and a few of them, 1/3 stay on therapy after 1 year.
So we see this as a clear opportunity to help patients expand the market, something we have successfully done with AUSTEDO and UZEDY. And as you know, we have strong CNS capabilities at Teva, whether that's in sales, marketing, market access, patient services, and we believe leveraging these will help drive penetration and growth. It's well noting that this transaction is highly aligned to our Pivot to Growth business development strategy.
ecopipam has a derisked mechanism, strong pivotal data, no major development overhangs and orphan dynamics that support attractive pricing, to ensure this is a high-quality, value-accretive asset that accelerates our shift towards innovative revenue and profitable growth without compromising our balance sheet discipline.
Now I'm just going to just give you an insight into the next slide, the treatment landscape because this will explain why we're so excited about ecopipam. Patients generally start on behavioral therapies. And if these fell, families are left with difficult choices. They either have alpha-2 antagonist, which are generally safe, but maybe do not offer the efficacy for many patients.
The next step is antipsychotics, which can be effective, but come with meaningful metabolic and neurologic side effects that lead many families to discontinue or even avoid them all together. I think we can understand there would be a real hesitation in putting a 10-year-old on an antipsychotic for the next decade. That is not a sustainable long-term solution for a chronic pediatric condition.
ecopipam changes that equation. It delivers meaningful efficacy with a good side effect profile, positioning it to become a preferred late-line therapy, and we fully expect pricing to reflect that value.
Now on the next slide, you'll see some of the transaction details. Now I'll leave this for Eli to go through in more detail. But one area that I want to highlight is that the asset carries a gross margin significantly above our corporate average and that it has no impact on our ability to hit our 2027 targets and those beyond.
Now with that, I'm going to move into the quarter 1 results. So we had a good start to the year, solid performance driven by continued strength of our innovative portfolio, and you'll see the growth of AUSTEDO, AJOVY and UZEDY in a couple of slides. Our revenues came as expected, down 1% or up 7%, excluding both the Japan divestment and including generic REVLIMID.
It's great to see that we are able to mitigate the decrease in generic revenues also as planned and as I shared with you in the past few months. So the figures. Revenue down 1%, as I said, at $4 billion, adjusted EBITDA up 2%, reaching $1.1 billion, non-GAAP EPS grew 2%, reaching $0.53. Free cash flow grew 76%, reaching $200 million.
Net debt to EBITDA is now at 2.42x. It's worth noting these all compared to Q1 2025. But let's double click and go into a bit more detail on what's behind this $4 billion. As you can see, strong growth of our innovative portfolio. All of these grew 41% instead of -- in coincidence we also grew 41%, up to $578 million. UZEDY's strong performance, up 62% at $63 million. And AJOVY also performed well, growing at 35% to $196 million. Our generics revenue performance was as expected, down 13%, excluding Japan, or flat, excluding both the Japan and generic REVLIMID.
Now I want to walk you on to the next slide. I think this is a really interesting slide. This shows the transition that's been taking place at Teva from a pure-play generics company to a world-leading biopharma company. And as you can see, this is pretty significant and the speed of change is significant. Since 2022, the amount of revenue that's been driven by our innovative portfolio is up from 9% to over 20%.
And as you can see by this slide, we continue to see this grow to 2030 and beyond. What is an important aspect that I always draw people's attention to is the gross margin and how our gross margin is fundamentally changing at Teva because of this portfolio shift. And as you see in 2030, we anticipate a gross margin of above 60%.
Now let me dive into the individual products, starting with AUSTEDO, another strong quarter in -- for AUSTEDO in the U.S., reaching $559 million, up 41% year-over-year, with global results marrying that growth. Now growth has been driven by a combination of TRx, where we had a 13% growth and milligram growth of 20%, reflecting new patient growth and improved adherence. We continue to see the benefit from the shift towards once daily AUSTEDO XR, which now represents over 60% of new patients.
And it's clear that the convenience and simplicity of AUSTEDO XR are proving to be major drivers of the franchise durability. It is worth noting that as we talked about in Q4, where we had some buildup of inventory in the channel, that has not all been drawn down in Q1. Now for AUSTEDO, we're reiterating our guidance of $2.4 billion to $2.55 billion for the year.
Now moving on to UZEDY. Q1 performance for UZEDY was strong with revenues up 62% year-on-year and underlying growth driven by continued prescription growth of 75% TRx. Now this all reflects the fact that we have a very strong product profile, subcutaneous, low volume, no loading dose between therapeutic levels within 24 hours. But it also highlights the excellent commercial capabilities we have in the United States.
Now I'm pretty proud of some numbers that I'd like to highlight. So since UZEDY has -- was launched, it's nearly doubled the market share of risperidone LAI from 5% to 9%. Now this is a massive accomplishment to drive such a change in what has been a static market for so long. So congratulations to the team. We also now to see expansion into the combined market of Risperidone and [ paliperodone ] LAIs.
It's worth noting that UZEDY is positioned as the of LAI choice with over 86% of its NBRx is coming from patients transitioning from orals and those who are naive to antipsychotic drug therapy. And once again, we are reiterating our guidance for the year.
Now I can't talk about UZEDY without talking about the upcoming launch of olanzapine, where we're very excited about this. Now let me explain why we're so excited. Well, the significant global opportunity is clear. Olanzapine currently holds 19% of the oral market, but lacks a viable long-acting options for a patient population that would meaningfully benefit from one.
Second, as I've just described with UZEDY, this is an area where we will have clear synergies, sales force, market access, MSLs, patient services, et cetera. But more than that, we have real know-how the team has built up know-how over the last 3 years with UZEDY. And as you see on this slide, the investigator excitement is palpable. People are really looking forward to the launch of this product as there is a clear unmet medical need.
Now moving on to AJOVY. AJOVY is a great example of how well we execute commercially innovative products globally. And despite being a late entrant to the crowded CGRP injectable market, AJOVY has steadily grown consistently outpacing the overall injectable market, as you can see from the figures on this slide. Where we launch, we generally end up as what -- #1.
And as you can see on the slide, Q1 growth was driven primarily by the U.S. and ex U.S., Europe, particularly where we had market share gains, volume growth and valuable growth when it comes to access. Now moving on to our pipeline. I always struggle not to talk about this in great detail because I know Eric likes to talk about it, but I am excited about it.
What I will just say is, we have 7 milestone readouts this year. We always started the year with duvakitug maintenance data which we thought was excellent. But now we're going to have the anti-IL-15 vitiligo data in Q2. And then in H2, it's really a lot of data readouts coming through, whether that's the futility analysis on emrusolmin, whether that's the anti-IL-15 data and celiac disease, whether that's the DARI conclusion of our Phase III results, whether that's the launch of olanzapine LAI or whether that's the first in human PD-1 IL-2.
But the worth noting is that these will all add up to over $10 billion of peak sales. Now moving on to our generics business. Moving into the third pillar of our Pivot to Growth strategy. This performed as planned. Global generics were down 13%, mainly due to generic REVLIMID or flat if you take out generic REVLIMID.
Now looking at the U.S. we were down 28% or up 10% excluding REVLIMID, and this increase was driven mainly by the higher revenues from our portfolio of biosimilar products. EU was down 1% due to seasonality of some of our products as well as launches and international markets was down 9%, excluding Japan. Now as I've just mentioned, the generic growth in the U.S. was -- has now started to be driven by our biosimilar portfolio. So let me give you sort of a review of where we are.
We currently have 11 biosimilar products on the market, 4 more, which will be covering $16 billion of originated brand sales expected between now and 2027 and another 9 more after that, covering $58 billion of originated brand sales. So what does that mean? It means we have increased our portfolio by over 50% in the last 3 years, and it's starting to have a meaningful impact on our generics business.
It is worth noting that we start to be launching biosimilars on a regular basis in Europe. So to conclude and before I hand it over to Eric, I want to reiterate our 2027 financial targets on the Pivot to Growth journey. Revenue mid-single digit, non-GAAP operating income of 30%, net debt to EBITDA of less than 2x and cash to earnings of 80%.
And with that, I will hand over to my colleague, Eric.
Thank you, Richard. And as Richard mentioned, I do like to talk about this slide for 2 good reasons. One, there's a big impact we can make for patients across a number of different indications. And two, this represents 4 submissions over the next 5 years. And when the deal closes for the Emalex deal, that would be 5 submissions in the next 5 years, a real accomplishment for the teams at Teva and the R&D group, and we're very excited about this future potential for our pipeline.
First, I want to talk about olanzapine LAI. I have a little bit of a late-breaking announcement. We just did our EU submission just yesterday and we'll be looking forward to the validation of that acceptance by the EU in the coming months. So very exciting. The team did a great job at accelerating that submission. And as you know, we've done the submission for the FDA back in December, and we believe the process of the review is going as planned, and we're looking forward to that approval by the end of this year.
Now on to the dual action rescue inhaler program, our DARI program in Phase III. I'm very excited that we've now completed the enrollment of the large Phase III program called FLAIR. This is -- we enrolled over 2,700 patients. And more important thing about this large study is we have a very large sample size of both pediatrics and adolescents in this study, which is a very important component of this program because 25% of the patients with asthma are pediatrics and adolescents.
And our unique dry powder inhaler is uniquely positioned to be really advantageous for this patient population. I'm also happy to report that over 60% of the events had occurred at this point. So we're on track for end of the year completion of events for this study.
Moving on to our first milestone that we announced in our press release back in February for duvakitug. That was our maintenance data. And just as a review, remember, this study looked at ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease patients with an induction period of 14 weeks and they rolled over into a maintenance period for 44 weeks.
Now maintenance is very important because this is a chronic disease and patients who suffer with it cycle through therapies frequently. So having a drug that can maintain its response and continue on for years is very important. So we were very excited to see that the data at our 44-week time point showed great maintenance. We had ulcerative colitis patients maintaining 55% on of their -- or 56% of their response at 44 weeks for ulcerative colitis.
And for Crohn's disease for the endoscopic response, they maintain 55% of that response at the high dose. And it's also nice that we had a dose response between the low and high dose. And that you should remember, this is given subcutaneously every 4 weeks from maintenance. So patient-friendly and good results.
But how does that compare? We're excited to see data here that we think is best in class. But when you look across the entire landscape, this has the potential to be best in disease. So you can see that our numbers stack up favorably when you do a cross-study comparison against, TL1A is in development, anti-IL-23s that are approved and the JAKs that are approved. So favorable. We're very hopeful and excited to see what the results of the Phase III program look like.
So the fundamentals of duvakitug are very strong. The antibody has high potency, high selectivity and immunogenicity. We've shown in our induction data that we have very favorable results of that 14-week induction period, all given subcutaneously. And the safety profile continues to be strong and favorable. And then we've recapitulated those results with strong maintenance data out to 44 weeks now, again, with good safety, with Q4 dosing and all subcutaneous, so the fundamentals are there, and that brings us to the last slide on duvakitug the Phase III study.
We're working very closely with our partner, Sanofi. I'm happy to report that the study is on track and has started well, and we're looking to accelerate this program. The SUNSCAPE and STARSCAPE programs, I think, will be incredibly important for defining this class of molecule.
Now moving on to another Teva born and raised antibody from our labs in Sydney is our anti IL-15 program. This program is now currently in 2 proof-of-concept studies for vitiligo and celiac disease. The exciting thing about this molecule, similarly to duvakitug. It has the potential to be approved someday in multiple different indications. So we're looking at vitiligo and celiac today with alopecia areata, atopic dermatitis and eosinophilic esophagitis are all possible things in the future for this molecule.
And just as a review of what we're expecting this year, we have a proof-of-concept study running in vitiligo. One thing to take away from this study, which it should emphasize, what I think will be a potential great product profile is the fact that we're running a 24-week study, but only has 2 shops given subcutaneous once at day 0 and once at week 12. And then we'll have a week 24 readout for the VASI score, which is the endpoint for registration in vitiligo. Those results will be coming out at the end of this first half.
And then in the second half, our celiac disease program will read out. Again, showing the product profile, this is a single-dose study with a readout after 12 weeks of therapy. And here is a classic proof-of-concept study where we give a dose of either active or placebo, and we challenge the patients with 6 weeks of gluten, about 3 grams per day. So -- and then at 8 weeks, we will get the biopsy.
And what we'll be looking at and reporting in the second half is the protection of the gut from damage according to the villous height-to-crypt depth ratio on an endoscopic biopsy. So a very exciting program. I think moving forward to the data, and that's going to be the first half for vitiligo and the second half for celiac.
And finally, the last program I want to just mention because I think it's such an important indication for multiple system atrophy, our emrusolmin program. This is a differentiated small molecule, brain-penetrant molecule that attacks the alpha-synuclein at the very genesis of the pathogenic aggregations.
We're on track. The enrollment is going very well. In fact, we're going to over enroll this study to make sure it's robust, while keeping at arm time and we're on track for the futility analysis at the end of this year. Again, we have orphan designation and Fast Track designation from FDA.
So I'll just want to end with our very exciting slide about the milestones that we're achieving this year. First, I mentioned to duvakitug readout in maintenance, we thought there was great data showing the value of duvakitug. The anti-IL-15 program mentioned the vitiligo in the first half readout and then celiac disease in the second half. The DARI program fully enrolled Phase III program on track for the final readout and final exacerbation by December.
Emrusolmin, we're on track to the futility analysis. The olanzapine LAI program is under FDA review now, and we did our submission just yesterday in the EU. And finally, we'll be having IL-15 -- PD-1-IL-2 data at the end of this year. So it's a great year. I appreciate all the work that's being done in R&D and the extra effort everyone is putting into this.
And with that, I'm going to pass it off to Eli Kalif.
Thank you, Eric, and good morning and good afternoon to everyone. I would like to start my review of Q1 '26 results with the following key messages: First, we started the year with a solid first quarter results driven by continued strength in our innovative portfolio.
Second, the increasing mix of our innovative revenue, along with our transformation programs give us the confidence to improve margins throughout 2026 and on track to achieve our 30% operating margin target in '27.
Third, we continue to monitor the geopolitical situation in the Middle East. Our operations remain uninterrupted with no material impact on our 2026 guidance.
And lastly, our capital allocation strategy remains focused on driving our pivot to growth strategy and creating a shareholder value. The agreement to acquire Emalex and the potential share buyback program reflects our ongoing commitment to the disciplined approach for capital allocation.
Now moving to Slide 35. Before I start with the results, I would like to remind everyone that our Q1 '25 financial results included approximately $75 million revenue contribution from the Japan business venture which was divested on March 31, 2025. For like-to-like comparison, I will exclude the contribution of this business from last year when discussing our financial results for this quarter.
Now starting with our Q1 GAAP performance. Our Q1 revenue were approximately $4 billion, up 4% in U.S. dollars or down 1% in local currency compared to Q1 '25. Our key innovative product, AUSTEDO, AJOVY and UZEDY continued to show strong momentum, largely offsetting lower generics due to the loss of revenue from generic REVLIMID that we had expected.
GAAP net income, EPS were $360 million and $0.31, respectively. Turning now to our non-GAAP performance. Our non-GAAP gross margin in Q1 '26 was 52.9%. This gross margin performance was better than our expectation, mainly driven by continued strong growth in our key innovative products and a favorable product mix within generics.
Non-GAAP operating margin decreased approximately 50 basis points year-over-year to 24%, mainly due to higher planned investment in sales and marketing to support our innovative growth. Overall, we ended the quarter with a non-GAAP EPS of $0.53 compared to $0.52 in Q1 '25. Our free cash flow in Q1 was $188 million, up from $107 million last year. As I shared on our previous earnings call, our Q1 '25 results included approximately $300 million revenue contribution from our generics REVLIMID. Excluding this contribution, and the divestment business in Japan, our revenue increased by 7% in local currency and adjusted EBITDA by 28% in Q1 '26.
On Slide 36, I would like to remind everyone of the margin trajectory I showed last year in May and how we plan to go from approximately 26% operating margin in '25 to our 30% target in '27. This represents approximately 400 basis point improvement over 2 years, driven by our continued portfolio shift towards high-growth and high-margin innovative products as well as $700 million of cost savings expected from our transformation program and despite the impact of losing revenue from our generics REVLIMID in 2026.
In 2025, we made significant progress towards these goals by improving our underlying operating margin to 26.8%, which was ahead of our initial expectations for 2025. Moving to Slide 37, we continue to make progress on our margin expansion journey in '26 with a solid start in the first quarter.
Overall, we are transforming Teva into a structurally higher gross margin business with a growing innovative portfolio mix and the transformation of our manufacturing cost base. In addition, our OpEx transformation allow us to keep operating expenses as a percentage of revenue stable, as we reinvest significant savings from our G&A towards our innovative portfolio and pipeline to position us for both the short-term and the long-term growth.
Moving to Slide 38. We're also making significant progress in our Teva transformation programs to deliver sustainable margin improvement. During Q1, we continued to execute on our targeted programs and remain on track to achieve approximately 2/3 of our total $700 million savings target to be realized by the end of 2026.
In relation to these programs, we have already recorded approximately $205 million in restructuring costs in 2025 and cash outflow of approximately $100 million. In Q1 '26, we recorded an additional restructuring cost of approximately $25 million. And for the full year of 2026, we expected cash outflow of approximately $90 million to $100 million, all of which are already incorporated in our guidance.
These transformation efforts, along with our ongoing portfolio shift towards innovative products, gives us the confidence to grow underlying EBITDA in '26 and in '27 and to achieve our 30% operating margin target by 2027. Now on Slide 39, let me provide some additional details on our agreement to acquire Emalex with a couple of key messages. First, as Richard highlighted earlier, Emalex is highly aligned with our Pivot to Growth strategy. Second, we are maintaining a strong balance sheet with no change to our 2027 leverage target of 2x net debt to EBITDA.
Now turning to the key terms of this transaction. The upfront consideration is $700 million in cash with additional commercial milestones of up to $200 million. We expect the transaction to close in late Q2 or early Q3, subject to customary closing conditions.
Moving to the financial impact. We expect the product to have a gross margin profile of approximately 80% subjected to regulatory approval and launch in 2027. I will discuss changes to our 2026 financial guidance to reflect these acquisitions on the next slide. But importantly, we expected Emalex to meaningfully contribute to our revenue growth and margin expansion after ecopipam is launched and scaled and be accretive to our non-GAAP EPS starting in 2028.
And finally, we remain on track with our 2027 financial targets, including our 30% operating margin. We expect the higher operating expenses related to Emalex in 2027 to be absorbed by the initial revenue uptake from ecopipam following its launch as well as additional efficiency measures. Now let me turn to our 2026 outlook on Slide 40.
As I mentioned earlier, we had a solid start to the year with a strong underlying revenue, margin, cash flow performance in Q1. largely offsetting tough comparison related to generics REVLIMID revenue last year. We're also excited about Emalex acquisition, which is expected to further sense and build upon our strong commercial infrastructure in the CNS space.
Based on our Q1 results and our visibility into the rest of the year, we are reaffirming our 2026 outlook range on an underlying basis, excluding, Emalex for all financial metrics provided on our Q4 earnings calls, including growing our EBITDA in 2026.
However, even though Teva is acquiring 100% of Emalex shares, we expect the acquisition will be treated as an asset deal. And therefore, the upfront consideration of $700 million will flow through R&D line as IP R&D expenses in the P&L. We also expected approximately $75 million of additional operating expenses in 2026 related to Emalex starting Q3, including the transaction costs.
The changes to our 2026 guidance range for operating profit, EBITDA and EPS are slowly reflecting this additional $775 million expenses related to the acquisition. There is no change to our free cash flow guidance range of $2 billion to $2.4 billion. Excluding the Emalex acquisition, our effective tax rate outlook range of 16% to 19% also remains unchanged.
Moving on, we continue to expect 2026 non-GAAP gross margin to be in the range of 54.5% to 55.5% during the year. Our operating expenses are expected to be in the range of 27% to 28% of revenue, with the first half of the year higher than the second half, reflecting planned investment in the first half, along with the higher impact of the transformation program cost savings in the second half of the year.
Now with the expected operating expenses and the transaction costs related to Emalex, we expected our operating expenses for 2026 to be towards the higher end of our 27% to 28% range. Lastly, let me provide you with some directions on how to think about quarterly progression for the rest of 2026. We continue to expect revenue to gradually increase over the course of the year.
Also the Q1 revenue were slightly better than our expectation due to a less-than-expected destocking in the channel and timing of some orders from Q2 to Q1. Since the inventory levels in the channels remain elevated, we may see these dynamics evolve during the rest of the year.
In addition, as mentioned last quarter, we expected AUSTEDO revenue in Q4 '26 to be down year-over-year due to the different purchasing patterns and pricing environment expected ahead of the IRA implementation in January '27. The Our non-GAAP margins are also expected to gradually ramp up over the course of the year, in line with the revenue trajectory as well as savings from the ongoing transformation programs.
However, we expect margins to be stable in Q4 versus Q3, reflecting the anticipated channel dynamics related to AUSTEDO in Q4, 2026. Lastly, our capital allocation strategy remains focused on driving our Pivot to Growth strategy. Over the last few years, we have made significant progress to strengthen our balance sheet and are now at a short distance from our target leverage of 2x net debt to EBITDA and achieving an investor-grade credit profile.
We believe we are well positioned to achieve these goals and our execution has been recognized by the major credit rating agencies. The progress we have been making allows us to continue to invest organically in our innovative portfolio and pipeline as well as provide flexibility to execute thoughtful and accretive business development to create a long-term shareholder value as we are doing with Emalex.
In addition, our Board of Directors has instructed the management to plan for a share repurchase program that may be implemented subjected to meeting applicable legal requirements. The timing and the exact amount of repurchase will be subjected to further board approval and will be dependent on the various of other factors, including market conditions, share price and other investment opportunity aligned with our Pivot to Growth strategy.
We believe this potential use of capital will further enhance long-term shareholder value while preserving financial flexibility to continue to invest in our business and to execute on our Pivot to Growth strategy. With that, I will now hand it back to Richard for his closing remarks.
Thank you, Eli. So moving on to this slide. I just wanted to once again reiterate why we are excited by our Emalex deal and why it fits perfectly with the strategy of Pivot to Growth and the criteria we laid out for business development? Let me just go through those.
First, it is a rare neurological asset squarely within our core therapeutic focus area. Second, it's a natural fit for our CNS franchise, leveraging the commercial infrastructure and capabilities we already have in place. Third, it is financially accretive, driving revenue growth starting in 2027, margin expansion begin in 2028 and creating both strategic and financial optionality over time. Fourth, the risk profile is highly attractive. Pivotal studies are complete. The program is well understood and the regulatory filing is expected in the second half of 2026.
And finally, this transaction has no impact on our commitment to 2x net debt to EBITDA by 2027. To summarize, this is exactly the type of disciplined, value-creating transaction. We said we would pursue. I'm very excited about the impact this is going to have for patients who today have very limited treatment options.
Before I conclude, let me remind you of some of the drivers that we believe make Teva an attractive investment and how our Pivot to Growth strategy continues to execute as planned, transforming Teva into a leading innovative biopharma company. We expect our innovative portfolio to continue driving growth well beyond 2027. It's currently anchored by AUSTEDO, which we are reiterating our target of reaching more than $2.5 billion in 2017 and over $3 billion peak sales, along with our innovative products UZEDY and AJOVY, we'll continue to drive our product mix and profitability.
And as I said, we are also preparing for the exciting innovative launches coming up, starting with olanzapine this year. And then for my concluding slide, the growth journey continues. Innovative brands, double-digit growth for upcoming launches Emalex's attractive acquisition of first-in-class neuroscience treatment aligned with our strategy and financial targets, near-term value unlocking milestones from our world-class pipeline, a stable outlook for our generics powerhouse, accelerating the Pivot to Growth strategy.
And with that, I would like to open the floor to questions. Thank you.
Thank you, Richard. Alex, while you're queuing up the callers, [Operator Instructions].
[Operator Instructions] Our first question for today comes from Louise Chen of Scotiabank.
2. Question Answer
Congratulations on the quarter I wanted to ask you about your Emalex acquisition. And if you could give more color on the synergies with your CNS franchise, especially on the pediatric side.
And then as a follow-up, how do you think about the peak sales potential of this asset? And what kind of assumptions support that thought?
Louise, thank you for the question. So yes, so when it comes to ecopipam, we're very excited about this asset because of this significant unmet medical need. Now there are about 100,000 children, pediatrics, who suffer from Tourette's, only about 50,000 of those actually go into therapy. And as I said, less than 30% stay on therapy after 1 year.
So clearly, there is a significant unmet medical need. As I sort of talk about this, this probably makes you very familiar with the work we've done with AUSTEDO and to a certain degree, UZEDY. So then going back to the part of your question around what are the synergies. So we clearly have synergies in many aspects of our business from patient services to managed markets to MSLs and to a certain degree, to our sales force.
We will have to put in place a small pediatric sales force to focus on ecopipam. That said, it is worth noting just the deep expertise we have in movement disorders here at Teva, we have with neurologists and we have with the psychiatric community. So I think for that reason, we're very excited about the fact that we can really offer some meaningful hope to what is a very different condition for children.
With regard to your question around peak sales, I'll just go back to this is a significant opportunity. And as we get closer to launch this product, we'll start to give an idea of what we think this could be. But I think at this moment, as we're still thinking about the unmet medical need, the lack of treatment options and a significant unmet medical need from a patient perspective. Thank you for your question, Louise.
Our next question comes from Glen Santangelo of Barclays.
I mean, Richard, clearly impressive growth in the innovative portfolio. And I think in your closing remarks, you reiterated the greater than $2.5 billion in sales number. for AUSTEDO in '27. And I'm just trying to sort of reconcile some comments you made earlier this year about '27, where you expected low single-digit growth. And when we unpack this quarter and you normalize for FX and the Japan business venture and generic REVLIMID, this looks like a 7% growth quarter to us. And I was wondering, Eli, if you could maybe confirm that.
And then I'm trying to reconcile the growth rate in the business currently versus your expectation for that low single-digit growth in '27. Not that you want to guide on '27 at this point, obviously, but we're looking down the pipe and you see olanzapine coming in, now you have ecopipam, which may be a modest contributor next year. I'm just trying to reconcile all the big moving pieces around how we should be thinking about the balance of this year and the growth rate into next year?
Glen, thanks for your question. I'll try and sort of unpack it. And I think what I'm hearing is maybe -- and maybe if you can advise me is that maybe you're feeling that we could be slightly conservative towards 2027? Is that the question?
Yes. Yes. It just kind of feels Richard, that you're growing much faster than that at this point and you're expecting maybe some modest growth in AUSTEDO next year with some contribution from your pipeline next year. I'm just trying to reconcile your thoughts around that low single-digit expectation for next year.
Okay. Now I get it. Okay. So thanks for that clarification. So I think when it comes to let's start specifically with AUSTEDO. I think as I pointed out and as Eli pointed out, there's a few moving parts here. And one of those, and probably the biggest moving part is how the IRA impacts us sort of pre IRA, which is Q4. What happens to our inventory, what happens to the channel? Will there be a drawdown because of the pricing change in 2027.
It's hard to understand and predict that. So I think for one of those reasons -- for that reason, I think we have to be thoughtful at AUSTEDO and see how this plays out. Do we have any conservatism and concern and worry about the untreated patient population that still need to go on AUSTEDO. Do we have any worry about our ability to execute and get more patients on to AUSTEDO, onto the right dose, onto the right compliance adherent programs? No, absolutely not.
We remain very, very confident about the long-term growth of AUSTEDO, and that's why I reiterated the $3 billion peak sales. It's just a bit of timing there, Glen, and just seeing how that plays out. With regard to some of the other growth drivers, UZEDY and AJOVY, soon to be olanzapine, as you know, we tend to like to really get a couple of quarters under the belt to really understand what this looks like. So we don't sort of get ahead of ourselves. So that's what we're thinking about.
So I think maybe as we talk about 2027 guidance, will come to the end of the year and be able to give clarity on that. But I think 1 quarter is -- we're pleased with the quarter, but let's get some more quarters under our belt before we start predicting what the future could be. So hopefully, that helps you. But I'm pleased that you see the strength in the underlying innovative business.
And let's talk about what that could be in '27 and beyond. But maybe for me to conclude, I'd say it is a bit beyond '27, '28, '29. I hope you can see the opportunity for us to keep growing this company, keep growing our innovative portfolio and keep growing our gross margin and thus keep growing our EPS. Thanks for the question, Glen.
Our next question comes from Matt Dellatorre of Goldman Sachs.
Congrats on the strong quarter and the deal announcement. Maybe first on capital allocation broadly. If we think about free cash flow of $2.5 billion to $3 billion over the next several years, could you maybe comment on what you see as a fair base case at this point on how you might allocate across potentially additional BV now, maybe share repurchases and then further debt pay down.
And then maybe one on the branded pipeline. What is the latest expectation for the indication expansion strategy for duvakitug? And is there anything that you're particularly focused on from a competitive landscape perspective this year or over the coming months?
Thanks for the question, Matt. And clearly, as I'm suffering from some sore throat, I'm going to quickly take a break and hand the capital allocation to Eli and then the 2 new indications to Eric.
Over to Eli.
Okay. Thanks for the question, Matt. So look, we ended the quarter with $3.7 billion cash on the balance sheet. If you think about midpoint for this year, like $2.2 billion free cash flow, we generate almost $200 million already it's like another $2 billion to build, so it's get you like to the $5.7 billion, considering the closing on Emalex, it go to $5 billion and we have another tranche by October to pay like $1.8 billion.
So most likely we're going to be north than $3.2 billion by end of the year, a very strong balance sheet from our perspective. So as we move forward and we keep growing our EBITDA and totally transforming our gross margin projections looking on $2.4 billion to $3 billion kind of run rate beyond, I would say, '26 on free cash flow.
What we actually announced this morning about the buyback, this is basically kind of a part of a natural evolution of our capital allocation, which really focuses us now on maximizing shareholder value. It's basically giving us kind of creating additional optionality to the management to allocate capital. And we are able to do it because the balance sheet become more stronger. What we're going to see going forward, we're going to see maybe another 1 or 2 deals with a couple of hundreds of millions. We are not actually going to do something bigger than that in the short term.
If something will come in front of us, then we'll require any other financing. We still have our revolver, like, $1.8 billion that we are not utilizing -- we're -- as I mentioned, we are growing EBITDA and we're growing our free cash flow. And so anything around that, I would say, a quantum, it should not actually depart us from our 2x net debt to EBITDA. But the rationale here is to come to the 2x net debt to EBITDA and then going forward, looking on our debt management in order to make sure that we have enough flexibility to grow the business.
Thank you, Eli. And now, Eric, on the 2 new indications for duvakitug.
Yes. Thank you, Matt, for the question. So duvakitug, as we always say, has a great potential across many different indications. We and Sanofi bucket these possibilities in T2, non-T2 and fibrotic indications. And we have a very clear pathway on how we choose those based on market size, scientific justification and regulatory chances of success as well as speed.
So we've aligned on those indications. We'll be announcing those before the end of the year. I think that's great excitement around that. One of the things I'm glad to see, though, right now is the effort and the speed in which we're interrogating the Phase III programs in the inflammatory bowel space, the opportunity there is massive.
And I think we are highly differentiated from the other molecules out there, and that's the great success that we've been focused on so far. But we will be announcing those. I think that the indications across this field will advance quickly. Thank you.
Our next question comes from Dennis Ding of Jefferies.
I have 2 on the Emalex transaction. So your slides don't really mention anything about the adult population, but the Phase III hit on both peds and adults as a secondary. So I'm curious if you expect a broad label that covers both peds and adults. And how meaningful can that be on the TAM beyond the 50,000 children that you noted that are on therapy. And if you can maybe also comment on the efficacy in the adult-only population as well.
And then as a follow-up, can you just help us narrow down pricing? I mean you mentioned rare in your slides, but that's still fairly broad.
Thank you, Dennis. What was the last part, pricing? Okay. So I'll tag team the first one with you, Eric. So just to be clear, this is a pediatric treatment, ecopipam for pediatric Tourette's, so to be clear about that. And if you look at the patient population, the majority are pediatric. So hopefully that answers your question.
When it comes to pricing in rare and orphan, yes, we think because of the significant unmet medical need, we think about the size of the population that we think that allows us to have a pricing within the range that is normal for orphan and rare I hope that answers your question. Dennis, do you want to add something to it, Eric?
Yes. And yes. Thanks, Dennis. About the question about adults. It was a small population of adults in the Phase III study. Those efficacy results trended along with the pediatric results.
But I would build on what Richard said, the efficacy in the pediatrics is particularly important because when you're thinking about a novel mechanism like this, a D1 receptor antagonist and the profile of safety, particularly for the pediatric population. There's no weight changes, there's no metabolic findings, there's no extrapyramidal signal that you would see with a D2 receptor antennas.
This is a product that can deliver a great efficacy profile. But the more important is that, the safety for the pediatric population is something we're very proud to be part of, and I think that's the true value.
Our next question comes from Jason Gerberry of Bank of America.
I've got a generics pipeline question. So Teva has a settlement to launch generic TYVASO nebulizer this year but has chosen not to launch for business reasons, but I'm wondering if the company would reconsider, given that, that drug and dosage format are set to launch in the large IPF category, I think some analysts have that being a $4 billion to $5 billion indication. And I think a license would give you sole source as a generic for pre extended period of time.
So just wondering what's going on there. Is it simply difficult to get a generic approval. And then as my follow-up, I noticed on your slides with the IL-15 for vitiligo, it's now listed as accelerated path 2031 time to BLA versus before it was a range of '31 to '34. So have you had a regulatory interaction, are you confirmed now on that accelerated path?
Jason, thanks for the question. With regards to the generic pipeline, we don't talk about our generic pipeline for competitive reasons as well as legal and others. So I'm sorry, I can't really give you any more color to that. But I'll let Eric give you some color on the anti-IL-15.
Yes. Thank you, Jason, for noticing. That was a change that we made for this announcement. It's really driven by the fact that the team is executing. We have a very clear pathway in which we're going to design our Phase II, Phase III study. So it's greater confidence in our execution at this point. But thank you for noticing.
Our next question comes from Umer Raffat of Evercore ISI.
I just thought I would spend a little bit of time on the Emalex acquisition as well. Maybe first, unlike in a traditional pharma company where you sort of inherit a range of molecules, which have their own expiries. I feel like the advantage you guys have is you get to decide how you want to stack on the LOEs.
And I guess my first question is knowing that this molecule is an old Merck drug or there's probably not a composition patent and the method of use is also likely pegged to early 2030s because of some of the earliest work done in Tourette's in back in 2014. I guess my question is, is it really just orphan exclusivity? And would that effectively become an overlapping with AUSTEDO IPs? That's #1.
And #2, how -- is there any preliminary FDA feedback on whether the duration of trials run so far it's sufficient to satisfy them on suicide ideation and neuro side disorders in general?
Thanks for the questions. So we expect ecopipam to be covered by orphan drug exclusivity. So that gives us 7 years from the date of FDA approval. So that sort of takes us into the 2033, 2034 time lines. But in addition, Emalex is granted patent expiring in 2035 curing methods of treating Tourette syndrome using ecopipam.
Now this pattern is likely to be eligible for patent term extension and Emalex has filed an additional application covering methods of treating Tourette syndrome, which could expire in 2043, if granted. So -- and then going back to your comment, on AUSTEDO XR, we also believe without going into the detail that we have a clear path of patent extension into the 2040s as well for the XR formulation. So I think that, I think we feel pretty good. But when it goes on to the FDA question. I'll hand that to Eric.
Yes. Thank you, Umer, for the question. So yes, there is a long development history and a very large data package that's associated with this molecule. It actually started with Schering-Plough, a company I used to work at and then went on to Merck. But the -- focusing on the Tourette's program. This program includes 2 well-controlled studies. Remember, there was a Phase II study that showed on treatment responses and changes from baseline in the [ AIMS ] score and then there was a randomized withdraw Phase III study that showed a great persistence compared to placebo, both statistically significant and powerful.
And that database from orphan disease is robust. It doesn't meet all requirements, but from an orphan disease, we're fairly confident that on top of the history of the compound is satisfactory for approval. Now according to -- I mean, to address your specific question about suicidality. The rates of suicidality were extremely low, just a handful, and it was actually balanced within the placebo-controlled parts of these studies.
So -- and more importantly, the studies were run very carefully with lots of measures on many different aspects, particularly suicidality, extrapyramidal syndrome and with this intense monitoring, there was actually no signal at all with regards to suicidality and any changes from baseline. And more importantly, on the extrapyramidal syndrome. There was no disorder or signal of motor events in this.
And the reason I bring all this up is that they were very thorough studies in a placebo-controlled way that shows that there's no weight gain. There's no metabolic changes. There's no extra extrapyramidal syndrome -- symptoms of motor dysfunction that you see. This highly differentiates it from the D2 receptor antagonist that, as a parent, I would not normally want to put a pediatric patient on a molecule like an antipsychotic that causes that sometimes permanent changes.
So the profile of the D1 agonist is very, I think, conducive of this patient population, the side-effect profiles, very well tolerated. And more importantly, if you have an efficacious drug that the patient can actually stay on, that's the important thing. It doesn't matter what your efficacy is if the patient can't continue. In fact, their long-term 1-year study in the open-label extension at the 1 year, 66% of the patients stayed on drug compared to 20% or 23% of a normal antipsychotic treatment. So though, the totality of this information, I think, is favorable, and I think that would be appreciated by regulators.
Our next question comes from David Amsellem of Piper Sandler.
A couple for me. So on Emalex, just piggybacking the last question, do you think that there will need to be a REMS here regarding suicidal ideation or potentially other risks. Just wanted to get some color on your thought process there.
And then as you think about other indications, I believe Emalex had a program in restless leg syndrome. I believe it was augmentation. So can you talk about what you're planning to do there?
And then lastly for Richard, I think you've alluded to in terms of M&A strategy, in terms of building the neuroscience pipeline, looking at that more inorganically either by M&A, whereas immunology, you're going to focus more on organic development. Is that still the case? Or are you taking more of a flexible approach as you think about those 2 verticals?
David. Thanks for the question. I'll hand the first 2 to Eric.
Yes. Thank you for the question,. So we don't see this program having a REMS. Given the class of these drugs, you might expect the black box for suicidality, but that's typical of this class of medications. We haven't made a final decision on the restless legs syndrome indications, but that's something we can entertain in the future.
And then to the question of M&A, you're right, David, we tend to talk about neuroscience inorganically, and we tend to talk about immunology more organically from a pipeline point of view. That said, it always goes back to what is our goal at Teva to create a world-class biopharma company and to make sure we are creating value for patients and shareholders, and it comes back to capital allocation and what is the most appropriate way to allocate capital.
And so while those themes are true, we still look and scour and think about how we can really add to this Pivot to Growth strategy on a continuous basis. Being very disciplined in what we do and how we do it, both internally and externally. When you have a pipeline internally, you do have to allocate capital. And we think about that as disciplined as you would externally. But broadly, you remember correctly, and that fits with our strategy. Thank you.
Our next question comes from Chris Schott of JPMorgan.
Congrats on the acquisition. I just had 2 here. Maybe first on the Emalex acquisition. I know you're not going to comment on peak sales. But any comments on how we should think about the ramp post approval here, given unmet need? I'm just trying to get my hands around, are there payer dynamics that could result in a slower ramp? Or is this something that could go relatively quickly just given the market as it exists today?
Second one for me was just going back to AUSTEDO and kind of quarterly gating dynamics. I totally understand what you're saying about 4Q. But can you just talk about the next few quarters? It seems like there was some destocking that was expected this quarter that maybe didn't fully occur? Is there anything we should just be keeping in mind for 2Q and 3Q that could result in maybe growth rates that are below the underlying volumes, et cetera. So anything there would be great.
Chris, yes, thanks for the questions. So with regard to Emalex, I'm not giving peak sales guidance, but giving ramp-up guidance. So look, I think we go back to, I think, what you've identified in your question is a significant unmet need in a patient population, which is pediatric, which obviously gets a lot of focus and attention. That said, as usual with Teva, we like to be very thoughtful and diligent and really understand what this could look like.
There is a big unmet need. We are excited about it. So I don't want to be too coy, but when it comes down to the things you've touched upon, which are around, patients going on to therapy, good access, appropriate access. Those are the things we like to think through. So I think your excitement, which I sense within the question is appropriate, but we'll need a bit more time before we start to sort of give you a real line of sight on that.
With regard to AUSTEDO, yes, so we just didn't see the drawdown in Q1 that we expected. So how does that play out, probably plays out a bit into Q2 and Q3. But then there's the fundamental question about Q4. So we just have to see how this goes. What I always go back to, when I'm having these conversations internally is, okay, but what are we doing on the leading indicators, the TRx, the milligrams all the things we're doing around our coverage, new prescribers, the depth of prescribing.
And all of those indicators are looking very much on track. So I feel very good about that because my line of sight is the $3 billion plus. It's not so much the short term, I feel we have that line of sight clearly laid out. But that's how I think about how does that play out to Q2 and Q3, just keep those in mind, underlying indicators are good. Destocking -- let's see how that plays out in Q2.
And then we'll give you some probably more indications as we get that data in Q2 ourselves to say this is how we think it could trend for the rest of the year. So I hope that helps, Chris. Thanks for the question.
Our next question comes from Ash Verma of UBS.
So just in terms of the $700 million payout for BV that you're doing, how does that change your time line to get to investment grade debt. Is that something that can still be achieved this year?
And then just as a follow-up, with the geopolitical developments in the Middle East, is that creating any kind of an impact on your shipping or freight cost or any challenges in terms of getting materials in and out of different geographies?
Ash. I'll hand both of those over to Eli.
Ash, thanks for the question. So first of all, nothing going to change in terms of trajectory to reach investor grade this year. And the $700 million, actually, it's a number that will flow as expected from the nature of the deal to the IP R&D line, as well from our balance sheet from a cash perspective. But according to our trajectory on growing EBITDA this year, and keep generating cash. We don't see this 1 impacting on all those metrics that we need to achieve to become investor grade.
And on the other element, look, we are monitoring very closely in the situation on the conflict with Iran in the Middle East. And I can tell you that there was kind of a few elements, call it, nominal increase on some spend related to transportation and some energies, but this one are very minimal, and we're able to monitor it and everything that considering our cost base for '26 is already in the range in our guidance.
Thanks, Eli. Thanks, Ash. Next question, I think a final question I believe.
Our final question for today comes from Leszek Sulewski of Truist.
Just one for me on the IL-15. So what's your confidence level for the upcoming vitiligo readout and later celiac, given the Sanofi and Amgen readouts?
And then second on that, how competitive do you think the data has to be versus what we've seen from the dual inhibition approach of the IL-2, IL-15?
Thanks, Les. Thanks for the question. I'm going to hand that straight to Eric.
Yes. Thank you for the question. So the IL-15 program, I think the target is becoming more and more validated at this point. I think that the bar here is to look at what Phase II results and Phase III results have been most recently for the oral JAKs. Those are systemic treatments at this point. And I think the most recent data is a good target.
Remember, we're coming out with 24-week data, always compare the times because the endpoints -- the disease matures on treatment over time. So we're going to be showing you a 24-week data. So I choose that probably from the Phase II and the Phase III results. And I think our program had the chance to be competitive and also have the chance to be a systemic therapy that's easily taken every quarter as a subcutaneous shot. So that really is a differentiating profile from what's being developed now.
Thanks, Eric. I think that concludes today's call. Thank you for all your questions and interest in Teva. We look forward to giving you an update again in Q2. Thank you very much. Bye-bye.
This concludes today's conference call. Thank you all for joining.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR — Q1 2026 Earnings Call
Teva bestätigt Pivot‑to‑Growth: solides Q1, Emalex‑Akquisition angekündigt; kurzfristig Belastungen, langfristig margenstärkere Ausrichtung.
📊 Quartal auf einen Blick
- Umsatz: $4,0 Mrd. (−1% YoY)
- Adj. EBITDA: $1,1 Mrd. (+2% YoY)
- Non‑GAAP EPS: $0,53 (+2% YoY)
- Free Cash Flow: $188 Mio. (Q1'25: $107 Mio.; ≈+76%)
- Produktmix: Innovativ‑Portfolio >20% des Umsatzes; AUSTEDO, UZEDY, AJOVY stark; Generika −13% excl. Japan/REVLIMID.
🎯 Was das Management sagt
- Pivot‑Strategie: Vier Säulen – Wachstumstreiber liefern, Innovationen ausbauen, Generika stabilisieren, Fokus/Kapitalallokation auf höchste Rendite.
- Emalex‑Akquisition: $700M Upfront + bis zu $200M Meilensteine; ecopipam als first‑in‑class für pädiatrische Tourette‑Therapie, hohe Bruttomarge angekündigt (~80%).
- Kostendisziplin: Transformation mit $700M Einsparziel bis 2027; Management erwartet ca. 2/3 der Einsparungen bis Ende 2026.
🔭 Ausblick & Guidance
- 2026: Underlying‑Guidance (ohne Emalex) bestätigt; Unternehmen erwartet Wachstum des EBITDA in 2026; FCF‑Band $2,0–2,4 Mrd. bleibt.
- Bilanzwirkung: Emalex‑Upfront wird als IP‑F&E‑Aufwand in 2026 verbucht; zusätzlich ~ $75M opex in 2026; Akquisition soll EPS‑akzretiv ab 2028 sein.
- Guidance‑Ranges: Non‑GAAP Bruttomarge 54.5–55.5%; Opex 27–28% des Umsatzes; 2027‑Ziel: oper. Marge ~30%, Net‑Debt/EBITDA <2x.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Emalex‑Details: Nachfrage zu Peak‑Sales, Pricing und Label (pädiatrisch vs. erwachsen) – Management nannte Orphan‑Exklusivität/Patente, gab aber keine Peak‑Schätzung.
- AUSTEDO‑Risiko: Fragen zu Channel‑Destocking und IRA‑Effekt für Q4'26; Management bestätigt starke Nachfragedaten, hält Timing‑Unsicherheiten offen.
- Kapitalallokation: Buyback‑Plan angesprochen; Management plant selektive Zukäufe in unterer Größenordnung und will Leverage‑Pfad zu Investor‑Grade beibehalten.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Implikation: Q1 untermauert den strategischen Umbau zu einem margenstärkeren Biopharma; Emalex stärkt CNS‑Pipeline, belastet kurzfristig 2026‑P&L, bietet aber langfristig Upside bei Margen und Wachstum—Execution und Kanaldynamik bleiben die Schlüsselrisiken.
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR — Barclays 28th Annual Global Healthcare Conference
1. Question Answer
All right. Good morning, everybody. Why don't we get started for our first presentation? We're very excited to host Richard Francis. He's the President and CEO of Teva Pharmaceuticals and we do have Eli Kalif, they are the front row. If you just want to raise your hand and show everybody. And we got Chris Stevo and Sanjeev Sharma representing the IR team. So we're happy that everyone could sort of join us.
Well, it was -- 2025 was a gigantic year for Teva, not only financially, I mean, a lot of accomplishments in the pipeline. So maybe as a good place to start, Richard -- I'm sorry, before I should have did that. Before we do that, I probably should introduce myself. Sorry, this is the first presentation of the conference, so I'm just warming up.
I'm Glen Santangelo. I'm the analyst at Barclays that covers the stock. So please feel free to follow up. If anyone has any interest in the name afterwards, we'd be happy to spend some time with you.
So Richard, thank you for joining us. We're excited that you guys could kick it off. Maybe as a good place to sort of level set the conversation, maybe you can sort of walk through some of those 2025 highlights, not only financially, but you had a lot of key pipeline updates. So maybe that's a good place to start talking about some of the accomplishments of last year, and then we can sort of dive right in?
Absolutely, yes. So thank you for hosting us. I always appreciate it. Good to talk to you. So '25 was a very important year. We've started the transition of Teva from a pure-play generics company to a biopharma company. We started that in 2023, the pivot to growth strategy. And I think we really gained momentum. And I think the way that's best exemplified is probably in this idea that transition to an innovative company sounds great on paper, and it sounds a great way to drive long-term value creation, but it's about the math, does it play out that way.
And last year, our innovative portfolio was over $3 billion, and it grew at 35%. So real momentum across all our leading brands, AUSTEDO, UZEDY and AJOVY. And so I think fundamentally, you've seen that drive down through the P&L. Our gross margin has changed, our ability to drive EBITDA and ability to drive EPS and create real shareholder value. So I think the skepticism could it be done has passed now. And I think now the questions always are, how quickly can you move this? How quickly can the transition of the portfolio continue? And what does the end game look like? And that's starting to now come to fruition with the pipeline.
And so although we had some -- we made great progress on the pipeline, really '26, it becomes sort of the breakout year. We have 7 milestones for '26. We have -- we started the year with the duvakitug maintenance data, which once again, I think, position it as the best TL1A out there. Q2, we're going to have the first data in anti-IL-15 in vitiligo. In Q3, we're going to have the anti-IL-15 data in celiac disease. In Q3, we're also going to have the futility analysis of emrusolmin in MSA, so a go and no go.
And then in Q3, we'll also have the readout of our dual-action rescue inhaler in asthma. And also in Q3, we'll launch olanzapine, our long-acting treatment for schizophrenia that joins its sibling, UZEDY which is doing really well on the market. And then in Q4, we have the first-in-human data on our PD1-IL2. So that doesn't sound much like a pure-play generics company. But that's sort of so -- 2025 now was a really good year. But as in Teva, it's all about the next year, and it's all about making sure we nail it in '26.
Yes. Well, I mean, so many good things to talk about in '25. And before we start diving into some of your branded drugs, I mean, is there anything that disappointed you last year? Anything that maybe was a little bit less than what you thought or I don't know if there was any sort of negative surprises?
Look, I mean, I'm generally quite a glass half full, half empty type of guy. As people who work with me, it's probably quite depressing sometimes. So I'm always looking for what is more. So I think there's things we could have done better across our business. But if I really step back and look at it objectively, we've moved the company on many parallels, whether it's our generics business, whether it's our biosimilar business, whether that's our manufacturing cost base, whether it's our innovative. So I think we've moved things in parallel at speed across quite a large company. So I think I'm very pleased with that.
So I think for once, I'm not saying we couldn't do things better, I think they're more in the margins. And I think one of the things I was particularly proud of is we started this organizational effectiveness, this cost efficiency program, and we achieved our goal in '25 when we started it, and that set us up well for '26 to achieve 2/3 of the $700 million. So when I reel off the things we've done, probably the one thing actually and I think about it, I would have liked to have done some BD. I would have liked to in-license something. But we have a real focus on capital and the return on capital deployed. We have a good organic growth engine. We can do a lot organically. We'd like to add something to it, but it's got to be the right price, and it's got to fit in. And if ultimately it isn't, we're good at holding the line and staying disciplined.
Okay. All right. So why don't we dive into your branded portfolio now? Why don't we start with AUSTEDO, 30% growth 3 years in a row. I mean, that's probably surprising to you, right? I mean, essentially, you crossed $3 billion right now in your 3 branded products, but with AUSTEDO, obviously, is the majority of that. So maybe that's a good place to start. And what's sort of given you the ability to grow maybe much faster than you would have expected, right?
I mean, I seem to remember you guys put out that $2.5 billion goal in 2027, and we seem to be getting there faster than expected. So maybe could you talk a little bit about some of that brand strength and maybe what's driving that to help us kind of assess the durability of that recent trend?
Yes. No, look, I think it comes down to 2 particular areas. One would be what is the market opportunity? So I think that plays an important part. And then, what is our focus on our capabilities? So the market opportunity as much as this is still surprising, 85% of patients who are diagnosed with tardive dyskinesia are still not on therapy. It's a very dynamic market where people come on and they come off. And so the opportunity to drive real growth and change people's lives is huge still.
So that's the sort of market dynamic. And I think what we've done and a lot of what we do at Teva is about applying real prioritization, real focus, having clear expectations, applying the right level of resource, having a great team with great capability, but clear expectations setting. So when we set the $2.5 billion in '27, for me, that was one where the organization then had to step up and say, okay, let's work back. What do we need to achieve in '23, '24 and '25 to get there?
And so a really talented team, super focused, and that team keeps getting better. It's very impressive. And so great market. Excellent execution. And as you say, we may get to the $2.5 billion ahead of -- a year ahead, which sort of is quite surprising to many who obviously, as you said, didn't believe it was ever going to happen. But I think that's a testament to understand the opportunity, applying the right resources and executing flawlessly.
Could we talk about the XR transition in there as well because that's having a pretty -- we see it having a pretty big impact on the pricing, right, which I'm sure there's a margin that's associated with that? If you could just sort of talk about maybe where we are in that transition process?
Yes, it's a good point, Glenn. Thanks for bringing it up. So obviously, we have this patient dynamic, lots of new patients coming in, but also we launched the XR formulation once a day. What that has allowed patients to do is to titrate to a more efficacious dose easier because they do that easier, they end up on a higher sort of average dose. Still, by the way, less than the Phase III clinical trials. There's still some way to go, but we have seen that. And if you look in all our quarterly results, we do emphasize the growth in milligrams per patient. And it's been in the 20% for quite some time.
So the opportunity to bring more patients in is that the opportunity to get those patients on XR, which helps them get on to a more optimal dose, which helps them be more compliant and adherent. If you think about that, there's so many opportunities we have to keep growing the brand. But as you've highlighted, the milligrams does correlate to value. So that is a value driver. And we still have a long way to go to get patients -- majority of patients on XR and majority of patients on the optimal dose. So I see -- that's why when we talk about the greater than $3 billion for the asset, we have a high degree of confidence in that and I think people are starting to also get confident in achieving that number.
And when I think about the guidance for this year, $2.4 billion to $2.55 billion from memory, right, that kind of implies only 6% to 13%. I say only after 3 years of compounded 30% growth. So I get that. It feels like it continues to be an underpenetrated opportunity. It feels like we got the ongoing XR tailwind. It feels like maybe there's some competitive share gains. And I don't know if you want to talk about the competitive dynamics of that market, but it still feels like there's a lot of those tailwinds that are kind of still in your favor and maybe we're seeing the deceleration of growth from the law of large numbers, some pricing in there, but I don't know if you want to just sort of touch on that?
Yes. So it's -- so a couple of things to focus on there is as you saw, we had a really big Q4. In Q4, we highlighted that we had about $100 million benefit from the channel stocking in and a bit of gross to net, mostly the channel stocking in. So that sort of sucks out of Q1. And so if you take that out and reverse that out, we've grown at between 11% to 18% this year, 18% at the high end. And I think 18% off a 30% compound growth, as you said, it should come down because we're growing off a bigger base. So I still think it's really healthy.
The one thing I take the opportunity to highlight this year and people ask about the range, part of that is because we had destocking in Q4, but also part of it is we're not quite sure how it's going to play out in Q4 this year with the IRA price being initiated in Q1 of '27. So are people going to have different inventory levels in Q4? Maybe. So we'll see how that plays out. We're watching what the other -- the first wave of IRA drugs have done. We've got a good idea. But that just to help people understand that range. It's less about new patients coming in, less about our ability to execute. It's more about those dynamics, which are hard to predict.
I think just sort of moving on, it feels like to me a little bit AJOVY and UZEDY, they sort of get lost in the shadow of AUSTEDO. I don't know if there's any high-level commentary you want to make on those 2 drugs because they continue to be great growth drivers for the company. And now I think your branded revenues are up to almost 20% of the total revenues, and they're meaningful contributors as well. I don't know if there's anything you wanted to add on that front?
Yes. No, I think it's really important, actually, I'm glad you brought up. So firstly, let's take UZEDY. UZEDY is a long-acting risperidone schizophrenia product. And when that was launched, expectations, I think, generally were really low. And that's probably fair enough, big incumbent brand in that sector, other brands, genericized. So really, really difficult competitive environment. We've come in, I think the high end of the guidance this year is $280.
So really shown a great product, great product profile and well executed, what a brand can do. So I think actually, this shows -- this is -- this really shows the capability that we have in our team to take a difficult market to understand the dynamics of it, to have the strategic thinking to understand the price and the access is a really important sort of ratio. And so I think UZEDY, people need to look at it and go, wow, what is done because we're going to talk about olanzapine probably shortly. And then that's the franchise of $1.5 billion to $2 billion.
And then AJOVY, I think it just shows what commercial products can do in Teva's hands. So AJOVY was sort of given up on. The injectable CGRPs, the orals have come in, the market has gone, it's very competitive, big players across all of our regions, we continue to grow at double digit, over 20%, and we're taking market share. How do we do that? Same thing. Great focus, great planning, great execution. Those fundamentals we're good at. So I'd say, AUSTEDO, UZEDY and AJOVY have a lot in common. It's about excellence in planning, understand the market execution, which is worth talking about because when we talk about olanzapine, DARI, duvakitug, all the products that are coming to market, we will launch them really well.
Okay. We're going to talk about olanzapine, duvakitug and the rescue inhale in 1 second, but I just have one last question before we move to the pipeline. You have a world-class generics business. We talk about it a lot. I don't know if there's sort of any high-level commentary you want to make with respect to pricing trends. We have biosimilars now sort of flowing through there. Maybe the cadence of those biosimilar launches a little slower than maybe you would have thought. I don't know where we stand, but it's such an important component because of the cash flow of your business that it generates that enables you to do all this other sort of R&D and business development activity. Any high-level generics commentary and then we'll...
Yes, absolutely. Once again, I think sometimes if you look at generics on its own, there's some really impressive results to talk about, but we've talked about some other exciting areas. But let me talk about generics. So this is quite a volatile business. But in the 3 years, we've generated a CAGR in the mid-single digits across the whole business. And it's one of the largest in the world. So it's a big business to do that over.
I think some of the exciting things we've done that are ahead of us now to come is we have a biosimilar portfolio of 28. We've launched 10 now. We have 10 on the market. We're going to launch another 6 by '27. We're going to launch the rest starting '28 going forward. We're going to keep adding to that. So now we have the second largest biosimilar portfolio. So if you think about all that growth and performance we've driven in our generics business, it's been without biosimilars. So I think if you think about this, it's like thinking a car that is getting even more efficient, a really, really good engine, and we're applying biosimilars to it. That's the turbo.
So I think we're setting ourselves up for, I think, a very positive future for our generics because we've changed the portfolio and we've changed the manufacturing network. So we're going to start to see our COGS coming down, which allows us to protect our gross margin. So a lot of good things, and that does allow us to keep fueling the pipeline, which we'll talk about because we have a really big broad pipeline and it's late stage. So we need to fund that.
Okay. Let's move on. On the TL 1A, you obviously just published the 44-week data. That looked probably stronger than I think most people were expecting and so I mean, what was your sort of interpretation of that data readout? Does that make you incrementally more bullish? And any high-level thoughts as you're embarking on these Phase III trials?
Yes. Look, we were always bullish because we know we've made the one -- the best TL 1A, and we made it by design. So we didn't fall into having the best. We designed it to be the best, and it is the best induction and maintenance. And so I think the frame is and I'll ask people to think about, we don't think we have the best TL 1A to compete with TL 1As in UC and CD. We think we now have an asset that will compete across [MOAs] . So we think because its efficacy, its safety and its tolerability, no monitoring, we believe there'll be no black box.
So we think this could be really a big player in UC and CD. So for us now, I think Sanofi posted $2 billion to $5 billion of peak sales in UC and CD, and we sort of took that. I challenge whether that's ambitious enough, but we'll wait. And I always remind people if it's the $2 billion, which I struggle to understand why, it's a game changer for Teva, but it won't be based on the efficacy of the data we're seeing.
So I mean, I think when you announced that Sanofi partnership, some people were surprised, right? And now we've had the Blackstone sort of partnership announced more recently. Could you just touch on that quickly on why you did that?
Yes. No, that was a Royalty Pharma partnership. So look, I think the key principle for people to understand is, and it's a key belief we have at Teva is we have a great pipeline, but pipelines, in my view, is all about bringing to the market as fast as possible. That is the sole link. Bringing to the market as fast as possible, you create significant value. That's our job. Now we happen to have a really, really exciting big pipeline with many indications. Duvakitug could end up in 5 to 10 indications, right? So we have big ambitions.
Anti-IL-15 is going to be in 3, possibly 4 and 5. And so for us, it was all about let's not get stuck in the rounding error of what this financing can do long term for multibillion-dollar assets. Let's just get it to the market as fast as possible. And that's our key principle. And I think what you've probably seen in 3 years is a company that seems to have no pipeline innovative to have now one of their busiest late-stage pipelines. And so that's our approach, move fast, get it to market, create value, create shareholder value and maximize that patent life.
Okay. Olanzapine, I think in your opening remarks, you talked about commercialization in 3Q this year. Is that...
Depending on the FDA, it should arrive in either September or October. So let's say, Q4, October.
Okay. I mean, maybe could you give us a history lesson of sort of the time line here? I mean, I know there was some past -- there were some historical issues with some of the long-acting injectables and maybe talk about why olanzapine may be different?
Yes. So first, let's talk about the olanzapine molecule. The olanzapine molecule is considered the most efficacious molecule. So it's used to treat severe schizophrenia. It's the most used molecule in the U.S. and in Europe, 20% of schizophrenia patients are on olanzapine in the U.S. and 30% in Europe. So it's -- no one will debate it's the most efficacious. Now it hasn't had a long-acting. There's one long-acting that was launched in the market that isn't being used because you have to monitor the patient after you inject because of a side effect called PDSS. So there is no long-acting.
Now if you look at what happened with the non- olanzapine molecules, 13% of those transferred to long-acting when they became available. So one could use that as an analog and say, the oral olanzapine market, one could expect 13% to transfer to our long-acting olanzapine. You could also say it could be a lot larger because a patient has severe schizophrenia, they have to be compliant. So they really need to be on long-acting, which is why we see a lot of excitement.
So the potential here is we've said $1.5 billion to $2 billion for our portfolio, you said it has olanzapine, I'm very comfortable with that. I think there's now great excitement. Could it be more? We said we can do $1.5 billion, $2 billion. Let's get those numbers on the score board, and then we'll see what we can do. But we've got to launch it first. We're launching in Q4. And I would take the opportunity to tell people what does a good launch look like. It's not revenue, which [indiscernible] but it's about sample, physician use, breadth and depth of physician use formally on P&T committees at hospitals where it can be used.
So just broad usage generated excitement and experience. And then we'll start to make sure we get good access on Medicaid. On Medicare, it will probably be a bit slower. What we learned with UZEDY is -- what we're not prepared to do is give away value based on the product profile. So we'll hold for the right access at the right value. That could take time, but we've planned for it to take time. And what we saw with UZEDY is physicians value the product profile we're bringing to the market with UZEDY. They will value it even greater with olanzapine. So I just watch that revenue maybe towards more second half of '27 because it's about access usage and sampling because we're trying to create a franchise that's going to be a big one and live for a long time. So we need to be thoughtful about how we introduce it from a pricing point of view.
Okay. Can we switch over to the asthma program?
Absolutely, yes.
Okay. Could you remind people of the current competitive landscape there? You currently have a Phase III trial sort of going on. Could you sort of reiterate your confidence in that trial and sort of what you're seeing thus far?
So the data readout is going to be in second half of this year, around about Q3, where we're going to have the read of the Phase III study. So dual-action rescue inhaler in the U.S. guidelines have been issued that 10 million American asthma patients should be on a dual-action rescue inhaler. One has been launched by AstraZeneca a couple of years ago. So they're shaping the market. It's the first time there's been one here. So they're educating physicians on using this.
And by the way, there are over 5,000 fatalities every year because of the lack of a dual-action rescue inhaler being used. So there's a real need here. Now so we come to the market late, which is generally you don't want to come to the market late. This is the one you do because a very good respiratory company like AstraZeneca is forming the market. We come in. What's our differentiation? We will have a better device, but the key differentiation is we'll have a pediatric indication. So 25% of this market is pediatric. So we can come in and follow them, so to speak, and say, okay, use our dual-action rescue inhaler because that's a pediatric indication.
We only have a few more minutes left. I'm amazed at how fast the clock has gone. There's so much to talk about here. But outside of duvakitug, olanzapine and DARI, there's more, and you addressed some of those in your opening prepared remarks. Let me just give you a minute just to talk about anything else in the pipeline that you want to share with the audience and that you think everybody should be focused on?
Well, obviously, the anti-IL-15, the vitiligo data, obviously, Royalty Pharma came in as the earliest ever partnership they've done on financing in an asset. And so I think, obviously, what they've seen excites them. And so I think the vitiligo data will come out in Q2. I think it's interesting because that means we can get to market in '31, which is because there's a regulatory path that's been already shown by Incyte and other company as a topical out there. And so if you think about it and then we have the celiac disease, but the way to think about with Teva, we're going to launch olanzapine this year.
In '28, we'll launch DARI, dual-action rescue inhaler. Maybe we'll launch emrusolmin for MSA rare disease. And then in '29, we'll launch duvakitug. That will take a year sabbatical, and then we'll have in '31, an anti-IL-15 vitiligo. And then we're going to announce 2 more indications for duvakitug this year. So if you think about it, our challenge is how do we keep launching these products while maintaining good growth on our innovative portfolio.
It's just crazy. I mean, you think about your $3 billion in branded revenues today and you wind the clock forward 5 years from now and think about where this company could be, right? I mean , you talk about the innovation transition, right? It's happening right in front of our eyes, right?
Yes. I mean, look, I mean, I think just on that point, our pipeline has over $13 billion of peak sales in it. And it's not a pipeline based on Phase I. It's a pipeline -- that's a late-stage pipeline. You start to -- you can risk adjust that, but you put that into our P&L where our gross margin is right now, it's a game changer for value creation.
Yes. All right. We got a couple of minutes left, and I got 2 questions left. Let's talk about guidance. Could you talk about some of the key drivers in the revenue and EBITDA guidance? And I think one of the things that we wanted to talk specifically about was the cadence of that throughout 2026 because you got Revlimid in 2025 that maybe is messing with some of the quarters. So anything with respect to the '26 guidance that you think is worth calling out?
Yes, I really appreciate you calling that actually, because as we're doing this transition from a pure-play generics to a biopharma company, there's lots going on in our P&L. There's lots going on in our portfolio. And so when you think about guidance, so firstly, what's important, our EBITDA is going to hit $5 billion. It's going to have a 5 in front of it, okay? I won't say anything more. That after losing Revlimid is, I think, a massive achievement, and it's reflective of the portfolio transition as well as the cost.
Now on how that progresses, H1 and H2 are always -- H1 is always lighter than H2 of Teva from a gross margin and from a revenue point of view. But particularly in Q1, what I'd highlight is our gross margin will probably be more reflective of Q1 in '25 minus Revlimid, which is -- I think that was around 51% gross margin because obviously, we don't have Revlimid this year. So I think it's worth thinking about that. And then you'll see our gross margin continue to improve throughout the year and then probably the 55%.
So if anybody is modeling, please model that in there. That's just about the portfolio transition and the fact that we've lost over $1 billion of generic Revlimid, which from a modeling point of view, I think, is important. But just remember, you lose $1.1 billion of Revlimid, you lose a lot of profit, yet we grow EBITDA. How do you grow EBITDA? You only do that with the transition of a portfolio that we've spoken about, $3 billion innovative at 35% and also very, very rigorous cost programs to put in place, which we're executing. So Teva is going to come out of '26, fitter, leaner, more set up for continued shareholder value creation.
You say leaner, and this is going to be my last question. I want to give you the last word here. I mean, obviously, so much positive stuff has happened in '25. We've talked about the strength of the brands. We've talked about sort of the development in the pipeline. We didn't really talk about sort of your cost-saving initiatives and the 30% out margin target you have for 2027. So there's a lot to sort of unpack there.
And it looked like to me, the stock was getting a fair amount of the credit up at $36, $37, and now it's sort of pulled back here to the $31 level, and we can maybe talk about macroeconomic, we could talk about the Middle East conflict, whatever it is. But I want to give you the last word here to tell the investors what you think is important, where they should be focused on? I know we have obviously touched, but I want to give you the last word if there's anything else that you want to emphasize to the investors?
Yes. Look, I mean, when people -- it's -- I think if you look in your rearview mirror, then you think, wow, the stock doesn't really work. It's in a great place. I never look in the rearview mirror. I look about what's in front, what the value creation that's in front of us. And there's 2 things I think is really worth thinking about and if you then let the math play out. One is our EBITDA is just going to keep growing. And so we're at $5 billion this year. We're going to keep growing. Our cash flow is going to grow, not exponentially, it's going to go really significant.
I mean by 2030, we're going to have over to $3.5 billion, maybe even more close to $4 billion of free cash flow. How does that happen? It happens because our portfolio is transitioning so fast with this product we talked about. But our cost-saving programs, we are maniacal about cost savings, capital allocation. Our capital goes to sales and marketing, our pipeline and making sure our factories have the right equipment in them. Everything else doesn't get capital because it doesn't drive shareholder value. It's a service part. And so the shareholder value to come. I always say we're 1/3 of the way through the story, right? So don't sit on the sidelines too long because -- and then I think you'll be disappointed.
Excellent. All right. Richard Francis, thank you very much.
Thanks a lot.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR — Barclays 28th Annual Global Healthcare Conference
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR — Barclays 28th Annual Global Healthcare Conference
📢 Kernbotschaft
- Transition: Teva beschreibt die Sichtbarkeit des Wechsels von einem Generika‑ zu einem Biopharma‑Unternehmen: das innovative Portfolio erreichte >$3 Mrd. und wuchs 35% in 2025.
- 2026‑Fokus: Management hebt 7 operative Meilensteine für 2026 hervor (duvakitug, anti‑IL‑15 Vitiligo/Celiac, Emrusolmin‑Futility, Rescue‑Inhaler, Olanzapin‑Launch, PD‑1/IL‑2 FIH), die als Werttreiber gesehen werden.
🎯 Strategische Highlights
- Markt & Produkte: AUSTEDO‑Momentum (XR‑Formulierung, +Milligramm/Patient) als Kernwachstum; UZEDY und AJOVY zeigen eigenständige Auftritte und Marktanteilsgewinne.
- Biosimilars: Portfolioausbau (28 Programme, 10 lanciert, weitere 6 bis 2027 geplant) soll Generika‑Cashflow verstärken und COGS senken.
- Kapitalallokation: Disziplin bei M&A; Royalty‑Finanzierung (Royalty Pharma) genutzt, um Entwicklungstempo zu erhöhen ohne langfristige Verwässerung.
🔭 Neue Informationen
- Zeitplan: Olanzapin‑Kommerzstart erwartet Q4/2026 (Oktober genannt); mehrere Phase‑III/Readouts in Q2–Q3 2026.
- Finanzen: EBITDA‑Ziel für 2026 bestätigt bei rund $5 Mrd.; Management nennt Q1‑Bruttomarge um ~51% (ohne Revlimid) mit Verbesserung Richtung ~55% im Jahresverlauf.
- Pipeline‑Klarheit: Duvakitug 44‑Wochen‑Daten als Differenzierer; Anti‑IL‑15 (Vitiligo) Zieldatum Marktzugang ~2031 bei möglicher schnelleren Entwicklung.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- AUSTEDO‑Durabilität: Nachfrage nach Treibern der starken 30% CAGR; Management nennt Unterpenetration, XR‑Umschwung und Milligramm‑Wachstum, verweist aber auf Q4‑Kanaldynamik und IRA‑Inventarunsicherheit.
- Launch‑Risiken: Olanzapin: Sicherheitsüberwachung (historische PDSS‑Themen) und Zugang/Preisstrategie diskutiert; Management betont vorsichtigen Markteintritt und P&T‑Fokus.
- Generika & Cashflow: Fragen zur Biosimilar‑Cadence und Ersatz von Revlimid; Management konkret: Verlust von Revlimid wurde adressiert, EBITDA‑Wachstum bleibt durch innovative Umsätze und Kostprogramme.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Fazit: Präsentation signalisiert, dass die strategische Neuausrichtung greift: klarer Meilenstein‑Fahrplan 2026, bestätigtes EBITDA‑Ziel und mehrere potenzielle Katalysatoren. Wichtige Risiken bleiben Launch‑execution, IRA‑geprägte Inventardynamik und Zugang/Preisverhandlungen; Anleger sollten 2026‑Readouts und Olanzapin‑Markteintritt eng verfolgen.
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR — Leerink Global Healthcare Conference 2026
1. Question Answer
Okay. Welcome back. We're ready for our next session. Thank you very much for joining us. I'm Marc Goodman, one of the biopharma analysts at Leerink. And we're lucky enough to have the CEO of Teva Pharmaceuticals, Richard Francis. Thank you very much for joining us.
Obviously, one of the key things that you've been focused on since you've gotten there is this Pivot to Growth strategy. Just give us a sense of where we are in that process? I think that will be helpful to kind of kick things off.
Well, thanks, Marc, and thanks for having us. We appreciate it. So yes, the Pivot to Growth strategy was started 3 years ago with the aim of getting the company back to growth after many years of decline. And where are we in that journey? Well, we have 3 phases. One was return to growth, and then the next one is accelerate, where we're in that phase now of accelerating growth. And that's all about accelerating the transformation from Teva from a pure-play generics company to a world-class biopharma company. And I think we're really in the thick of that.
I think we've shown, if you remember, the Pivot to Growth strategy was based on 4 pillars: deliver on our growth engine, which was all about selling more of our innovative products; step up innovation, which is about bringing our products to the market, innovative products through the clinic quicker; create generics powerhouse and focus the business, which is about capital allocation. And I think this phase we're in now and you say, is there more to come, more to come is actually, it's a really exciting time for Teva because we obviously got AUSTEDO. We got through the IRA. We're on a really good growth trajectory. We've got UZEDY, which is on a good growth trajectory. AJOVY, we've reinvigorated, we say that's going to do $1 billion peak sales.
And this year, we have 7 milestones, and they are all milestones really from our innovative side. So we have the maintenance data of duvakitug that came out. We have the anti-IL-15 vitiligo data in Q2. We have the futility analysis of emrusolmin in Q3. In Q3, we have the celiac disease data of anti-IL-15. And then we have the data readout of DARI, our dual-action rescue inhaler in asthma. And we launch olanzapine in Q4, and then we have PD-1 IL-2 in Q4 at the end of the year, first-in-human data.
Now that's a lot to say. But when you ask me what's more to come -- so we've not stabilized the business. We've grown the business the last 3 years through growing both our generics business and our innovative business. The innovative business now is going to start to really accelerate because of the assets we're bringing to market. So I think we're entering a really exciting [indiscernible].
[indiscernible] innovative business, just give us an update. So where is the generics business today? What should we be expecting for this year?
Yes. We're very proactive in it. So the third part of that strategy [indiscernible] How do we do that? Well, we make sure that when we start the Pivot to Growth strategy, we've reduced our coverage of products losing patent from 100% to around 65%. We did that because when we look at the data, the majority of [indiscernible] is from those 65%. So we're covering everything [indiscernible]. So we focus [indiscernible] So we have 10% [ of the market ], [indiscernible], we launch [indiscernible] and another 10 after that, and we keep [indiscernible]. So we have now [ almost a standing start ], the second largest biosimilar portfolio in the world, and we can keep adding to that. So that will drive significant opportunity in our generics business.
And the final thing is we rationalize the manufacturing network to drive more efficiency, more COGS reduction, which will help our gross margin. So you put all that together, a very -- so scale generics and biosimilar business that will be run efficiently. What we've said to people is model that 1% to 2% going forward as a CAGR forever.
Now obviously, we've overachieved that in the past. And so I'm not going to get drawn to is that the right number. That's what we model so people can model it, and that's [indiscernible] performance as to how that can help us [indiscernible] innovation. So [indiscernible]
[indiscernible] U.S., OUS?
That's an interesting question because when I arrived here, I realized everything is about U.S., obviously understand. But as we probably talked about it this year, we lose our generic [indiscernible] completely. And so the U.S. business as a percentage of overall generic business is now less than 25%. It doesn't mean it's not a great business, and we'll be adding more biosimilars to it. But I always want to just make sure people understand that ratio. So the majority of our generics business is Europe, and then international, and then the U.S. And I think that also should give people confidence about that CAGR going forward.
Now there could be reasons -- because we launched a lot of biosimilars now in the U.S. -- that the U.S. may overperform that CAGR in certain years. But I remind people that launches of biosimilars and generics are a bit like London buses. You can wait a long time and nothing comes along, and then suddenly, you have 3 or 4 buses. And that's just timing of patent cliffs. You can't -- I'd love to plan [indiscernible]. That's why I say think of it as a CAGR because our job is to grow the business, both top and bottom line over time, not to try and do it every specific year because it's almost impossible to do.
And maybe a quick question on just the macro environment and what's happening. Obviously, Teva is an Israeli-based company, so it's a sensitive time. Maybe you can just give people a sense of just exposure and how you're dealing with it?
Yes. Obviously, it is. It's definitely a time that, that part of the world, there is a lot going on, to say the least. But just to give a context of numbers, less than 2% of our revenue is based in Israel and less than 8% of our manufacturing. So from a business continuity point of view, I think we're very well placed. And obviously, for the last 2.5 years, unfortunately, we've been dealing with conflict. And so how we manage our supply chains, our inventory and things like that, we're well skilled in that.
I think probably the most important thing is how we look after our colleagues and our employees to make sure they are being looked after. We run a global business that's fast paced. And at the same time, we've got to make sure that we're looking after them in what is a difficult time, I mean, as you've seen by the news. But I think if there's one thing I say about Teva since I've been in 3 years is we've transformed the company in 3 years despite some of that [indiscernible] conflict and that tragedy in that country. And I says more about the quality of Teva, [indiscernible] the quality of our people, which I find [indiscernible] to be part of.
Let's flip gears to AUSTEDO. So relatively good outcome on the IRA negotiations. Congrats on that, that would be great. You've reiterated your '27 target of $2.5 billion. That kind of feels like it's an easy target now, just given what you're [indiscernible] looking for this year. So how are you thinking about that? And also just give us a sense of the guidance for this year, volume and pricing dynamics that drive that guidance for this year?
Yes. Okay. There's a lot in that question.
I'll let you run.
Yes, give me a bit of a -- so it's interesting. So forgive me, I smiled when you said it looks like that '27 of $2.5 billion...
Yes. No one would have believed that 2 years ago.
Two years ago, when we said that, everybody just said, "Look, he has no idea what he's talking about." So I'm sort of in a way, pleased that what happened when you asked that question. Look, there's a lot that we still need to do. There's a lot of opportunity for AUSTEDO, a lot of untreated patients, 85% of patients are still not treated. So we've talked about this being bigger than $3 billion.
Now yes, we're confident we're going to hit $2.5 billion in '27. Could it be better? Could it be $2.5 billion or not? I don't get drawn into that because we've got to get through '26. And to your point, '26 has had some puts and takes. We've got the IRA coming up in '27. How does that impact how people want to think about us this year? Will Q4 be a year where they draw down inventory because they're waiting for the new price in Q1 '27?
What I focus on is how many patients are coming in, how many of those patients are getting XR, how are we looking for compliance and adherence. And all those programs we've had in place are getting better every single year. So I feel we're in a good place. And forgive me, but we'll give guidance on '27 at the time when that's due in Q1 '27. But our aim is to maximize it. Within our guidance for AUSTEDO, we obviously have $2.55 billion. So we could hit it a year early. But we do have a bit of a range there because of the things I've said.
You didn't ask, but I'm going to take the -- because you talked about the pricing dynamics. And right now, we've entered this year focused very much on value and access. So it has become more competitive. We see value and access have to go hand in hand. And so we're mindful of that. I think we've shown we're very good at value and access. We did it with UZEDY. We've done it with AUSTEDO. We've done it with AJOVY, understanding that access isn't everything without value. And I think we manage that very closely. And I think we're well positioned for '26, but there's still a lot to execute.
But the growth rate of -- I mean, if you hit $2.5 billion this year, so that would be what growth rate?
Well, that would put us in the mid-teens.
Mid-teens?
Yes.
So was this -- is there any pricing that's helped or negative in that number? It's all volume?
It's -- most of that's been driven by volume because obviously, we have to renegotiate on access. So it goes back to that previous question. This is about driving more patients in. But it's also about the use of the once-a-day AUSTEDO, [indiscernible] more going on to the once-a-day. That's easier to titrate -- they titrate better, which means they end up on a more optimal dose. Also, the compliance and adherence programs which we started 18 months ago are getting better because you have the breadth of those compliance programs.
I know it sounds quite boring, but those are really important. You have somebody comply and adhere, the value that can add to the brand is pretty significant. And although that's sort of meat and potatoes, we weren't doing that particularly well 3 years ago. And every year, we're getting better at that.
What percent of the patients have migrated to the once-a-day now?
So roughly about all the new starts, over 60% now are starting on XR. So that's a wash through. I don't know what that's the...
But what are the other 40% doing? I don't understand. Why do they want it twice a day?
Well, sometimes that's -- I mean, that's about physician choice, sometimes maybe patient choice. Sometimes it's habit. You got to get to all these physicians and explain to them, and sometimes, it's is habitual. I think that will diminish over time. So yes.
Yes, it just seems a little strange. And okay. So AUSTEDO post-IRA, like how do we think about that?
Well, we said over $3 billion in peak sales. I keep getting asked, "What exactly," "Can you put a number out there?" And I'm not. We put out a lot of numbers 3 years ago, which -- it's a good thing to do to help people refocus on what Teva could be, really give them clarity on what we're looking at. But I don't see the urgency to do that above the -- we said above $3 billion. If at some point, we think it's going to help people understand the opportunity, we could do that. But right now, just think of it as above $3 billion.
And I'll remind people, if you put AUSTEDO above $3 billion, you put UZEDY and olanzapine, we're going to launch this year at $1.5 billion to $2 billion, you put AJOVY at $1 billion, but the company has just been transformed. Just absolutely transformed. And then we're going to talk about the pipeline in a bit, and you can layer that on. So I think -- I always remind people, whether you think it could be more or you agree with us, it's still a good place we're going to end up.
Well, it's a good segue to the LAI franchise. I mean, UZEDY has been great, and you have another product coming. Just give people a sense of the differentiation of this olanzapine product that's supposed to be approved later in the year?
Yes. I mean -- so olanzapine, we're going to hopefully have approved around about Q4 this year. We launched UZEDY a couple of [indiscernible], a long-acting risperidone. The great thing about this, it shows our -- the product we brought to the market is what the physicians need. Subcu, get to therapeutic levels within 8 to 24 hours. It's -- you don't have to be reconstitute it, so it's pre-filled syringe.
And that -- when UZEDY was launched, nobody gave it any potential because there's a big brand there, there's a few brands there. It's genericized. In fact, Teva launched a generic risperidone long-acting in the year we launched UZEDY. So you could probably pick not a worse market to launch in. And I think the team have done a phenomenal job, and everybody is now looking at UZEDY hitting the $280 million potential this year.
So what I say all of that is when it comes to olanzapine, we are calling on these physicians. We are calling on these hospitals. We know who the formulary committee members are. We know who the payers are. We know where we have to go because we're in those places every single day with UZEDY. So that means the expectations around olanzapine should be high because I'd argue there is no long-acting olanzapine that's used because the one in the market has a side effect that stops people using it.
So the unmet need is huge, and we've shown that we know what to do. We've shown we've got credibility. And then we'll bring 2 products to the physician, where one is for mild to moderate and one is for moderate to severe. So the position is easy. It's the same technology. They know us. I think we've built a lot of credibility. So that's why we say $1.5 billion to $2 billion for that franchise. And we can debate whether that's high enough, but let's just get to $1.5 billion, $2 billion, then we can argue.
So why are people using UZEDY? Like, what's the hook?
So here's interesting. So we have -- they use UZEDY for a couple of things which I thought were important, but didn't realize how important. So one is -- and I'll go in sort of order -- particular order. So subcutaneous. That's a nice to have, surely. No. For a schizophrenia patient to have an intramuscular injection means they have to often drop their trousers or something. They don't want to do that. So that makes them less adherent, less want to have a long-acting.
Second thing is you get to therapeutic dose with UZEDY in 8 to 24 hours. The others, it can take a week, and you have to give them additional oral medication to supplement that. So you've got to balance that. You injected them now or -- that's just difficult to manage. UZEDY, you inject it, subcu. Within 8 to 24 hours, you're at therapeutic levels. Physicians really like that.
And the other thing, it's pre-filled. You don't have to reconstitute. It can be kept outside the fridge. And these are patients who have had an episode. They've come in with an episode, so they need to be controlled quickly. And that's why the physicians have -- see the real value of that product. And here's an interesting thing, which I think -- because that could be my sales pitch.
That was a good one.
It's a good one, isn't it? But here's the crux of it. We do not have very good coverage with Medicare, yet we have good sales growth. So the reason that happens is because the physicians are phoning up saying, I need to use UZEDY. And they say, well, it's not listed. They say, why? They say because I get to therapeutic levels of 8 to 24 hours, I can discharge the patient, it's subcu the patient. So all the attributes come through. A physician will only do that because he needs the product. And I think that's a testament to the quality of that product.
And then we have a great team. I mean, look, I'm English. I'm a bit sort of -- I don't talk us up too much, but I'll say one thing. Our commercial team, not just in the U.S., across the globe, particularly in the U.S., is excellent. And what we've done with UZEDY shows it's excellent. What we've done with AUSTEDO shows it's excellent. What we've done with AJOVY shows it's excellent. So we've done great things with UZEDY because of a great team.
And by the way, not doing -- not contracting with the Medicare is not an easy thing to do when you're launching because you have people like me saying you got to perform better, you've got to perform better. I don't give me access an issue. I need to perform better, but we have a great team who said, look, this is about seeing the value over time. It's not about the first 3 or 4 quarters of a launch.
Which is why I remind everybody, as of being launched, look at it on the leading indicators, the scripts, the sampling, the breadth of usage, the depth of usage rather than the revenue because we're not going to discount our way to access. We want to hold the line as to get the right value for access. And that probably mean revenue, there's probably not going to be any particular revenue in '26. And in '27, it will be more towards the end of the year as we drive it through because this is about creating a $1.5 billion to $2 billion franchise. It's not about having a great first year because then, you just discount your future.
And so I guess the first question that someone asks on olanzapine, okay, great drug, but boy, sure has gained a lot of weight on that. So how does that work? Do you think that will be a pushback?
No, because we're not asking physicians to use olanzapine. We're saying where you use olanzapine oral. So you already have that.
You're already comfortable with the molecule.
You've already used it. You already had that discussion with the patient, but you clearly need efficacy because it's most efficacious. Now put them on a longer-acting. And a longer-acting for a severe schizophrenic patient is really important because they've got to be compliant.
Yes. Let's go through some of the pipeline things you mentioned. So what's the next pipeline you made a point to read out?
So we've got olanzapine launches this year. Then we have DARI, our dual-action rescue inhaler in asthma. That will have a Phase III readout in Q4.
So just tell us about that product just for a second. So the hook for that product and why it's going to be important.
So this product is a -- so the guidelines in the U.S. are that 10 million Americans suffering from asthma should be on a dual-acting rescue inhaler. There hasn't been one. Astra launched one about 18 months ago. So they're creating the market. They're creating awareness of the guidelines and saying you should use theirs. We'll come 3 years, 3.5 years after them. One would argue not an ideal situation, normal. But as we've got to create the market, I'd rather have Astra, who's got quite a pedigree in respiratory to create that market.
We come in, and what's our differentiation? We will have a broad indication, but we will uniquely be the ones with a pediatric indication. So we'll only have a -- we are the only ones with the pediatric. And that means 25% of the market is pediatric. So we're not competing because they can't actually -- they don't have an indication for pediatrics. So we have that.
And the other one is our device is very, very simple. Theirs is more complex. So I think there will be a spillover into people who just struggle to use the Astra device. But let's just say it gets divided. We take pediatrics, they take 75% of the market. That's still a $1 billion product for us.
Did they not want to go after pediatrics? Did it not work?
Well, I mean, they -- no. When you go after an indication, you tend to start with adults, adolescents, and then you've got a big market. As with all of us, pediatrics is super, super hard to do the study. It's hard to get kids into a study. So we went after that. We've got all. We've got all -- so our Phase III will have all patients in it. We just knew pediatrics was going to be an important part for us to differentiate, so we went after it. Will they in time? They may well do. I'm not sure that would be a priority for them because they have 75% of the market. So it's like we -- all of us when we develop products, pediatrics tends to come last.
Definitely. And that product is -- how big is that product for Astra right now?
I don't know. They're still sort of creating the market. So I think I haven't looked at their latest...
That's okay. That's just one. It's probably a couple of hundred million dollars or something. Okay. So okay, what's next?
So then we have that -- then we have -- as I said, there's a futility analysis on emrusolmin, a treatment for multiple system atrophy, a rare disease. So if that is successful, there's a potential that -- and I say if because that has a low POS, I'll agree.
Yes. So what will we see there?
So we'll just see whether the study continues or not. So if the study continues, that means it passed the futility. Right? But that means it could theoretically launch in '28 because it's obviously a disease that people die within -- average within 5 years. And that would be a significant product.
That said, I'm not counting on that because the probability is relatively low. The capital deployment to make that happen, that study is low as well. And then after that, in '29, we'll launch duvakitug in UC, ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease. And then 2030, probably a gap year. And then 2031, vitiligo anti-IL-15. And then we go into Crohn's disease, and then we'll launch 2 more indications in duvakitug this year. So those 2 indications will probably start to come through in the early '30s.
So the theme building here, hopefully, in people's minds is this. So coming like Teva, we'll be launching an innovative product roughly every 18 months, sort of right through the '30s, at least towards the end of the '30s. And then if you layer that on to thinking about so what does that mean for Teva? Well, because of our base -- because of our business right now is we are at about a 55% gross margin. Everything we launch on top of that pulls up our gross margin. And if we keep focused on our operating expenditure management, which we're very good at, we'll grow our EBITDA, we'll grow our free cash flow and we'll grow EPS.
Talk about the vitiligo program a little bit. I think that's probably a little bit underappreciated.
Well, look, underappreciate -- everything is underappreciated at Teva, right? Now I know I always say that, but I really think our pipeline has no value placed on it.
There's not a lot of people going after vitiligo. So maybe you can talk about it.
Well, okay. So look, a couple of data points on vitiligo. So firstly, there is a twice-a-day topical in the market that generates upwards of $800 million of revenue, twice-a-day topical vitiligo. So that regulatory path is very clear for us.
The second thing is we did a financing deal with Royalty Pharma. So Royalty Pharma, this is the earliest investment they've made, as in earliest in the life cycle of a product. So they've seen something that they find attractive to fund it. And ours will be a subcutaneous injection every quarter. So you think going from a twice-a-day topical to every quarter injection.
And look, what I think and we've started to realize is vitiligo is -- is this the psoriasis ischemia, atopic dermatitis of 15 years ago where we all said it's going to be tiny, biologic?
I remember, yes.
You remember. We're both old enough to remember that. I don't know, but I'd go back to -- I think it really could be pretty significant. But let's say it's not and it just does $1 billion, it's a game changer for Teva. So we're really excited because it's another in-house antibody. So duvakitug was antibody, TL1A, IL-15 is antibody, and then we can talk about PD-1 IL-2, which is another in-house because we have great antibody engineering. So we know our IL-15 is a good IL-15. So we're excited. The data will come out in Q2, as in first-in-human. Forgive the pun, but I think we will see.
So they've not seen first-in-human data yet, but they did the deal with Royalty Pharma?
They've seen everything we have, right?
So the data is not there yet?
But we -- the data for those -- I think it's -- I don't know exactly, the number of patients involved will only come out in Q2. But they've seen enough. And I believe Pablo and his team, I think, do 350 due diligences a year, he told me. And I think they do less than 10 deals. So that makes me feel like...
Yes, yes, yes. Well, I see the differentiation. Clearly, the market is there. I agree with you, it could be the next take a topical and turn it into an injectable and grow the market exponentially. So it does make sense. That's probably what they see. But as far as data, they haven't really seen that much?
Well, there's a lot of -- I mean, we're in the clinic, we're in humans. There's a lot of data before that. You don't get to go into the clinic. So I think they've seen enough. But that's probably -- you want to ask Pablo next time you have them on stage.
Right. Okay. Fair enough. Fair enough. The TL1A, so just give us a quick update there, what we're going to see in this?
So TL1A, we had the maintenance data come out in Q1. So we had really good induction data of our Phase II, which I think was seen as best-in-class, maybe best in disease. The maintenance data came out, reinforce that. So I think we're the best TL1A. And now we -- people are talking about whether we could be the best in disease. And now the Phase III has been up and running since Q4 last year. Good study design. So the aim is to keep recruiting as fast as possible and get to the endpoint.
This year, we're going to announce 2 more indications with our partner, Sanofi. And then the important thing is to make sure they're in the clinic and we move those fast. And yes, another thing. If you think about Teva, so TL1A and anti-IL-15 are multiple indications in one product, right? So...
Which is why you needed help.
Which is why we needed help, but it also means a TL1A that could go to 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 indications for any company is crazy good. For Teva, it's amazing. IL-15, celiac disease, vitiligo, alopecia, maybe atopic dermatitis, we've got 4 in one product there. Those are really rare to find those. I mean, I haven't had one in my career, now I've got 2. So good things to come to those who wait.
Yes, very interesting. So you did a deal with Blackstone. Tell us about this deal, how did this originate and what's the...
So we have a principle, a philosophy at Teva when we did the Pivot to Growth strategy where we saw the innovative pipeline, we had the potential. It was a very simple principle, which is a pipeline is only really valuable if you bring it to market as fast as possible. So for us, it's about bring as many indications as fast as possible to market. That's the goal. How do we do that? It's about building capability and obviously having the financing capability to do it. So duvakitug is about bringing multiple indications to the market as quickly as possible.
I think of these big products, pipeline is in a product. And I think when I talk to those CEOs, I ask them, is there anything they wish they would have done differently? They'll say, if I'd known, I wish I start all the indications at the same time. So for me, it's about how do you maximize these products. And obviously, having Blackstone as a partner helps us finance those, be very ambitious. But another area of due diligence to them to look at the asset and say, what value does this have over what period of time? What's the data in what is still, one could argue, a competitive market, UC and CD.
Yes. So I mean, a very interesting pipeline, a lot going on. Is your business development team even working, I mean, given how busy you've got your own pipeline?
Yes. So business development is. In fact, we've been actively trying to bring in-licensed products to Teva. The challenge we have there is that we have opportunity cost. I mean, we have capital to deploy, and we have a lot of organic opportunity. And so to find something, it needs to be the right price, synergistic, and we want to take no risk. So these will all be either the Phase III readouts happen or they will be commercialized because we don't want to take on -- we don't need to take on any more risk. We don't need to deploy capital at risk.
So is the goal maybe even a commercialized asset, or that's a...
Yes. I mean, we've been looking actively for the last 2 years, but it's finding the right asset at the right price and those two.
I mean, I don't know whether you looked at -- I assume you looked at Avadel, whether you cared about it or not. I'm just -- is that the type of thing that may have been of interest? Like...
Anything that...
Just because it's on the market, it's not really necessary?
Yes. Exactly. I think anything like that, that we can bring in that we think we're synergistic. We think we can sell any product better than anybody else too.
Yes. Interesting. Good. Thank you.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR — Leerink Global Healthcare Conference 2026
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR — Leerink Global Healthcare Conference 2026
📣 Kernbotschaft
- Kern: Teva befindet sich in Phase 2 der "Pivot to Growth"-Strategie (Beschleunigung): Ausbau von Innovativ‑Produkten neben Generika. Management nennt sieben 2026‑Meilensteine (z. B. duvakitug‑Maintenance, Anti‑IL‑15 Vitiligo Q2, DARI Phase‑III Q4) und bestätigt das AUSTEDO‑Ziel für 2027.
🎯 Strategische Highlights
- Portfolio: Fokus auf kommerzielle Wachstums Treiber: AUSTEDO (Ziel 2027 $2,5 Mrd.; Management nennt >$3 Mrd. als mögliches Peak), UZEDY (~$280M 2026) und LAI‑Franchise mit Olanzapin (est. $1,5–2 Mrd.).
- Generika: Langfristiges Modell 1–2% CAGR; Generika‑Umsatz geografisch dominiert von Europa/International, US‑Anteil <25%.
- Kapital: Partnerschaften/Finanzierung (Blackstone für duvakitug‑Ambitionen, Royalty Pharma für IL‑15 Vitiligo) zur Beschleunigung von Indikationsausweitungen.
🆕 Neue Informationen
- Neu: Konkrete Timeline für sieben 2026‑Meilensteine und klarere Positionierung: DARI (Asthma) mit pädiatrischer Differenzierung, Olanzapin‑LA Launch in Q4, Royalty‑/Blackstone‑Strukturen als aktive Beschleuniger. Keine formelle Änderung der Gesamt‑Guidance.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- AUSTEDO: Nachfrage zu IRA‑Effekt und Wachstum; Management bestätigt $2,5 Mrd. Ziel für 2027, vermeidet präzisere Aufschlüsselung und nennt Volumen als Haupttreiber.
- Geographie: Fragen zu Generika‑Risiken/Israel‑Exposure; CEO betont Israel <2% Umsatz, <8% Fertigung und stärkt Europa/International‑Narrativ.
- Pipeline: Emrusolmin‑Futility wird als niedrigere Wahrscheinlichkeit eingeschätzt; Management nennt Zeitpläne, bleibt bei Wirk‑/Wahrscheinlichkeitsaussagen zurückhaltend.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Fazit: Teva transformiert sich zu einem stärker biopharma‑orientierten Unternehmen mit mehreren kurz‑ bis mittelfristigen klinischen und kommerziellen Katalysatoren. Finanzierungspartnerschaften reduzieren Entwicklungsrisiko, kurzfristig bleiben Launch‑Timing und klinische Unsicherheiten die Hauptrisiken für Aktionäre.
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR — Special Call - Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited
1. Management Discussion
Hello, and welcome to the Duvakitug IBD Ph2b Maintenance Topline Results Conference Call. My name is Alex, and I'll be coordinating today's call. [Operator Instructions] I'll now hand it over to Chris Stevo, SVP, Investor Relations. Please go ahead.
Thanks, Alex. Good morning and good afternoon, everyone. I just want to remind people, we'll be making forward-looking statements today, and we undertake no obligation to update those statements. And if you have any questions, please see our SEC filings under Forms 10-K and 10-Q.
And with that, I'm very pleased to give you Richard Francis.
Thank you, Chris. Good morning, good afternoon, everybody. Thank you for joining the call. So moving on to Slide 4. This is a very exciting milestone on the journey that we started on pivot to growth back in 2023 to transformed Teva from a pure biogenerics company to a world-leading biopharma company. And obviously, on this slide, you'll see that 2026 is a year of milestones. We have many milestones.
I'm really excited that today, we're talking about duvakitug and the maintenance data for the UC and CD Phase II study. But I'd just remind you that we have many more milestones coming this year with anti-IL-15 vitiligo in the first half of this year, Phase Ib top line results, celiac with anti-IL-15 as well. In the second half of the year, DARI will have the pivotal Phase III study readout and then emrusolmin futility analysis of the Phase II. And as you know, we're excited about the potential launch of olanzapine at the end of this year and then finally, anti-PD1-IL2. So a lot of exciting data coming out from our innovative pipeline. So really a key year.
Now the reason why this is so important and exciting, if you move on to Slide 5, is this really has the ability to accelerate the transformation that we've started here at Teva. If you look across this pipeline from olanzapine to DARI, duvakitug, emrusolmin, anti-IL-15 to PD-1. These all have the ability to be $1 billion products in their indications. And as you see, the estimated market size that we're all entering is significant and growing. So not only do we have a high-quality pipeline, it is well positioned to continue to drive our innovative portfolio growth for many years to come.
And I do remind you that our innovative portfolio is already growing at high double digits. So exciting times for Teva on this transition, but today's call is about duvakitug. And without further ado, I would like to hand you over to Eric Hughes, Head of R&D and our CMO. So over to you, Eric.
Thank you very much, Richard. It's exciting to be here today to talk about our duvakitug program. And I always like to start first, what is the unmet medical need here. As a physician, I know there's a long way to go in ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease. I think it's very important to remember that less than 50% of people even on advanced therapies, only less than 50% achieve a clinical remission. And more importantly, that responsiveness can be lost over time just over the first year.
What does this result then? Well, about 20% of patients with ulcerative colitis still get at least one surgery in the -- despite their treatment. And in Crohn's disease, in particular, over 75% of people still get at least one surgery in their lifetime. So there's more that we can do for these patients, and they need more treatments and better durability of their response.
We move on to the next slide. I always like to start with this. Our Teva team created an antibody that's strategically designed. We made a very potent antibody that blocks the binding of TL1A to the DR3 receptor, which is the important signal of inflammation that was first related to IBD early in the days of the discovery of TL1A. But in addition, we designed an antibody that binds the TL1A trimer in a way that it allows the binding to the DcR3 receptor. This is an important aspect of our antibody because not only do we block the bad signal, but we maintain the way in which the body normally maintains the homeostasis to these exuberant TL1A responses. So I applaud the team for thinking thoughtfully about the biology and making a very potent antibody.
Next slide. So what have we been showing in our program? When I look back at the Phase IIb study induction portion of the study we're talking about today, we were very pleased to see a very robust placebo-adjusted numbers for both ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease. And we also showed that both treatment-experienced and treatment-naive patients responded similarly, which is great for a biologic.
We also showed a very favorable safety profile to date. And you'll see that we confirm that as well in the long-term follow-up. One of the other important things is we showed that we had about 3% to 5% antidrug antibodies, low antidrug antibodies. Hopefully, that will show that it is contributing to our durable response. And last but not least, we've always given the entire program and we will be giving the program in Phase III as a subcutaneous dose, which is convenient for patients.
So if I can go to the next slide, just to review what did we show about a year ago. So a year ago, we finished up the induction portion, and we were very pleased to see that we had in ulcerative colitis here on the left side of the screen, a delta of 27.4% in our ulcerative colitis group, and we also showed a nice dose response.
And similarly, in Crohn's disease, even more impressive delta, we had about a 34.8% in endoscopic response in Crohn's disease. So both results were very robust, very well-controlled study with a dose response. This really set us up nicely for Phase III because we could make a strong modeling and simulation model that would really predict what our responses would be going to the future. So that induction phase of the study, we are very pleased to have.
And on the next slide, you can see how does that induction phase compare across the treatment landscape. You can see here, we're showing TL1As on the left-hand side with that delta I mentioned in ulcerative colitis of 27% and all the way across the 23s as well as the JAKs in Phase III data, you can see it's a very competitive profile in ulcerative colitis.
In Crohn's disease on the right, you can see that delta we saw in induction of about 35% and see how it compares to the other TL1As in development as well as the 23s and the JAKs. So when I see this, I'm very pleased by our placebo-adjusted rates being very competitive, not only for TL1As, but the treatment landscape that we see in ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease today.
But moving on to the next slide, what do we really want to talk about today and what do we have the press release this morning about? I just described the first part of this study was the induction phase on the top of this slide here. We looked at 900 and 450 milligrams against placebo for that 14 weeks of the induction. Now those people who were treated with the active drug were then determined to be either responders by clinical remission or clinical response for both ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease. And those responders went into our maintenance phase. This is a classic rerandomization design to show the durability of the response.
So those responders were then rerandomized into duvakitug at 900 or duvakitug at 450. And again, it was maintaining the blind with a rerandomization. And today, we'll be talking about that data at the 44-week time point at the end of this long treatment period.
So if we can move on to the next slide, this is the exciting part of today. We're very pleased to see the ulcerative colitis data for clinical remission. Again, the same endpoint for the primary endpoint we used in the induction phase. You can see, again, a nice dose response between 450 and 900, and we're very happy to see that 58% at the highest dose for clinical remission. So a great durable response over 44 weeks of additional therapy.
And then now with Crohn's disease, in a similar way, looking at a very objective endpoint of endoscopic response, which is the same primary endpoint we saw in the induction phase, again, a great number with a dose response up to 55%, very, very robust objective endpoint. So we're very proud to see these numbers for the maintenance. I mentioned when I started that durability of response is incredibly important. Ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease are chronic illnesses that we're not succeeding in today and people need not only the response but a response that lasts. And I think this is -- this strengthens the potential of duvakitug.
Now if we go to the next slide, what does this look like in the treatment landscape out there? There are many different things that people can be treated with. But again, people cycle through these therapies because of that durability. And what we can see here on the left is ulcerative colitis is a cross-study comparison again. So all the caveats need to be thought of with that. But still, what -- how does this look like with what people see today in the labels and in the data out there.
So on the left-hand side, you can see ulcerative colitis. At that top dose, we saw about 58% achieving and maintaining clinical remission. And you can see how that compares to other TL1As in development. But also more importantly, this sees what -- how we compare to IL-23s and the JAK from their Phase III labels. And in ulcerative colitis, that looks pretty -- what's the word I'm looking for, competitive. So I'm very happy to see that effect being maintained over a full year of therapy.
But then looking at the Crohn's disease, you can see, again, in this objective endpoint of endoscopic response, very competitive 55% response rate. And then you can see how that compares to other TL1A and 23s and the JAK out there. Again, we -- for clarity, we pointed out in this cross-study comparison that the solid bars are rerandomization designs and the hash bars are those studies which were treat-throughs. But no matter how you look at it, it looks like a very competitive result.
And when I look at this, I think of myself as this is not -- I don't think we just have the potential of being best-in-class. We have the potential of being best in disease. So that was what was so exciting when we saw the results. So very happy with the execution by the team. I'm very happy for the patients in this study.
So if I go to the next slide, we've gone through a number of milestones now throughout this program. First, we talked about the antibody itself. In our hands and in our in vitro assays when we compare it to antibodies we make from the patents out there, we believe we have the most potent antibody in TL1A class. We have the greatest selectivity for the DR3 receptor. And in our Phase II study, I believe we posted some of the lowest antidrug antibodies out there, 3% to 5%.
We showed in the induction study that we started off with here some great results in both ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease. Remember, these were the only well-controlled -- placebo-controlled studies for Crohn's disease that we bucketed together in the same study, and we saw great treatment responses irrespective of whether they're naive or treatment-experienced, and we had a favorable safety profile and again, with low immunogenicity.
And today, I'm very happy to show this durability of response. It's very important that we have a durable response for these patients with such a chronic disease and in a situation where you cycle through therapies. Our goal is to have deep, durable steroid-free remission. This hopefully will translate into fewer surgeries, fewer hospitalizations and improved long-term outcomes for patients' quality of life. So that gives me a great hope of what we can do with this program. So -- and that continued favorable safety profile adds to that hope that I have.
And finally, I just want to go over what are we doing now? Well, we've already moved into Phase III with our partner, Sanofi, the UC program called SUNSCAPE and the CD program called STARSCAPE. I'm very proud of the design we put together with our partner with an open-label feeder arm, a favorable randomization to active versus placebo and all subcutaneous treatment from induction through maintenance.
So very convenient for patients and a very attractive, I think, Phase III study design. So we'll be looking forward to executing as we always do. I always like to remember, we were the fastest to translate -- to transfer from Phase II to Phase III. And I hope that excellence in execution continues. Our enrollment has already gotten off to a great start.
And the final slide, just to talk about more of the potential of the class. It's exciting to be on a program that is a totally new biologic class. We're hitting a cytokine TL1A that is an amplifier of many different pathways. And I think ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease was just the beginning of what the potential of this molecule has.
We look at it as buckets. There's T2 inflammation, there's non-T2 inflammation, and there's the upside possibility of TL1A having a direct effect on fibrosis. Remember, fibrotic cells actually have DR3 receptors. So a very interesting possibility here where we're not only potentially hitting inflammation, but also potentially fibrosis. So very exciting. We'll be excited to announce new indications later this year, but I'm just very happy with the results we have today.
And I just want to end with a slide that Richard started with. For Teva this year, we have lots of events happening. It's a very exciting year, 7 different events, and this is just the first step of our journey in 2026. Today, we talked about the maintenance data for duvakitug. We'll be presenting -- releasing data for anti-IL-15 in vitiligo and celiac this year. The DARI program, one of the largest studies Teva's ever run, will be reaching its final asthma exacerbation by the end of this year. Our emrusolmin futility analysis will be at the end of this year. Hopefully, our olanzapine approval will come in the second half of this year. And finally, we'll be having human data for our anti-PD-1 program.
So very exciting year. The teams are working extremely hard. I appreciate all the effort that's going into this. And with that, I think I'm going to open it up and hand it to Chris for Q&A.
Thanks, Eric. So for the Q&A session, we'll have Richard, Eric and Eli available to answer any questions. And Alex, before you start the Q&A, I just want to remind people to please limit themselves to one question and one brief follow-up. And if we have time, we'll certainly let you back in the queue to ask more questions. So please go ahead, Alex.
[Operator Instructions] Our first question for today comes from Dennis Ding of Jefferies.
2. Question Answer
Congrats on the data. I had a question on ADAs. I'm curious if you have any new data on ADAs with longer treatment, if you've also looked at efficacy broken out by ADAs and if there's any relationship there? And then number two, sort of like a bigger picture bispecific strategy question. It seems like most of your peers are looking at TL1A and IL-23 bispecific, though most are going after [ P19, ] while Pfizer and Roche, they're going after P40. So I'm curious how you're thinking about the 2 and the puts and takes between one over the other? And when should we expect Teva to unveil its own TL1A bispecific strategy?
Great, Dennis.
Thank you for the question. So first...
Sorry, yes, thank you. Thanks, Dennis, for the question. So first, with regards to the ADAs and the efficacy. So we have to batch those things, and this is just a top line report. So we actually haven't run the later batched samples yet. But looking back on the beginning of the study, we only saw about 3% to 5% when it comes to ADAs depending on the indication. So with such a low number of ADAs and with such high response rates, right now, it's hard to make any correlation. So I don't anticipate that to be a significant correlation, but we'll report that when we get the data with regards to the efficacy.
Now getting on to the bispecifics. So we're always encouraged by the fact that so many people are now interested in TL1A. I think that given the good safety profile we're seeing to date is encouraging when it comes to the concept of combination therapies. I think combination therapies are something that we'll continue to develop.
I would remind you that Teva makes a lot of antibodies. We've made a lot of biosimilars. We've been leaders in making the TL1A antibody. So our ability in our labs down in Australia, this is their sweet spot. They can make bispecifics very well. In fact, we have a great bispecifics for TSLP and IL-13 in development right now. And suffice it to say, we are looking at many different combinations. But I think that the fact that there's such great interest in this possibility, it shows you the strength of this biologic class.
Our next question comes from Louise Chen of Scotiabank.
Congratulations on the data. So I wanted to ask you how do you think your induction and maintenance data read through to your Phase III UC and CD studies? And as a quick follow-up, I wanted to ask you, what do you think would constitute a commercially and clinically meaningful outcome in those studies relative to what we saw today?
Richard, I can take that one. Yes. Okay. So thank you, Louise. Yes, so the read-through to Phase III. So there's aspects of the Phase III program that I'm very encouraged by. Our modeling and simulation for our dose selection, I think, is very strong based on the fact that we had a great dose response, great PK and well antidrug antibodies. So our translation in the Phase [ III, ] I think, will be robust. So if I think if we see data that's similar to what we're showing from the Phase II, I believe this program will be extremely competitive in IBD for both ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease. Hopefully, that answers your question, Louise.
I think the second part was around commercial competitiveness, Eric?
yes I'm sorry, yes. So thinking about how that translates, if this translates to Phase III, I think the commercial competitors, as you can see by the comparisons we've made from what's in the literature and what's in the labels, the U.S. labels for the -- many of the different programs that are doing very well in the commercial space, we're competitive. So I expect that we will continue to show deep durable and steroid-free remission. That will translate into great value for payers, fewer surgeries, fewer hospitalizations and I hope to show all of this with increased quality of life for patients. So those are all things that people will value and that payers, I think, will be willing to pay for because I think this will have an impact on the disease. So yes, I think we have a great opportunity in the commercial world.
Yes. And if I could add on to what Eric has just said. It is worth remembering that this is a $38 billion market. And so what proportion of that duvakitug can take, I think, in such a sizable market, which is growing, and as Eric has highlighted, has significant unmet medical need. I think it's an exciting opportunity with the efficacy we're showing, but just a sizable market makes it an important opportunity for Teva.
Our next question comes from Glen Santangelo of Barclays.
Eric, I just want to follow up on the report today. So the dose response clearly looks good. And I'm just kind of curious to get your take, and you sort of touched on it in your prepared remarks, but is sort of looking at the Merck 50-week trial maybe the best comparison here? And how should we account for the differences in the dosages, the dosing between the 2 different studies?
So when I always talk about the dose response, the dose response is important because when you come to making a model and you're trying to simulate responses, you want to be on a curve where you have differentiation between the doses. So that data helps us predict how we can see doses going forward. The more data, obviously, the model gets better.
I don't want to comment too much on the comparators that we have in TL1A. I would remind you that for both ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease, we have a well-controlled study with a good dose response. So it gives me confidence in how we can predict our dose going forward. And there's also a differentiation and how I started this whole story, Glen, is that we have a different antibody. We bind in a different way. We block the DR3. We allow the decoy receptor to engage the biologically active trimer.
So we believe that we're actually clearing more TL1A along the way. So when you compare doses between programs, you have to -- there's a lot of caveats there because there's different potency. There's different selectivity. There's different ways in which it's being cleared. There's different antidrug antibodies. So our dose, I'm confident in the dose we select, and I think that our data stands to really predict that well.
Our next question comes from David Amsellem of Piper Sandler.
So I wanted to come back to combination therapy and bispecifics, but wanted to introduce the topic of biomarker-enriched populations here. So on one hand, the space in terms of drug development seems to be moving towards these novel combinations that are being tested. But on the other hand, we hear a lot more about biomarkers and biomarker-enriched populations where potentially there could be monotherapy cases to be made in biomarker-enriched subgroups.
So with that in mind, how are you thinking about that, Eric, in terms of testing biomarkers, in other words, high TL1A expression? I know your Phase III program was all comers. But as you think about duvakitug down the road, how are you thinking about biomarker-enriched populations? How are you thinking about the evolution of drug development in IBD towards these kind of patient enrichment?
Thanks, David. Yes. So just quickly to comment again on combinations. Combinations, I think, are exciting. I think there's a great potential there. Always the goal is to increase efficacy while maintaining a safe profile. So those will develop. They're early in the process. Certainly, we're looking at that and certainly, some of our competitors are looking at that as well. So that's something that's way down the road but exciting nonetheless.
With regards to the biomarker, so I always joke, I got into this business 20 years ago actually as a biomarker development guy in the early space. Biomarkers are challenging. And one of the interesting things about TL1A, though, TL1A was really kind of discovered as a novel cytokine that was actually highly associated with Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis. So the history in this field is very enticing.
Throughout my career, though, I've learned that you need a lot of data to be confident of a biomarker. So that's why we've always planned to do this program as an all-comers. And you need thousands of patients before you have a confidence that you have a strong association with a biomarker. I certainly see that as a hope. If we do identify one that has a high sensitivity and a high specificity, that's something I would be happy to develop and then you could actually increase your potential for monotherapy.
So I think that, that's always a possibility, but we always need to have more data to be able to be confident. I think we're in the early days, and we have some great biomarkers that we're working on now and testing in our studies, but we need to be confident before we go out there and say, this is something people should use to choose because remember, these patients are cycling through therapies.
You don't want to disabuse someone who's failing on a therapy, the chance, even if we were low to get on a new treatment because we want to prevent those surgeries, and we want to prevent those hospitalizations and those relapses. So that's my take on it. And I think it will just be a matter of time before we have enough data to confidently say we have a good biomarker.
Our next question comes from Umer Raffat of Evercore ISI.
I have a couple here on this trial, if I may. Perhaps first, the doses, I think one of your slides indicates you have 2 doses in Phase III. I saw Clin Trials indicates 3 doses, but I couldn't tell if it's 3 doses or 3 cohorts. And the reason I ask is because I think one of the more important things in this data today is perhaps what's not shown, which is you took a bunch of responders from induction, which were on either 450 or 900 and then they were rerandomized, meaning you technically have data in here on patients that went from 900 in induction to 450 in maintenance.
And that's my question, what did the response rates look like in those? Because when we look at Roche data, it looks like stepping down in dose from induction to maintenance, they lost, whereas keeping the dose flat helped. So conversely, if you actually did retain all those responses going from 900 to 450, that starts to be perhaps the most direct differentiator.
Great. Thank you, Umer. I appreciate the question. And let me clarify, I think your interpretation of the Phase III is right. There's 3 cohorts, but there's 2 active doses in Phase III. So we're actually -- I'm actually very excited to have 2 doses that is interrogated in the Phase III. So it gives us more optionality for patients potentially in the future. So just as a clarification, it's 2 doses in the Phase III program.
Now with the rerandomization design, so rerandomization designs are very common. You can also do treat through, both are acceptable to health authorities. And you're right, people go in, either having received 900 or 450 in the induction and then they're rerandomized. So there's 4 different pathways that people go. They go from 900, rerandomized at the high and the low dose or they go from 450 rerandomized at the high and the low dose.
And I'd love to talk about that all today, but I have to limit myself to what was in the press release with regards to the data, and we'll present that in the conferences coming up in the future. Suffice it to say, as we say in the press release, what we've seen in the primary end point has been consistent across many of the different efficacy endpoints Thanks, Umer.
Our next question comes from Ash Verma of UBS.
Congrats on all the progress here. So just maybe like in terms of the commercial, what do you think about your potential order of entry versus other TL1A competitors? Is that something of a disadvantage or you don't necessarily think that way? And just secondly, on this Phase II UC and CD design, so can you confirm like is the -- is it going to be a Q4W those? Or is it going to be Q2W because that's another differentiating aspect versus some of the other programs that you've seen?
Great. So yes, I can address that question about the commercial order of entry. So the rule of thumb that I have is that if you're within an 18-month window, the order of entry actually doesn't matter. It's the efficacy that matters. So we're well within that 18-month window. I think it's even a better position for the Crohn's disease. So I'm not so much worried about the order of entry at this point. I'm making sure that we maximize the efficacy on this program. And it's about execution.
I mentioned that we transitioned from Phase II to Phase III the fastest with our partner, Sanofi, and we'll get off to a great start with our Phase III program. And with data like this, it does make people think carefully about which study you want to go into. Do you want to go into a study that's looking like it has great induction and durability. So I think it comes down to execution, and we're in a good position with regards to the order of entry, and it's going to be dependent on the efficacy.
Now with regards to the Q4 versus Q2 in response, all I can say today is that this study looked at Q4. So we're very confident in a competitive profile of a monthly dosing, and we haven't announced yet what we have in our Phase III program. But I'm pleased to see that today, Q4 dosing works -- seems to work very well. Thank you, Ash.
Our next question comes from Jason Gerberry of Bank of America.
Mine is, as you think about the evolving data that you're generating here, how do you think about future head-to-head trials against market leader IL-23 in the IBD space? When we look at AbbVie, the most successful company in this area, they got head-to-head trials against prior generation biologics up and running prior to approval of the lead indications. And so what I wonder is, when I look at this data, it seems like maybe worst case, you'd be noninferior, but there's a really big upside case that warrants doing head-to-head trials here. So curious if you're seeing things that way and anything you can say on that front would be much appreciated.
Thanks, Jason, for the question. I actually love this question. Head-to-heads are an important way of assessing programs. We're going to have to look at the evolving data and decide whether that's something we want to do. I think that even asking the question is a great thing today. But again, we'll have to look at the data very carefully and see what the benefits and pros of doing that in the future. I'm just happy with the results we're showing today. With these cross-study comparisons, I think that we're in a good position to have a great option for patients in the future, and it's all about the efficacy we can generate in Phase III.
Our next question comes from Matt Dellatorre of Goldman Sachs.
Congrats on the data. Maybe just on the potential of this mechanism to have an impact on fibrosis. You touched on this a bit briefly, but could you share if there's anything in the study data that you saw that either increases or decreases your confidence on that aspect? And then maybe just kind of in conjunction with that, what's the likely venue for the full data?
Yes. Thank you, Matt. That's a great question. Scientifically, it's the most interesting question for me. We don't have proof yet that we're having a direct effect on fibrosis. It's going to take some time. Usually, in the work I've done in fibrosis in the past, it's really based on the biopsy data and that can be variable at times. So -- but we're going to monitor that. We'll look at serum markers. We'll look at biopsy markers. We'll look at everything we can do to show an actual direct effect on fibrosis.
If I were to speculate, the most interesting thing is the fact that we're having such good responses in Crohn's disease. I mean Crohn's is -- I would describe it as almost a hyperfibrotic disease. And if we're seeing these great effects on the objective endpoint of an endoscopic endpoint, that gives me hope that maybe we do have some direct effect on the fibrosis that still needs to be shown, and it's going to require a lot of data to get it there.
There'll be more indications coming out in the future that looks directly at fibrosis. That's when we're going to really get a good sense of whether there is a direct treatment effect on fibrotic pathways itself. But it certainly is the clear upside in this biologic. It's the first time, as I said at the very beginning, where we're potentially not only hitting inflammation, but directly having an effect on fibrosis. And particularly in Crohn's disease, in my opinion, that's where that could be really beneficial to patients.
Thanks for the question.
Our next question comes from Les Sulewski of Truist.
You noted hypertension as a pooled AE in the maintenance portion. Was the signal dose dependent? And were there any -- were these events transient? Or do they require intervention? And are there any concerns regarding systemic vascular remodeling that could lead to a label restriction? And then second, for the open-label feeder Phase III, how are you mitigating the risk of functional unbinding? And then for the Phase III, are there any changes to the subcu auto-injector? Or is it identical to the one used in the RELIEVE study?
Okay. So -- and I'm just writing down your questions. You had multiple ones and I have to follow up. But when it comes to the safety, the safety is exactly the same we saw in the beginning in the induction part of the phase of the study. The common -- most common AE is over 5%. I think we said were nasopharyngitis and respiratory illness and then hypertension. There is no dose dependency of any of this. There was no interventions for this. These are common AEs that we're measuring hypertension throughout the study. So there's really nothing in the safety that we can see at this point. It was very similar to the induction.
And your question about the vascular, I think, effects, we do not see any signal of vascular effects at this point. So I'm confident in the safety so far, and we'll have a full data set over 1,000 patients in each of the indications from Phase III. And you asked a question of functional unbinding. Could you ask that -- could you explain that again? Is that in the maintenance you're talking about?
Yes, this open-label feeder into the Phase III, essentially, how are you mitigating the risk of functional unbinding or I guess, patient's expectancy bias in the maintenance portion?
No, that's a very good point. And so the open-label feeder is not baked into the blinded portion of -- and the statistical analysis of the common -- the comparison to placebo. So that really -- remember, the functional -- the open-label feeder is just really building up our safety database that allows us to reach the numbers that you require for any submission with regards to your total safety exposure. So yes, they're treated differently in the Phase III study. And I missed your last question. What was your last question?
The drug device combo, is it the same for Phase III as it was in RELIEVE?
Yes. So I always like to emphasize our program has always been totally subcutaneous. So we have direct correlation from our Phase II program to our Phase III. Our Phase III is using a prefilled syringe that will then enable our auto-injector, which is using the same syringe. So we're locked and loaded and ready for launch with an auto-injector.
At this time, we currently have no further questions for today. Therefore, that concludes today's conference call. Thank you all for joining. You may now disconnect your lines.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR — Special Call - Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR — Special Call - Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited
📣 Kernbotschaft
- Primärer Befund: Duvakitug zeigte in der Phase‑IIb-Erhaltung über 44 Wochen in Colitis ulcerosa (UC) eine klinische Remission von bis zu 58% (höchste Dosis) und in Morbus Crohn (CD) eine endoskopische Ansprechrate bis 55% — klare Dosisantwort und robuste Dauerwirkung.
- Sicherheit & Immunogenität: Gutes Sicherheitsprofil; Antidrug‑Antikörper (ADAs) niedrig bei ~3–5%. Keine neuen klinisch relevanten Sicherheitssignale in der Maintenance‑Periode.
🎯 Strategische Highlights
- Phase‑III‑Plan: Programme SUNSCAPE (UC) und STARSCAPE (CD) mit Sanofi laufen, Substanz wird subkutan weitergeführt; Phase‑III enthält zwei aktive Dosen und ein Open‑Label‑Feeder‑Cohort.
- Kommerzielles Potenzial: Management sieht TL1A‑Klasse als potenziell krankheitsrelevanten Differenzierer; Marktpositionierung soll auf hoher Wirksamkeit, Dauer der Remission und monatlicher Dosierung basieren.
- Forschungsschwerpunkte: Bispezifische Ansätze und Biomarker‑Analysen werden aktiv verfolgt, konkrete Entscheidungen abhängig von weiteren Daten.
🔭 Neue Informationen
- Maintenance‑Resultate: Erstmalige Topline‑Nachricht zur Erhaltung: deutliche Dosisantwort (450 vs. 900 mg) und Erhalt der Induktionseffekte über fast ein Jahr.
- Offene Fragen: Subgruppenanalysen (z.B. Patienten, die von 900→450 wechseln) und gebatchte ADA‑Analysen stehen noch aus; vollständige Datensätze werden auf Kongressen präsentiert.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- ADAs vs. Wirksamkeit: Analysten wollten Korrelationen; Management: aktuelle Zahlen zu ADAs niedrig, spätere batched‑Analysen nötig, keine klare Korrelation bislang.
- Bispezif/Kombo‑Strategie: Nachfrage zu TL1A+IL‑23‑Kombinationen und Roche/Pfizer‑Vergleichen; Teva betont interne Bispezifik‑Kompetenz, konkrete Programme noch in Entwicklung.
- Dosiswechsel & Head‑to‑Head: Fragen zu 900→450‑Pfaden und möglicher Nicht‑/Superiorkompetition zu IL‑23; Management verweist auf Modellierung, spätere Entscheidungen nach Phase‑III‑Daten.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Relevanz: Topline‑Erhaltungsdaten stärken die klinische Story von duvakitug: robuste, dauerhafte Remissionen in UC und objektive Endpunktwirkung in CD, niedrige ADAs und akzeptables Sicherheitsprofil. Die Daten rechtfertigen beschleunigte Phase‑III‑Entwicklung; entscheidend werden vollständige Datensätze, Subgruppenanalysen und spätere Phase‑III‑Ergebnisse sein, um kommerziellen Erfolg und mögliche Position gegenüber IL‑23‑Marktführern zu bestimmen.
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR — Q4 2025 Earnings Call
1. Management Discussion
Hello, and welcome to the Teva Pharmaceuticals Industries Limited Q4 2025 Earnings Conference Call. My name is Alex, and I'll be coordinating today's call. [Operator Instructions] I'll now hand over to Chris Stevo, SVP, Investor Relations. Please go ahead.
Thank you, Alex. Good morning, and good afternoon, everyone. Thank you for joining us on our fourth quarter call. Before I turn it over to our CEO, Richard Francis, I just want to remind everyone that we will be making forward-looking statements on this call. Any statements we make are only as of today, and we undertake no obligation to update those statements subsequently. And if you have any questions about our forward-looking statements, feel free to see the appropriate sections in our SEC Forms 10-K and 10-Q.
With that, Richard Francis.
Thank you, Chris. Good morning, good afternoon, everybody. Great to have you on the call. Also on the call with me today will be Dr. Eric Hughes, Head of R&D and Chief Medical Officer, who will be walking you through some exciting developments in our pipeline. And then Eli Kalif, my CFO, who will go through the Q4 and the full year results.
So starting with, as I always do, the Pivot to Growth strategy and the progress we've made over the last 3 years. As you know, the foundation is the 4 pillars: deliver on our growth engines, I think you'll see in the results that we continue to have great momentum around our innovative portfolio of AUSTEDO, UZEDY and AJOVY and some great progress on our innovation, so step-up innovation. You'll see that we filed olanzapine last year, completed the recruitment of the DARI study, dual-action rescue inhaler and started our Phase III study for duvakitug in UC and CD.
And then sustained generics powerhouse, good progress. Our aim is to get this business back to stability, and we have done that. And now we see some exciting growth emerging from our biosimilars portfolio, and I'll talk a bit about that. And then focus the business. This is all about making sure we allocate capital to the correct areas to give the best return. And we'll walk you through a bit of the progress we've had on our transformation program, which is the aim is to have $700 million of net savings by 2027. We made excellent progress in '25, and we're on track to hit the 2/3 by the end of this year 2026.
So now moving on to the actual results. So I'm pleased with these results. Now just to orientate you on this slide, the numbers on the left include the Sanofi milestones and the numbers on the right do not. So starting with the revenues. So a 5% increase in revenues at $17.3 billion. EBITDA grew 12% up to $5.3 billion. EPS grew 19% to $2.93 and free cash flow was up 16% to $2.4 billion. And our net debt to EBITDA is now at 2.5x, which is, as you know, our goal for 2027 is to 2x. So we're well on our way to do that.
Now a slide that I've shown over the last 12 quarters actually, to show that our return to growth, which was our strategy, part of the Pivot to Growth strategy when we launched it in 2023. And as you see, we've consecutively done this. And we did that in Q4, where the growth was up 11%. Now that did include the milestone from Sanofi. If you take that away, we were slightly down at 1%.
But let's look at it over a 3-year period. So over a 3-year period, these are impressive results, once again, reminding you that we had multiple years of sales decline. And so in 2023, we actually grew the business 4%, in '24, 11% and then last year, 2%. So we're well on track for our CAGR of mid-single digit, as you can see from the slide there.
Now let's get into a bit of detail as to what's driving these good results. So on the next slide, you'll see the innovative performance is one of the key areas of growth for us. And AUSTEDO, UZEDY and AJOVY hit $3.1 billion for the year. This is up about 35%. So excellent results there. And I'm really pleased to tell you that in Q4, we surpassed $1 billion for our innovative portfolio that you see on the screen here.
But in a bit more detail, AUSTEDO grew at 34% at $2.26 billion. UZEDY was up 63% at $191 million, and AJOVY continues to perform, was up 30% at $673 million. Our generics business was flat, worth noting this excludes Japan from these numbers. Now I've talked a lot about moving from a pure-play generics company to a biopharma company. I think these results show we clearly have done that. And now it's a question of just how much we can keep driving this innovative portfolio and the pipeline that comes through.
Now moving on to a bit more detail. I wanted to talk to you a bit about AUSTEDO. So AUSTEDO had a really strong quarter in quarter 4, as you can see, $725 million, up 40% for the quarter. And for the full year, $2.2 billion, up 35%. And this was delivered with good underlying growth. As you can see, TRx is 10%, and there's a 19% rise in milligram volume. This is driven by both new patients and better adherence. It's worth noting that AUSTEDO XR now accounts for 60% of new patients.
Now -- very impressive results here. Now we did have in Q4, these numbers did reflect some year-end inventory stocking and some favorable gross to net. And Eli will talk a bit more detail about that. But if you actually take that out, then we still grew at 20% in Q4. So once again, the underlying growth of this product is very strong. And because of that, we're giving the guidance of $2.4 billion to $2.55 billion for 2025 (sic) [ 2026 ]. I think it's worth noting that if we do hit the upper end of that, then that means we've hit the $2.5 billion a year ahead of schedule. But we'll talk in a bit more detail of the puts and takes to that range.
Now moving on to UZEDY. UZEDY also had another strong quarter, $55 million, up 28% and for the full year, up an impressive 63% to $191 million. TRx volume grew an impressive 123% year-over-year. And it's worth noting that more than 83% of the NBRx generated -- was generated by patients transitioning from oral therapies or treatment naive, which confirms that UZEDY is expanding the long-acting injectable market, not just taking share.
Now another impressive fact on UZEDY is it's the fastest-growing long-acting injectable in its category. And because of this momentum, our guidance reflects this. And as you see, we have a guidance of $250 million to $280 million for 2026.
Now moving on to AJOVY. AJOVY had a strong quarter as well, up 43% year-on-year at $211 million. And for the full year, it's $673 million, up 30%. So once again, for a product that's fairly mature, really strong growth. AJOVY continues to be #1 preventative anti-CGRP injectable in the top U.S. headache centers, and it leads in 30 markets across Europe and international. And this continued growth is driven by, I think, our commercial excellence, our ability to continue to take market share to manage the pricing and the payer environment in the U.S. and to continue to expand in new geographies. And because of this strength, we're giving a guidance of $750 million to $790 million.
Now moving on to the pipeline. So we talked about the products we have in the market and the excellent progress we made on those, but the pipeline is really exciting here. And I do want to mention this, even though I know Eric will talk a bit about it. The things I always remind people about this slide is every product we're going to launch has a potential of over $1 billion. The size of the markets we're entering into are significant and our entry points into these markets are in the short term. And if you look at the total, the total of the portfolio can be over $10 billion of peak sales.
There's an addition to this slide that some of you may not have seen, which is we will be announcing 2 new indications for duvakitug later this year, once again, highlighting that is a pipeline in a product. Now moving on to our generics business. Our generics business, our aim was to get this back to stability, and we've done that. And the generics business was flat in 2025 versus 2024. Now one of the things that I do always highlight is you need to look at the generics business over a multiyear period because of the fact that some years, you have more launches than others. That's just part of the business. And as you see here, our 2-year CAGR is 6%.
But for 2025, the U.S. grew at 2%, international markets, 1% and Europe declined 2%. Now we continue to see good performance from our biosimilars business, and I think I'll move on to that now to talk you through that. And where we started with biosimilars over the last 3 years, we've made tremendous progress. It's worth noting that we now have 10 assets in the market globally, and we're going to launch 6 additional between now and the end of 2027. Then we have another 10 assets that are going to start launching from '28 and beyond.
So some impressive numbers here. So the aim was to build a world-leading portfolio, and we've done that. In fact, I think we have the second largest portfolio of biosimilars now in the industry, and we've launched the most biosimilars since 2020. And because of this, we're well on track to grow our biosimilars business by $400 million by 2027. Now to close out, as you've seen by some of the numbers we've talked about, we're well on track to hit our 2027 guidance. The CAGR, I talked about, we currently stand at 6%. The operating margin will go into a bit more detail, but with the success of our innovative portfolio, we're very confident about 30%. Net debt to EBITDA at 2x, we're already at 2.5x and cash to earnings is 80%, Eli will walk you through a bit more detail on that.
But with that, I'll hand you over to Eric to talk about our exciting pipeline.
Thank you, Richard. Starting with the slide that Richard went over briefly. One of the things about this pipeline is there's 3 Phase III programs and 2 burgeoning Phase II programs. And the market potential is big, like Richard mentioned. But more importantly, it's the unmet medical need that we take pride in and what we're potentially going to address. And finally, I'd like to say that we planned over 5 years for submissions. So we're very proud of the fact that we've turned around this innovative pipeline and moved it forward so quickly.
But I first want to highlight olanzapine LAI. We got the submission in on December 9, and we're looking forward to the EU submission in the second quarter of this year. We've shown that this olanzapine LAI that can address an unmet medical need in schizophrenia has great safety and efficacy, and we want to discuss that with the health authorities and hopefully get that approval at the end of this year. So something very exciting to look forward to.
Next, on our DARI program, our dual-action rescue inhaler, we're very proud of the fact that we finished the targeted enrollment of this study at the end of 2025. And in fact, we're going to continue enrolling it to accelerate the back end of the study. And the most important thing about that enrollment, one of the things that's most difficult is the fact it has pediatrics, adolescents and adult patients. So I think that the opportunity here for a differentiated product of a dry powder inhaler and the fact that we have the potential to have adolescents and pediatrics in the label is a true differentiator for this program, addressing a large unmet medical need in asthma.
And then moving on to duvakitug, a very exciting brand-new biologic class that's in development. A year ago, we showed really exciting Phase II data in both ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease, posting very good numbers in both with a nice dose response. But now we're excited to be looking forward to the maintenance data in the first half of this year. And the important thing about the maintenance data is that we will show hopefully the durability of response. And that's really what people need in ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease. These are chronic diseases that people frequently fail on their advanced therapies and need more.
So durability in the long term is most important. And just a review, this represents 58 weeks of exposure, looking at 2 different doses given subcutaneously every 4 weeks. And Richard also mentioned that we started our Phase III programs with our partner, Sanofi, the SUNSCAPE and STARSCAPE, started right on time, and we're accelerating those programs and executing very well, and we'll be looking forward to new indications this year.
And then moving on to anti-IL-15. We had a very exciting announcement at JPMorgan that Royalty Pharma provided funding for our program in vitiligo for a Phase II/III program. This is really great external validation of our program, what we will -- what we believe is a very differentiated product to address a number of unmet medical needs. First, in vitiligo, this is something that systemic therapies are needed for, and that results will be available in the first half of this year. But also celiac disease, we're running our second proof-of-concept study with a biopsy endpoint that will be available in the second half of this year.
But in addition to that, alopecia areata, atopic dermatitis and eosinophilic esophagitis are all possible targets for this very important cytokine. And then on to emrusolmin. One of the things I've been very impressed with is the rate at which we've been enrolling this study. This is a Phase II study looking at critical endpoints of an important unmet medical need. I always like to remind people the mean survival in this disease after diagnosis is 6 to 10 years. So this is a very important unmet medical need. We are working hard to make sure that this study not only enrolls quickly, but we will over-enroll to make sure that this Phase II program is as pristine as powerful as possible, really potentially capitalizing on the ability to accelerate this approval.
And before I get on to my last slide, I just wanted to do a shout out for the AJOVY team at Teva. They've done a great job in generating data in migraine, and it's very satisfying to see our innovation is recognized by the New England Journal of Medicine with a publication this month. This is great work by the team and really got that sort of the approval for the only and first CGRP antagonist to be approved for pediatrics with episodic migraine. So very proud and great work and kudos to the team.
But finally, I just want to go over something that we take with great pride. We have a very exciting 2026 coming up with many different milestones in the R&D organization. The duvakitug data, as I mentioned, will come out in the first half. For anti-IL-15, vitiligo data in the first half and celiac data in the second half of 2026. We'll be looking for that final event in the asthma exacerbation study of DARI by the end of the year, which would be completing the Phase III study. The emrusolmin will be targeting a futility analysis at the end of this year, even in the face of accelerating and increasing the enrollment in that Phase II study. And obviously, we're looking for the anticipated approval of olanzapine LAI at the end of the year, and we'll be talking about our first human data for our anti-PD-1 IL-2. So a really exciting year full of catalysts. We're looking forward to all these milestones.
And with that, I'm going to pass it off to Eli Kalif.
Thank you, Eric, and good morning and good afternoon to everyone. I will review our 2025 financial results, focusing on our fourth quarter performance, followed by our outlook for 2026. I would like to start with the following key messages that highlight our consistent execution throughout 2025. First, we delivered solid Q4 and full year results, driven once again by our fast-growing innovative portfolio, which is also driving a meaningful shift in our margin profile. This was our third consecutive year of growth since we launched our Pivot to Growth strategy.
Second, we continue to strengthen our balance sheet with a net debt reduced to approximately $13 billion and a net debt-to-EBITDA ratio of 2.5x, well on track to achieve our target of 2x and our journey to investment-grade ratings. Third, we made significant progress on our transformation programs, achieving $70 million of our planned savings in 2025, staying on track to deliver approximately $700 million savings by 2027, achieving our 30% non-GAAP operating margin targets. And lastly, with our performance in 2025 and outlook for 2026, we are well positioned to achieve our long-term financial targets for 2030.
Now moving to Slide 28. Before I start with the results, I would like to remind everyone that in the fourth quarter of 2025, Teva initiated a Phase III of UC and Crohn's indication for our duvakitug program. As per the collaboration agreement with Sanofi, we received $500 million in Q4 of 2025 for this development milestone. This payment positively contributed $500 million to both our revenue and free cash flow and had a positive contribution to our adjusted EBITDA of approximately $410 million.
During this presentation, I will be discussing our results for the quarter and for the full year of 2025, excluding the impact of these milestone payments. In addition to these payments, I will also be excluding any contribution from the Japan business venture, which we divested on March 31, 2025, to help to provide you with a like-to-like comparison of our financial results.
Now starting with our Q4 GAAP performance. Our Q4 revenue were approximately $4.2 billion, up 2% in U.S. dollars or down 1% in local currency year-over-year. Our key innovative products, AUSTEDO, AJOVY and UZEDY continued strong momentum, all meeting or exceeding our guidance for the full year. This strong growth in our innovative portfolio and stable generics was offset by lower proceeds from the sale of certain product rights compared to Q4 2024. GAAP net income and EPS were $480 million and $0.41, respectively, including the payments for the development milestones.
Now looking to our non-GAAP performance. Our non-GAAP gross margin increased by 80 basis points year-over-year to 56.2% and resulted in our full year gross margin at 54.7%, well above the top end of our guidance range. This increase was mainly driven by a stronger-than-expected growth in our key innovative products, mainly AUSTEDO. Non-GAAP operating margin decreased by approximately 120 basis points year-over-year to 26.7%, mainly because of the higher planned investment in OpEx to support our innovative growth.
Overall, we ended the quarter with a non-GAAP earnings per share of $0.68 compared to $0.70 in Q4 2024. Total non-GAAP adjustments in Q4 were $649 million. This included impairment charge of $77.3 million, mainly related to a manufacturing facility in Europe. Our free cash flow in Q4 was approximately $800 million and $1.9 billion for the full year, coming at the higher end of our guidance range, excluding the development milestones related to duvakitug.
Moving to Slide 29. We are making significant progress in our Teva transformation programs to deliver targeted savings of approximately $700 million by 2027 through a well-defined and planned efforts. During 2025, we achieved $70 million of initial savings, demonstrating solid momentum and execution and continue to expect roughly 2/3 of our total savings target to be realized by the end of 2026. These transformation efforts, along with the ongoing portfolio shift towards high-growth and high-margin innovative products provide a clear path to achieving our 30% operating margin target by 2027, even as we continue to invest in our business for long-term growth.
Now let me turn to our 2026 outlook. As I mentioned earlier, 2025 was a year of a strong progress on our Pivot to Growth strategy. We delivered revenue growth, expanded profits and margin, invested in our innovative products and pipeline and made significant progress towards our journey to investment-grade ratings. In 2026, we remain focused on continuing this momentum and executing on accelerate growth path to our strategy.
Starting with our revenue guidance for 2026. We expect full year revenue of $16.4 billion to $16.8 billion. This represents a range of approximately 1% growth to 2% decline compared to 2025 on a normal base, excluding the $500 million development milestone payments and $75 million contribution in 2025 for the Japan business venture. This revenue guidance is consistent with our previous communication and reflects continued strong momentum in our innovative portfolio, including AUSTEDO, AJOVY and UZEDY combined with a low single-digit growth in global generics business.
It's expected to largely offset revenue headwinds of approximately $1.1 billion from generic Revlimid in 2026. We expect non-GAAP gross margin in 2026 to be in the range of 54.5% to 55.5%, showing a further improvement over a strong 2025, driven again by the ongoing positive shift in our portfolio mix and the cost savings from our ongoing transformation programs. As a result, and as previously communicated, we expected our non-GAAP operating income and adjusted EBITDA to both growth in absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue compared to 2025.
Our operating expenses are expected to be in the range of 27% to 28% of revenue with a higher impact of the transformation program cost savings in the second half of the year. We expect finance expenses to be approximately $800 million in 2026, lower than 2025, reflecting the reduced debt levels and ongoing deleveraging. Our non-GAAP tax rate is expected to be in the range of 16% to 19%, slightly higher than 2025, which benefited partially from IP-related integration plans and the recognition of certain U.S. tax attributes. This brings us to expected non-GAAP earnings per share range of $2.57 to $2.77.
Our 2026 free cash flow is expected to be in the range of $2 billion to $2.4 billion, representing a strong ongoing improvement in our cash conversion profile and consistent with our long-term targets. Now lastly, let me provide you with some directions on how we think about quarterly progression in 2026. We expect revenue to gradually increase over the course of the year with the revenue in the second half of 2026 slightly higher than the first half.
Q1 is expected to be light, mainly due to the following: First, a year-over-year decline in our U.S. generics revenue, mainly because of approximately $300 million in generic Revlimid revenue from Q1 of 2025 that is going away. Second, on AUSTEDO, during Q4 of 2025, on top of AUSTEDO's strong underlying performance, we had the benefit of a year-end inventory build and a onetime gross to net of approximately $100 million. While we expect a strong year-over-year growth for AUSTEDO in Q1 2026, we expect Q1 revenue to reflect the sequential impact of these onetime benefits.
We also expect AUSTEDO revenue in Q4 '26 to be potentially down year-over-year due to a different purchasing patterns and pricing environment ahead of the IRA implementation in January 2027. Our non-GAAP margins are also expected to be gradually ramped up over the course of the year, in line with the revenue trajectory as well as savings from the ongoing transformation programs. The onetime revenue dynamics that I just talked about will also impact gross margin in Q1 beyond the normal seasonality we see going from Q4 to Q1. Free cash flow is also expected to ramp up over the course of the year.
Now on the next slide, I would like to highlight the strong free cash flow trajectory that we are on. There are 3 main elements that are going to continue to drive incremental free cash flow, going from approximately $1.9 billion in 2025, excluding duvakitug milestone payments to more than $3.5 billion by 2030. First, our innovative portfolio is uniquely positioned to continue to grow strongly, driving higher margins and free cash flow. In addition, we are on track to achieve $700 million savings from transformation programs by 2027. We don't stop here, and we'll continue to drive modernization of Teva beyond 2027.
Second, we continue to strengthen our balance sheet through working capital and CapEx optimization. And lastly, we continue to deleverage, reduction in our debt expected to result in lower finance expenses by approximately 50% by 2030, and we expect to see a reduction in our legal payments over time.
Now turning to the next slide on capital allocation. Our capital allocation strategy is focused on driving our Pivot to Growth strategy. This means keep investing in our key growth drivers and our world-class innovative pipeline. We are also making significant progress towards our target of 2x net debt-to-EBITDA and an investment-grade credit ratings. This progress is recognized consistently by the major credit rating agencies, including the recent upgrade by S&P and an improved outlook by Moody's.
With the progress we have been making, I expect to see us achieving these goals in not-too-distant future, which also position us very well to thoughtfully evaluate additional ways of returning capital to our shareholders. Finally, before I conclude my review of our 2025 performance, I would like to reiterate our long-term targets. We are clearly on the journey to be a leading innovative biopharma company. With our growing innovative mix, a number of key pipeline developments this year and our free cash flow trajectory, we are confident about the directions we are on to achieve our 2027 and 2030 financial targets.
With that, I will now hand it back to Richard for his closing remarks.
Thank you, Eli, and thank you, Eric. So the next slide I'm going to go on to here is the one Eric showed, but I think it's one that's worthy of being repeated. A really exciting year here for Teva with regards to milestones on our innovative portfolio. We have 7 milestones here on this slide. So very proud of that, very proud of what the team has achieved. Obviously, we have some exciting data around vitiligo and anti-IL-15 and celiac disease. We have the olanzapine launch later this year. We have the duvakitug maintenance data, the futility analysis, which could accelerate our ability to get to market with emrusolmin treating this very serious disease. So lots of opportunity here to continue this transition to a world-class biopharma company.
Congratulations once again to the R&D team for moving this through so quickly. In just 3 years, we progressed this pipeline at record speed. Now it's because of this pipeline, it's because of the continued strong performance we have in our innovative portfolio that I mentioned earlier and Eli also mentioned, is why we're confident about the opportunity to continue to grow Teva top and bottom line and why we think it's an attractive investment opportunity. Because as you can see here, not only do we have significant headroom for AUSTEDO, AJOVY, we have the LAI franchise with UZEDY performing well, but olanzapine about to join it this year.
I highlighted the amount of biosimilars that will be launched over the next few years. And then as we look forward, that pipeline, the readouts I just mentioned will start to come to fruition. So we'll be able to continue this momentum going forward. To move on to my final slide, just to conclude. Our growth journey continues. We have 3 years of consecutive growth. We have a 6% CAGR. Our innovative brands are growing at double digit, and they have headroom to keep growing. We have near-term milestone readouts, 7 in '26. And we have a stable outlook for our generics business, and we continue to focus on accelerating our Pivot to Growth journey.
And with that, I'll open the floor to questions. Thank you.
Thanks, Richard. Alex, before you line up the question queue, I just want to remind callers, please limit yourself to one question and one follow-up. And if time permits, we will be more than happy to answer additional questions from you if you get back in the queue. Thank you.
[Operator Instructions] Our first question for today comes from David Amsellem of Piper Sandler.
2. Question Answer
So I have one question on AUSTEDO and one on UZEDY. So helpful color on the guide, but I wanted to dig more deeply into the various pushes and pulls regarding AUSTEDO in 2026. Can you talk about net pricing dynamics and what's baked into your assumptions ex the gross to net favorability in 4Q and ex stocking? How should we be thinking about what your assumptions are regarding net pricing as we move through the year? And then how should we be thinking about what your assumptions are regarding volume growth, particularly on a per milligram basis. So that's number one.
And on UZEDY, kind of a similar question. There's a lot of volume growth, obviously, but there's obviously significant government exposure, particularly Medicaid. So how should we be thinking about net pricing there? And what kind of assumptions you baked into your UZEDY guidance?
David, thanks for the questions. So let me start with AUSTEDO. I think the main point to highlight first here is we're really pleased with the momentum we have with the TRx growth we have, with the adoption of XR and the continued growth of the milligrams, as you saw there at 19%. So the fundamentals are really strong. We see a huge opportunity to continue to grow this from a TRx point of view with the amount of patients who are still untreated. So that fundamental is really strong. I think when it comes to the pricing, I think as we communicated last year, our aim has always been to make sure we get value and access.
And so we've been very diligent about that for this year. And so obviously, it has got more competitive, but we've taken a very disciplined approach to that. And so I think we've maintained that value and access. So I don't think you could think of that as anything that's -- anything of any significance there. And I think the thing to think about with AUSTEDO is what we've finished 2025 with some really strong growth, both on our top line as well as on our milligrams and TRx. And as I said, if you back out that inventory build and the gross to net is still very strong performance.
And so if you look at how we're performing across this range, I think we have a very strong range here. It does take into account some expectation that there may be some destocking in Q4 in 2026, but we'll see how that plays out. But probably the final thing I'll say on AUSTEDO, just to help give some clarity. If you do look at the range we've got and you back out the inventory build that we had in Q4, the growth of the brand is about -- the range is from 11% to 18%. So very strong growth on what is a lot bigger base. So I think that helps answer your question on AUSTEDO.
On UZEDY, then as you've seen, very strong growth on UZEDY, really strong growth on TRx and continued really good change in the dynamics of this market that shows the quality of the product. But to your question, I think it's always important to understand that we have Medicaid and Medicare. And so we have that mix. And obviously, we know one is more profitable than the other. And how that mix plays out we've taken into account with our guidance and our range. But we see this product continued momentum, particularly as you look at the TRx being so high. So I think this product, we have a lot of enthusiasm around, but that's the fundamentals around the pricing. We factored them in, and it really comes down to those 2 channels. Thanks for the question, David.
Our next question comes from Louise Chen of Scotiabank.
Congrats on the quarter. So my first question was, I wanted to ask you where you see the greatest disconnect between what you're excited about in your pipeline and what the Street is really missing on those products? And then second one, just a follow-up on AUSTEDO, I wanted to ask you how we should think about modeling 2027 in light of IRA and any other pushes and pulls you see here?
Okay. Thanks for the questions there. So the pipeline, I'll probably tag team this a bit with Eric. What -- look, I'll never say anybody is missing anything because everybody is very experienced in this business. I do think that our pipeline has come along very fast, think of fast side, maybe that's caught people unaware. But I think the quality of our antibodies, the quality of anti-TL1, the quality of duvakitug, I think, will show out in the data. So I think probably what's going to happen, I'd anticipate is as we turn over these cards and we see the data, then I think Teva will get recognized for what is a world-class pipeline. But it's probably a bit surprising for people to see just the quality of the pipeline that's emerged in such a short space of time. But maybe I'll hand it to Eric to give his view on that.
Yes. Thank you, Richard, and thank you, Louise, for the question. I would emphasize something Richard said. I think the speed at which we turn around the innovative portfolio is quite honestly caught people by surprise. We've turned on a brand-new biologic for duvakitug, which is probably the best-in-class product for TL1A. We've launched or we will launch, hopefully, olanzapine LAI this year. But don't take our word for it. We've had external validation on 4 of these 5 programs. Olanzapine LAI got Royalty Pharma funding. Duvakitug was partnered with Sanofi, who saw the value.
The DARI program was acknowledged by Abingworth. The anti-IL-15 program was recently acknowledged again by Royalty Pharma. And even emrusolmin, we've received Fast Track designation and an orphan designation. So across the entire innovative pipeline, we've accelerated them, I think, a little bit to the surprise of investors. But just look at the external validation that we've had in the pipeline and take that into consideration of your valuation.
Thank you, Eric. And then moving on to your final question about -- I think it was sort of asking for guidance on AUSTEDO in 2027, which I'm not going to give. Obviously, we've said we're going to do $2.5 billion for AUSTEDO in 2027. We remain very committed to that. As you see in our range that we have announced today, there's a potential that we will hit $2.5 billion in 2026. So we'll have to see how this plays out. I think the most important thing for AUSTEDO is to keep reminding everybody that 85% of people who suffer from tardive dyskinesia are still not treated. And so the opportunity to keep helping these patients to bring these patients in and give them therapy, I think, is a significant growth driver for AUSTEDO.
So we also have the work we're doing on making sure that people can benefit from AUSTEDO XR. And as you can see there, 60% of new patients go on to AUSTEDO XR, and we know that helps with compliance and adherence, which obviously also in turn increases value. So I think we have a lot of value drivers for AUSTEDO, but I really don't want to get drawn into 2027 guidance at this moment. I think what I'm hoping people would see is what we have great momentum from '25. We're carrying that into '26, and we'll talk about '27 maybe this time next year.
Our next question comes from Ash Verma of UBS.
Congrats on all the progress. So maybe just first one, how are you thinking about funding the R&D? So increasingly seeing more royalties and/or profit share. Just when you think about it strategically, how do you balance not giving away attractive economics to your partner versus seeing a meaningful increase in your internal R&D spend as you fund the growing pipeline? And then secondly, on the TL1A upcoming maintenance data, we've seen some competitors that the maintenance data versus the induction sort of went up on efficacy measures by high single digit to mid-teens in terms of percentage points. Is that a fair expectation to have as you look towards your upcoming results?
Ash, thanks for the question. I'll tag team this with Eric again. But on the R&D funding, I think the question was, how are you going to fund this? Are you going to be giving away value if you keep doing these partnerships? So I think the way we think about it is we have a big late-stage pipeline. We have a lot of opportunities to drive significant value creation. And when you have a good pipeline, in my experience and my belief is it's about moving it faster to the market to have patients benefit from it and to get revenue. And so we're moving a big pipeline really quickly here.
Now how does it impact the economics? It really doesn't impact the economics in any meaningful way for a couple of reasons. One is these -- all these brands will be above $1 billion. Some of them will be multiple billion brands. The second thing is, which is an interesting fact that I think people miss on Teva is we're starting with a company with a very different gross margin than many other biopharma companies. So every time we launch an innovative product, it transforms our gross margin, which transforms our ability to drive EBITDA to drive EPS and cash flow.
So as I said, the fact that these are not in any way giving away value in the broadest sense. But even with regard to Teva, they don't because of where we actually start this journey. The other thing I'd also like to highlight on this, we are launching so many products over such a short period of time that, that is the focus we're on. And we're going to have a potential to launch 4 products in 5 years, and we're going to actually announce more and more indications. So I think the pipeline is about making sure we move it quickly to the market. But in no way are we giving away value. I'd say we're accelerating value because of the speed we're moving.
And then with regard to the key to the TL1A maintenance data, what are our expectations? I'll hand it over to Eric to answer, and then I'll conclude.
Sure. Yes. Thanks, Ash, for the question regarding what we anticipate from the maintenance data of TL1A. So I'd start off by saying what's the history we've been telling with regard to duvakitug at Teva. We started by saying that we found in our in vitro work that we had the most potent antibody, the most selective antibody and the one that probably has the lowest antidrug antibodies. I think it's about 3% to 5% we saw in our Phase II study.
So with that, we went into our Phase II program that we executed very well at speed. And then we came up with the highest reported numbers for both ulcerative colitis in Crohn's disease in 2 very well-controlled and run studies. So the in vitro translated into a very good result in Phase II. So if you translate that into what we anticipate in the maintenance, if you think that we have the most potent, the most selective, the lowest antidrug antibodies and that we can execute the study well, I would hope that when we lock the database, we see great results. So I'm bullish on it. Hopefully, that comes true, but we'll see what the data shows.
Thanks, Eric. We stand by the fact that we have and we believe we have the best TL1A.
Our next question comes from Jason Gerberry of Bank of America.
One for Eli, just I didn't catch this, but can you talk about in 2026 guide, sort of what's the gross margin outlook versus the OpEx spend ratio? I think the latter would be in that 27% to 28% range you guys have talked about historically, but I just wanted to make sure that, that was confirmed from a modeling perspective. And then just for my follow-up, on vitiligo, I was trying to maybe understand kind of what we're going to get with this upcoming Phase Ib. Will we get VASI75 scores through the full evaluable period? Are you expecting most of these 30-plus patients to make it through the full evaluable period? Just kind of wondering how robust that data will be.
Thanks, Jason. Thanks for the question. So over to you, Eli, on the gross margin.
Jason, thanks for the question. So on gross margin, we end up the year, if we exclude the 2 milestone payments at a 54.7% gross margin. We are looking to be in the range of 54.5% to 55.5% in 2026. In terms of the OpEx, there are kind of mainly 2 dynamics there. First of all, -- and as I mentioned in my prepared remarks, we're going to see a bit higher OpEx, still in the range between 27% to 28% in the first half versus the second half just because of the revenue dynamics during the year. But there is also another element inside the OpEx, we're going to see more reduction in our G&A and actually shifting that reduction in between R&D and sales and marketing and able to stabilize it at the range of 27% to 28%. So this one didn't change versus our prior communication.
Yes. And the thing I'd add on to that, Jason, is gross margin is a really exciting story for us because as you see, as we continue to grow our innovative portfolio, we continue to launch products, that gross margin will just keep going up. It's just going to be a question of how much, but it will keep going up because of the fact that we're changing our portfolio so dramatically. Now with regard to the vitiligo data, I'll hand over to Eric.
Yes. Thank you, Jason, for the question. So the data that we're going to be presenting in the first half of 2026 is a single-arm study for patients with vitiligo. It's about 38 patients in total. It will have the traditional and known endpoints for this field, which is facial VASI and total VASI. So it will be easily comparable to other treatments out there. And that reminds me the important thing here is that there are limited treatments for vitiligo today. There's one approved, which is a topical that only covers 10% of your body. And ones that are in development are the ones that what we need, things that are systemic in treatment, not only the face, but the entire body, more than just 10%. So one of the exciting things we think about when we talk about our anti-IL-15 program in vitiligo is this has the potential to be a once subcutaneous shot every 3 months. So a quarterly shot potentially to treat a systemic disease. So we're looking forward to that. You'll -- I think you'll get data that we'll be able to compare it to other treatments out there in development and approved.
Our next question comes from Chris Schott of JPMorgan.
Just sticking on IL-15. On the development time lines in vitiligo, can you just elaborate what exactly you need for that 2031 pathway versus '34? And I guess, is there a similar opportunity in celiac there as well? And if I can just do a really quick one, just coming back to AUSTEDO. I think you were talking about roughly $100 million benefit in 4Q, and it sounds like that's between rebate and inventory. Just when we think about destocking in 1Q, can you just clarify how much of that was inventory and how much was kind of this reversal of rebates?
Thanks for the question, Chris. Eric, do you want to start with the anti-IL-15, vitiligo and celiac?
Sure. So thank you for the question on IL-15. So just to start off with IL-15 is it's a key cytokine in a number of different indications I mentioned before. We're working on vitiligo and celiac. I'm excited by both the potential for alopecia areata, atopic dermatitis or eosinophilic esophagitis. They're all interesting and important for this cytokine. For vitiligo, we're particularly excited because this is a program that we can move quickly. It has precedents for the regulatory endpoint. It's an endpoint that you can easily measure. You see the results. So that makes it a little bit more easy. And there's an unmet medical need here. We need systemic therapies, as I mentioned before. So we're thinking out of the box at Teva, we are accelerating this program in a clever pathway of a Phase II and Phase III study that we can work very quickly with the regulators. So the potential for a once quarterly dose subcutaneous shot is very exciting for us.
Thanks, Eric. And then on the AUSTEDO question, Chris, the way to think about that $100 million is the vast majority, the vast majority pretty much was the inventory. So that's why, obviously, we have a lot of confidence about 2026 in our numbers. So hopefully, that helps, Chris.
Our next question comes from Umer Raffat of Evercore ISI .
If I look at the delta versus consensus this quarter, it looks like it's driven by sales and marketing when I take out the one-timer impact of the milestone. And coincidentally, I feel like this is probably the highest sales and marketing spend quarter we've seen in the last 3 years or so. So I'm curious why that is, especially because it's happening in the middle of the transformation that's underway, number one.
Secondly, for '26 guidance, is it fair to say that the Royalty Pharma $75 million payment for Phase IIb is embedded within the EBITDA? And is there any other milestones that are baked into the EBITDA guidance as well from TL1A or anything else? And then finally, on vitiligo, OPZELURA obviously has not necessarily done too well, but as Eric pointed out, has limited coverage. But is it fair to say that on the scores like OPZELURA showing about 30% facial VASI75 score, you would want to be tracking meaningfully north considering Royalty Pharma is all excited and they're not funding celiac only doing vitiligo. I'm just curious about your overall take on expectations.
Umer, thanks for the questions. You got a few into that one question there. So thanks for that. On the sales and marketing and the OpEx, I'll hand that to Eli to talk about.
Okay. Umer. So first of all, about the question about Royalty Pharma, out of the $75 million, the way that we're viewing, it's actually going to spread over '26 and '27 with 1/3 out of the $75 million going to happen in '26. It's more kind of backloaded for '26 year. And that's the only thing that's embedded there. We don't have any other, I would say, assumptions in our EBITDA related to TL1A milestones or anything like that. As far as related to the sales and marketing, if you actually back out the higher revenue due to the milestone, you get to kind of a 15.4% on sales and marketing.
But going forward, next year, we're going to see that one actually 16%, and why? Because we are keeping investing in our growth engine, which is AUSTEDO and actually heading to next year, building kind of investment into our olanzapine launch. So we're going to see that one increasing. But all in all, the whole bucket going to be, from a dollar perspective, really kind of flat, but also from a percentage perspective due to the fact that you will see our transformation program going to impact the G&A, as I mentioned to Jason, and that's kind of a reduction in G&A going to split in between the R&D investment and into the sales and marketing.
Thanks, Eli. And look, one thing I'll just add on to the back of that before I hand it over to Eric. If you think about the guidance for this year, the EBITDA range, I think, is showing the value of the programs we put in place, the value of driving our innovative portfolio, the fact that when we talk about our transformation program, it was $700 million of net savings after investing in our growth drivers. And so we've allowed ourselves to make sure that we can drive this innovative portfolio, which helps drive that EBITDA, but at the same time, our efficiency programs help also drive the EBITDA. So I think we're very pleased and proud of the fact that our EBITDA starts with a 5 in front of it, which I think is important. But we're very mindful of how we spend our money and where we allocate our capital. When it comes to vitiligo, I'll hand that over to Eric.
Thank you, Umer, for the question. So when it comes to what data we've seen with the topical out there today and what's in development, I always want to be competitive on any endpoint what you talk about. So hopefully, when we lock the database and get that results, we can show that we're competitive against what's available. But again, let's focus again what patients need. They need systemic therapy that's conveniently given. So it's almost inappropriate to compare it to a topical on 10% of your body. But certainly, we hope to be competitive.
Our next question comes from Les Sulewski of Truist.
Congrats on the progress. I just wanted to focus on the biosimilars side. So what's the launch cadence and expected profitability profile, particularly given the U.S. channel and PBM dynamics? And then what are the prerequisites for targeting the 10 new products beyond 2028? And you've previously evaluated or mentioned reevaluating BD within the space. So what type of, whether it's in-licensing, co-development or tuck-ins fits your leverage and margin profile today? And has that bar changed given the latest policy dynamics?
Thanks for the questions. So talking about biosimilars, yes, it's an exciting time. And I think the fact that we built the second largest portfolio and continue to add to it in such a short space of time is a testament to the prioritization we put behind it. But to sort of give you a bit of specifics and -- when we talk about -- we have 10 in the market now, we have 6 to launch between now and '27. Those 6 -- majority of those will be across both U.S. and Europe, which is important because we haven't actually had a presence in Europe of any significance. And we know that market is a market with quicker uptake, more predictability and some very clear returns. So excited about that.
And to name just a few, we have biosimilar Prolia, biosimilar Xgeva, biosimilar Simponi, biosimilar Eylea and biosimilar Xolair. So we have a lot coming through of those markets and most of those are in both. I think it's Simponi that's just in the U.S. Now you highlighted the 10. And you sort of -- in your question, it sounded like we had targeted 10. No, we have 10. They are in our pipeline. But we're just going to add to that. So we have 10, which is why I said we can start launching '28 onwards, but we are continually adding to that.
And the final part of your question is doing this through partnerships, how does that work out in gross margin. So we are going to continue doing it through partnerships, and it still is attractive from a gross margin point of view with the right partnership. It's still accretive to our business, our generics business significantly. So that's how we do it. And you'll probably start to see some deals coming through already in the first half of this year as we already build out this portfolio beyond the '26.
So -- and then the final thing I'll add on that, this biosimilar portfolio is coming through thick and fast, and that's going to really help us drive the generics business going forward, both in Europe and in the U.S. But thanks for your question.
Les, could you repeat your BD question, please?
Essentially, I just wanted to get a sense of if there's a potential for you to kind of dive a little bit deeper via BD within the space, if there's anything available out there via partnerships that you've previously had and essentially what's your strategy for that space?
Sorry, are you asking about biosimilars?
Yes. So that's what I thought. So that's -- I think I answered that question, Les. We'll continue to do the partnerships. Some of those we already have good, big partnerships with companies that we think we can have the potential to expand those, whether that's mAbxience, whether that's Samsung. So I think we're looking at expanding. But also we have other companies that have approached us to be their partner because obviously, the performance we've had in the U.S. has been impressive. We have the fastest-growing biosimilar Humira. We have a very fast-growing business now in the U.S. So I think people are seeing that. But yes, it will be through partnerships, the majority of it.
Our next question comes from Dennis Ding of Jefferies.
I had 2, if I may. Number one, sort of a big picture question on R&D. What is your R&D philosophy at Teva? And I guess how much derisking do you think we'll get around the R&D platform from the data readouts this year? I'm also curious what else could be planned for 2027 as you advance some of these newer drugs forward? And then number two, just a question around BD. I'm curious as you transition to a novel biopharma company, if your BD philosophy has changed at all and if Teva might be interested in doing acquisitions in, let's say, the classic biotech space rather than what's historically been spec pharma.
Thanks, Dennis. Thanks for the question. I'll tag team that with Eric and maybe start on the philosophy of R&D or maybe we call it the strategy.
Yes. No, thank you for the question, Dennis. And this is a very important question. And I think that the philosophy in the way that we operate at Teva is we are ruthlessly driven by data. We have, first and foremost, a pipeline in Phase III and Phase II that's relatively derisked. I think emrusolmin is probably the lowest on the probability of success. But when you think about our programs, we use known science, we combine it in a way that will execute well and quickly with regulatory approvals. And that's based and driven solely on data. One of the things I've noticed and been able to achieve here at Teva is when we see data, we pivot and we move forward with it. That's something I hadn't been able to do in my career in other places. So speed and execution driven by data with this philosophy of known science and derisked assets is how we will move forward. I think that's baked into every one of our programs at this point.
Thanks, Eric. And then to move on to your next question, you said what about BD and as we pivot into a biopharma company. So firstly, thank you for the recognition that we are pivoting. And I think we pivoted. But anyway, we'll keep showing that with the pipeline as it comes out. But yes, we are actively looking at BD. We think we have a commercial powerhouse of the team. I think you've seen that with the results of AUSTEDO, UZEDY and AJOVY. And so we want to add to that team. Now that said, we have, as Eric highlighted, a really exciting pipeline. So the organic growth we have coming through is impressive. So we're not desperate to do BD. We don't have to. At the same time, it fits into our TA areas of CNS neurology and immunology, then I think it's very synergistic, and it makes a lot of sense.
So we are very active in that. What is interesting, I think, within the last year to 18 months, the amount of approaches we've had has significantly increased. And I think that's because they see Teva as a partner both from an R&D perspective, the speed which we move things through the clinic is exciting, but also primarily because of the commercial capability and muscle we have and the focus we give assets when we have an asset, whether it's in development, we focus and we move it quickly, whether it's in the market, we focus and we actually drive sales.
So I think we'll hopefully be able to talk about some things going forward, but we are very disciplined in our capital allocation, and we think it's the right asset at the right time at the right price, we'll definitely do it. But because of the pipeline we have that's coming through, we can stick to that in a very disciplined way, and we will because going back to that fourth pillar of the Pivot to Growth strategy, it's about focused capital allocation, making sure we give a good return on that in the short, medium and long term and create value for shareholders. So thanks for your question, Dennis.
And I think with that, I think that is the final question. We went over a bit, but I think we did start a couple of minutes late. So thank you for your questions and your interest in Teva, and I look forward to following this up later with our Q1 results. Thank you.
Thank you all for joining today's call. You may now disconnect your lines.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR — Q4 2025 Earnings Call
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR — Q4 2025 Earnings Call
📊 Quartal auf einen Blick
- Umsatz: $17,3 Mrd. (+5% YoY; Firmenangaben schließen $500M Sanofi‑Meilenstein in Q4 ein; ohne diesen Meilenstein war Q4 leicht negativ ~‑1%).
- EBITDA: $5,3 Mrd. (+12% YoY; Ergebnis vor Zinsen, Steuern und Abschreibungen).
- EPS: $2,93 (+19% YoY).
- Free Cash Flow: $2,4 Mrd. (+16% YoY; CFO berichtet FY ex‑Meilensteine ~$1,9 Mrd.).
- Innovativ: AUSTEDO/UZEDY/AJOVY $3,1 Mrd. (+35% YoY); AUSTEDO FY $2,26 Mrd., UZEDY $191 Mio., AJOVY $673 Mio.
🎯 Was das Management sagt
- Pivot to Growth: Übergang von Pure‑Generics zu Biopharma, vier Säulen: innovative Produkte, stabile Generika, Biosimilars, fokussierte Kapitalallokation.
- Transformation: Ziel $700 Mio. Nettokostenersparnis bis 2027; $70 Mio. erreicht in 2025, ~2/3 der Einsparungen bis Ende 2026 erwartet.
- Biosimilars & Pipeline: 10 Assets im Markt, 6 weitere Launches bis Ende 2027; Pipeline mit mehreren >$1 Mrd. Chancen (duvakitug, olanzapin LAI, anti‑IL‑15 etc.).
🔭 Ausblick & Guidance
- Umsatz 2026: $16,4–16,8 Mrd. (Range ex $500M Meilenstein und ex Japan‑Beitrag; impliziert ca. flat bis ‑1% auf Normalbasis).
- Margen & EPS: Non‑GAAP Bruttomarge 54,5–55,5%; Non‑GAAP EPS $2,57–2,77; OpEx ~27–28% des Umsatzes.
- Cash & Risiko: FCF $2,0–2,4 Mrd.; Deleveraging: Net Debt/EBITDA aktuell 2,5x, Ziel 2,0x bis 2027. Wesentliche Risiken: Revlimid‑Generikaweg (~$1,1 Mrd. Headwind 2026), IRA‑Effekte, Q1‑Destocking bei AUSTEDO.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- AUSTEDO‑Dynamik: Diskussion über zugrundeliegendes Volumen (TRx, mg‑Wachstum) vs. Einmaleffekte (Jahresendbestände, $~100M gross‑to‑net); Management nennt Range, vermeidet konkrete 2027‑Prognose.
- UZEDY‑Preisrisiko: Nachfrage nach Modellannahmen zu Medicaid/Medicare‑Mix und Net‑Pricing; Company sagt Mix ist in Guidance eingepreist.
- Pipeline‑Katalysatoren: Hohe Aufmerksamkeit auf duvakitug (Maintenance), anti‑IL‑15 (Vitiligo, Zöliakie) und olanzapin LAI; Fragen zu erwarteten Effekten, Zeitplänen und zu R&D‑Finanzierung/Partnering beantwortet mit Betonung auf Partnerschaften (Sanofi, Royalty Pharma).
⚡ Bottom Line
Teva bestätigt die strategische Wende: wachsende innovative Umsatztreiber, stärkere Margen und klarer De‑Leveraging‑Pfad. Guidance 2026 ist konservativ gegenüber Einmaleffekten und Revlimid‑Headwind; der Investmentcase hängt von den 2026‑Katalysatoren (duvakitug, olanzapin LAI, anti‑IL‑15, Biosimilars‑Launches) und der Umsetzung der Kostensenkungen ab. Anleger sollten AUSTEDO‑Nettoeffekte, Pipeline‑Readouts und Fortschritt beim Deleveraging genau beobachten.
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR — 44th Annual J.P. Morgan Healthcare Conference
1. Question Answer
Good morning, everybody. I'm Chris Schott from JPMorgan, and it's my pleasure to be introducing Teva today. From the company, we have CEO, Richard Francis. Richard has been at Teva for roughly 3 years in the company and the stock have had obviously a great run here. So looking forward to updates from Richard on progress of the business, and we'll jump into some Q&A after that. So with that, over to Richard.
Thanks, Chris. Thanks for having us. Thank you, everybody, for coming. Absolute pleasure to be here today to talk about Teva Pharmaceuticals. Obviously, I represent everybody in the company. I just get the privilege to talk about it. And today, I'm particularly pleased to be able to talk you through where we are on our pivot to growth strategy, a strategy we launched 3 years ago. And that strategy was designed to get Teva back to growth, obviously, the clue is in the title there. But more fundamentally, it was to transform Teva from a leading global generics company to a leading biopharma company.
Now I remember when I said that in New York in 2023, there are a lot of people who are extremely skeptical. But we had a plan. We had a clear plan. We've executed on that plan year-on-year. And I think you'll see the fruits of that labor and the transition we have now to a what I believe is a world-leading biopharma company that has a very, very bright future. Now the pivot to growth strategy was based on 4 pillars: deliver on our growth engines, step up innovation, create generics powerhouse and focus the business. Now we've made big inroads in this, deliver on our growth engines. We'll talk a bit about the innovative business we have of AUSTEDO, UZEDY and AJOVY and the continued strong performance we've had of those. Step up innovation. Once again, a bit of skepticism. Is there innovative capability at Teva? Is there a pipeline that can really fuel a biopharma company?
I think I'll show you some slides today that will say absolutely yes. Emphatically yes. And the progress we made, as you saw at the end of last year, duvakitug moved into Phase III studies on UC and CD and our partner Sanofi. We also had a Fast track designation applied to emrusolmin treatment for MSA and our anti-IL-15 treatment for celiac disease. So I say those just as highlights of the things how much we progressed in 3 years, but the fact that those are also recognized by the authorities.
Create a sustainable generics powerhouse. There was a bit of volatility when we started this journey in generics. We've actually smoothed that out. We've had some good growth in our generics and going forward, you'll see a stable generics business over the future. And focus of the business, it's all about capital allocation, make sure we allocate capital to the right areas to drive the right growth, the right return on capital and the right shareholder value. Now I'll remind you that this is a sort of 3-phase strategy. We did the first phase, return the company to growth after several years of decline. So that wasn't straightforward. And we've had 11 quarters of consecutive growth since the start of 2023.
So a real achievement there. We're in the accelerate phase, this is about accelerating the innovative revenue of the company and making sure that portfolio continues to grow. And that will be supported from the pipeline, which I'll talk more about. And then the final phase is maintained. We have to create a long-term sustainable global leading biopharma company. It's not a 5-year plan. This is a 20-year plan. And everything we're doing is setting Teva up for success over the long-term future.
Now when I talk about this biopharma company, there's 1 way of changing a company is just change the sign above the door. So global leading generics to global leading biopharma. But obviously, that's not credible. What is credible is the substance beneath it. And I think the first thing I want to start about is just the financials, the facts. The facts are you cannot transform the company's financials like we have without transforming the portfolio. And as you see here, we've obviously changed the growth trajectory, which I've talked about, moving from declining revenue to consistently growing revenue. But we've grown our revenue in our innovative business, and we're doing that in a very strong fashion.
And that's driving a gross margin transformation, as you can see by this slide, is also leading to an improvement in our free cash flow and our EBITDA and our operating margin. And at the same time, we're reducing our debt. So as you look at it in '27 and then you look at it beyond, the numbers don't lie. And as we had -- our gross margin will continue to increase as our portfolio continues to grow, our free cash flow will continue to increase. Our earnings per share will continue to increase so it's a really exciting story. But when I talk about a biopharma company, you have to back it up with the financials. And I think this slide really highlights that. You'll also see that it's driven by our pipeline, which I'll come on to and talk about why we're so excited about our pipeline.
But before I do, let's talk about innovation and the products we're commercializing now. And where we started in '23 and where we are now, this is transformative. We have doubled -- over doubled the revenue of AUSTEDO in this 3-year period. And we have changed the expectations when people thinking that peak sales will be $1.4 billion and now we're having raised eyebrows about, is it really $3 billion. That's a transformation expectations. Congratulations to the team in the U.S. for making that happen. And there's still a lot of opportunity there.
But then on AJOVY, a product most people have forgotten about it had its moment in the sun. We've refocused that across all of our regions, and we've had double-digit growth in the last 3 years. And so we transformed a product which people have forgotten about and now we're going to say this is going to be a $1 billion product in a very competitive market where we have orals as well as other injectables. And then on UZEDY. UZEDY, I mean, we're talking about congested markets, this is 1 of the most congested markets when you're in schizophrenia. We're the fastest-growing treatment in schizophrenia, and that's because we have a great product profile.
And one of the exciting things that we're going to add to that family with olanzapine at the end of this year with our long-acting olanzapine. And so we'll have probably, I think, one of the world-leading schizophrenia franchises and we're confident about that achieving $1.5 billion to $2 billion. So when it comes to innovative, I always sort of remind myself of the question marks people had can Teva commercialize innovative products. And what I can emphatically say is not only can we, I think we do it pretty much better than anybody else. Now what does that do to the financials? It's, as I say, transformative. And I think this is important for anybody looking to invest in Teva.
Just the growth profile of this company is driven predominantly by our innovative business, but that changes our financials from a gross margin point of view. And as you see, we've doubled the innovative business in these 3 years, and we're going to aim to keep doubling that. And so that allows us to transform our gross margin. We're very frugal on our OpEx. And so if we continue to do that, which we will, then we'll drive an EBITDA and operating margin expansion, increasing free cash flow and obviously an increase in earnings per share. So I think a very attractive opportunity. Now once again, I always go back to the numbers because it's easy to talk a good game and maybe to create a nice narrative but I think what's important is to make sure that you have some real substance behind these numbers. And as you see on the innovative, we've doubled the business every 2 years.
And broadly speaking, we aim to do that going forward. How do we do that? Well, excellence in commercial execution, as I just talked about in the previous slides, really good. In competitive markets, we can become one of the best. Now you've seen that with AUSTEDO, you've seen that UZEDY, we were about to launch olanzapine. But as you see, we will -- in 2027, we'll also be in a position where we can launch DARI our dual action rescue inhaler that will be supported also by emrusolmin and then duvakitug in the coming years. So there's reasons to believe in this growth. Not only do we have still to meet the peak sales of the products we currently have in our market, we're going to be constantly adding new products to this portfolio. Hence, the reason that we think we can get to over $10 billion in peak sales.
And 1 thing is worth reminding, obviously, $10 billion in peak sales transformative for any company. But a company like Teva, it is a game changer because where we start the journey where we're going to end this journey going back to some of those financials I spoke about. So how do we get to $10 billion? But here's the slide, which super proud to talk about because I think for me, this is a high-quality pipeline. Why is it high quality because the targets we're going after, we believe are validated. The reason the probability of success is high. But also the unmet need is high. The market size is high, our reason to be competitive, I believe we can win in these markets is also high. But it's late stage. I mean I'm not talking about preclinical stuff here. This is all in the clinic.
So let me sort of quickly touch upon it, whether it's our schizophrenia franchise, we're going to be competing in a $9 billion market. As I said, we got $1.5 billion to $2 billion. DARI dual action rescue inhaler, all of our products, we believe, will be -- have peak sales of $1 billion or more, $1 billion or more. We've got a list here. Duvakitug, this is a $38 billion market now in UC and CD. And we believe we have the best TL1A, and maybe we have an asset here that can compete with other MOAs as well and other modalities. And we'll have some data on that, as I'll talk about a bit later.
We have other indications. And all I can say to you now is those other indications will be billion-dollar indications. And then emrusolmin the treatment for MSA that will come out and we'll have some data on that this year as with IL-15 and vitiligo and celiac. But as you look at this pipeline, we clearly have an opportunity to have $10 billion in peak sales. But what's interesting, we will be a company who is launching pretty much a product every year going forward. There may be a gap, which will probably be nice to take a bit of a breather, but that's quite extraordinary from a company that doesn't -- wasn't known for innovation, to start to innovate and be launching in this regularity, I think, is really exciting.
It goes back to the validity, I think we have behind this $10 billion of sales. Now the exciting data -- and so this is a data readout that feels like a biopharma company because in the first half of next year, we will have the maintenance data on duvakitug. Now you know we had, I think some really exciting data for the induction of Phase II data at the end of 2024. We saw that as best-in-class. So it's going to be important to see what the maintenance data looks like, and we'll be able to announce that in the first half of this year. But that's just one of the readouts. Then we have the vitiligo Phase Ib top line results for anti-IL-15 and that's a product we're particularly excited about. But it's nice to know that other people think it's a great asset.
And as you saw earlier in the week, Royalty Pharma have joined us on this asset. They finance it to the tune of $0.5 billion. And I can tell you when you get a company like Royalty Pharma partner with you, they do some extreme due diligence. And this is one of the earliest assets they've invested in. So I think their belief in it sort of validates our belief in it. But we also have celiac disease Phase II/1a data coming up in the second half of next year. And so once again, I've just talked about duvakitug having multiple indications. We have anti-IL-15 which already has multiple indications, and we believe it can go into more indications. That's worth noting because just on duvakitug and just on anti-IL-15, we probably have somewhere between 5 and 10 indications. Pretty transformative for any company.
But as you see, we have many other assets. And then we have our dual action rescue inhaler. We've completed the recruitment of the patients at the end of last year. So we're looking to have a data readout at the end of this year. It's an exacerbation study. So we are bit contingent on that. But excited about that. If that goes well, which we're anticipating it will, we'll be able to launch that in 2027. Then emrusolmin, the treatment for MSA, futility analysis, round about midyear, second half of next year. Recruiting really fast. That's a common theme at Teva. We recruit our Phase II and III studies really fast. And then olanzapine I've talked about. And then just per people's interest, we have our anti-PD-1 IL-2 first in human data at the end of this year.
And once again, we think this is an exciting asset, but we'll let the data talk for itself when it comes out. Now because of that, I'm going to show this slide, which is, obviously, I always think that maybe this company is undervalued, but I think people who stand in my position often say that. And so I thought I'd put a bit of data up here to maybe validate what I feel. And as I compare Teva to some of the world-leading biopharma companies, when I just think about what's going to drive the revenue in the short term, the top brands we have, what's going to drive the revenue from the pipeline and then how we value. It seems to me just on this limited data, that there's opportunity for excitement around Teva.
And some people with the recent rally on the stock and Chris mentioned how much the stock has gone up, say, well, have you missed the opportunity, I'd say, this is the start of the journey. This is absolutely the start of the journey. I know that maybe seem hard to believe but if you go back to that pipeline, you go back to those products I mentioned, the peak sales they have. This is really the start. And so we're taking a look at it if you haven't, because there's a lot of opportunity still there. Now to digging a bit into 3 of the assets. I just picked 3 because we have a lot, but duvakitug, this is an antibody that was designed in-house, so by our team in Sydney. So congratulations to them for engineering, which I think is the best TL1A out there. We saw that in the Phase II results. It shows high level of potency. It's high level of specificity and its low neutralizing antibodies. All of those are critical when you're treating a chronic disease.
We think that's why we had such great induction data in our Phase II. And it'll be exciting to see if that's continued in the maintenance data, which is important because these patients will be on the therapy for a long time. Now the treatment for MSA multiple system atrophy, a horrible disease, a fatal disease, which is debilitating very quickly, people end up in a wheelchair and then the mortality rates are very high in a short space of time. Huge unmet medical need, nothing out there right now. We think with emrusolmin, we have a small molecule that crosses the blood-brain barrier and has an opportunity to be disease modifying. So very excited about it. Unfortunately, this is a big opportunity. I say unfortunately because there's obviously patients, 65,000 patients who suffer from this. But from a blockbuster potential, if we're successful, and we'll have a futility analysis in the second half of this year.
We've designed the Phase II study to have enough patients in it that this could potentially be registrational, depending on the efficacy. And this will be a profound opportunity to make an impact on these patients. And so we say $2 billion. And from the previous slide, duvakitug just in those 2 indications, we have $3 billion to $5 billion of peak sales. And then anti-IL-15 that I spoke about, another antibody another in-house antibody designed by the Sydney team, again, real capability, designed specifically to do what we needed to do. So great quarterly dosing here, which we think in vitiligo and in celiac disease will be exciting. But as I said, it can go into multiple indication where this pathway, this target, this biology has been -- seem to be effective. And once again, the peak sales are all above $1 billion. And the market sizes here are just at their stock because they're growing, there is no treatment -- effective treatment for celiac disease. And with vitiligo, there's only -- there isn't any systemic. So the opportunity for a condition like this having a systemic, I think, is significantly high.
Now talking about our generics business. And I think it's a sign of the progress we've made. I have 10 minutes into my presentation before I talk about generics. The generics business, our aim was to stabilize our business when we started this pivot growth strategy, we did more than that. We actually grew it. And going forward, we see this as an important part of Teva. And we see this as growing sort of low 1% to 2% CAGR going forward one because it's such a huge business to grow it any faster than that is difficult. What's exciting is the amount of biosimilars we have. We were late to the party with biosimilars, but we have 16 coming through. We have 10 we've already in the market, another 6 before '27 we'll launch. But the aim is to have about 20 to 30 biosimilars in our portfolio, and we're actively doing partnerships all the time to make that happen. So now the important part of our generics business, apart from being a global leader is it throws up a significant amount of cash which helps us pay down our debt but also helps fuel that big significant pipeline we've got.
So this is a really important partnership that we have at Teva with our generics business. Now looking into the numbers. So that's the setup now comes to the numbers. We issued a press release on Sunday about the outlook. We're not obviously got our earnings in a few weeks, so we'll actually close out 2025. But it's really just to let everybody know where we were heading at this late stage. So revenue is going to be to the lower end of our guidance. Operating margin is to the mid to high point, EBITDA is to the midrange. EPS is to a higher range and free cash flow is to the higher range. So I think we've made some operationally, I think the numbers say it all. And the reason why we are able to drive this level of performance, particularly in our EBITDA, free cash flow and EPS is because of this transformation of our portfolio.
I do highlight here that duvakitug we've excluded from these numbers because we have a milestone payment from Sanofi which is $0.5 billion at the end of last year. We exclude that just because we always want to be transparent about our operational performance on what we're doing and how we're driving that business. But at the same time, it's nice to know that obviously, that's come in. And our net debt, which I mustn't forget to talk about is getting close to our IG rating. And as we move on to '26, '27 and beyond. To give a bit of guidance, our top line is flat to slightly down. Don't forget, we lose our generic Revlimid, that's $1.1 billion of revenue. So that goes in 2026. So I think being flat to slightly down is a great achievement.
And I think it's worth noting that to be able to grow EBITDA and operating margin and free cash flow, when you're losing $1.1 billion of revenue, you can only do that if you're driving a transformation in your portfolio and driving an innovative portfolio. There's just no other way of doing it, right? And although we're driving efficiencies and cost savings, you can only do that if you have an innovative portfolio growing rapidly. In '27, we continue this trend. We hit our 30% operating margin. Our EBITDA continues to grow. Our cash flow continues to grow, our net debt will be below 2x, and we'll realize all our operational affecting the synergies of $700 million net. So really exciting times.
And I think we're in the final sort of stage of this sort of chapter of getting ourselves to a world-leading biopharma company with a very predictable and an exciting future. And then my final slide is to sort of say what the future looks like. It is a world-leading biopharma company, and it's based -- and the definition of that is based on the substance, the substance is the change in revenue, the change in gross margin, the change in free cash flow, the operating margin change, all hard numbers, and that's driven by a portfolio which is growing rapidly is over 30% in Q3, nearly $1 billion. And we're going to be adding to that this raft of innovative products and don't forget I remind you it's a long list already anti-PD-1 -- sorry, anti-IL-15 and duvakitug have multiple indications. So this is really the tip of the iceberg. So with that, thank you for your time and attention. And we'll now go to Q&A.
Appreciate the comments there. Maybe just a big picture question to start out here. I guess, Richard, as you reflect back on the innovative portfolio and I guess, the approach how that's evolved since you became CEO. Talk about how you've been able to kind of transform the business like this. And then as we think of the business going forward, what should we think about in terms of cadence of launch of new products coming to the pipeline, et cetera? Is there more here, I guess, if we think about the evolution of the innovative business.
Yes. Look, it's something I'm really, really proud of. I mean I sort of mentioned it there in my talk that to be questioned as to whether we can actually sell innovative products or develop them, which you were to then end up, I think, selling them and be upper quartile and developing them and be in the upper quartile. And the facts say that I think is -- I'm very proud of how we've done it. We have a maniacal focus on prioritization. We prioritize ruthlessly, and we said AUSTEDO, UZEDY, and AJOVY must be successful. We allocate the right amount of money and capital, and we make sure we have the right talent and people in place.
And I think money is probably the smaller aspect, the other is just having a talented team and that talented team is, as you've seen, is focused in different markets AUSTEDO, UZEDY, and AJOVY very, very different markets, very different challenges, not easy. And I think they've shown how good they are. But that's about focus prioritization. We measure stuff. I mean we're operationally so focused.
The same on development. I mean this pipeline, you can argue has come out of nowhere. And I think credit to Eric and his team for not only bringing things into the clinic, but prosecuting them in the clinic faster than pretty much any study in any TA we've done. I think we're either the fastest now or the top quartile. So I think it's about making sure the company is very clear on what its priorities are. The capital follows that. We have the right talent in place to do it. And then we're just religiously focused on doing that month-to-month, quarter-on-quarter, year-on-year.
Excellent.
Sorry to answer your question about launches. It's -- I skip over it a bit because I'm sort of excited by the present, but we do launch olanzapine this year. We will launch DARI next year. There's a chance we'll launch emrusolmin in '28, and then '29 we'll launch duvakitug. Then we may have a little breather and then we'll launch vitiligo anti-IL-15, and then we'll launch in celiac disease. And then we may have the 2 indications that we're starting duvakitug this year, they may be start to come through in the early '30s and so it is almost every year, and maybe that's just 1 thing we've got to be really, really careful and thoughtful about because I've never been in the company no matter how big.
That launch is a product that's transformative to that TA every year. But we're thoughtful about it. We've been planning olanzapine launch for 2 years. And so we've got into a cadence. But it is exciting. And I think that's another reason why I say to people even if you discount half of what I've said, it's still an amazing future.
And can we think about -- there's been a pretty steady cadence of parts coming into the pipeline? Should we think about that as -- it seems you have a great runway in the next few years, but that every year or every couple of years, we're going to see more of these internally developed programs. Is that reasonable to think about?
Yes. I mean, look, I think Eric and I aligned and Eric can talk now. We don't really care where they come from. We definitely don't have that bias per homegrown. What we happen to have is just a super talented antibody engineering team. And so Eric can talk a bit about the IL-13 TSLP that we've got coming into the clinic, probably early '27. But we're just looking to bring transformative medicines that have a high probability of success so we'll never be the explorers, we're never going to try and find a cure that no one's ever touched. We're clever in how we sort of understand targets and understand how we can do something better either through partnerships or through our antibody engineering. But maybe you want to add that.
We're fully aligned on this. What we look at is neuroscience is our heritage and our expertise, and we're burgeoning immunology expertise. That's our focus. Like Richard said, we don't care where it comes from, whether it's our great labs in Sydney or a BD opportunity that comes up. That's how we're going to play the game. But making sure that we have programs that are high probability known science bringing them together. When it comes to the internal, I'll emphasize again, we can make great antibodies, we do great protein engineering, and we can bring many different things together. So that will continue to spin-out molecules. But the focus on bringing in neuroscience, great franchise we have in the LAIs right now with UZEDY and hopefully olanzapine, that's our focus, and we'll stick to that and be a very efficient group. We just focused on all these late-stage assets because it's great to have 3 Phase III programs and 2 great Phase II coming up.
Excellent. Maybe just looking at the near-term numbers. I think you've given a fair amount of color on '26, '27. Just remind us like kind of how the business is shaping up this year? Pushes and pulls we need to consider in there? And maybe as part of that, I think we're all kind of turning your hands around generic Revlimid what's reflected in that guidance for Revlimid for this year, guidance.
Yes. So it's a really good question because I know I do spend a lot of time looking at your model other models right, a bit of geek like that. And I think it's worth reminding, we lose $1.1 billion of Revlimid. And so if you think about the U.S. business, that sort of brings it to about $2.5 billion. So make sure your models have that. That, by the way, some other nuances here. We had nearly $300 million of generic Revlimid in Q1 '25. So we don't have any of that. So that will be something to model in and our gross margin will be hit by that. We will start off with a lower gross margin at the start of the year than the end of the year, but those 2 factors will play an important part. So I'd ask people just maybe go of the spreadsheet and get on that. So that's a significant change.
And so when I think about, when we say flat to slightly down, our innovative business continues to grow very strongly. But to lose $1.1 billion of -- and we have nothing in '26. By the way, we're not trying to be clever. There is no way I can sensibly or the team can sensibly model what generic Revlimid could be. And with so many people coming in to forecast 0, I don't think is actually a bad forecast. And for us to plan financially for that. But we're not -- I don't want to be clever but there's nothing in the back pocket, there is 0 in that, and I honestly believe it will be 0, close to 0.
Very helpful. Looking then longer term so beyond '27, just talk a little bit about the growth you need to see on the innovative business to hit that mid-single-digit target?
Well, I think we've got to see -- to a certain degree, we obviously have AUSTEDO growing strongly. That would sort of taper a little bit just because the base gets bigger and bigger, right? And so that's just natural. I think AUSTEDO stays -- sorry, UZEDY stays on a pretty good growth trajectory, although we are now starting to move into other molecules. So it's not about taking from risperidone long acting, it's now moving into the paliperidone and other things like that. And AJOVY I still see some good traction. I think olanzapine helps us to drive that. I think the one thing I'd say about olanzapine, I feel confident about the mid-single digit. But for me, I'm always thinking about how do we create long-term value.
And so for olanzapine, the 1 thing I would say is, although the pent-up demand I think is pretty strong, we will not contract aggressively unless we see the right pricing agreements because we see this as a meeting of huge unmet need. So it depends how the negotiations go as to whether that will hit a fast uptake trajectory from a revenue point of view or whether it will do a bit like we did with UZEDY. We took longer because we didn't contract because we didn't see the contracting to reflect the right value of the product. So those are the things and then don't forget in '27, we've got DARI we launched. The difference in DARI versus the product from AZ is we will have a pediatric indication. And pediatric indication is 25% of the population.
And to remind everybody as well, the reason why dual-action rescue inhalers are being put in the guidelines is because I think there's upward of 5,000 Americans die every year because they don't have them. If you think of that from a pediatric, children -- so I think we have a chance of actually moving that product well, because of the focus on children, and that comes in '27 so you put all those together, I feel confident about the mid-single digit. But I think more important, I've sort of gone beyond '27 now. What does that mean for '28? What does that mean for '29, what does that mean for '30? And that's when you start to get to the $5 billion, $6 billion, $7 billion of innovative revenue.
Yes, absolutely. I think you've highlighted in the presentation a lot of data updates this year. Maybe if you were to still those down, what are you most excited about as you think about the updates this year?
Well, yes, there's a lot going on in 2026. So we'll be very busy. And the way it's been -- I mean, it started with the end of 2025 with the submission of olanzapine, which we're very excited about. But going into 2026, we'll have the maintenance data as Richard mentioned from duvakitug for both ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease is in the first quarter. Then we'll have the vitiligo data from the proof-of-concept study that we're very excited about. Royalty Pharma helped us out in making sure that study that program moves quickly. After that, we'll have the second half celiac disease data. It's another proof-of-concept study with biopsy data in celiac disease.
But then we're going to have a futility analysis for emrusolmin in multiple system atrophy, a very high unmet medical need, and it's enrolling very quickly. We'll probably even over enroll that because we want to make that study as pristine as possible for potential accelerated approval. But then on top of that, there will be probably some data from our first-in-human studies of PD-1 and IL-2, and we'll probably be announcing our new indications for duvakitug in this year. So there's a lot going on. And I should mention one of the things that you were just talking about with the DARI program. DARI is a big program. It's a huge important need for asthma. Pediatrics, adolescents and adults are in that study. We achieved the initial targeted enrollment of those patients. Everything out there who does drug development, those pediatrics, adolescents are hard. We're on track. We'll probably over enrolled that too, but we're on a trajectory to get that last event at the very end of the year in December for that event-driven study.
I think we have pretty interestingly the Royalty Pharma agreement with the IL-15. Can you just talk a little bit about, a, why you kind of sought a partner to help finance that and b, what data did they have access to, to make that decision?
Yes. So first and foremost, the Royalty Pharma is a great group to work with. This is the second deal we did with them. They funded our olanzapine LAI that allowed it to go full steam ahead and we were able to accelerate that program. So as Richard mentioned, we have a whole bunch of things all of a sudden lined up, ready to go. That takes a lot of funding, a lot of bandwidth to do. So these deals are just allowing us to keep everything going. So the great partners, they are -- they do great due diligence. They look at every last thing under the hood. And it starts with the fundamentals. They saw that our anti-IL-15 has great potency. It has a 38-day half-life. We've shown target engagement with suppression free IL-15 at the 90 days.
That gives you the potential of thinking about a quarterly dose subcutaneous shot. And so they've looked at that. They looked at all our documents, all our basic science and they are following us in the proof-of-concept study. So we're looking forward to that data when it finally locks.
And I think if I'm not wrong, that's one of the earliest deals they've ever done in early stage. And I think I would imagine the only reason why they do that is because the quality of the asset and the quality of the data.
Can I pivot over to AUSTEDO. We had the IRA price negotiations. That was a big topic of debate last year, happy to have that in the rearview mirror. Can you just walk us through a little bit about how you're thinking about the $2.5 billion target for 2027 in light of those -- now your full visibility on that price component of it?
Yes. Firstly, I think it's worth reminding people that we forecast in and then we were going to be part of the IRA back in '23 to '27. And everybody said, you shouldn't because you're not going to sell enough to be in the IRA. So I'd like to point out, we actually backed our ambition with modeling that we were. And we were, which is we were right. But then we know. And I think the team, Chris and Dollaway here did a fantastic job in negotiating with the IRA to get why still, which is -- I suppose you would say is a good result. I still think it's completely fair, but I'm going to get over that. So when I think about the $2.5 billion, I always felt confident that $2.5 billion in '23, I did in '24, I did in '25, I did obviously, even more clarity now absolutely feel confident, why do I feel confident apart from having a world-class team is there's so many patients who aren't treated for tardive dyskinesia, so many patients. And so the unmet medical need is massive.
And I would actually start to say I think we're actually starting to really get some momentum now in educating physicians, nurse practitioners, caregivers, patients themselves that come in and seek the treatment. So for me, it's all about the unmet medical need, the untreated patient population, which is huge. So I feel very confident about the $2.5 billion. As I often say, I'm beyond the $2.5 billion. I'm looking at the $3 billion. And when we can get there and how do we build the plan together and we have that already in place. So yes, I feel we're in a very good place. It's hard work. By the way, this doesn't -- this makes the gradient harder for us to climb. But that's not something we shy away from in Teva.
And maybe just 1 follow-up on AUSTEDO. The ex U.S. franchise there. How do you think about the opportunity there?
Yes. I think it's more tapered. I think we don't think of that as significant. One is because of pricing, can we get the right price. There's obviously the MFN need to take into consideration. We didn't really factor that in as a massive lever for AUSTEDO. But we're still working through that, and we still see potential opportunity, but it's more measured. I think the opportunity in international markets probably speaks more to olanzapine where the use of long-acting injectables in schizophrenia is high, a lot higher than the U.S. and the appetite for olanzapine would be high. And the pricing comparisons are not too distant, not too far apart. So I think that's an opportunity for us from an international expansion.
Great. Maybe just turning to olanzapine. As we are thinking about approval later this year at launch, how do you think about the price dynamics there? It seems like on one hand, it's a fairly unique asset and it seems like all the KOL feedback is a big unmet need. Why wouldn't this be something you could get price relatively quickly or reasonable price on the drug?
Because it's not always that straightforward. People don't always pay for the value of what we're giving them, and that's just the pharmaceutical industry I think. So your logic is correct. But the practicality. I think -- so look, I think what we've learned with UZEDY is we believe we know what the value of our product is, and we will stay firm on that and allow us to work with physicians who will drive this drug. Don't forget, I'll remind you UZEDY we did not get agreements on with many of the payers, many of CMS Medicare and Medicaid because we didn't agree Medicare on the price and so physicians phoned up and demanded it. And why did they demand it because there's an unmet need because when a patient has a schizophrenic episode, they need to be treated and get to a therapy dose as fast as possible, UZEDY does that.
And what we saw is how those positions will mobilize to ask and obviously, when it is schizophrenia, payers don't rely push back too hard because it's a schizophrenia patient having an episode. With olanzapine, I think that opportunity is even greater so our confidence to hold the line. But it should be -- should it be priced appropriately, should it be seen as the innovative product, it is absolutely should. We're just expecting a relatively tough ride because that's just how the world is moving. If it gets easier, that's great. But once again, as we plan financially, we're not planning for that huge bolus of revenue in '26 and we'll be measured in '27 because once again, we'll not give value away just for the short term.
Yes. Makes sense. Last few minutes here. TL1A, can you talk a little bit about -- I guess maybe a 2-part question. First, the timing of the Phase IIIs that these are up and running, and then, b, just the competitive landscape here. I think we're seeing some initial Merck data as we go through 2026. How you're feeling about your positioning of your asset versus some of your peers?
Yes. So I can start with the fundamentals. When we look at our antibody, it's got the greatest potency we compare to in-house molecules we make. It's got great selectivity. Remember, our MOA is slightly different. We're blocking the DR3, but we're actually maintaining the [ Decoy ] receptor. So fundamentally, we have an advantage, we believe, in the biology, and we have the lowest antidrug antibodies. So the fundamentals of the molecule is strong. That predicted and we showed in Phase II showed very strong data in both the well-controlled study and ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease, and we posted some very good numbers there.
I was particularly excited about the Crohn's disease and the fact that we did as well in treatment experienced patients as naive. So the fundamentals, the initial clinical data are very strong. But remember, this is a chronic disease. We need to have durability of response. So we're looking forward to that data at the end of the first quarter, that maintenance date of 44 weeks out. So I think all of these things add up, the fundamentals make it particularly strong profile. So strong within the TL1A class and hopefully strong across the class, looking at the landscape of competition. So I think there's a lot of upside. There's also the uniqueness of the biology. This is covering many different cytokine pathways as an amplifier and it might have direct antifibrotic effects. So there's a lot to uncover here. And I think it's many years into the future. I'm like Richard, I'm thinking beyond 2027, now into the 30s, which is very exciting.
Maybe just last question. As we think about the delevering process kind of getting to the place you've been highlighting for a few years now. How do we think about business development? What's kind of the focus? What type of assets do you ideally want to bring in kind of maybe just elaborate a little bit more on that?
Yes. No, it's a good point. It's interesting as we come to this conference, no one asks us about our debt anymore. One we've done a great job of paying it off and we'll be investment grade this year at some point. But when it comes to that cash flow, we're starting to generate significant amounts of cash flow. BD is an aspect we've been focused on. We want to bring in some assets into our Neuroscience franchise and maybe into immunology. And we want it to be late stage. We don't want to take on any significant risk because we don't think it's still we have the right balance sheet for that or the appetite. But the 1 challenge is you've seen in the portfolio we got a list on this slide, it's going to be something that can -- we can allocate capital to fairly because we've got some good stuff internally.
That said, the commercial team is so good here. I want to give them more products to sell. And so we're active about that. I'd like to think we could -- we'll be announced something like in the next 12 months, but it's going to be the right price, and we will not overpay. We know what return on capital we want, we know how valuable money is. And so we'll stay disciplined and we can because we've got a great pipeline, and we've got a great innovative portfolio is performing really well in the market.
Excellent. Well appreciate all the comments and congrats on the progress.
Thanks, Chris. Thank you for having us.
Yes. Thank you.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR — 44th Annual J.P. Morgan Healthcare Conference
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR — 44th Annual J.P. Morgan Healthcare Conference
📣 Kernbotschaft
- Kern: Management präsentiert den "Pivot to Growth": Transformation von Generika- zu Biopharma‑Unternehmen, 11 Quartale Wachstum seit 2023, Innovationsgeschäft treibt Margen, Free Cash Flow und Entschuldung.
🎯 Strategische Highlights
- Kommerz: AUSTEDO mehr als verdoppelt; UZEDY, AJOVY zweistellig; Launch von langwirksamem Olanzapin noch dieses Jahr.
- Pipeline: Fokus auf späte Phasen: duvakitug (TL1A), DARI (dual‑action rescue inhaler), emrusolmin (MSA) und anti‑IL‑15; jedes Asset mit >$1Mrd Peak‑Erwartung.
- Generika: Stabilisierung und Cash‑Generator; Biosimilars‑Programm (bereits 10 im Markt, weitere geplant) als Kapitalquelle.
🔎 Neue Informationen
- Guidance: Unternehmensupdate: Umsatz voraussichtlich am unteren Ende der Guidance; operative Marge mid‑high; EBITDA mid; EPS und FCF im hohen Bereich.
- Einmaleffekt: $0.5 Mrd Sanofi‑Meilenstein (duvakitug) ist separat ausgewiesen; Verlust der generischen Revlimid‑Umsätze (~$1.1 Mrd) für 2026 berücksichtigt.
- Finanzen: Nettoverschuldung nähert sich Investment‑Grade; Ziel: <2x Net‑Debt und ~30% operative Marge in 2027; $700M Netto‑Synergien.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Launch‑Cadence: Management erwartet regelmäßige Produktstarts (Olanzapin dieses Jahr, DARI 2027, Emrusolmin/duvakitug in den Folgejahren) und plant jährliche Peak‑Zuwächse.
- Clinical‑Risiken: Kernthemen sind Duva‑Maintenance‑Readout (Durability), Emrusolmin‑Futility und anti‑IL‑15 Proof‑of‑Concept; Daten entscheiden Value‑Upside.
- Payer & Preis: AUSTEDO‑IRA‑Verhandlungen abgeschlossen; Payer‑Preisbildung (insb. Olanzapin) bleibt Unsicherheitsfaktor für Uptake und Timing.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Fazit: Präsentation untermauert glaubhafte strategische Wende: wachsendes Innovationsgeschäft, klarer Plan zur Entschuldung und regelmäßig anstehende klinische Readouts. Kurzfristig bleiben klinische Ergebnisse, Preisverhandlungen und der Revlimid‑Effekt die Haupt‑Risiken für Umsatz und Timing.
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR — Citi Annual Global Healthcare Conference 2025
1. Question Answer
So just continuing on the third and final day of our Citi Global Healthcare Conference. I'm Traver Davis, health care sector specialist at Citi, and we're delighted to have Teva with us. From the company, we have Richard Francis, President and CEO. Thanks for joining us.
Maybe to start, just hand the floor to you for a few minutes, high-level overview, current state of affairs, where you are in the growth journey. Any highlights from the third quarter that you reported about a month ago? And we'll jump into questions from there.
Great. Well, thank you for having me. Pleasure to be here. So obviously, we started on the pivot to growth strategy 3 years ago at Teva. The strategy was designed to move us from a leading generics company to a biopharma -- a world-leading biopharma company. I think we've made tremendous progress on that journey. I think there was a bit of skepticism at the start whether that was possible. But I think in 3 years, we've shown that we've fundamentally changed the setup of the business, the financials of the business and the future financials of the business.
We took a product like AUSTEDO, which had -- analysts had peak sales at about $1.4 billion. It's going to do over $2 billion this year, and it's going to do peak sales of $3 billion, or over $3 billion. We've launched UZEDY, a long-acting schizophrenia product, into the market. We've driven continued growth of AJOVY, our migraine product. So I think on our -- deliver on our growth engines, which is the first pillar, we've done tremendous progress, and I think, shown we can really sell innovative products.
And then on our second pillar, which is step up innovation, we've transformed our pipeline and the speed we've moved it through. So obviously, we had a Phase III data readout on olanzapine, a long-acting product for schizophrenia that will be launched next year. We have now duvakitug, our TL1A in UC and CD, partnered with Sanofi in Phase III that started this quarter. We have DARI, our dual-action rescue inhaler, which will complete its Phase III recruitment this year, and we'll read out next year. And we have data readouts next year on duvakitug in maintenance, anti-IL-15 in vitiligo and celiac, a futility analysis for emrusolmin in treatment for multiple system atrophy, the data readout for DARI for the asthma study, and oncology product, PD-1-IL2 data readout.
So if anybody questioned our ability to develop innovative products, I think next year will be a defining moment for us. And at the same time, we have a global generics business, and we have done more than stabilize that. We've actually grown that in the last 3 years. And we've done all that while focusing our capital and making sure we can grow our EBITDA and we grow EPS and return -- and we've created value for the company and shareholders.
So I think this pivot to growth is pivot to a biopharma company, I think it's gone from what was described as a story of fiction to nonfiction as every quarter goes on. And obviously, there were some catalysts for people to get even more excited about Teva and one of those was the IRA and we'll probably talk about that. But I think we've shown our ability to not only forecast but negotiate well to have a good outcome for -- or acceptable outcome for the IRA.
Great. Maybe start with, you sort of outlined the journey and where you've come from. Maybe let's talk about 2026. I know you're not going to provide guidance or anything like that. But so -- how should we think about next year in terms of pushes and pulls? Obviously, there's a lot of innovation going on, but you also have a base business as well. So maybe sort of lay out how we can think about '26 from start to finish, catalysts and any sort of things to be aware of financially?
Yes. So '26 is an important year for Teva. We lose -- obviously, we've had the benefit in our generics business or generic Revlimid, and that's over $1 billion, and that will go next year. We've committed to grow our EBITDA next year.
So to lose over $1 billion of sales and grow your EBITDA, I think, can only be done if you're on this transformation journey. And that requires us to continue to grow our innovative business, AUSTEDO, UZEDY and AJOVY, launch olanzapine. Those are very high-margin products compared to the rest of the business. So if we do that, that helps grow our EBITDA, but also on top of that, some of the organizational effectiveness, cost programs we put in place will have -- which we said we will save $700 million by '27, we'll save $500 million by the end of '26. So that contributes to growing the EBITDA. And then obviously, the rest of our business, excluding Revlimid, OTC, biosimilars, with a lot of biosimilars launching and multiple launches of generics. That allows us to grow EBITDA.
On the top line, people ask me that, that is flat to slight decline. You don't lose $1 billion in any company without having some impacts, but in Teva definitely. But I think the commitment we've made is to the EBITDA. And I think that's really important. So I say that's the catalyst. We have a lot of data readouts next year, as I mentioned, but we'll have olanzapine launch around about end of Q3, Q4 next year, which to add to our already successful launch of UZEDY.
I guess in terms of -- you talked about the innovative portfolio and sort of the mix moving to higher-margin products. So we have that for next year. But if we go out, say, 3 to 5 years, how should we think about Teva from a margin perspective as new innovative products come to the portfolio, higher margins and some of the lower-margin products sort of fall to the back?
Yes. That's a really, really important question, one that I think is so unique to Teva. So let me explain, when I started in Q1 2023, we had a margin of -- for that quarter, I think, 48%, around 48%, maybe just a bit above. This -- we'll end the year around about 54%, maybe a bit above. The journey we're on, on gross margin, which makes it so unique at Teva is that gross margin will grow next year. It will grow in '27. In '27, we already said we're going to be 57% to 58%. It'll grow in '28, '29, '30, '31, '32. There's not a biopharma company that can keep growing gross margin because normally, you're trying to defend gross margin, but we keep growing.
And the reason why we keep growing it because our innovative portfolio that I mentioned is growing. It grew at 33% in Q3. It's over $800 million now a quarter. But we're going to add to that next year olanzapine. We're going to add that the year after DARI, our dual-action rescue inhaler. We're going to add to that the next year with emrusolmin, the treatment for MSA. We're going to add to that the year after with duvakitug.
So we just keep adding that keeps growing the top line, but it keeps growing in innovative and that innovative has a different gross margin. So the exciting thing is we're on a growth journey, we're on an innovative growth journey and because that we're transforming our gross margin, and if we -- not if, we will show our discipline on OpEx, which means the EBITDA will grow, which means the EPS will grow, which means the cash flow will grow. And that's in a big company. So I think that is really, really exciting. And I think that's probably been a bit missed by some people.
Maybe just zooming in on some key products. So AUSTEDO, you recently had news there with the IRA-negotiated pricing being announced. I think investors have broadly perceived this to be a positive outcome. I guess it's funny to sort of celebrate a price reduction, and a significant one, to be fair. But maybe you can just kind of walk us through the dynamics there, your feelings on the outcome and what impact you can sort of expect or we can expect in the marketplace.
Yes. So let me just sort of also -- I think because I'd like Teva to take a bit of recognition for the fact in 2023, we forecast that Teva was going to do $2.5 billion in '27. Nobody believed us. They said peak sales of $1.5 billion. And we said because it's $2.5 billion, internally, we forecast that we would be in the IRA and we'd have to have a bit of discount in that. So not only -- and I think that shows good strategic and mature thinking and being sensible.
Now obviously, as I said, it started to do really well, people started to say, "Oh my goodness, if you're in IRA, you'll be impacted, will you hit $2.5 billion?" And I kept saying, we forecast the IRA hit, and [ we still ] hit it. But -- so there's some long-term strategic, sensible, adult thinking in that, I'd tell you that. But then it came to the negotiations. And obviously, we leaned heavily into that. And you're right, it's very strange that we get recognized for having a good price decrease. That seems very hard to sometimes understand.
But what that means for us going forward is we have certainty on $2.5 billion in '27, and we have certainty in our minds on $3 billion, peak sales of over $3 billion going forward. What does it mean for next year? I think it means we've got to keep on growing the product. We've got to keep making sure we get patients who are untreated into the physician's office, get them diagnosed and get them treated with AUSTEDO and do all the programs we've got around compliance, adherence and titration.
And then that allows us to get into '27. And then in '27, I think we're going to have a better idea of how it's going to impact the product when we look at what happens in '26 with the first wave of IRA drugs, and whether there -- is neutral? Is there a volume upside? All these things that people talk about, which we'll be able to get a better angle on.
So I know a majority of the business is Medicare, right? So -- but there's also some commercial exposure. So how should we sort of think about the impacts to commercial, maybe as '26, '27 and just kind of maybe thinking even longer term?
Yes. Well, I think that's something which we believe, to your point, the majority of business is -- more the minority is in commercial. So I think it has less of an impact on the direction of travel of the product. So I think as people sort of debate what this means and how commercial plans will use this, I think we'll see how that plays out.
I think one -- you have to understand this is a debilitating disease that's treated by specialists, very few patients have it and they're in a terrible situation. So I think the physician involvement, the patient involvement and the experience and the efficacy and the safety of the product will play a significant part in this still. And by the way, we've seen that in -- as we launched UZEDY into a crowded market, how those components are really important about which drug gets chosen.
So I think we've taken all of those things into account and the puts and takes, and I think that makes us confident that we can hit the $3 billion.
Got you. So you have a competitor in this category, they recently highlighted they're going to take a more aggressive approach, I think that's even their words, in terms of access. So how should we be thinking about that as it relates to AUSTEDO and how you might react to that?
So look, I think what we -- we're a very, very disciplined company, and we're always thinking about the long term about where we're driving value. And so we think about access and value together. And just to show you how disciplined we are in that, when we launched UZEDY into a crowded market with two huge brands that have been there a long time, other launched brands and a genericized long-acting market, we didn't succumb to seeking access over value. And we held the line.
And we -- in fact, we didn't get listed, and we still haven't been listed for a lot of areas when it comes to Medicare. What we realized is the quality of the product, the quality of the interactions meant that the physicians use this, and if -- you've seen the performance of UZEDY. And so I think for us, it's about always value and access, access and value. You have to do those if you can create long-term value and sustainability. So that's the approach we take.
Got you. And that 2027 guidance for the $2.5 billion or at least $2.5 billion, can you just talk about the underlying drivers there in that growth, and sort of how you'll get there from start to finish?
So I think obviously, unfortunately, it's a hugely untreated market. So there's still 85% of the market that goes untreated. So that creates a huge opportunity. Now to realize that opportunity, we've obviously done quite a bit of DC, direct-to-consumer advertising, both the patients who have the condition and the caregivers who may be able to identify it. We also spend a lot of time and effort educating physicians and nurse practitioners, who often see the patients, to ask the right questions, to understand and to diagnose.
But when you think about it, so part of it is about bringing patients into the channel, getting them treated on to drug. But then for us, as Teva, to keep growing this business. It's about making sure they could convert from script to on-drug, which -- there's a leak there, they get on the titration pack, which means they titrate to the optimum dose. They then get involved in our adherence and compliance programs.
And if you do all of those, then you have the ability to continue to grow the brand. But it's really important that -- we spend a lot of time on that at Teva because as much as it's about bringing patients in, that's one of it. But the opportunities for there to be leakage on this patient journey is huge. And so the value creation that we can have by getting patients to be more compliant, to be on the more optimal therapy, to be supported is significant. And obviously, the other part of driving AUSTEDO is as we move -- as patients are prescribed more and more than once a day, that has led to patients being on a more optimal dose. So that also creates a value opportunity.
So those are the things. It's multidimensional. There is not one sort of area we're particularly focused on. But that also gives me confidence that this $3 billion will happen because it's not just about driving patients in, it's about all the other aspects of it.
And you talked about still relatively low rates of penetration of the VMAT2 inhibitors and or lower rate of diagnosis too, but about just the overall TD population and sort of how that factors into your growth expectations? I know when you guys launched or -- and your competitor launched, the sort of the view of the market size was certainly smaller than it is today, but can we even see this grow even further?
Well, I don't know about -- I mean, the opportunity, as I said, is unfortunately significant because there's just so many patients who aren't treated. But I think this goes back to -- don't [indiscernible] when Teva started out [indiscernible] ever speak about Teva. We weren't set up from a capability point of view like we are now. So we understand how do you -- a lot of my past has been in biopharma and biotech. It's about how do you create awareness, how do you educate, how do you get early treatment, how do you get patients moved on to treatment, how do you keep them compliant. But we didn't put those programs in place. So I don't think we necessarily stimulated the market as much as you'd normally see at the start of this journey, but we're investing heavily in that now.
So whether the market could grow bigger than it is, I think it's less relevant and less needed. It's about how do we make sure patients who aren't treated, are treated. And there's another dynamic within this. There are new patients who are naive to treatment who we need to get on and they need to be diagnosed and got on. But there's also patients who have gone on to therapy and then quit therapy. And how do we get those patients back, and we call them returning quitters. So there's a lot of opportunities to keep helping patients to have a high quality of life and to also growing the brand.
So for me, that's why I think this -- AUSTEDO has a significant future ahead of it. And we've said over $3 billion of sales. And I would highlight for Teva, that is significant financially. That is a significant driver of our gross margin improvements, of improvements to our profitability and our ability to grow EPS.
Yes. So I just wanted to zero-in on that. So you spoke to next year expecting to grow EBITDA. And I'm sure AUSTEDO is a big part of that. So maybe just take it out a few more years. I mean, how much contribution from the product do we expect to drive that EBITDA profitability? And then we can touch on other products that I'm sure will contribute to that as well.
Well, actually, last. I think the Teva story right now is about moving to biopharma, and the star of that show is AUSTEDO and quite rightly, but it's going to be joined on stage by a lot of other products. I mean UZEDY starting to create a stir; olanzapine, everybody is getting excited about because the unmet medical need there; DARI, our dual-action rescue inhaler, there are 10 million Americans that should be on a dual-action rescue inhaler, and there's only other one in the market, so that's a significant growth driver; and then we have emrusolmin which could launch in '28 because we powered that study to be a registrational study and then duvakitug in '29.
So if you think about it, as each one of those is launched, our -- the emphasis of AUSTEDO on our P&L gets diluted. It's something we'll still maximize, but it's -- in my career, I've rarely been in a position where there are so many opportunities to launch products every year into a business which has a fundamentally lower gross margin than the products you're launching. And from a financial point of view, the ability to create value and create a more valuable company, that is -- I've never seen it because we launched olanzapine, we launched DARI, we launched emrusolmin, duvakitug, anti-IL-15, we are just going to keep growing the top line, and we're going to keep dragging up the gross margin. If we stay diligent on our operating expenses, we grow EBITDA, we're going to grow EPS and cash flow, and that's exciting. So AUSTEDO is important, but it gets less important.
Right, right. Maybe just hopping over to another opportunity, I know you guys are excited about the long-acting olanzapine. So maybe just walk us through what you view as the opportunity there.
Yes. So for the opportunity for olanzapine, I think is significant. And it's based on the fact that olanzapine as a molecule is the most prescribed molecule in schizophrenia, so 20%. And it's used for moderate to severe, so it's seen as the most efficacious. Now in moderate to severe, in any schizophrenia patient, you want a long-acting because it improves compliance and adherence, which is critical in this condition. But in severe patients, you really want to be compliant. And there is no long-acting that's used in the market right now.
And so the data we've got on olanzapine to show that it's safe, efficacious and effective and has no PDSS is really significant. And so when we look at what we've achieved with UZEDY in a very congested market, we've built a real capability and muscle there from our sales force, from a managed markets, from a hospital care, from an MSL, from a patient support, we just put olanzapine in that. But olanzapine doesn't have a competitive market to walk into. It will be the only long-acting. And we already know there's significant excitement around it.
So for me, this is a big growth driver. It will be launched at the end of Q3, Q4 next year. And so I think this will be a growth driver for us in '27, '28, '29. That's why we've said $1.5 billion to $2 billion for our schizophrenia franchise, which I'll remind you, that's material for Teva on a significant level. You've got AUSTEDO, $3 billion, you've got a schizophrenia franchise at $1.5 billion to $2 billion, that's exciting.
All right. So with UZEDY doing quite well, I think you took up the guidance for that product earlier this year. You talked about it being a competitive market. So maybe just walk us through the sort of the commercial dynamics as they stand today and into the future.
Yes. So look, I think this speaks to just understanding the unmet medical need. So UZEDY entered a very congested market. So how has it done so well? It's done so well because we've created a very relevant product profile, I'll come back to that, and we have great execution. We've got great execution in AUSTEDO. We can talk about AJOVY. But everything we do commercially, we're very, very good at by design.
But on UZEDY, it's a subcutaneous, only subcutaneous. It's in a pre-filled syringe. And very importantly, it gets the therapeutic doses within 8 to 24 hours. So if you think about that from a physician's point of view, most patients, but particularly schizophrenia patients do not like an IM injection. They don't want to have to remove their trousers to have that done. The fact that it is prefilled, great simplicity. And the fact that it's a therapeutic dose, this is so important because when you have a patient having an episode, you need to control them as quickly as possible, and get their symptoms managed. No other long-acting risperidone can do it in 24 hours. So you have to give them oral supplementation to try and balance that. And then you got to work out how you balance it. You may have to keep them in hospital for a period of a few days just to see if you managed it.
So the simplicity for both the patient and the physician is extraordinary. So that hence -- and so what's the proof of the quality of that profile? Okay, the TRx is up 119% in Q3. But what's important is we haven't actually got the access, the broad access, which means physicians have to phone up and say, I want this, and they obviously get it because we've got good growth in TRx. But that shows the physician is motivated to ask for something, and it also shows that the physician is listened to.
And the rationale, by the way, we've shown some data that shows the cost effectiveness of using UZEDY because you don't stay in a hospital. So you get prescribed, you can leave. So I think we've got a great product profile.
We have the same with olanzapine, but in a far bigger unmet need. And don't forget, we know these people. We know the physicians. We know the people on the D&T committees in the hospital. We know the payers. We know the nurse practitioners. We know everybody. They know us. We've shown them we're credible. Our product is credible. And so when we come to the market with olanzapine, we leverage all those things I said about UZEDY, but it's in a patient population that really does need a long-acting.
So with UZEDY, you've talked about maintaining sort of price discipline. So kind of where you are? Where are you with that in that process?
Well, I mean, we are still -- it's improving, but we haven't discounted to get access at scale because we think we have a valuable product. And I think the market's shown we have a valuable product because physicians see a need for it. And I think that's improving all the time. But I think it just shows that holding the line on what you believe is value is really important because it pays dividends.
Now as that -- as we lean into a launch in olanzapine, where one could argue there's a far bigger unmet medical need, I think -- I'd like to think what we've done in the last 2 years helps to create a clearer conversation with the payers to -- that they'll know what our expectations and our willingness to hold the line. Because to create a $1.5 billion to $2 billion franchise is about getting the right value with the right access, and it's that order in schizophrenia because what we've shown is the unmet need means you will get value, and you'll get access because the physician will drive it. We want to have easier access, but we want to do that at a price that satisfies both needs.
And how about the label expansion into bipolar? So can you sort of just frame the potential impact of that label expansion for that franchise?
Yes. Look, I think it's -- it has sort of a halo effect in that it makes the brand feel more complete and okay, now it has bipolar, this sort of helps the physicians from the totality of the data. Is it significantly material to where the product can go from peak sales? No. Does it have some benefit? Yes. But I think the trajectory we're on UZEDY now is a really good trajectory. And what we see now is we obviously, are the #1 prescribed LAI in risperidone, but now we're moving into the paliperidone market. And because of those attributes, we're seeing a good uptake there.
Maybe shifting gears to TL1A, just walk us through where you are in development. I know you're progressing to Phase III. How are you thinking about this opportunity from the perspective of the indication set that you could go after?
Yes, I'm super excited about duvakitug. The Phase II data that we presented last year in December, was super exciting, I think, best-in-class in our minds, no question. We've entered Phase III now this quarter 4. That's going very well. It's -- there's a lot of enthusiasm to get patients into that. So that's encouraging and probably based on the Phase II results.
Just to let you know, it's an important data readout, we'll have the maintenance data in Q2 of next year, which I think will be important because in Crohn's and UC, having good induction data is good, but ultimately, you want the maintenance. So how that plays out will be important.
We will also in first half of next year, go into two new indications with Sanofi for duvakitug. We're not going to announce those necessarily. We'll see whether we communicate them, but the idea is to start them in H2, we've chosen those already.
And so when we think about the ability for UC and CD, we've said this is a $3 billion to $5 billion product. I have a reason to -- I have a lot of belief in this product and how it's been engineered that it could actually be bigger than that based on the fact that it could compete against other modalities. But then we'll have two more indications in Phase II, [ if things go ] well and move into Phase III. So duvakitug could keep on giving as a growth driver for us on scale because, again, this is $3 billion to $5 billion, we get 50% of that. That's material again for Teva. That's relatively near term, that's '29. So I get pretty excited about duvakitug.
And just maybe remind us of the economics of the partnership. You mentioned having half of it, but in terms of the share of development and also once it becomes commercial?
Yes. So when we chose a partner, Sanofi, there's a reason why we like the partnership with Sanofi. One is -- because a lot of people wanted to partner. But one is they're good in immunology, they're good in developing assets with multiple indications as they've done with DUPIXENT, they have a good clinical trial development team and regulatory team. And to be crude, they need it because DUPIXENT's patent expiry is on the horizon. So they wanted a multi-indication asset.
But for us, what was really important is we wanted a big -- we wanted 50% of the economics. And so when it comes to the profitability, we get 50% of it. When it comes to the expenses, we pay 50% of the R&D costs. So I think this is something which is a significant point for Teva and allows us to really think about the future in a sustainable way.
So we get to do multiple indications, we get to have a partner who's good at developing that, thinking through indications because they've done a lot of work on that, move through the clinic, have a share -- a cost share scheme there, but then from a profitability, we get 50%.
It's great and certainly encouraging that at this point, Teva gets to talk a lot about pipeline, right? Anything underappreciated in the pipeline, you think that investors don't spend enough time on?
All of it. I mean, I say -- no, I say that jokingly because none of it is valued in our current models, none of it. So -- which is sort of absurd. But I used to be a bit frustrated by that. I'm okay with it now. If people have to see the data to appreciate it, then I can wait. We're in this in Teva for the long haul.
And so I think TL1A is the best, no question. I think the data will continue to show that. I think our anti-IL-15 in vitiligo and celiac disease, we'll have a data readout in Q2, I think that's going to show people about how good we are at antibody engineering. So I think that's going to be super exciting. And the vitiligo could be here in 2031. And then our PD1-IL2 at the end of the year is going to show in oncology. We're not going to go into oncology, we'll partner that. But that's another one where I think we'll be able to show our capability, but none of that's valued. DARI, even though we're going to have a data readout on our asthma study next year, that's not valued. And olanzapine is not valued, and we're going to launch that next year.
So it's all underappreciated, but I think that is -- you introduced Teva, I think, appropriately. We're transitioning from a world-leading generics company to a biopharma company. And we're really now picking up pace on that. And as I meet more and more investors, people realize that. But it has been a fast change and caught people a bit unaware. But I think one of the things that I love about our pipeline is I believe it has a lot less risk. It's late stage and there's a lot less risk than most pipelines in biopharma and really good targets with really good revenue-generating opportunities.
So I think it sounds like a father talking about the children like they're all great, but they -- here's the thing that I think is super exciting. We will launch olanzapine next year; the year after, we will launch DARI; the year after that, we may launch emrusolmin in multiple system atrophy; the year after that, we'll launch duvakitug. Then we may have a little pause just to gather our breadth. And then the year after that, we launch anti-IL-15.
And so while we're still growing AUSTEDO, while we're still growing UZEDY, so that is -- I think maybe people are starting to realize that sounds like quite a unique story. In a world of LOEs, where our first significant LOE is 2040, that's a lot of growth to get through.
I want to get your thoughts on biosimilars. We had Commissioner Makary here on Tuesday morning. We also had Alex Azar here yesterday. And the topic got some airtime, right? So we know that the agency is pushing to simplify clinical trial requirements, right? But we also know there's another side of it, too, in terms of the payers and the rebate wall and all that kind of thing. So I mean, certainly, you're in this business, and it sort of sounds like a positive that the FDA wants to push to simplify clinical trial requirements, tailwind, headwind in some ways?
No, I think it's a tailwind. I think it's great. I mean we've been lobbying both in Europe and the U.S. to take away Phase III trial design. I don't think it was ever needed. I think it was put in place by the innovative companies to try and slow down and increase cost, just to be controversial. So I think it's great. By the way, just to let you know, it doesn't create an influx of people developing biosimilars.
Right. It could be a potential headwind if we see a flood of developers, right?
And the flood, just let me just give you some scale here, to develop a biosimilar without Phase III now is between $70 million to $120 million per product. So flood, I'm not sure that's going to happen. More, maybe. But our strategy is really clear. We want to have a big portfolio of biosimilars. We're going to do that through partnerships. We want to get to about 25 biosimilars and constantly have 25, so we just want to be launching lots of biosimilars all the time, both in the U.S. and Europe.
And Europe is a big growth driver for us because don't forget Teva hasn't really been in biosimilars. We came to the party late. We're now starting to see the work we've done in the last 3 years, and we'll have launches in Europe, we'll have launches in the U.S., and we're shown we're very good at executing on that.
So for me, what the FDA have done is really exciting, I'd like to think there should be changes to the reimbursement system in the U.S. There's a lot of money being wasted. I think that's getting a bit more focus now. But I'm not -- we're saying we're going to double our business in biosimilars by '27, put $400 million on it. I'm not expecting PBMs to go away to make that happen.
We tend to predict quite conservatively like if the environment has a chance of getting worse, we'll predict it will get worse. And if it doesn't, we'll benefit. But I think in the U.S., that's a big sea change that could and should happen. In Europe, it's already straightforward. You launch, you get good conversion. And actually, what people forget is in Europe, biosimilars, you increase the volume in the market. So people get treated with biologics now earlier in their disease. So the volume of people treated with an anti-TNF, with some of these products has gone up significantly because when it's cheap, why not treat somebody's arthritis earlier, right?
So I think the future looks good for biosimilars. The removal of the Phase III is -- I'm pleased by, I see it as a complete tailwind.
And you mentioned the U.S. in Europe being quite different in terms of biosimilar penetration and part of that is PBMs and the access side. What really needs to change on that front?
Well, we've got 3 minutes left. So I mean, that's -- look, I think we -- if you -- if this country managed to get its head around how reimbursement is done, have pay-in is done because there's a lot of good things there. You don't need the IRA. IRA is irrelevant. If you just allow generic entrants to be done really effectively and efficiently or biosimilar entrants, you're going to save a huge amount of money. To create something as complex and as arbitrary and as poorly designed as the IRA was not necessary.
I think PBMs need to be held accountable for the fact that are they really delivering value or are they -- biosimilars should penetrate immediately in the U.S. I mean there is no legitimate argument for that not happening. If you really investigate that, there's no legitimate -- if you do that, then you save a fortune, which allows the health authority to spend more money or that money on innovation and allow access to innovation. The ecosystem, if it's looked after, can be beautiful. But I think the PBMs need to be held accountable, and they need to be looked at as to what value do they add? Because they probably add some value in negotiation, but how do they look at it in the whole ecosystem.
Right. So it sounds like what you're saying is it has to be regulator driven. Is that right?
Yes. I mean, because look, they clearly have struggled to do it the right way. And to me, it's a very simple regulatory intervention, but maybe I don't quite see it the way that others do.
One more minute left. Last question on capital allocation. Latest thoughts on Teva and how you plan to allocate your capital?
Yes. So capital allocation is a really important part of Teva. I think allocating capital to make sure you get a good return on that capital is something we talk about a lot. And we've had to talk about it a lot in the last few years because we have so many opportunities to drive growth that means we have to allocate capital. We just can't spread it thin. So we reduced the investment in our generics pipeline because it was too big. It wasn't going to get a good return on all that capital. We focused it more. We allocated that capital to our innovative pipeline.
So from a capital allocation is keep investing in our pipeline and innovation, keep investing in our products in the market from innovation, making sure we drive efficient capital allocation in our manufacturing network to make sure it's optimal, has a COGS reduction in the cost of goods every year. And then making sure we think about our business and where it's set up and how it's set up to -- are all of these business aligned to the strategy of the company and increasing the value of the company and increasing the value to shareholders. And that's how we think about capital. We don't allocate resource. We allocate capital. And then because of that, people have to think about what return it gives over what period of time.
Great. We're up on time. Thank you so much for joining us.
That's our pleasure. Enjoyed it. Thank you.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR — Citi Annual Global Healthcare Conference 2025
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR — Citi Annual Global Healthcare Conference 2025
🎯 Kernbotschaft
- Strategie: Teva vollzieht den Pivot von Generika zu einem integrierten Biopharma-Unternehmen, getrieben von wachsender innovativer Franchise (AUSTEDO, UZEDY, Olanzapin, DARI, duvakitug) und mehreren nahen Datenreadouts.
- Finanzfokus: Management betont EBITDA-Wachstum trotz Produktions- und LOE-Effekten; Cost‑Savings-Ziel: $500M bis Ende 2026, $700M bis 2027.
🎯 Strategische Highlights
- Wachstumstreiber: AUSTEDO wird als Kernumsatztreiber genannt (Ziel: >$3Mrd Peak), UZEDY, Olanzapin und DARI sollen sukzessive zusätzliche hohe Margen liefern.
- Pipeline‑Momentum: Mehrere späte Programme: Phase‑III für duvakitug (mit Sanofi), DARI‑Rekrutierung schließt dieses Jahr, diverse Data‑Readouts im nächsten Jahr.
- Margin‑Story: Management erwartet steigende Bruttomargen durch Mix‑Shift zu innovativen, hochmargigen Produkten und strikte OpEx‑Disziplin.
🔭 Neue Informationen
- Konkretes: Bestätigung: Phase‑III‑Start für duvakitug mit Sanofi; Olanzapin soll nach den Planungen Ende Q3/Q4 des nächsten Jahres lanciert werden; mehrere Readouts (DARI, anti‑IL‑15, PD‑1‑IL2, Emrusolmin) stehen an.
- IRA‑Ergebnis: AUSTEDO‑Preisverhandlungen im Rahmen des Inflation Reduction Act (IRA) wurden abgeschlossen; Management sieht dadurch Planungssicherheit für $2.5Mrd in 2027 und Peak >$3Mrd.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- 2026‑Priorität: Wie EBITDA trotz Verlust von >$1Mrd Revlimid‑Generika wachsen soll — Antwort: Mix‑Shift + Kostenprogramme + innovative Produktstarts.
- AUSTEDO‑Impact: Nachfrage nach Details zu kommerziellem und Medicare/Commercial‑Mix sowie Wettbewerbsreaktionen; Management betont Produktqualität und Preisdisziplin.
- Biosimilars & Regulierung: Fragen zu FDA‑Änderungen und Zellstoffeffekt; Management sieht Wegfall von Phase‑III als Tailwind und strebt ~25 aktive Biosimilars an.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Investment‑Implikation: Teva positioniert sich als wachsendes Biopharma mit mehreren nahen, umsatzrelevanten Meilensteinen und klarer EBITDA‑Priorität. Chancen: Mix‑getriebenes Margenpotenzial und unterbewertete Pipeline. Risiken: Umsetzung der Launches, Zugang/Pricing‑Dynamik (Payer, PBMs) und Realisierung der Kostensenkungen.
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR — Jefferies London Healthcare Conference 2025
1. Question Answer
Welcome to the Jefferies London Healthcare Conference. My name is Dennis Ding, biotech and spec pharma analyst here at Jefferies.
And I have the wonderful pleasure of having Richard Francis here, CEO of Teva. Welcome.
Thank you. Thank you very much for having me.
So obviously, you guys have made a lot of progress this year and just over the last several years. So, can you just give us a brief overview of where we are on this pivot to growth journey that you guys are on?
Yes. No, thank you. Thank you for the question. So, there are three stages to the pivot to growth strategy. The first stage was to return to growth, and we've obviously done that 11 quarters of consecutive growth. So really pleased with that.
And then, the next phase was accelerate growth, and that's predominantly around our innovative business to continue to accelerate that growth.
And then after that, it's maintain growth. So, we're in the middle of the, I suppose, the book, the middle chapter, very pleased where we're at, but I think there's a lot more to come based on where our innovative products are and where our pipeline is.
Okay. And kind of big picture speaking, like as you think about 2026, what are the pushes and pulls in terms of the guidance? And I know you're not going to give revenue guidance today, obviously. But how are you thinking about that?
Yes. So, you're right. I'm not going to give guidance today. So I suppose, in a way, it's a bit of more of the same. And what I mean is the transformation of Teva in the last 3 years has been, I think, extraordinary. And I talk about that from a mathematical point of view, a financial point of view. And so, if you look at where the growth is driven across the P&L, and you'll see that the innovative business has grown. I mean Q3 was 33%, over $800 million now of sales of our innovative business.
Now, the reason why I specify that and the importance of that is that fundamentally changes our gross margin, which changes our ability to generate growth in our EBITDA, which changes our ability to grow EPS. And that's so important because obviously, to continue to return value to shareholders, we've got to keep growing our EBITDA and keep growing our EPS. But to do that, we need to keep growing our gross margin, and we have the ability to do that with our innovative portfolio. So, I think, we've shown tremendous progress in '25.
So, your question was '26. So without giving guidance, it's a bit more of the same. In our innovative business, we expect AUSTEDO to keep growing strongly, UZEDY is on a good trajectory, AJOVY, going to keep growing strong as well. But don't forget, these products grew at 38%, 24% and 19% in Q3. So, good growth rates.
And then, we're hoping that we'll be adding our long-acting olanzapine in around about October to Q4 of next year when we launch that in the U.S. which we see as another big opportunity in schizophrenia. And so, as we go into '26, it will be -- the innovative portfolio continues to get a bigger aspect of our revenue, a bigger contributor to our gross margin, a bigger contributor to our EBITDA and thus helping continue to grow EPS. So, I think that's what I would say is probably the highlights.
The other thing that's worth mentioning, which I don't think I would have said when I was here 3 years ago is our pipeline, where we would have completed our recruitment for DARI: Dual-Action Rescue Inhaler in Asthma. We will enter two new indications duvakitug for TL1A. We'll have a data readout of our Anti IL-15 in vitiligo and celiac disease. And we may have some data in oncology and PD1-IL2.
And we will have a futility analysis, emrusolmin, our treatment for MSA. Now, I said all those because I just really like saying those, because that's a huge innovative pipeline. And once again, to show the transformation of Teva to have such a late-stage pipeline with readouts, I think shows the work we've done in the last 3 years.
Yes. Okay. Do you think about 2026 as sort of a clinical transitional year in terms of the overall top line? Because Revlimid is going away and the innovative portfolio is growing. So, how should we think about revenue in 2026? Should we be expecting kind of flattish year-over-year growth on revenue? And then what about on EBITDA, should we expect continued margin expansion there?
Well, I have to say, I do admire your persistence, get guidance out of me. So, how do I answer that question without actually answering it?
So, I suppose I'll start with we're going to grow our innovative business continuously, as I said. I think we're losing about $1 billion of Revlimid, our generic Revlimid. That's a huge chunk of revenue. But we have said we're going to grow EBITDA. So I will answer that question.
We're growing EBITDA. And I think that is worth pausing on. So, we are going to lose $1 billion of revenue in a company that has $16.8 billion of sales, and we're going to grow our EBITDA next year. So how do you do that?
You do that, because you know it's going to happen, and you plan for it and you set your revenue on a trajectory from an innovative point of view. I mean, your innovative business grows. It grows at a different margin, which throws a different level of EBITDA profitability. And if you keep a disciplined approach to OpEx, then you have a chance to -- you'll grow EBITDA.
And you'll grow EBITDA also, because when we knew Revlimid was going to end in '26, which we knew some time ago, we put into place an organizational effectiveness plan which means we're going to save $700 million by '27 and 2/3 of that $700 million will be saved by the end of '26.
And one thing I hope we've become known for Teva is, is we do what we say we're going to do. And if we say we're going to do 2/3 by the end of '26, we will do 2/3 by the end of '26. So, you combine our innovative portfolio with our operational excellence, organizational effectiveness program as well as we'll still be growing in other parts of our business, ex Revlimid, then we can grow our EBITDA.
So that's probably the most you're going to get out of me on guidance type question.
Thank you, Richard. We are very persistent here at Jefferies. Maybe we can double-click on the innovative portfolio, just AUSTEDO, right? You guys reiterated your 2027 guidance of $2.5 billion -- of at least $2.5 billion. Talk about the underlying drivers of that growth and how you guys will get there?
No, I'm very proud of what we've done with AUSTEDO, as a company. It's been a real change in trajectory since 2023. And obviously, we had the IRA negotiations this year and we announced in our earnings that those have concluded and they haven't changed our forecast for '27, which is $2.5 billion. We also haven't changed our peak sales, which we think will be over $3 billion.
Now there's two things, I think, worth noting in that, is when we started on the journey with AUSTEDO in '23, we said it was going to do $2.5 billion in '27. Nobody believed us. Like, nobody believed us. And I think every analyst had us down at $1.4 billion peak sales or $1.5 billion. We're going to do over -- we're going to do $2 billion. I think I've given our guidance on that this year.
And so -- and then when we gave that $2.5 billion, I said that will take into account IRA. Now what's quite interesting is people said, well, you won't be an IRA, because you're only going to do $1.4 billion in peak sales.
So, why are you worrying about IRA, when you're not ever going to be in it? So I tell you that because I think it shows the level of detail and analysis we put around something and we thought, okay, if we do to get $2.5 billion, which we believe we will. We will be an IRA. If we're going to be an IRA, then we need to take out -- take into account the discount we're going to have to make that $2.5 billion and then how do we build back.
So, I tell you that because I just think that shows a level of discipline and thoughtfulness to how we forecast. So then answer your question about how do we get to $2.5 billion and beyond, the opportunity in the tragedy in AUSTEDO is the opportunity is 85% of patients with tardive dyskinesia are not treated, which is the opportunity and the tragedy at the same time. And so, we believe we can continue to educate physicians and patients and caregivers to make sure those people seek treatment. And when they seek treatment, we can get them on AUSTEDO.
But I think there's many other opportunities to grow the brand. The adherence and compliance in this disease can be improved dramatically, and we work very hard on that as well as making sure patients end up on the right dose. We launched XR AUSTEDO over a year ago and the ability for patients to end up on a more optimal dose is definitely happening with XR.
And so, all those things combined, more patients coming in, more patients are being compliant and adherent, more patients on a more optimal dose for them therapeutically allows us to be confident about the $2.5 billion, but also confident about the $3 billion post 2030.
Got it. So, your competitor did recently highlight that they're going to take a fairly more aggressive approach in 2026 in terms of access. And maybe talk a little bit about that and your priorities in 2026, in terms of formulary positioning, access and et cetera.
Yes. So consistent, I never talk about competition. So I want to talk about competition. What I would say is, we're very much focused on the $2.5 billion and what we needed to achieve that. I think in a space where you have 85% of patients aren't treated and you have two players. In my experience over 30 years, it's about the patients. That said, the market, I do but I think, it becomes more challenging.
And I think what we have to do at Teva, we do very well because we're very disciplined is balance access and value. And I think access and value are really important to create long-term value. And I think that we are very focused on that. And I think we've shown that not just with AUSTEDO, but we've also shown it with UZEDY. UZEDY is a great example of long-active treatment for schizophrenia, which I think has surprised people of how well it's done, hasn't surprised us, by the way, but it surprised people. And I think it surprised me, because it's a very competitive area. It's genericized and how we've done so well.
Part of it was making sure that we didn't sacrifice value for access. Access is only valuable if it's valuable, if it adds -- if you maintain a certain price. And so, I think when it comes to AUSTEDO, what I think is that market is getting more managed, managed care is getting tighter. We know that, we forecast that, and that still makes me very confident about what we can achieve in '26, and that sets us up for achieving our $2.5 billion in '27.
Got it. So, now with sort of line of sight to that $2.5 billion in 2027, maybe remind us of your commercial footprint for AUSTEDO? And if you're happy with that, is that optimized already? Or can you see opportunity there to expand to be a little bit more aggressive?
Yes, I can give you some flavor on that. So, I think a lot of this goes back to how we think about capital allocation at Teva. So, we always talk about capital. We don't talk about resources. We talk about capital being deployed in a way that will give a return. I very much think my role is to create with my executive team, a company that is of sustainability over the long term, and it creates shareholder value. That is, is what we're here to do, that is what we paid to do.
So, to answer your question, which I know was very specific about AUSTEDO. Just to give you an example, when I arrived, AUSTEDO was not getting them the resources, the capital or had the ambition to do what it should do. So, we reallocated resources really aggressively, really quickly. And I'll tell you that because if you look at our OpEx expenditure as a percentage of sales, it doesn't really change. And I believe that's really important. Our discipline around the percentage we spend on OpEx as a percentage of sales, we believe should remain constant, because I think that discipline allows us as we grow our revenue, as we grow our margins to really create a more valuable company and give return to shareholders.
Because if we break that discipline, then I think we start spending more, because we just think we can. And so, going back to the question on AUSTEDO, we gave AUSTEDO all the resources it needed. We always give AUSTEDO resources it need. It's a priority. And because it's a priority, it means other things are not a priority, and we take resources from other parts of the company, but we reallocate, we don't add. And we have -- that's the way the organizational effect in this program of $700 million of savings is after we've allocated more resources to our pipeline and to our innovative portfolio.
So, I think you were trying to maybe push around as to, once again, go back to the competition and how they actually allocate resources. AUSTEDO always get what it needs. UZEDY will always get what it needs. Olanzapine, when we launch, it will get what it needs, to maximize the value of those assets, while maintaining the discipline on the P&L. And we do that by taking assets, resources, capital, should I say, from other parts of the business. And I think we've become very agile at doing that.
Yes. Perfect. If we can switch over to UZEDY and olanzapine LAI. Maybe talk a little bit first about UZEDY and just the progress since the launch, the opportunity there and how the learnings from UZEDY informs you of your olanzapine launch in late '26?
Yes. No, thanks. I love this question because I think UZEDY is an example of how good Teva can be. And I'm English, I don't -- I'm not used to saying things like that, because it's a bit bold. But just to set the scene for those who don't know it, so long-acting risperidone. This long-acting market has a big Goliath who dominates this market. It is genericized. It has generic long-acting products, one of them we actually launched.
So, if you're going to launch a product into a competitive environment, this is the one you do not pick. This is the toughest. To then launch into that and be successful, you have to have great product, great go-to-market capability and a great ability to change prescribing habits and maintain value in the tougher scenario. And I think we've done that. And we forecast to do the $200 million this year. And we think this is part of our franchise, which can do $1.5 billion to $2 billion.
So I think you said, I talked about that with so much enthusiasm, because the discipline we had on the value and access, the ability to generate awareness and usage without access, I think shows the capability we have.
Now if you apply that to a long-acting olanzapine, which will come next year, where it's not genericized, there is no long-acting incumbent that's used. So, it's completely different. It's a far better environment to launch into, yet we built the muscle, the capability, that level of competency with UZEDY. And that team, be it in payers, the managed markets, be it the hospital formularies, be it the physicians, be it the patient associations will be the same team that launches olanzapine. So, I think we've set ourselves up for a really good opportunity to launch olanzapine incredibly well, a lot better than UZEDY, despite I think, the tremendous work we've done in UZEDY.
So -- and these are complementary. The other thing I'll say is UZEDY and olanzapine or long-acting olanzapine, we can treat 80% of people with schizophrenia. UZEDY is used for people with mild to moderate, and olanzapine is used for people with moderate to severe. And these are both long-acting. So, the same technology we use.
So, I think the ability to turn this into a franchise of $1.5 billion to $2 billion is truly possible, because we have the right products, and we have the right go-to-market model and with the right capabilities.
Got it. And for the long-acting olanzapine, I believe you guys will be submitting the NDA very shortly.
Correct.
Setting up for late '26 launch. But is there an opportunity to accelerate that to pull that forward with the priority -- with the national priority review voucher?
There is a possibility. That said, we're looking at it across all of our portfolio, all the drugs we have, both in innovative and in generics and biosimilars. So, we look across all of that. Obviously, this is right at the -- we're, as you say, about to submit. And so, the ability to expedite that has to be thoughtful and how many months we would say versus allocate into other one of our pipeline. So, we just got to think about that, but it's a nice optionality.
But either way, we plan to 10 months later, be in the U.S. market with olanzapine, which I think really helps us get a good start in '26 and then in 27, start to really see some of that revenue come through, which once again goes back to the '27 targets of mid-single CAGR growth of our revenue, but a 30% operating margin.
When we started this journey 3 years ago, I think people really struggled to understand how could we get to 30% operating margin. And now I think people see a really clear line of sight to that and olanzapine plays a part in that in '27, but more going onwards to '28, '29, '30. I think that's when our revenue innovative portfolio gets bigger and bigger. And hence, the reason why I say it will be a $5 billion plus innovative portfolio by 2030.
Got it. And then if we can talk about the pipeline and the 2026 catalyst flow, which ones are most important to you and to the company?
Yes, that's a great question and I love answering this question again, because it's about our pipeline, which I think is an extraordinary pipeline. One, because it's very late, which is nice because it's value creation coming through. And I think it's derisked. And obviously, that's a subjective view. But I think it's derisked based on the view that, these are targets that are well known. MOAs are well understood. So that's how I define that.
What are the things I'm excited about? I'll just tell you the more, because I don't know how to really prioritize them. But we're going to have the data on for Anti-IL-15 in vitiligo and celiac, some proof-of-concept, which would be really interesting. We move that quickly through the clinic.
We will have a futility analysis on emrusolmin, treatment for MSA. We will have going to two Phase II indications with duvakitug, TL1A, which is currently in Phase III started in UC and CD. We will probably have some data on our PD-1 IL-2 in oncology. And we will have fully recruited our DARI: Dual-Action Rescue Inhaler by the end of this year. And so, we will potentially have a data readout on our asthma product next year, depending on how many exacerbations we have because it's dependent on that.
So, I'm excited by them all, because that's the transformation of Teva. We will have all of these readouts, some very, very important milestones, others just on the journey to becoming a world-class biopharma company based on the fact that we have this late-stage pipeline.
And I sort of remind people that we'll launch olanzapine in '26, we'll launch DARI in '27, we'll launch emrusolmin in '28. We'll launch duvakitug in two indications in '29.
While we're still growing AUSTEDO, we're still growing UZEDY, still growing AJOVY. And so, we had this company that people are understanding is an innovative company, but all of our products are still on a growth trajectory, and we're adding new products to it.
And then after that, we'll have obviously the IL-15s in vitiligo and the celiac disease, and we'll have the two indications, which I'm not going to tell you what they are until the duvakitug come to the market post 2030. So there's just lots of growth opportunity, which is why that pipeline, I think, is incredibly exciting.
Yes. Which ones do you think are the most underappreciated by investors?
All of them.
Maybe, it's all of them.
Yes. All of them. No, I mean, all of them. All of them, because none of them have got any valuation, which clearly, I am drinking the Kool-Aid, I'm a bit obsessed with the company, but I just don't get that.
Olanzapine should be valued. DARI should be valued and duvakitug should be valued, at least a bit. if there's anybody out there, just give us a bit.
But I think it should be. I mean, duvakitug the Phase II results, I think, were phenomenal. The Dual-Action Rescue Inhaler, we know is going to work, right?
Olanzapine, we've seen all the data at all the conferences. So the fact that these are not valued, I think, is maybe a slight lag on the understanding of where Teva is heading. But hey, I don't really mean this, but I can wait.
And then at some point, it will happen, and it will be valued. There's always a time delay, it seems. It's like a satellite link delay, whatever. You say something and somebody hears it. But we're in it for the long game. This is about creating a sustainable long-term company that's going to be here forever as it's already been here for 126 years. And that's what I'm focused on. That's what the executive management are focused on. And hopefully, investors and people start to realize that pipeline and value it a bit more. I think it's coming, but we'll see.
And if I can ask a little bit about TL1A. Just when you look at the landscape across the industry and some of the competitors, it seems like it's being explored in many, many different indications, right? So like what approach are you and your partner, Sanofi, taking to this target? Would you take a similarly broad approach? Or would you kind of do things in a staggered fashion in terms of running Phase II proof-of-concept studies and then seeing how that plays out, et cetera? I'm just trying to gauge just the level of, I guess, like how big do you think this class could be? And like how quickly can you actually move on that?
Well, that's a very exciting question. So I think it can be very, very big. And let me explain why. So look, a couple of things is we knew this was going to be a massive opportunity, which is why we partnered, because we knew this could go into so many different indications that my belief, I've never had a product like duvakitug. I've never in my career had a product which can go to so many indications.
And so, what I've seen in being an observer in other companies, if you have one of those, go at it, go at it with ambition, go at it fast and do everything you can do.
Now the constraining factor there is capability, capital and just can you do it. And that's why picking a company like Sanofi as a partner was so important because, one, they have experience with Dupixent. Two, they have the ambition and they have the wherewithal. And also they have the necessity, Dupixent will come off patent in the not-too-distant future. And so, they need to replace that with assets, which have multiple indications. So, we both -- having a partner had that same ambition was really important to me. They have that ambition, and we've worked through all the indications.
And by the way, it's a long, long list. And what is really exciting about duvakitug is, this is an efficacious product, but it has a very clean profile. And that's really important when you go into multiple indications, because you need to have that as sort of the #1 criteria.
And then after that, it's about discussing where you go, what's the likelihood of success, what's the commercial opportunity, what's the speed to market. And once again, working with a capable and experienced part like Sanofi, we really get that insight. And so, I'd like to think this is a product that can keep on giving.
But I remind people that even if, which it won't happen, we just stayed in UC and CD, it's a game changer for Teva, a game changer. But we won't. We'll have two more indications next year, and I think it will keep going and keep expanding. So, then it's just transformative from our point of view without all the other products I mentioned. And by the way, anti-IL15 will be in multiple indications and the other drugs. So, super excited about the opportunity around duvakitug. We want to maximize it. We have the right partner to maximize it to help us financially and from a capability. We both have the same ambition. So, I think we're in a good place. Now it's just about execution.
Perfect. And I think that's all the time that we have, but thank you so much, Richard, and we really looking forward to 2026.
Thank you, Dennis.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR — Jefferies London Healthcare Conference 2025
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR — Jefferies London Healthcare Conference 2025
📊 Kernbotschaft
- Kernaussage: Teva betont den "Pivot to growth": das innovative Portfolio treibt höhere Bruttomargen und damit EBITDA (Ergebnis vor Zinsen, Steuern und Abschreibungen) trotz des erwarteten Wegfalls von rund $1 Mrd. Revlimid‑Umsatz in 2026.
- Operative Basis: Disziplinierte Kapitalallokation und ein Organisationsprogramm mit $700 Mio Einsparung bis 2027 (zwei Drittel davon bis Ende 2026) stützen die Profitabilität.
🎯 Strategische Highlights
- AUSTEDO: Management bekräftigt Ziel ≥ $2,5 Mrd. Umsatz 2027; IRA (Inflation Reduction Act) änderte die Prognose nicht; Peak > $3 Mrd. erwartet.
- Franchiseaufbau: UZEDY (long‑acting Risperidon) als Proof‑point; Olanzapin‑LAI geplant für späten 2026‑Launch (NDA = Zulassungsantrag in den USA steht kurz bevor).
- Pipeline: Mehrere späte Readouts (Anti‑IL‑15, duvakitug/TL1A, DARI, Emrusolmin‑Futility) und Partnerschaft mit Sanofi für duvakitug.
🔭 Neue Informationen
- Timing & Optik: Olanzapin‑LAI NDA steht bevor; potenzielle Beschleunigung via Priority Review Voucher wird als Option geprüft.
- Pipeline‑Milestones: DARI‑Rekrutierung fast abgeschlossen; Proof‑of‑concept‑Readouts (Anti‑IL‑15 in Vitiligo/Celioa) und Emrusolmin‑Futility erwartet 2026/27.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- 2026‑Guidance: Analysten drängten auf Zahlen; CEO verweigerte konkrete Umsatzguidance, betonte aber wiederholt, dass EBITDA wachsen soll trotz $1 Mrd. Umsatzverlust.
- Zugangsstrategie: Diskussion zu Formulary/Access für AUSTEDO; CEO bleibt bei Balance von Zugang und Werterhalt, will Preisdisziplin halten.
- Ressourcenallokation: Nachfrage zu Einsatz von Priority Voucher und Rollout‑Kapazität; Management nannte Option, aber keine verbindliche Priorisierung.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Implikationen: Für Aktionäre bedeutet das: Teva verschiebt das Geschäftsmodell hin zu margenstarken Innovationsumsätzen; EBITDA‑wachstum ist Managementziel und wird durch Portfolio‑Wachstum plus Kostenprogramm unterstützt. Hauptrisiken sind Execution, Managed‑Care‑Druck und der Revlimid‑Umsatzverlust.
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR — UBS Global Healthcare Conference 2025
1. Question Answer
All right. Good day, everybody. My name is Ash Verma. Welcome to UBS Global Healthcare Conference. I'm really excited to have Richard Francis from Teva join us. Richard, thanks a lot for making the trip. I know a lot of disruption with the flights and everything. So thanks for joining us. And it's been a pretty exciting story, then we want to go over a few different items of the latest updates that have happened. Maybe just for the audience, like if you want to ask any question, there is a QR code, and I will get that on my iPad here, and we can cover it that way.
So with that out of the way, yes, Richard, maybe if you can give us a little bit of a sense of like high level, where are we in the story? You just reported third quarter earnings. Just if you hit a couple of few highlights and then we can go over there.
Well, firstly, Ash, thank you for having us. I really appreciate it. Yes, that's an open-ended first question, so I've got to be careful to keep it quite tight. So where we are on the story, nearly 3 years ago, the pivot to growth strategy was put in place for Teva. And obviously, they had 3 phases, which we laid out, one was to return to growth, accelerate growth and maintain growth. The first few years about return to growth. And after many years of decline, that wasn't a small achievement, and we returned to growth. We had our 11th consecutive quarter of growth in Q3.
And then we are now into the phase of accelerate growth. Now the return to growth, probably the nuggets about that are the intensity, which we focus on our innovative business, our patented business, both in market and in the pipeline as well as stabilizing our generics business. And we have done all of those. And I think Q3 was a really good example of how the finances showed up the math. I always call it the math, the maths don't like. And so in Q3, we grew our innovative business now to over $800 million for the quarter, up 33%. AUSTEDO up 38%, AJOVY up 19% and UZEDY up 24%. So over $800 million of innovative sales. And that throws off a completely different gross margin level of profitability.
So when I started this journey with the team, our gross margin in Q1 2023, I probably should mention this, I probably shouldn't. It was 48%. And now we're tracking to be in the 54% to 55%. And why has that happened is, obviously, we've driven efficiencies and a lot of things we should do, but our portfolio shift has happened, and those maths are fundamental, and they will keep changing. And I think in Q3, you saw the nuggets of that is stable generics business, growing at 2% and innovative business growing at 33%, a pipeline that's maturing and getting really close to either being submitted or launched with olanzapine next year, DARI the year after, duvakitug in Phase III, Phase II starting next year. It's a fundamentally different company.
And then maybe I'll stop because I'll keep going on. But when I started this journey with the team, people said, remember, you asked the first question in New York, right, which I won't go back to. But people said this is a crazy idea to move the largest generics company in the world to an innovative company, a leading biopharma company. And I remember saying it may sound like fiction. But over each quarter, it will become more and more nonfiction. And I think today, the reality is we are a biopharma company that has a world-class generics business, and we have a world-class class innovative portfolio both in the market and the pipeline.
Great. Excellent. Yes, I've been very, very excited for your success. And yes, it's been a tremendous turnaround. And AUSTEDO, obviously, a big part of it -- like the third quarter for AUSTEDO was particularly strong. Maybe if you can talk about like what are the different dynamics of what is driving that? Is it some part of it volume, some just going from IR to XR getting that type of an advantage? And how much of it is like volume versus price?
Yes. I think this is a really good example of how Teva has completely transformed. I think one of those first question I was asked is can Teva sell innovative products, which, by the way, I was shocked to the question because I used to work at Biogen for many years, and Teva was probably one of the hardest competitors with COPAXONE. So I always thought they could, maybe the muscle had atrophied a bit.
But I think going back to your question on AUSTEDO, that what's driving it? There are so many different aspects that the team have put in place here, and Chris Fox is here, who runs the U.S., which are phenomenal, not just making sure we have the right sales force with the right coverage with the folks on the right quartile, but understanding the patient journey. So it's how do we move patients from script onto drug? How do we get them titrated in the appropriate way? How are they supported with adherence and compliance? How do we get them on the optimal efficacious dose. All of those things are multilayered and many different programs we have. And all of those keep getting executed.
And when people say, how did you go to 38% in Q3? I probably say, well, that journey started 2 years ago. And that -- and all of those things keep getting honed and refined. But still, the fundamentals are 85% of the patients who should be on therapy or not. So the team are getting more of those bought into the office and treated. More of those get titrated on a titration pack a sample. And more of those end up on a more optimal dose because as we move to the XR, it's easier for physicians to move them to titrate them. So all of those things come together, which allows to have a strong quarter. There are a couple of things which I mentioned that the comparison to the prior quarter in '24 was probably a bit favorable because we launched XR in quarter 2 '24. And so we stocked in more there. So I think Q3 '24 was maybe slightly suppressed because of that.
And there was a little bit of gross to net favorability in Q3 this year, but nothing of any significance that rechanges the direction of travel for this. So I think it's a multi-leg story. We do lots of different things well every day, and I think that's what's driven it.
One of the things that just your competitor, Neurocrine, they have gone into pretty aggressive contracting earlier this year. And sometimes these things happen in cycles that one competitor taking more price hit and then growing volume and then the other competitors turn. So I wanted to understand, is there any type of that dynamic going on with the AUSTEDO that there is more of a contracting coming as a competitive reaction to what Neurocrine did?
Yes. Look, I mean, I'm pretty consistent with this. I never talk about competitors, particularly in the market like AUSTEDO where you have 85% of patients, 85% of nearly 800,000 patients are not treated. To me, this is an opportunity for us in the market to help patients. And so I'd say that first and foremost. The other thing we've said consistently is actually, all the markets we operate in, this is going to be constantly challenging. Managing value and access is a constant discussion that you have to have because I think what we've shown across our portfolio is that you need both. Access with that value is erode of returns. So you need to think about that carefully.
So I think what we've done is position ourselves well this year. We've positioned ourselves well next year to make sure we balance that value and access. But for me, it goes back to the fundamentals. This is all about getting more patients into the market, getting more patients -- physicians to treat those patients because that's the opportunity and that's a responsibility that we have to help those patients. So I think that's the fundamental. We -- when we plan and budget across all of our portfolio, we plan for the payer market to get harder and harder every year forever, ever. So we think like that all the time. And so when that does happen, I'd like to think we're not shocked. We prepared for it.
But we showed that with UZEDY. UZEDY is a great example of the team doing a phenomenal job balancing value and access. Because once again, we think our portfolio that we're bringing to the market brings real value and has real need in the market. There are many patients who can benefit from our AUSTEDO, UZEDY, AJOVY and soon to be olanzapine. So we think that has value. We need to retain that value because long term, we want to give returns. We want to increase the value of this company. We give returns to our investors. So to do that, you have to be very disciplined on things like access and making sure you create long-term value.
Got it. All right. So I guess pretty exciting update with the third quarter that you reiterated your 2027 guidance, I mean -- and so yes, I think with now having a clear line of sight on the long-term goal for AUSTEDO brand. Yes, what I'm trying to understand is that it's a very promotion-sensitive brand like we get that. And in the past, you've talked about it how you want to expand the sales and marketing footprint on AUSTEDO. So now that you have like a clear line of sight that IRA is not a big impact or something that you can absorb, then what's your focus in terms of growing the commercial footprint on AUSTEDO?
Yes. So maybe we actually approach it slight different than you think. We never waited for IRA. We -- because I think that's for the long term, the $2.5 billion, we were comfortable with because we made an assumption in 2023 that was going to happen. Now obviously, I think we've got a lot more comfort and the market a lot more comfort when we actually negotiated the number, and we knew that the [ 2.5 and the 3 ] were really going to happen. But going back to your sales and marketing, we've always invested to make this brand a global blockbuster because our philosophy is you play to win and then you deal with failure when it happens, but you don't hedge.
So I think with AUSTEDO, we've always -- and the commitment we've made to the brand and to the patients we serve is always with a real intent to help them. Now if things change along the way, we'll adapt. But we weren't waiting the IRA. We had always believed and I always believe the team and negotiations were going to work out in line with what we had forecasted. But I just want to be clear that this doesn't open the floodgates of -- because I think we've always allocated the amount of resources required to actually optimize that brand. And we'll do that across all of our brands.
But that comes back to a very thoughtful but disciplined and maybe slightly aggressive capital allocation that we do at Teva. We -- in fact, here's a humor story, which is -- so I'm sure I can share this well. I'm going to share it anyway. So yesterday, my Head of R&D sent me an audio that he managed to work out to put together some data points to a podcast on capital allocation. That's my Head of R&D, that's the coolest thing the Head of R&D sends out. He may live to get that. And then today at breakfast, we're talking about capital allocation and how we have to allocate capital more aggressively to drive long-term value.
And -- and so I just tell you that because it's an interesting story, but one that I think is unique at Teva. We do not think about budgets as something you get every year because you had it last year. We do not think about things just need money because they've always needed it. Sales and marketing for AUSTEDO, our pipeline duvakitug Phase II results. We think about how we're going to drive long-term value and create long-term value for our shareholders. And that means we have to be really talking about capital allocation. And I thought it was just really nice that my -- Eric Hughes, Head of R&D did that.
Yes. That's great. So I know there is a lot of focus on just the IRA MSP, where it will come down to, which I don't know if you are willing to talk about that...
Look, it maybe early in the morning, but it's no way that early in the morning...
I'll try to ask it in a few different other ways, let's see. So I know your...
I think -- amongst you and me, that I can tell you. But I know that's going to happen.
Maybe just like ask you something that has been disclosed by a lot of companies about their branches like where is the -- where is the net pricing that you're realizing at AUSTEDO right now, like before IRA. Is that something that...
See that's almost a trojan horse there, isn't it? But I saw it because it's just a big and it's wooden and it's a massive horse. So we move on to the next question.
All right. Okay. So yes, maybe we move on. So we'll find out...
By the way, just coming back always I should apologize. But your previous 2 questions were about competitive environment and access. There's no way, I will give anything that impedes our ability to do the right thing for the brand. So -- but we'll always help our investors. We're always helping the IRA team will always help them model and understand what it looks like because I don't want to leave people in the dark, but at the same time, from a competitive point of view, I don't want to put my U.S. team at any disadvantage just because I want to carelessly answer questions.
Yes, that makes sense. Maybe just we switch over to UZEDY. So for UZEDY, I know like since you launched, I mean, the uptake has been pretty strong. And one of the things that you talked about was that you want to maintain pricing discipline that not give away like discount unless you need to, so where are you in that process? It's still working out like the slightly premium compared to the other LAIs in the market? And just talk about the uptake of what's resonating with the physicians?
Yes. No, I think this is a really good example of just the quality of capability we now -- we have built and we've utilized and maybe it was always there at Teva. So UZEDY competes in a very competitive segment of risperidone and now I take paliperidone of -- there has been -- there's some big, big brands in there. It's been genericized as well. And TRx was up 119%. And I think that goes to show 2 things. One is the quality of the product and the product profile. And these are really important attributes. The fact that subcutaneous does not be kept in a fridge and it can get therapeutic dose within 24 hours, really important for physicians, and we've really found that.
And the quality of our teams in talking to the physicians, the nurse practitioners, the forming committee members of the hospital. So we're very, very good at that community and the patient associations. But that value, we knew we had a valuable product. We knew it made a difference to physicians and patients. And so we are mindful not to place the easy access, like give a discount and get access and then volume will follow. We've sort of created a demand from physicians because they value the product and we use that to maintain the value and help improve the access.
But I think this is a really important story and I think it's a really important little micro case study of Teva. At a time when you're trying to grow your innovative business, you're trying to move the company from a generics to an innovative pharma company, you're trying to do a turnaround and you're try to make people believe all these things and you want to have a next quarter of growth. The easy thing to do is the discount to get access because you think that would just get to the next place. That would just help you get there. And we didn't. And the team didn't.
And credit to the team, I talked to them about it and I said, look, should we be going for a bit more access? I said no, this is a great product, long-term value. We need to hold the line. And that's the quality of people we have at Teva, and that's what we did. But we had all the conditions to maybe challenge that decision, and we did. That's why UZEDY, I think, is a really good opportunity. And that's why when we launched olanzapine next year, which clearly does not have a competitive market there are no generics. There aren't any big brands. It is a segment that really needs a long acting. And we're going to go to those physicians, those formulary committees, those nurse practitioners, those payers who we've been working with for 2 years with UZEDY.
And I think now we're becoming a real partner in psychiatry and in schizophrenia, but one that really knows the value we have and the value we want. And I think olanzapine obviously has even more of that. So that's when I reiterate the $1.5 billion to $2 billion for our schizophrenia franchise, I truly believe that's possible. You put that with the $2.5 billion to $3 billion [indiscernible] I mean this is a different company. with different numbers and different levels of growth of both top and bottom line for the future.
But it also has an implication like when you're not necessarily giving a way free product, what that also means that like your time to get to the $1.5 billion, $2 billion, let's say, for both of these products combined might be a little bit further out. Is that possible 2030 to hit...
Yes. Maybe it's interesting. I mean it goes back to math. I love my math. It's like give you less at more value or more at lower value. I mean the end destination is probably the same, just getting in a different way. So I think for me, haven't necessarily thought about it like that. I've just thought about it as what is the value that we have, and we should retain. And I think for me, it's -- you're going to be very, very careful thinking volume is going to solve any growth trajectory in innovation. I think ultimately, it's about creating something of value, an unmet medical need and helping people understand that deeply and then you have something really valuable.
I think if any time you sort of try and rush forward -- those launches are really important. Those first -- I've learned throughout my career, those first 6 to 12 months are really important. And I think discipline and understanding of the market. And the patients, once again, back to the team in the U.S., they understand the patient journey and the points of inflection of treatment and decision-making is deep and it's only going to get better.
On the olanzapine LAI, so yes, you have a filing that is planned and hopefully, everything gets resolved with this government shutdown. But just talk to us about what is sort of the base case scenario that you're running with? Is there possibility of some sort of accelerated path here?
So we're really excited about olanzapine for the things I mentioned. I mean, I think it's going to be an amazing product for patients who really need a long acting. Don't forget that olanzapine is for moderate to severe patients with schizophrenia and compliance is key there really key. But to answer your question, we're going to file it this quarter. I'm hopeful despite the amount of hours I've spent on Tarmac at various airports in the last 10 days around this country, that's not going to affect the FDA. And with regard to whether we use any sort of voucher to accelerate it, we have a big portfolio of a lot of products, both in innovative and generic and we're looking at where could be the best use of something like that.
So we'll come back on that. But we're planning for a launch in the second half of next year, which is sort of -- if that can be accelerated, great. But once again, it's that long-term value creation at Teva. If there's other things that could benefit from that within our portfolio, we'd probably think about those as well.
Okay. And then on duvakitug, so good to see the Phase III being launched on CD and UC. I think one of the other things that you've also talked about is just additional indications. So just what's happening on that front?
Yes. So I listened to Eric a lot, not just on capital allocation, Head of R&D, but tells me about this is the first -- the fastest transition from Phase II to Phase III for trial in UC CD. So quite -- that's from a company that's not supposed to know how to do innovative work. So I'm so excited about that. Eric and I exchanged messages all the time about recruitment, how it's going. And then we're going to announce some Phase IIs or whether we announce them next year, or we keep the secret until people go to clinicaltrials.gov we'll see.
But look, I think maybe I take this moment to say it's interesting that the first few questions we've had about the $2.5 billion to $3 billion of AUSTEDO, the successful launch of UZEDY and then the potential launch of olanzapine, duvakitug, UC and CD Phase III and 2 more indications. In less than 3 years, this definitely doesn't feel like a generics company feels like a world-class biopharma company already with assets that can create real long-term value and be a value creation for shareholders in my view. So I appreciate you're asking the right questions because this is what everyone wants to talk about because this is why it's so exciting to be at Teva right now.
Great. on DARI, so that's the other pipeline program. There's a lot of focus on that. So I think -- so just in terms of like tracking on the time line here, if you can talk about enrollment finished by the end of this year and get the data and kind of compare contrast like to the GSK as a competing product?
Yes. So DARI dual action rescue inhaler, team has done an amazing job. Once again, I emphasize at this point because I'm very proud, but we moved olanzapine faster through a Phase III schizophrenia study than anybody has ever done, and that's supposed to be really hard. We moved our Phase II trial for duvakitug to UC and CD faster than anybody have done. And I think now we're going to do DARI in Phase III and asthma and pediatric faster than anybody has ever done. And so if anybody says we can't do development, we can. And the intensity, once again I know this enrollment in pediatric adolescents and adults because we have an app that I can look at all the time, which I'm sure Eric sometimes wishes, I didn't.
But we're on track to do all the recruitment by the end of this year. This is -- by the way, this is an exciting opportunity. The guidelines suggest that 10 million Americans should be on a dual-action rescue inhaler. We're coming to the market with a great device because we have a lot of experience in devices. And we see this as a big market that has real long-term value. We're obviously following AstraZeneca, who are creating the market, getting these guidelines really understood by physicians, and their script data looks very impressive and strong. So I think for us when we come to the market, which will be in '27, I'd like to think that we're following the guidelines which are very well understood and will be differentiated not just because of our device, but we'll have the pediatric indication, which is 25% of the population. So it's 25% of those 10 million.
Good. Good. So yes, now let's switch over to the generics and biosimilars space. So yes, a lot of different developments on that. I guess the one thing that I wanted to understand, so there is a lot of talk recently about just FDA simplifying these clinical trial requirements, right? And it can be looked at in a positive or a negative? Like -- so what I wanted to understand what -- how do you think about it? Like for Teva, what does this mean? Is it a -- is it a worry that now there will be all of a sudden like a cottage industry that shows up for biosimilar or is that not necessarily the case because you think that the quality of the assets that you get to the market are going to be differentiated versus the crowding that might happen?
Yes. No, it's a fair question. So in biosimilars, firstly, a couple of things which I think mean -- so I think it's a good thing, because I just don't think it was actually necessary. So I think wasting money on things you shouldn't have to do clinical trials where you know you've already proven it. So I think that's just sensible because we can put that capital to other use to ultimately help society. But -- so I think it's a good thing. Does it mean there's going to be a wave of competitors? No. The reason why especially technically, it's really hard, that people forget that. To develop biosimilars, you still have to have a good technical capability.
Second, it's still not cheap. It's $70 million to $100 million per biosimilar. So for a small company or a generic company, that's a lot of money. If you want to do 5 or 6 that's going to chew up a lot of money. So I don't think -- I think maybe there'll be more -- but for us, our strategy always was we want to have a huge portfolio. I mean we have the fastest-growing portfolio in that, the second largest. I think we'll soon be probably the largest. We want to have over 30 biosimilars, and we're doing that through partnerships, which we started 3 years ago. We saw partnerships was the best way of doing that in a capital-efficient way.
And so for me, maybe that creates an opportunity to have deeper partners -- deeper partnerships with -- as you saw, we don't one the Samsung. We have some with Labscience, part of Fresenius and we have Alvotech. But we can do -- go deeper on some of these and maybe expand it. You saw we have one with more [ Formycon ] in Europe. So for me, it just helps us on that journey to have a bigger portfolio. And I think I see this as a positive thing. And I think hopefully, those comments help you understand that it's not going to create a wave of people coming. One, it takes a lot of time and the capability is high. And the money is still -- or the capital required is still not insignificant.
So when you think about just kind of the pushes and pulls of pursuing this as a partnership opportunity versus like doing it in-house. I mean, just like given what has happened recently with 2 different CROs that you've gotten with the partnered asset. Like how does that play into your thinking that like -- if I'm doing that in-house, maybe sort of potentially like less risk and more of a tighter control that you can manage versus trying to get it from a partnership where there can be a potential risk from that?
Yes. So first, I'd say that the thing you have to talk about internally, which we did is opportunity cost, unlimited capital. So if we do it internally, yes, I'm sure Eric could actually do this. But what's the opportunity cost to do it? Does that mean we don't do another Phase II in duvakitug. Does that mean we don't accelerate [ emrusolmin ]? Does that mean we don't do a third indication in anti-IL-15. There's an opportunity cost. Capital has to be allocated really thoughtfully with a mindset.
And the great thing about Teva now is we're in a position where we can have a discussion? Do we do biosimilar development internally or do we do all this innovative? Do we give more sales and marketing to AUSTEDO, UZEDY, olanzapine? And we have those capital allocation discussions. We operate as an enterprise team. We do not operate in a functional way. So here's the thing. When we did the pivot to growth back in first quarter '23, we did analysis and we looked at the [ R NPV ] of revenue and EBITDA, if we did a partnership or if we do it internally biosimilar. And it's the same. Actually, EBITDA is slightly better if you do a partnership on a risk-adjusted NPV.
So I give those numbers, that's how we think, right? And so could we do it better? Here's the other thing I would say, it's like we always think every company always thinks they can do things better than others, right? In some instances maybe we could. But in others, we're very good at picking people with really good capability and being, I think, humble enough to saying, actually, those guys can do it. We have a lot of partners across our whole generics business. So biosimilars, injectables, some interesting technologies. And I think picking the right partner, which has the right capabilities is the right thing. And so I stand by it.
Now capital allocation is really important, opportunity costs, understanding the opportunity cost and being mindful. Otherwise, you're just going to keep spending money and then you keep promising a return in the future. But as you know, the future never happens, it's always in the future.
Yes. Maybe just taking a pause for the audience in the room, if you have any questions that you want us to bring up, feel free to submit that, and I'll get this on my iPad. Just a couple of others, like while we are waiting for that to get populated. So yes, I think there is a lot of focus, obviously, on the 2026 dynamics. And I guess it's a very good thing to see that you're kind of reiterating that mid-single-digit CAGR on revenue. But like 2026 has a little bit of a unique dynamic that you have REVLIMID going away. So yes, I'm trying to understand like what is the growth -- what is essentially like the growth levers that you're pulling to offset that? And can you stay on this path of going towards mid-single digit?
Yes. So look, I think this is a question I like because I think it shows a lot about the discipline at Teva now. So we knew we were going to lose generic Revlimid in '26. And we didn't take that as an opportunity to say, okay, can you give us a break? It's a big product, we're going to lose it now. Let's just discount '26 and let's just move on to '27, we did. And we've put a few things in place. One, we make sure we're accelerating our innovative pipeline and our products in the market. So our innovative growth, we talked about being at 33%. If we keep driving our innovative growth in '26, that's going to throw off obviously a significant amount of revenue, which has a very high gross margin, which is a significant amount of profit.
We put that together with our organizational effectiveness programs, which are going to save 2/3 of $700 million by the end of next year, as well as we're going to launch more biosimilars launch more complex generics next year, and our base generic business will keep improving the efficiency. That's why we've been able to say we'll grow EBITDA next year. We'll grow EBITDA in absolute numbers and we'll grow an operating margin. That's not easy, but we plan for it. We also understood that we had a transformation of our portfolio coming through. So I think for me, there's a bit about the revenue in the CAGR, which I think we feel comfortable on.
But the thing I'm really proud of is what we can do on the level of profitability and keep driving the company towards our 2027 targets, which are mid-single-digit CAGR growth on revenue, but a 30% operating margin. Those things to do together when you lose a product like Revlimid, which is high margin, I think that shows a real discipline in the company and a real focus on really wanting to lean into these challenges, not accept them. So I think, great. That's why I expanded on your question a bit because I think for us, '26 is a moment where I'd like to think that people can see this company has really moved from where maybe it was historically a few years ago and to where it's heading. And I think both on planning ahead, the transformation of our portfolio, the thoughtful approach to costs and expenses and capital and that sort of comes together in '26.
Just in the last couple of minutes. So yes, I know a lot of focus on TAPI as well and it has taken life of its own, like divesting and not divesting it? Like what is the latest? And I'm just curious to understand, I think your decision to like restart the process? Like why do that versus retaining the business at this point?
It goes back to strategy and capital allocation. Strategy, the pivot to growth strategy is not a tagline. It's a detailed plan for the next 10 years. And we know exactly what we have to do over each year. And so TAPI is an amazing API business, it's second largest globally. Does it help us fulfill our goals of becoming a world-class biopharma company with a valuation that we think is appropriate? No, it doesn't, despite how good it is. So because of that, it's not aligned to the strategy. And so we should stick with that principle.
What we have learned throughout this process, though, is that Teva is in a position now that it goes a bit back to access. We don't get forced into doing things that we don't think will give a return to shareholders and it will help this company be successful going forward. And so if we see that we know what we want when it comes to TAPI, particularly from a partnership agreement because we'll obviously be partners with whoever acquires this for 10 years plus. So that's really important. We also know the change in geopolitical situation has changed dramatically since we started this process.
So I think we can think of this very differently. And we're in a position now in a financial position where we can be really thoughtful. But it ultimately goes back to all the decisions we have to make and we should make are, are they in the best interest of the company? Are they in the best interest in terms of driving sustainability long term. And ultimately, if we do those, they'll be in the best interest of shareholders, which is what we are paid to do. And so I think we should stay disciplined on those. And I think there's a few questions you've asked, which I hope show our thoughtful, disciplined approach to decisions. And so I feel very comfortable with what we did on TAPI. And we will start a process again. And I think the world has an opportunity now that wasn't maybe there in 2024 to come back to table and take another look at TAPI.
Are there any other noncore parts of your portfolio? I know like investors like to think about OTC, which is growing pretty well and it's kind of customary to divest that for a lot of companies. Is that opportunity?
That's a standard play. We believe if you've got an OTC business, you quickly sell it. Well, our OTC business, I think a couple of things is, one, I suppose it goes back to a core principle is how do we create value -- long-term value in this company. And we can be a bit cookie cutter about that, what's driving long-term value? What's going to drive our gross margin? What's going to drive our long-term operating margin? What's going to drive long-term EPS growth?
Now our OTC business right now has a real purpose in driving our pivot to growth. it's a slightly different OTC business. It's a very pharmacy benefit based. So it's not your sort of toothpaste or stuff like that. It's really medicines. And right now, you see a lot of synergies with our generics business, and we see it helping us drive our financials. It's part of the -- people say, how do you replace 1 billion of generic Revlimid, I say, well, we have a generics business. We have 10 complex generics. We have another 10 biosimilars we're launching, and we have our OTC business that grows at double digits.
So I think it's aligned to the strategy, it's aligned to profitability. It's synergistic with what we do. People come to us all the time asking about it, bankers asking whether we would -- but I'd say it's a life to our strategy. So it's really clear, it's a really easy decision. But every year, we reassess where is our capital, what's absorbing capital, where could we put capital and what's the best return for the medium to long term? Because our goal is to create a long-term prosperous Teva, long term, we're talking they will never ever see the challenges that saw the path. It will be here way after I've gone, and it will be set up for success. And that's about making these thoughtful decisions on where you put capital now and how you're going to keep allocating capital going forward.
So I suppose it's a long answer to your question, we'll always look at parts of the business and say, are they aligned to our strategy? Are they worthy of receiving capital versus other things? And if they don't adhere to those, and say, well, maybe there's another owner of that. But that's how we sort of look through it.
Great. All right. With that, thank you so much for your time and looking forward to learning more about Teva.
Thanks, Ash. Appreciate -- appreciate you hosting us today. Thanks, everybody.
Thanks, everybody.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR — UBS Global Healthcare Conference 2025
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR — UBS Global Healthcare Conference 2025
🎯 Kernbotschaft
- Takeaway: Teva vollzieht einen tiefgreifenden Strategiewechsel von einem Generika‑Schwerpunkt hin zu einem wachstumsgetriebenen Biopharma‑Unternehmen. Management betont Portfolio‑Verschiebung zu Innovationen (AUSTEDO, UZEDY, Olanzapin, duvakitug, DARI), steigende Bruttomargen und disziplinierte Kapitalallokation; Wachstum ist bereits sichtbar, aber stark auf erfolgreiche Produkt‑Launches angewiesen.
📌 Strategische Highlights
- Finanzen: Innovatives Geschäft >$800M im Quartal, +33% (Managementangabe); Generika stabil +2%; Bruttomarge von ~48% (Q1 2023) auf Ziel ~54–55% verschoben (Portfolio‑Effekt).
- Produkte: AUSTEDO‑Momentum (Patient Journey, XR‑Übergang), UZEDY mit schneller TRx‑Zunahme dank Produktprofil; Olanzapin, duvakitug und DARI als zentrale Pipeline‑Treiber.
- Kapital: Strikte Kapitalallokation: Partnerschaften für Biosimilars, selektive Investitionen in kommerzielle Kapazität; TAPI‑Verkauf erneut gestartet, OTC bleibt strategisch synergetisch.
🔭 Neue Informationen
- Timing: Olanzapin‑Zulassung soll eingereicht werden (aktuelles Quartal), Ziel‑Launch H2 nächstes Jahr; duvakitug in Phase III für UC/CD gestartet; DARI‑Rekrutierung soll bis Jahresende laufen.
- Guidance: Management bekräftigt 2027‑Ziele (mid‑single‑digit CAGR, ~30% operative Marge) und Sparprogramme (zitiert: zwei Drittel von $700M Einsparung bis Ende des nächsten Jahres).
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- AUSTEDO‑Treiber: Nachfrage nach Details zu Volume vs. Preis; Management hob Patientenreise, XR‑Rollout und Promotions‑effekt hervor und nannte teils Bestandseffekte (Lageraufbau), gab aber keine Netto‑Preiszahlen preis.
- Access & Wettbewerb: Fragen zu Vertragsdruck (z.B. Neurocrine) beantwortet Management strategisch; konkrete Vergabe/Nettozahlen wurden zurückhaltend behandelt.
- Pipeline & Regulierung: Diskussion zu Olanzapin‑Filing, möglicher Voucher‑Einsatz zur Beschleunigung, Biosimilars‑Regelvereinfachung und Partnerschaftsstrategie vs. Inhouse‑Entwicklung; TAPI‑Verkauf und Revlimid‑Wegfall 2026 als zentrale Themen.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Fazit: Teva präsentiert sich als transformierendes Biopharma mit sichtbaren Ertragsvorteilen durch innovative Produkte. Positive Story, aber stark ausgeprägt auf Launch‑Execution, regulatorische Timings und die bewältigung des Revlimid‑Übergangs 2026; Anleger sollten Olanzapin‑Filing/Launch, duvakitug/DARI‑Meilensteine, Biosimilar‑Starts und Kostenrealisierung genau beobachten.
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR — Q3 2025 Earnings Call
1. Management Discussion
Hello, and welcome to the Q3 2025 Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Earnings Conference Call. My name is Alex, and I'll be coordinating today's call. [Operator Instructions] I'll now hand over to Chris Stevo, SVP, Investor Relations. Please go ahead.
Thank you, Alex. Good morning and good afternoon, everyone. In a moment, I'll hand the call over to my CEO, Richard Francis. But before I do that, it is my duty and my honor to remind you of our forward-looking statements. Today on this call, we'll be making forward-looking statements, and we undertake no obligation to update those statements after today's call. If you have any questions regarding forward-looking statements, please feel free to see our SEC filings under Forms 10-Q and 10-K in the relevant sections. And with that, Richard Francis.
Thanks, Chris, and good morning, good afternoon, everybody. Thank you for joining the call today. On the call today, I will be joined by Dr. Eric Hughes, Head of R&D and Chief Medical Officer; and Eli Kalif, the CFO of Teva Pharmaceuticals.
So starting with, as I always do, the pivot to growth strategy. This is a strategy that have guided Teva for the last 3 years, a strategy based on the 4 pillars: deliver on our growth engines, which is all about driving AUSTEDO, UZEDY and AJOVY, our innovative portfolio, stepping up innovation, which Eric will talk to you about, with the great progress we're making across our innovative pipeline, sustained generics powerhouse and the work we've done to stabilize our generics business and then focus the business, and I'll give you an update on where we are with our transformation of Teva, our $700 million cost savings programs as well as an update on TAPI.
Now moving on to the actual results. Pleased to say this is our 11th quarter of consecutive growth, up 3% in revenue to $.5 billion, and adjusted EBITDA up 6% and our non-GAAP EPS up 14%. These all compared to Q3 2024. And our free cash flow is just above $0.5 billion. I'm really pleased to say that our net debt to EBITDA is now below 3x for the first time since 2016.
Now moving on to the next slide, one of my favorite slides, I have to admit. This is our 11th quarter of consecutive growth after many years of sales decline. And it's worth noting that Q3 '24 was a particularly difficult comparison year where we had growth of 15%. And so to grow 3% over that comp, I think, is a testament to the work we've done on our portfolio and a testament to the teams. Now this puts us on track for our growth targets we set for 2027 to have mid-single-digit growth. So congratulations to the whole team that have made this happen over the last 11 quarters.
Now going down a bit more detail, what's behind this $4.5 billion revenue and 3% growth. This growth was spearheaded by our innovative products, and I'm really pleased to say that they are now worth over $800 million for the quarter, and the growth is 33% year-on-year. AUSTEDO grew an impressive 38%, reaching $618 million. UZEDY performed strongly, up 24%, reaching $43 million and AJOVY performed well, up 19% to $168 million. Global generics revenues was up 2% and TAPI was down 4%, reflecting some seasonal volatility.
So now I'm going to double-click and go into a bit more detail on all of these areas, starting with AUSTEDO. Now as you know, AUSTEDO was selected earlier this year for CMS for the 2027 price negotiation. And I'm pleased to say that agreement that we've concluded is consistent with our midterm expectations for AUSTEDO that we first laid out back in May 2023. And this means that we can confirm with confidence our 2027 revenue target of $2.5 billion and our peak sales target of over $3 billion.
Now let's talk a bit more about AUSTEDO in Q3. It was another strong quarter for AUSTEDO, where the team continues to perform incredibly well. The U.S. reached $601 million in Q3 '25, growing at 38% year-over-year. And this is the first time we have passed $600 million. So congratulations to the team for all their hard work in making this happen, and it really reflects the understanding this team has of the market. We grew TRx 11%, and we continue to see the increasing penetration of AUSTEDO XR. And it's worth reminding everybody again that AUSTEDO XR requires fewer scripts compared to the original AUSTEDO, and that's why it's equally important to look at the milligrams dispensed. And as you can see, these were up 25%.
Now as you see on this slide, we've highlighted that with 2026 approaching, we have a good sense of AUSTEDO's 2026 formulary position, and we continue to reflect the balance between preserving value and maintaining access. So based on these strong results in Q3, we can increase our revenue outlook for AUSTEDO to $2.05 billion to $2.15 billion for the year.
Now moving on to UZEDY, another exciting member of our innovative family. UZEDY continues to perform well. Momentum remains strong as we continue to address the needs of the mild-to-moderate patients and those beyond who take risperidone. Revenues were up 24% year-over-year, and TRx was up a strong 119%. It is worth noting that revenue growth was partially impacted by a onetime Medicaid gross to net adjustment. Now this does not impact our long-term LAI franchise expectations, and we reiterate our peak sales target of $1.5 billion to $2 billion for the franchise.
Now this confidence is rooted in the data. UZEDY's NBRx is significantly above the TRx. As you know, in Q3, we also had an expanded indication for bipolar I disorder. Now to give you more guidance on how to forecast UZEDY going forward, the Q4 implied guidance of $55 million to $65 million provides a cleaner run rate for forecasting going forward due to that gross to net adjustment in Q3.
But I want to take a couple of slides just to talk about the excitement we have around our LAI, our long-acting franchise in schizophrenia. And why do we think this $1.5 billion and $2 billion is achievable? Well, it really comes down to the great work that's been done with UZEDY already. The team here has created great traction, as you can see, with 119% TRx growth.
We have a great product profile with UZEDY, and we anticipate having a similar strong product profile with olanzapine. But more importantly, the capabilities and the knowledge that has been built here, we have the same people in front of key payers, the same people in front of these key physicians, these key nurse practitioners, health care providers, patient associations, the people who look after the formulary committees. That puts us in a very strong position. And we know and believe there's a significant unmet need in the olanzapine for long-acting treatment.
And if you put those 2 together on this slide, we have the ability with UZEDY and our long-acting olanzapine to treat up to 80% of patients who suffer from schizophrenia, whether that's mild to moderate with UZEDY or moderate to severe with long-acting olanzapine. And just to highlight, unfortunately, 4.7 million people suffer from schizophrenia in the U.S. and Europe. So the opportunity for both brands is significant. That's hence the reason why our confidence in the $1.52 billion remains strong.
Now moving on to AJOVY. I do love AJOVY. It continues to grow strongly across all regions in what is still a very competitive market. And there's some nice data points here. We are the #1 preventative CGRP injectable in new prescriptions among the top U.S. headache centers, and we are the #1 preventative CGRP injectable in 30 countries across Europe and international. And so we confirm our guidance of $630 million to $640 million.
Now staying on innovation. I'm going to touch briefly upon the innovative pipeline, as I know Eric will talk to you about this later, but I'm super excited about this. Why? Because it's near term. These are late-stage assets. Olanzapine, I'll talk to you about the filing of that this year. DARI, the good recruitment that we're seeing to bring that to the market in '27. Duvakitug, starting our Phase III study. Emrusolmin, great recruitment there. But then I look across the right-hand side of the slide, and I see the potential of peak sales, and it's over $11 billion. And I'll remind you, that's just for the indications on this slide. We know that duvakitug and anti-IL-15 will be pursued in multiple indications. So we really have strong growth drivers for the future for Teva.
Now moving on to our generics business. Our generics business grew 2% over 2024, and this is fueled by launches as well as the growth of our biosimilar and our OTC business. Now as I reminded you before, we tend to look at this business over a 2-year CAGR just because of the inherent timing of new launches that we have in this business. Now looking at the regions, we had a very strong quarter for the U.S. It grew 7% in Q3, and that was driven by several launches and particularly strong performance of biosimilars as well as some phasing patterns for our generic Revlimid, which I would like to point out, these will not be repeated to the same magnitude in Q4.
Europe declined 5%, mainly due to some tough comparisons to the prior year where we had a number of launches and a number of tender wins, which are for 2-year periods. So it's a 1% CAGR for the 2 years. International markets grew at 3% or 12% on a 2-year CAGR. But now I'd like to talk to you a bit about our biosimilars because we're entering an exciting period for our biosimilars portfolio. We have -- now have 10 in-line assets globally and the potential to launch 6 more through 2027. So we're well on track to add another $400 million by 2027 as we forecasted back at the start of the year.
And I want to remind you that today, we're growing strongly in biosimilars without substantial launches or revenues in Europe, which is the largest region in the biosimilar market. And our European pipeline will start to convert into launches and revenues and biosimilars will be a more significant driver for Teva overall after 2027.
Now moving on to the fourth pillar, focus our business. We made significant progress with the Teva transformation program, and this is something we started at the start of this year. And we made a commitment to realize 2/3 of the $700 million by the end of 2026. And I can tell you we're on track to do that. The reason why I can tell you that is because we're on schedule to hit our 2025 goals, and that sets us up well for the start of next year. But I'll leave Eli to go into a bit more detail later on in this presentation.
Now before I hand it over to Eric, I wanted to give you an update on how we're tracking for the 2027 targets, which we are reiterating today. So from a revenue point of view, with the IRA negotiations now finalized, our upcoming launches and the stabilization of our generic business, we estimate that 2025 will end the year with a 3% to 4% growth range, consistent with our '23 to '27 mid-single-digit average growth. On OP, because of the work we've done of driving our innovative portfolio, I remind you, up 33% as well as the progress we made on organizational effectiveness, we are on track to our 30% margin. And this year, we will end around the 27% margin overall. And the net debt-to-EBITDA dropped below 3x, as I mentioned earlier. By the end of this year, we should be around 2.8x, well on track to hit the 2x by 2027. And with that, I will hand over to my colleague, Eric Hughes.
Thank you, Richard. Now as Richard said, we have a healthy late-stage development programs in our innovative medicines. And we're doubling down on our efforts to execute these studies on time and efficiently. Now beginning with olanzapine LAI, we're on track for our FDA submission later in this quarter. Our DARI program for both adults and pediatric patients is on target for enrollment by the end of this year. Our duvakitug program in partnership with Sanofi has now initiated both our ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease Phase III studies. Our emrusolmin program has now enrolled the 100 patients that we'll need for our futility analysis by the end of next year, and then enrollment continues to do very well. And finally, our anti-IL-15 program, very exciting program with multiple potential indications in the future, where be reading out our celiac and our vitiligo studies, proof of concepts in the first half of next year. So exciting late-stage programs.
But before I go on to those in more specific detail, I do want to have a celebration for the UZEDY team for bipolar I disorder. We had an approval and an expansion of our label, which we're very proud of. This is an innovative approach by the team using the known and well-characterized pharmacology of UZEDY plus the safety database that we have in conjunction with efficacy using a modeling and simulation approach to expand that label for patients suffering from bipolar I disorder. So a great innovative approach, very efficient execution and a great opportunity for patients to get treatment for their bipolar disease.
Now on to olanzapine LAI. As we've mentioned, we've actually presented the data, both the safety and efficacy of the full program in Phase III at the 2025 Psych Congress Annual Meeting. It was very well received. Both the safety and efficacy was right where we expected it. And most importantly, we had no cases of PDSS. And that submission is planned for the late half of this quarter. So on track and exciting opportunity for patients in the future.
Moving on to our dual action rescue inhaler program for asthma, our ICS/SABA Phase III program. This is the largest study we've run at Teva to date. Right now, we're on track for full enrollment of our adults and our pediatric patients at the end of this year. And remember, the real value here is the fact that in our label, we anticipate to get the pediatrics included, which is 25% of the market. And also, we'll have a dry powder inhaler, which is a simple device to use, simply open, inhale and close. This makes it much more convenient for both adults and particularly the pediatric patients. So a great program right on track.
And as I mentioned before, we're very excited to announce that we have now initiated both the ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease Phase III programs with our partner, Sanofi, for our duvakitug program. This is a very exciting program, very large effort by many people. The ulcerative colitis study is called SUNSCAPE and the Crohn's disease program is called STARSCAPE. And what we're really excited about with this program is the way we've designed Phase III. It includes an open label feeder arm that will enroll patients very rapidly since it's open label and they know they get treatment, but that gets to our safety numbers very rapidly in the maintenance.
We have a favorable randomization ratio for the patients to active. We have a rerandomization design, which is really a more feasible or favorable design for multiple doses and is more reflective of clinical practice. And finally, but possibly most important of all, the entire program is based on subcutaneous injections. That's loading dose, induction rate and then maintenance throughout the entire program. So it's a really patient-friendly program, and it's designed to execute quickly. I would add, we were the fastest to transition this MOA from Phase II to Phase III. So it's all about execution now with a great program. So kudos to the team.
And on to emrusolmin. I always like to start by saying emrusolmin is enrolling a patient population that is a real unmet medical need. This is multiple system atrophy. And our differentiated molecule is targeting the very beginning of the alpha-synuclein aggregates. We have a very efficient design. Here, you can see it's a 48-week design against placebo. And I mentioned enrollment is going very well, and we've already got the first 100 that will be involved in the futility analysis at the end of next year. So we're right on track, and it's going quickly. We're proud that this has received fast track designation, and we've already got the orphan designation. So more to come.
And finally, I just want to touch base on the anti-IL-15 program. This is another great homegrown antibody and program from the Teva laboratories. Right now, we've got it in proof-of-concept studies in celiac disease and importantly, also in vitiligo, which will read out in the first half of next year. But the upside possibility here is multiple different indications. Remember, IL-15 is a key cytokine in the activation and proliferation of NK cells and T cells that's believed to be involved in many different indications that you can see here. So a lot to go with IL-15, but very exciting program, and that also received fast track designation. And with that, I'm going to pass it off to my colleague, Eli Kalif.
Thank you, Eric, and good morning and good afternoon to everyone. I would like to start today with the following key messages that demonstrate our consistent execution over the last few quarters, including in Q3. First, Q3 results were above solid, driven once again by our fast-growing innovative portfolio. As Richard said earlier, this was our 11th consecutive quarter of revenue growth. Second, we continue to strengthen our balance sheet and specifically reduced our net debt to below $15 billion and expanded our EBITDA, leading to the net debt-to-EBITDA of below 3x for the first time since Q3 2016.
Third, we have made significant progress in our transformation programs with approximately half of our planned savings of $70 million for 2025 already achieved by Q3. We are on track to deliver approximately $700 million of net savings by 2027 and achieve our 30% operating margin targets. And lastly, the outcome of the IRA negotiation for AUSTEDO is largely in line with our model expectation and further emphasize our conviction in achieving our revenue target of $2.5 billion in 2027 and more than $3 billion at peak for AUSTEDO.
Now moving to Slide 30 to review our Q3 2025 financial results, starting with our GAAP performance. Please note that throughout my remarks, I will refer to revenue growth in local currency terms unless otherwise specified. Similar to the last quarter, I will also refer to certain results from Q3 2024 that exclude any contribution from the Japan business venture, which we divested on March 31, 2025, to help you with the like-to-like comparison of our financial results. Our Q3 revenue were approximately $4.5 billion, growing 5% in U.S. dollars or 3% in local currency. Revenue growth was mainly driven by continued strong momentum in our key innovative products, AUSTEDO, AJOVY, and UZEDY as well as our generics products in the U.S., including biosimilars. This was partially offset by some softness in European generics as well as lower proceeds from the sale of certain product rights compared to Q3 2024.
GAAP net income and EPS were $433 million and $0.37, respectively. FX movement during the quarter, including hedging effects positively impacted revenue by $106 million and operating income by $21 million compared to the third quarter of 2024. Now looking at our non-GAAP performance. Our non-GAAP gross margin increased by 120 basis points year-over-year to 55.3%. This increase was slightly higher than our expectation, driven mainly by strong growth in AUSTEDO leading to an ongoing positive shift in our portfolio mix.
Gross margin also benefited, although to a lesser extent from a shift in ordering patterns for generics Revlimid in our U.S. generics business, leading to some volume shift from the second quarter to the third quarter as well favorable FX. This strong performance in non-GAAP gross margin largely carried through the non-GAAP operating margin, which increased by approximately 70 basis points year-over-year to 28.9%. This was partially offset by higher planned investment in OpEx and impact from foreign exchange movements.
Overall, we ended the quarter with a non-GAAP earnings per share of $0.78, an increase of $0.10 or 14% year-over-year. Total non-GAAP adjustment in the third quarter of 2025 were $478 million. Our free cash flow in Q3 was $515 million compared to $922 million in Q3 2024. This decrease was mainly due to timing of sales and collection as well as higher legal settlement payments, which we have planned for this year and is reflected in our full year free cash flow guidance.
Moving to Slide 31. We are making significant progress in our Teva transformation programs through a well-defined and targeted efforts to deliver sustainable margin improvements without compromising our ability to innovate and invest in our long-term growth. These programs are expected to deliver approximately $700 million of net savings between 2025 and 2027, with roughly 2/3 of these savings to be realized between 2025 and 2026. We are well on track to achieve approximately $70 million of initial savings in 2025 with half of it already achieved by end of Q3, demonstrating solid momentum and execution.
It's important to remember that the transformation we are driving is not just about reducing the spend. It's part of the journey to transform and modernize Teva into an innovative biopharma company and prioritizing resources towards areas that drive growth and innovation. These transformation efforts, along with the ongoing portfolio shift towards high-growth and high-margin innovative products provide a clear and credible path to achieving our 30% operating margin target by 2027, even as we continue to invest in the business.
In relation to these programs, we have recorded approximately $190 million year-to-date in restructuring costs and expected an overall cash outflow of $70 million to $100 million in 2025. Our guidance for 2025 already incorporated the impact of both expected savings and this cash outflow. Now moving to the next slide for an update regarding our strategic intent and the progress and the process to divest TAPI. As we have consistently and transparently shared with you all, we have been in exclusive discussions with a selected buyer for the sale of TAPI. At this time, we have decided not to move forward with those discussions as we were unable to reach an agreement aligned with Teva long-term priorities and interest of our shareholders.
While this process did not result in a sale with this initial buyer, recent shift in the geopolitical environment and market conditions reinforce TAPI attractiveness for potential buyers. We continue to view TAPI as a valuable asset, but it's nonstrategic to our pivot to growth priorities. We are now initiating a renewed sale process to explore alternative options and maximize potential value creation. We will provide further updates pending a transaction or other determination.
Moving on to our 2025 non-GAAP outlook in Slide 33. Our performance year-to-date reflects consistent execution across our pivot to growth priorities with a solid revenue growth, margin expansion and cash flow generation despite the tough prior year comparables in our generics business. Based on our year-to-date results and with the 2 months left in the year, we are tightening our 2025 outlook range for revenue, operating profit, adjusted EBITDA and EPS. Starting with revenue. Consistent with the direction we shared last quarter, we are tightening the full year guidance range to be between $16.8 billion and $17 billion. Our innovative portfolio continues to perform very well, specifically AUSTEDO, driven by strong demand and our commercial execution. With the strong year-to-date performance, we are increasing our full year outlook for AUSTEDO by $50 million to $100 million to a new range of $2.05 billion to $2.15 billion, reflecting a full year growth of 21% to 27% year-over-year.
However, as we discussed last quarter, we expect our global generics revenue for the full year to be flat in local currency compared to 2024. This is mainly due to the tough year comparison deals in the timing of certain launches as well softness in certain markets. Moving to the other elements of our financial outlook. With a strong year-to-date performance, we now expect our non-GAAP gross margin to be at the higher end of our guidance range of 53% to 54%. This implies a slightly lower margin in Q4 compared to Q3, mainly due to generic Revlimid seasonality as the majority of our volume allocation was sold by the end of Q3.
We're also increasing the lower end of our non-GAAP outlook range for adjusted EBITDA, operating income and EPS, consistent with our year-to-date results and expected ongoing strength in our innovation portfolio, along with the savings from our transformation programs. While we continue to wait for clarity around potential U.S. tariffs on pharmaceuticals, including the outcome of the ongoing 232 investigation, we are encouraged by the statement so far from the administration regarding possible generics exemptions.
Our 2025 guidance continue to already reflect confirmed tariffs that are in place. We continue to expect our operating expenses to be between 27% and 28% of revenue. Our free cash flow guidance range remains the same between $1.6 billion to $1.9 billion. I would like to reiterate that our full year guidance does not include the development milestone related to the Phase III initiation of duvakitug UC and Crohn's indications. That said, to assist you with your modeling, we want to highlight that the expected contribution from this development milestone is dependent on the timing of each of these 2 studies.
Based on the current time lines, we expect to earn one development milestone in Q4 2025, with the remainder expected in Q1 2026. For Q4 2025, we expect the first development milestone to contribute $250 million to revenue and approximately $200 million to EBITDA and free cash flow, net of certain transaction-related costs. This first development milestone is expected to contribute approximately $0.14 to the EPS. Now turning to the next slide on capital allocation. Our capital allocation approach remains disciplined and focused on supporting our pivot to growth strategy and strengthening our balance sheet.
As I mentioned in the beginning, we are consistently reducing our debt while investing in our go-to-market capabilities and innovation. With the ongoing improvement in our free cash flow, we are on track to reach our net debt-to-EBITDA target of 2x by 2027 and then to sustain around that level thereafter. In addition to our ongoing deleveraging and progress towards an investment-grade ratings, our disciplined execution also position us well thoughtfully evaluate additional ways of returning capital to our shareholders.
Finally, before I conclude my review of our third quarter performance, I would like to reaffirm our 2027 financial targets. The outcome of the IRA negotiation for AUSTEDO further emphasize our conviction and provides additional clarity to deliver on these midterm goals. With that, I will now hand it back to Richard for his closing remarks.
Thank you, Eli. Before I conclude, let me remind you of some of the growth drivers that we have here at Teva. As you -- as we expect our innovative portfolio to continue to drive growth beyond 2027, you can see that we have a significant amount of opportunity to do this. Currently anchored on AUSTEDO, which we reiterated our target of reaching more than $2.5 billion in '27 and greater than $3 billion in peak sales based on the conclusion of our IRA negotiations with CMS.
Along with the innovative products UZEDY, AJOVY, we will continue to drive our product mix and profitability. But also to build on Eric's remarks, we are preparing for exciting innovative product launches in the next few years, which should set a foundation for growth in years to come. If you move on to my final slide, just some final thoughts. In Q3, in '25, we continue to deliver on our pivot to growth strategy with the 11th consecutive quarter of growth, growing our innovative franchise at 33%. We have a clear path towards our 30% operating margin and our other 2027 targets. We're advancing our innovative pipeline with near-term and long-term catalysts and Teva transformation is well on track to deliver the $700 million in savings we committed to. And with that, I would like to open the floor for the Q&A. Thank you.
Thank you, Richard. Alex, if you could -- sorry, Alex, if you could please go ahead with question queue and we ask if you could limit yourself to one question and one brief follow-up, and of course if there's additional time, we're happy to let you back in the queue for more questions. Go ahead, Alex. Thanks.
[Operator Instructions] Our first question for today comes from Dennis Ding of Jefferies.
2. Question Answer
Maybe one on AUSTEDO and IRA. Thanks for the comment and glad to see that you're reiterating the long-term AUSTEDO guidance. I'm curious what additional color you can give in terms of your own internal expectations going into the negotiations and how the negotiated price relates to the current Medicare net price.
Dennis, thanks for the question. Well, as I mentioned on the call, how it met with our expectations, it was in line with what we had forecast when we set the forecast back in May 2023. So we had anticipated that we would be in the list, and we would be negotiating with CMS. And so because of that, that's why we remain very confident about hitting our $2.5 billion revenue. With regard to the latter part of your question about, I think it was net price, we're not going to comment on that, obviously, for competitive reasons.
But I'll just reiterate the fact that we believe that we have the ability to hit our $2.5 billion in revenue, one because it's in line with what we forecasted, but I would also like to remind everybody that tardive dyskinesia remains a highly underdiagnosed and undertreated condition. 85% of patients who suffer from this condition are not on therapy. And so we see a great opportunity to help those patients and continue to keep growing AUSTEDO in '26 and beyond, hence, reiterating the $3 billion -- greater than $3 billion peak sales for AUSTEDO. And so I think those are the things I keep in mind as you think about the future for AUSTEDO. Thank you.
Our next question comes from David Amsellem of Piper Sandler.
I had a question on AUSTEDO as well. So your competitor talked on its call about this dosing creep, if you will. In other words, the per milligram pricing structure and higher doses mean more revenue per patient. And what they've said is that health plans are essentially catching on to that and that there is a potential migration over to the competitor product.
So I was just wondering if you can give us some color on the pricing structure of AUSTEDO XR and if that's having ramifications in terms of access to AUSTEDO XR. That's number one. And then secondly, how is that going to inform how you're thinking about commercial contracting for '26 and the extent to which you might make more concessions on price just to get into a better access position vis-a-vis your competitor?
Thanks, David. Thanks for the question. I'm not going to talk about what the competitors are saying. I'll focus on what we do here at Teva. And just to highlight, AUSTEDO's growth is much more about treating this underserved market, as I've said in the past, and our ability as a team to constantly execute. And I'll remind everybody, when we started this journey back in 2023, peak sales of AUSTEDO were forecast to be $1.4 billion. And as you see, we're going to exceed $2 billion this year.
And that is down to what we've done as a company and the capability we have built. But when it goes to talking about the milligrams per dose, we've been very clear about the benefits of patients taking AUSTEDO XR and how that helps them with compliance and adherence. And this is very much in line with also what was put in our Phase III trial to allow physicians to have the flexibility to get to the patients on the optimal dose. So what we're seeing is just a natural progression from moving from BID to AUSTEDO XR and the physicians having that flexibility to get patients on the right dose. The final part of your question, I think, was about access. And I think I highlighted in my presentation the fact that we're always very thoughtful about how we manage access with value.
We've continued to do that with AUSTEDO. We've done that very successfully, by the way, with our other brands in UZEDY and AJOVY. And I think we have a really strong capability for doing that. But I'll go back to what is driving our confidence in AUSTEDO is 2 things. The capability that we have within this team within Teva and the underserved market, 85% of patients who could be on therapy are not on therapy. And those are the 2 things that we focus on. But thank you for the question, David.
Our next question comes from Jason Gerberry of Bank of America.
So my question is just on OpEx in 2026. And it looks like the consensus has combined R&D and SG&A kind of at around $4.8 billion, so pretty much flat on a year-on-year basis. Is that consistent with how you see the cost optimizations flowing through the P&L to navigate the Revlimid roll-off? And then my brief follow-up is just, can you comment at all if AUSTEDO XR was included or excluded in IRA? I know that there was a litigation tied to that. And so I'm just wondering if you can offer any clarity there.
So I'll hand the OpEx question -- so thank you, Jason, for the question. I'll hand that to Eli to answer.
Thanks, Jason, for the question. So the way to think about the development of the OpEx for '26, we always mentioned that from now onwards, as part of the $700 million savings, part of them will go into COGS and -- but the majority will go into the OpEx. And as much as we actually keep growing and able to fuel our profit, you will see us in the range between 27% to 28%. That will not change. But we will actually be able to expand our OP as well our EBITDA.
So the way to think about it is that around 2/3 of the $700 million on savings we'll be able to accomplish by end of '26 already, but we will start to see also part of it impacting our COGS. But the main element that will move with the COGS will be actually in '27. But I can tell you that most of the savings we'll be able to accomplish by end of '26 and most of them related with OpEx. And therefore, you should think about the 27% to 28% as a run rate.
Thanks, Eli. And to answer your second question with regard to AUSTEDO XR being included in the IRA negotiations, the answer is yes.
Our next question comes from Chris Schott of JPMorgan.
Just to shift gears a little bit. Can you talk a little bit about your EU generic dynamics? I know you're facing some tougher comps there this year. But I was wondering if anything has changed in those underlying markets we should be thinking about as we think about kind of the growth going forward? And just a quick follow-up. I know the TAPI process. Just a little bit more color in terms of why restart the process here versus just deciding to keep the asset. Just maybe talk a little bit about just kind of the broader appetite for these API assets in the market right now.
Thanks, Chris. Thanks for the questions. So going to the EU Generics business. If I can take you back to when we started talking about Teva and our generics business back in '23, I can remember explain to everybody, this is a market leader of scale in Europe. And so the ability to grow this business, we should think of it growing around a 2% CAGR rate just because of its scale and size. Now obviously, I was proved wrong in the last 2 years as the business grew higher than that. But that was down to a couple of factors. One is we had more launches over those years as well as we had competitors struggling to supply and because of our manufacturing capability, we could step in. And so those 2 things happen.
And I think what you're seeing versus this quarter versus the last year is sort of a similar theme. What we have is more launches that we had in 2023 -- sorry, in Q3 2024. We also had some tender wins, which are 2-year tender periods. And we also had supply issues from competitors. Those were no longer the case. So that's how I think about it. And that's why I go back to think about our generics business over a CAGR -- 2-year CAGR because if you think about a 2-year CAGR, these things smooth out, and that's how we think about it. And as we've had conversations, I always remind people that we think about our generics business going forward in that 2% CAGR period, one, because just of the scale we have.
Now that said, one thing I do want to reiterate is our biosimilar business, while getting traction in the U.S., we will start now to launch and we have launched some products and biosimilars in the EU, and that will start to build momentum, more so post 2027, but we have a good pipeline coming through in Europe. And we know that's a mature biosimilar market. And so those are things that are going to start to maybe add to that growth in Europe going forward. But I hope that answers your question. With regard to TAPI, I'll give that question to Eli to talk about why restart it and not keep it. So over to you, Eli.
Yes. Chris, thanks for the question. So look, we were -- during all the process, we were very transparent, and as we mentioned, we actually decided not to progress with exclusive discussion that we had with a certain buyer. And the reason for that is that we see TAPI as a strategic going forward for Teva in terms of our ability to keep sourcing API when it's actually moving as a stand-alone. You need to remember, it's not just kind of a business that we have on the shelf and you divest it and you move forward, this is strategic for us going forward and our ability to make sure that we are providing additional value on short term and long term to our future progress and growth.
It's super important. Turn out that certain elements in terms of the discussion didn't went according to the terms that we view how the deal should move on. And therefore, we made that decision. And also, we need to remember that the market condition now changed. Since we launched this sales process. Recent geopolitical development, as I mentioned, and some trade policies highlight some continued attractiveness for TAPI in terms of the landscape. So therefore, we decided to initiate revised strategic review and review the sales process. And as I mentioned, we'll keep all updated and provide further updates pending the transaction or any other determination around this process.
Maybe if I can add, just so Eli is not misunderstood there. When he says it's strategic, what he means is they're one of our largest API suppliers, and we need to ensure that any contract we have has the right terms, not just for the purchaser, but also for Teva going forward, both for our in-line products and our pipeline.
Our next question comes from Ashwani of UBS.
Congratulations for the strong update. Maybe just like quickly on the 2026 revenue EBITDA, I wanted to understand like if you can continue to deliver growth on both these metrics just as a part of your long-term goals. We have Revlimid phasing out, but you have pretty meaningful cost savings outlined and also talked favorably about AUSTEDO formulary. And then just as a quick follow-up. So the 3Q AUSTEDO looks pretty strong. Is this primarily like regular way underlying demand? Or is there any type of a onetime benefit in this? Normally, you have like a pretty strong 4Q, but with this reiterated guide, it seems like it's indicating a down quarter in 4Q.
Ash, thanks for your question. So starting on the EBITDA, just to sort of remind you, and I think Eli touched upon this in his remarks, the EBITDA is driven by a couple of things next year. And I think it's important to understand this. One is our innovative portfolio has real momentum. As I said, it was up 33% in Q3. And these are products were all growing. So we continue to see great growth rates in those. And by the way, we've spoken about this in the past. These are very high gross margin products. So that really does help impact the EBITDA. So that's one. And then on the -- one of the slides that Eli and I both showed is on the transformation of Teva and the organizational effectiveness.
We are on track to do exactly what we set out to do in '25, and that means that our guide to 2/3 of the $700 million net savings for 2026, we feel highly confident about. So if you just put those 2 things together, that really gives us confidence about our EBITDA. But I would probably take this opportunity to then talk about, well, we have some other things around our generics business where now we've lost generic Revlimid. There are 3 components which help us drive our generics business going forward, and that is our generics, our complex and our OTC. And as we've mentioned in the past, we have the ability to compensate for that generic Revlimid by the end of 2027 because we have those 3 different growth drivers and the scale we have in those 3 different businesses.
So I think that answers that part of the question. With regard to the one on AUSTEDO, and I think you talked about the strong Q3 and how does that impact Q4? And was there anything behind that? I think there's just a couple of dynamics in that. Firstly, the fundamentals of AUSTEDO are really strong. It's really important to understand. So as you see with regard to our TRx, our milligrams, our growth rates, I think the team has continued to execute at a high level consistently. And I think we've seen that for quarter on quarter on quarter. Now one of the things I just would mention, and I think I mentioned on the last call, in Q3 2024 and Q2 2024, there was some channel stocking with regard to AUSTEDO XR.
So that created a slightly different comparison as well as we had some slight gross to net adjustments in AUSTEDO, which are favorable in Q3 of this year. But if you take those out, it doesn't really change the directory much of AUSTEDO. And so I always think about looking at AUSTEDO over a yearly period, a multi-quarter period because I think we've been consistent in hitting our numbers and hitting our targets, and we're very accurate about that. So that's the way I think about it. So I don't anticipate anything very significant in quarter 4. The one thing that we always manage as well as we can, but it's not completely down to us is the channel. And we've been very disciplined in making sure the channel has the right stock, but obviously, that's something which we don't have complete control over, but we've shown good discipline there. So I hope that answers your questions, Ash, and thanks for the questions.
Our next question comes from Les Sulewski of Truist Securities.
So we saw the FDA propose new guidance around biosimilars to reduce comparative efficacy study and potentially speed up the approval process. So 3 questions on this for you. One, how will this updated guidance impact your long-term biosimilar strategy? And then two, on the opposing side, do you see a scenario of additional competition where we'll ultimately see biosimilar price erosion curves resemble traditional generics? And then third, what further investments do you think are needed to give you a more competitive edge? And I guess, ultimately, do you see a scenario where the U.S. reaches a point where the BLA process and the patient access becomes just as favorable versus the EU?
Okay. Yes, that was a multidimensional question. So thank you for that, Les. I think I'll start it off, but I'll also lead into my colleague, Eric here, who obviously is close to that because of the pipeline we have. So firstly, we're pleased with the FDA and that initiation of removing Phase III studies. I think that's the right thing to do. I think that helps. And that's based on data. We have a substantial amount of data now in the development of these biosimilars across many, many products as an industry, and I think this is the right thing to do.
Does it change our strategy? Absolutely not. I think it reinforces the quality of the strategy we set out for biosimilars in 2023. And to remind you what that strategy was, our strategy was to have the largest -- one of the largest portfolios of biosimilars going forward, and we're going to do that through partnerships. We do that through partnerships because it allowed us to have the largest portfolio because it allowed an efficient allocation of capital. We also believe at the time that there was going to be uncertainty around what the future regulation was going to be. And so we didn't want to be initiating and allocating capital to things that may no longer be needed. An example is starting Phase IIIs, which are -- they're no longer needed going forward. So I think we sort of thought about where the puck was going.
We made a strategy to where the puck was going, and I'm pleased to say I think we've been proven right on that. But ultimately, our strategy is about having a large portfolio. As I've just highlighted, we have 10 in the market. We have 6 we're going to launch by '27, and then we're going to have more going forward. With regard to price erosion, I think a good analog is to look at Europe. And Europe is a very mature biosimilar market and, one, I know particularly well. And what you see there is good penetration. You see that there is some price erosion, but it hits a steady state at a certain time, which allows a high level of profitability still within this category.
What I'd also highlight in that market because you did talk a bit about whether the U.S. will replicate it, is you also see an expansion of these molecules and these biologics used in patient population because they are less expensive, they're used earlier in the treatment of these diseases. So you get an increase in volume and obviously offset some of the decrease in price. So those are just some of the dynamics. And I do believe the U.S. will catch up to that. But when you have a broad portfolio and we're launching more in Europe, we're not necessarily beholden to exactly when that happens because of the scale and the size. But maybe, Eric, you could give a bit more detail on your views on this.
Yes, I can just give a few points to support what you just said. We work closely with the FDA and have frequent communications with regards to a pretty large biosimilars portfolio. We really anticipated the fact that they were going to be removing Phase III from the requirement for most programs and agree with this decision. The technical assessment really has been proven to be the most important thing when it comes to biosimilars, something we do very well.
And this is going to decrease the cost of production and approval of biosimilars. It fits perfectly and facilitates the pivot to growth strategy that we put together in the past and really, it supports a lot of the good decisions we've made over the years about how we will do biosimilars at Teva. So it was a welcome decision. It was something we were looking forward to and really fits perfectly into the plan.
Thanks, Eric. And maybe one thing I'd just like to add on, and I forgot it obviously, removing the Phase III need reduces cost significantly. But I would also like to highlight the cost for developing a biosimilar are still high, a lot higher than any other generic, any other complex generic. So I just think that the capital allocation doesn't disappear and the cost of it doesn't disappear. So hence, the number of people coming into the market will I still think be restricted based on that. And the ultimate is not just can you develop it and manufacture it, do you have an efficient go-to-market capability. And I think what we're starting to show in the U.S. and we'll show in Europe is we do have that. And that front end is very important when maintaining a growth and profitability in your biosimilar portfolio. So thanks for the question, Les.
Our next question comes from Umer Raffat of Evercore ISI.
You said CMS agreement is in line with your modeling expectations. Is it reasonable to assume that's about 50% or so in the ballpark? And then secondly, to get to your 2027 $2.5 billion in sales, are you assuming volume gains because of this IRA cut versus Ingrezza to get to that number or not? And then finally, obviously, olanzapine, I feel like it's taking a bit longer than we all anticipated. But at this point, is there any possibility that you could get a commissioner voucher to accelerate that? Or should we not be thinking about that?
Umer, thanks for your questions. So with regard to CMS, it was in line with our expectations that we set out in 2023. You threw out a number there, which I'm not going to comment on because I think that was maybe trying to tease me out to give you a number, and I'm not going to do that. I'll just say it's in line, and that's why we remain very confident about our $2.5 billion in '27. And I remind people, greater than $3 billion peak sales. You did touch a bit about do we see volume gains within this. And this is not something we've -- without going into the detail of our forecasting model, we go back to capturing more patients, making patients more adherent and compliant and all of those fundamentals.
I think what though you have touched upon is something that we're going to understand a bit more in January as the first wave of drugs that were negotiated and CMS start to come through and play out. And we'll see what are the dynamics that happen there, and we'll use that to adjust our modeling as we go forward. And I hope, you, as others will agree, we're very thoughtful about how we model and how we forecast. And at least over the last few years, I think we've been pretty accurate in what has been quite a dynamic environment. Now with regard to olanzapine, I'll hand that one to Eric to comment on whether we could get a Commissioner's voucher.
Yes. Thank you for the question, Umer. And to start off with, we're right on track with what we plan for the submission of the olanzapine LAI in this quarter. With regard to your question on the Commissioner voucher, that's one of the things we've been reviewing within Teva. One of the great things about Teva is we have biosimilars, a whole portfolio of generics and innovative medicines. So the potential for where we could see a Commissioner voucher is broad. So we're reviewing that now and looking to see what the most optimal -- optimally timed and valuable program is that we seek one of those out for, but more to come on that in the future.
Thanks, Eric.
Our next question comes from Matt Dellatorre of Goldman Sachs.
Congrats on the quarter and the AUSTEDO agreement. Maybe first on duvakitug, now that the Phase III IBD studies are up and running, how are you thinking about enrollment time lines and potential data readouts there? And then could you comment on any progress on the indication expansion strategy beyond IBD? For instance, could we see proof-of-concept studies announced over the near term? And then maybe just as my follow-up on capital allocation, could you talk about the key priorities in 2026? And as we think about the free cash flow inflection, what are the key points of focus to achieve that full year '27 guide?
Matt, thanks for the questions. I'll hand the first one straight over to Eric on the Phase III and the potential Phase IIs.
Yes. So thank you for the question. This is one of the things I'm most excited about the design that we've put together with Sanofi. It's all about execution now. As I said it earlier in my comments, this has been the fastest transition from Phase II to Phase III with regards to this MOA of all the programs out there, which we're very proud of. So it speaks to our executional abilities in this partnership. The design itself is really designed to make sure that we maximize the enrollment with the feeder arm that it will get to our maintenance and increase our safety numbers in the program.
It's a very convenient and patient-centric design with regards to subcutaneous treatment and the rerandomization. These are all things that will make it ideally suited for patients. And we're also putting a lot of effort in on how we execute the program with regards to the logistics and our vendors that we use. So it's been a really great collaboration with Sanofi. I think we're building upon a lot of momentum and success that we have going into a Phase III program with a Phase II program that was probably had the highest numbers with regards to its efficacy and it's the data set that we produce, these are all good signals of starting a Phase III program.
So when it comes to execution, that's what we're going to focus on right now. And I think that we're set up very well to be in the horse race, if not in the middle of it, but hopefully coming up very close to the beginning of it. So that's very well suited. Now with regards to your question about other indications, it's great to see the excitement around this MOA.
I mean one of the things about it is the fact that it could touch so many different pathway cytokine signaling pathways in multiple indications. You can see many different Phase II programs initiating now. We have a plan with Sanofi, and we'll let you know when those studies start. For now, we're going to keep it close to the chest. But that, in addition to the excitement around different combinations in the future is also something we've been thinking about heavily. But right now, to begin this discussion is all about the execution of the study, enrolling the study and making sure that we show the value in ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease now.
Thank you, Eric. And now on the next 2 questions on capital allocation and free cash flow inflection. I'm going to hand those to Eli. Before I do, I do like the fact that you've highlighted our free cash flow inflection because that is something which we are starting to communicate and people are starting to see with the growth of the company, the growth of the innovative, the decrease of the debt, the growth of the EBITDA that this ultimately changes our free cash flow position. So thanks for highlighting the Matt and seeing that. But I'll hand on to -- hand over to Eli to talk about our capital allocation going forward.
Yes. Matt, thank you for the question. So first of all, I'll start with the free cash flow. You mentioned about how we should think about that trend that we mentioned beyond '27. There are 3 main dynamics there. First of all, it's the mix, right? If you look on the top line and how we're progressing with the top line and how it's going to flow through and convert both profit into free cash flow with the innovative, I would say, portfolio that we have, and we are keeping on investing in our growth driver. The fact that the $700 million of savings is going to actually enable us to drive more efficient COGS with high gross margin as well, I would say, to optimize our OpEx.
Those 2 elements are already in progress. There are another 2 that we need to remember. One, we paid for our debt this quarter. From now until October 26, like 13 months, we don't have any maturities, there's $1.8 billion in October, and there is a $2.8 billion in March, May in '27, early '27. If you think about $4.5 billion, $4.6 billion with our current weighted cost of capital of our outstanding debt of 4.8% you get $200 million to $250 million that we're going to take out from a run rate, both from financial expenses going forward and pure free cash flow impact.
And then on top of it, our progress on our working capital, you can actually see ourselves running below 4% going from '27 onwards on our revenue. All these actually enable us to convert high free cash flow. As far as related to next year capital allocation, we're actually looking on more, I would say, ability to be able to compete on certain opportunities related to business development that align strategically to our portfolio and to make sure that we are able to provide value to our shareholders. And as we move forward to make synergetic activities around that piece, we'll keep looking on, of course, reducing our debt. And as we move forward, we might also look on some -- certain other elements related to capital and shareholder returns. And we will, for sure, during '26, and we hope also in our next earnings calls, provide some more colors around that kind of capital returns to shareholders.
Thanks, Eli. Thanks, Matt, thanks for your question.
At this time, we currently have no further questions. So I'll hand it back to Richard Francis for any further remarks.
So thank you, everybody, for participating in the call. We do appreciate your interest in Teva, and we look forward to giving you update on our full year results early next year. Thank you.
Thank you all for joining today's call. You may now disconnect your lines.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR — Q3 2025 Earnings Call
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR — Q3 2025 Earnings Call
📊 Quartal auf einen Blick
- Umsatz: $4,5 Mrd. (+3% YoY) — 11. Quartal in Folge mit Umsatzwachstum.
- Adj. EBITDA: +6% YoY.
- Non‑GAAP EPS: $0,78 (+14% YoY).
- Free Cash Flow: $515 Mio. (Q3; vs. $922 Mio. LY; Rückgang primär wegen Timing und geplanten Rechtszahlungen).
- Bilanz: Nettoverschuldung unter $15 Mrd.; Net‑Debt/EBITDA erstmals seit 2016 <3x, Ziel ~2x bis 2027.
🎯 Was das Management sagt
- Pivot‑to‑Growth: Vier Säulen: Wachstumstreiber (AUSTEDO, UZEDY, AJOVY), verstärkte Innovation, stabilisierte Generika, Fokussierung/Transformation mit $700M Einsparziel.
- Späte Pipeline: Betonung auf Near‑term Assets: Olanzapine LAI (FDA‑Einreichung dieses Quartal), duvakitug Phase‑III (UC/Crohn’s), emrusolmin, anti‑IL‑15 mit PoC‑Reads H1 nächsten Jahres.
- Transformation & TAPI: Auf Kurs für ~2/3 der Einsparungen bis Ende 2026; exklusiver TAPI‑Deal abgebrochen, Verkaufsprozess neu gestartet.
🔭 Ausblick & Guidance
- 2025 Umsatz: Guidance verengt auf $16,8–17,0 Mrd.
- AUSTEDO: Jahresausblick erhöht auf $2,05–2,15 Mrd.; mittelfristiges Ziel $2,5 Mrd. in 2027, Peak >$3 Mrd.
- Margins & FCF: Non‑GAAP Bruttomarge am oberen Ende der Spanne (53–54% Guidance); Free‑Cash‑Flow‑Guidance unverändert $1,6–1,9 Mrd.; Net‑Debt/EBITDA Drivern klar definiert.
- Meilenstein: Duvakitug‑Entwicklungsmeilenstein Q4 2025: ~ $250M Umsatz (≈ $0.14 EPS); Rest erwartet Q1 2026.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- AUSTEDO/IRA: Analysten fragten nach Preisrelationen und Access; Management sagt Verhandlungsergebnis entspreche internen Erwartungen, konkrete Nettozahlen nicht offengelegt.
- UZEDY & XR: Nachfrage zu Dosis‑/mg‑Effekten und Zugang; Q3 TRx +119%, Q3 von einmaliger Medicaid Gross‑to‑Net‑Anpassung beeinflusst; Q4‑Runrate‑Leitplanke $55–65M.
- TAPI & Generika: Fragen zu EU‑Generika‑Dynamik und Gründen für Neustart des TAPI‑Verkaufsprozesses; Management betont strategische Bedeutung und ungünstige Deal‑Konditionen der ersten Verhandlung.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Fazit: Teva bestätigt den Pivot‑to‑Growth: innovatives Portfolio treibt Umsatz‑ und Margenwachstum, Bilanz verbessert sich sichtbar. Near‑term‑Katalysatoren (olanzapine‑Einreichung, duvakitug PhIII, biosimilars) sind klar, Risiken bleiben in Preisregulierungen/IRA‑Effekten, Generika‑Volatilität und Unsicherheit beim TAPI‑Verkauf.
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR — Bank of America Global Healthcare Conference 2025
1. Question Answer
Get going with our next company presenter at the BofA Healthcare Conference here in London. Pleased to be introducing Teva Pharmaceuticals and CEO, Richard Francis. My name is Jason Gerberry. I'm one of the SMID-cap biotech and spec pharma analyst here at BofA.
So Richard, thanks for joining us. It's been an interesting year and some interesting events over the next 12 to 18 months, which we'll get into. But maybe just to kick things off, if you can just talk a little bit about capital allocation, right? It's kind of central to what Teva's doing. Net debt paydown is obviously very important but you also have a very interesting innovative new product story. And so how do you keep feeding that new product story?
Do you feel like you have enough in-house to kind of feed the beast, so to speak, or how you kind of juggle that balance, right, of finding assets that maybe a back loaded dollar that you can put into your engine and keep feeding the engine and that new product flow?
So great question. firstly to Jason. Thank you for inviting us here. What a great opening question. If I had asked you to pick one, I would pick that one to ask me because it sums up everything that is going on in Teva. The fact that your first question is about how do you feed the innovative piece from when we spoke 2 years ago, it shows you the progress we've made in Teva. And so I think the last 12 months, we've shown that the innovative part of our portfolio is now getting to a critical [indiscernible] where it's making a meaningful difference.
And I think I highlight to people that in Q2, our generics business declined 2%. I can talk about the fact there's prior year comparisons and stuff, but despite that, we grew our innovative business 27%, and that grew our gross margin, grew our EBITDA, grew our operating margin and grew our EPS. And I think when the math starts to play like that, you know that the innovative business now is starting to get to a size that it is meaningfully different and is driving this transition.
Now the good thing is we have so much more to come, and we've got some more -- obviously, we think AUSTEDO is going to go at $3 billion peak. We think our schizophrenia franchise is going to be $1.5 billion to $2 billion. We've got [indiscernible] . So we have a lot of products coming through in the short term, which will keep driving that growth. So when it comes to capital allocation, we are really, really thoughtful about that. And part of that is how do we feed the beast, as you say. Part of that is about making sure we've always streamlined our business from capital allocation to our generics business. And so we reduced our pipeline from covering every drug that comes on patent to 65% of drugs that come off patent. Now that basically covers the majority of value anyway. So it's all diminishing returns.
So the extra 35% doesn't really give a return, and it compromises the ability to execute on the products you want to launch in generics. So I think we reduced the investment there in R&D. We've allocated that to innovation. And then we have this operational efficiency drive modernization of Teva, where we're taking a significant amount of cost out of the business, $700 million, and that is to help keep driving the right allocation to innovation.
The second thing is as we grow the top line, which we're doing, as we grow the in business, although we're keeping our investments relatively flat from a percentage of revenue because our revenue is growing, we can actually still increase our absolute dollars. And then the final point is BD. And so we think about capital allocation, and we do want to do BD because we think we're really good at selling innovative products. So we want more. But to your point, we want them to be thoughtful and allocated capital. So they need to be derisked and they need to be able to be synergistic to our infrastructure. So that way, we can get margin improvement and keep on our margin improvement journey.
So those things we're doing, I think we've been really disciplined in how we do that. And I think there's a lot more to come in the next, I'd say, 12, 24, 36 months because of the olanzapine launch next year, the momentum we have in UZEDY, the momentum we have in AUSTEDO, the renewed momentum we have in AJOVY. So yes, I think it's an exciting time. I think we've moved from maybe nonbelievers. Now we're moving into the people who believe that Teva is going to transition to a biopharma company. And I think soon enough, we'll be there.
What's going on in China right now with the biotech scene, an opportunity for Teva because there is an opportunity to get assets that are more derisked, right, that perhaps we were seeing structured deals or lower upfronts versus buying a public U.S. biotech company that's further along but more expensive. And so I just wonder with kind of how you try to balance your capital allocation objectives, are you looking in China? Do you feel like that's an opportunity to perhaps bolster the pipeline externally?
Absolutely. I think you've hit the nail on the head. I mean, firstly, the good thing about Teva becoming a innovative company is we don't have deep traditions, the ways of doing things. So our R&D approach is, firstly, we have a small arm, not bigger. We have a small big D. And we're agnostic as to where the quality of the science of the products come from. And so we're not -- it has to be all in-house. And so to China, absolutely. And I think you saw the deal we did with Fosun on our PD-1 IL-2 where we parted with the to do the early stage clinical development, which means we get data really fast. It doesn't cost us anything, and we could utilize that data to either refine our own clinical programs in the West or we partner that asset.
So that's just a clever way we do it, which, by the way, no one else does because maybe people have too big internally themselves, they want to use that. But yes, I mean, my head of R&D and my BD guys were over in China in August, exactly doing that because for us, it's about what you've said is what is the right asset at the right price, the right capital allocation? And maybe that's the West Coast, maybe that's the East Coast, maybe that's in Europe, maybe that's in China. And right now, China looks to be high quality, good value, but it has to be good value over because we're very mindful about capital.
Okay. I can't leave the capital allocation discussion without asking the TAPI question. I mean people would want me to ask the question, right? So I ask the question, 3Q go, no-go? So anything you can offer on that topic.
Covered it really well. The one thing on capital allocation, I would say, by the way, is paying down debt because it's I need to ask it. I'm going to be a bit of a politician and give you an answer you didn't ask for. So we're really good at paying down our debt, right? And we're going to be investment grade, we think, second half of next year. But as we pay down debt, we're going to free up $400 million of cash by 2027, just a matter, we just don't pay interest on.
So $400 million more cash in 2027. There's little things in Teva that if you look in the detail, you realize that's going to happen, that's going to happen. And I think it as an investor said to me, $400 million of cash in '27 is like having an asset which generates $1.5 billion sales. So those are just interesting dynamics. But not to deflect on the Tapi, the time lines are the same, and we'll have.
And second half, IG is feasible without Tapi, correct? Okay. And so a big piece of that...
It's important to understand we do not need Tapi for the journey we're on.
So another big piece of this is keeping that EBITDA up slightly or flat, right, in 2026, and you've talked a lot about this and the Revlimid dynamics coming off and how you phrase some of that. And some of that is on the cost of goods side, right, improvement of cost of goods and your cost efficiency plan, and I think it's $400 or so plus improvement in cost of goods that would flow through.
Can you maybe share a little more detail how you improve your cost of goods in that short period of time? Is it coming more on the people side? Is it more on the procurement side? Maybe if you can help people because I think that's the thing I think investors struggle with is it's maybe a little bit more straightforward on the SG&A side, but on COGS, it's a little murkier.
Yes, it is. So firstly, we committed to save $700 million by 2027, 2/3 of that will come end of 2026. We're on track to do that. We will do that. But to your point, some of that is COGS and some of that is the COGS takes longer, so we'll have some COGS come through next year, the majority of COGS come through in '27. That's a 3-year program. And my last company, I did a COGS improvement plan. So I know what it looks like and how long it takes.
And so what we've done at Teva, it goes back to the opportunity we have. We have -- after the Actavis acquisition, we had about 90 sites. We're down to 54. We spent all the time closing sites, selling sites, but we didn't make the sites more efficient. And now we're driving an efficiency program. So the opportunity there is significant. And so we look at what we need to do. My comfort level around the COGS improvement we're going to have is high because one I've done those before. And two, I've normally done them in organizations which have always had COGS improvement. We haven't reduced our COGS in the years I've been in. So going forward, we will start to. So it will be the things driving operational efficiency, running our sites with less people. And all those plans are already in place.
And so improving the efficiency of formulations of MS&T, all the things that is the standard operational excellence, Six Sigma that we haven't applied, we're applying those. Now by the way, we've done 6 programs already. We've increased that to 14 programs. It's called TLMS drive more efficiency site, which line they are see the productivity improvements. So I can see that coming through now. The majority of that's in '27, we get some second half of '26. So I think that is something I feel comfortable about. One thing we haven't though factored in is as you reduce COGS, theoretically, you stay more competitive in certain molecules than contracts you'd otherwise get out of.
And so we don't factor that into our forward-looking forecast. We just say we have a COGS improvement that improves our gross margin. That's it. Once again, there's an argument for tenders we get involved in some of those tenders we don't necessarily bid for because of the lack of COGS improvement. So I think there's a lot more to come there. By the way, it doesn't end in '27. Our COGS improvement program goes on every year for. We just didn't have it for the last 7 years.
And so as we think about '26, is it primarily continued growth of brands, cost efficiencies, and that's going to be the primary drivers to offset the loss of Revlimid? Or are there anything you'd flag in the new product pipeline that maybe investors underappreciate. We talk less and less about the generics, but nonetheless, there can be some surprise meaningful new product contributors either on the generic or biosimilar side?
Broadly speaking, I think you're right. I can talk about some things which could be interesting, but don't get we're losing a big generic product in generic Revlimid. And so how we build off that is obviously continued momentum of our innovative business. And obviously, we have the cost efficiency program. So that's the reason why we can offset all the profit loss that we get from generic Revlimid, which means why we grow our EBITDA and confident in doing that. But I do think we have -- obviously, we have olanzapine, which we will launch next year, which could be something which adds to that.
The caveat I will give to that is we're very, very excited and optimistic about olanzapine when we launch it. The one area that we will not do is we will not discount Tapi to get access. We will hold the line as we did with UZEDY. That may mean that we have a lot of patients go on at the end of next year, but maybe they're not all commercial patients. But we see olanzapine as a big growth driver long term, we want to hold the right value proposition as we did with UZEDY. So I say that could be something which plays out well for us, but we won't move to have a Q4 or second half next year with olanzapine just to make next year an interesting one because you're paying for '27, '28, '29. What I do think is because we've held the line with UZEDY, with payers, and they've seen the value of that, then I think they probably know we're going to hold the line with olanzapine.
I'd like to think that helps them, and we've had a better relationship now come to the table and say, okay, we need olanzapine. We need a long-acting olanzapine and so that gets to the table early, but we'll see.
Maybe shifting gears to your branded business and AUSTEDO. So last quarter, your competitor called out a big step-up in their gross to net deductions for their products to a 2-player market, right, which caused investors to wonder oh, it's just like a downward race to the bottom on net pricing. My understanding is Teva was ahead in contracting its business and your competitors have caught up in contracting. There was obviously some competitive differences in products that are now neutralized and it's seeming like a 50-50-ish kind of market that the outlook is really now on kind of category grow more broadly into an underpenetrated market.
But wondering if you have a different view just on how that category is shaping up irrespective of IRA, and we can get into that. But like in terms of just sort of the current net pricing dynamics, I know you keep talking about this is more of a category growth story than anything.
So look, I think you summed it really well. I think it's a category growth story, slightly different with Teva. So I think for us, it's all about growing the category. The nuance in that, which I see is becoming a big nuance is as we've launched XR, more and more patients are going to XR. As more patients go on to XR, they end up with a more -- a higher average dose and a higher average dose that leads to a change in revenue per patient, also led to changes in compliance and adherence that's probably more efficacious. So I think that's the nuance with us.
But I think yes, it's a level playing field. For us, we've consistently said this is about growing the category, making sure patients on the right dose, the right compliance programs with the right adherence. If we keep doing that, this product will go above $3 billion. Question about that.
So you talked about fewer -- it compresses scripts, right, but you get more value per script with the higher dose when you go to XR? Is that...
Yes. So on BID, when you move, if a patient is on BID and they go through titration and on to drug, if a patient goes to XR starts on XR goes titration on to drug, there's 4 -- I think 4 or 5 less scripts in that journey. So the script data stepped down significantly, the dynamics, which is why we start also to show the milligrams per patient because that gives an idea of that's growing, which shows the importance of XR, but it also shows that's helping drive revenue growth as well.
And where are we in that journey, right? Because I think XR is about 60% maybe of the total business now. So is that continues to shift. Is that dynamic, just going to muddy the analysis of growth when you look at scripts and trying to assess kind of where patients are on a milligram basis. Is there a tailwind still for mix as well?
So look, firstly, I don't think my -- no, it doesn't -- we'll actually get to a point where the steady state as we have more and more patients go on XR, which, to your point, it's 60% that's an older data point of new patients on XR, haven't seen the latest one. So as that happens, we'll get to a steady state where the majority of are XR. And so the triangulation between TRx milligrams, the revenue will become an easier one to forecast. We're in that transition period now, which is probably where people are.
But I would say, going back to -- it's going to be driven by new patients, new patients titrated on a more optimal dose having a better compliance and adherence program. One of the things I say to people, which is why I'm so confident about AUSTEDO is when we started talking 2 years ago, AUSTEDO had peak sales of $1.4 billion in everybody's forecast, and we were considered to not be very good at what we do, which is probably fair. All the things I talked about, whether it's targeting segmentation, whether it's compliance adherence programs, whether it's specialty pharmacy contracts, all the things we put those in the last 18 months. They are not. They're not like where I think they should be. So just if we keep executing regardless of what the environment does, we will keep getting better.
And I see us getting better and better and better for a number of years. And don't forget, I was at Biogen for 14 years driving these programs, right? We're not at the level we can be on patient adherence, our patient services taking a script, script or on drug. Patients fall out, they get a script and then get on drug. We have so many areas of this leaky bucket, as I call it to fill that make me think this product has a huge runway. And then don't forget, when you have a patient that comes off therapy, it's not too dissimilar to my prior experience in MS. They always because you have an episode again and then you seek treatment. So there's a cycle. So I think there's a lot of opportunity here. We just got to get -- keep getting better and we keep getting better. And that's why I think the ban will keep growing.
So I think your out-year target of $3 billion, even beyond 2027, adding roughly an incremental billion of reps, and absorbing IRA along the way, right? Like is that largely -- is the battle at the psychiatrist? Because I imagine psychiatrist sees a lot of these patients who got atypical antipsychotics over their lifetime, and then the patients most likely to have these movement disorders, right? So is that -- you layer on a presence with your LAIs? Is it really about fostering that relationship with psychiatrists and getting them and treat more?
Yes, that's a big part of it. And then again, we were at the psychiatric conferences a while ago, it's amazing. We're now considered the #1 psychiatric company, which is extraordinary because I suppose we're going to have 3 products, in that meaningful product. So yes, that's a big part of it. But go back to the other big part of it is we still don't have every patient going through the titration. So that's opportunity.
We still have every patient going through our patient services, that's opportunity. We don't have every patient on an adherence and compliance program. That's an opportunity. So for me, the psychiatry is definitely one, and we're educating and we're expanding our use of psychiatrists because we realize actually more patients in what we call the lower decile doctors. But all the other ones. So when I look at the patient model and the revenue model, I go through all of these statements, I say, okay, we tighten that by 1%, tighten that 5%, this goes up. And the opportunity we have is significant.
Now they get harder to move compliance and adherence from here to here is super hard. But as long as you're incrementally moving that, then -- so for me, it's one of those products where you have a lot of opportunity to grow. Part of it is patients by psychiatrists, but part of it is the work we need to do. And I think we have a lot of good programs in place. And we have -- we built a talented team who are doing things that they had to do at other companies to a high level. So it's not -- we're not feeling our way. We're executing on a plan.
Okay. How are you thinking about LOE given XR, I believe, has maybe some longer-dated IP than the settlement you have on IR, which I believe is like 2032 or 2033 with some other companies. So is that a longer tail? And given that 60% plus on XR now and that will keep going up.
Yes. I mean, look, so XR is 2041. BD is 2033. If you look at the natural progression of how we just do with new patients on XR, 8 years, and I think the majority of patients will be on XR without us doing any programs to help facilitate that direction of travel is there. So I think that's really key. And by the way, that feeds into a comment I have to make is when you look at Teva going forward, we don't have any meaningful LOE and we just have new products we're launching.
So it's -- we're in this space that I've never been in my career where we're just constantly launching products, which are meaningful to this company, like massively meaningful on our gross margin. And our LOEs on the horizon is in a time frame that if we keep launching and Duvakitug comes to the market and another indication of Duvakitug, other indication 15 comes to the market in 1 of the 3 or 4 indications, LOEs can be absorbed. And because we won't have a mega -- I mean, I'd love the KEYTRUDA or DUPIXENT, but don't get me wrong. But because we don't have any of those, and I'm already planning out 20, 40, 45. We're long-term plan, okay?
So that's what revenue, how do we keep that going? And as we lose products, well, those are the ones we can absorb because we have these coming through. So we're, as I said, a very unique company that I think is not being maybe seen as I see, which is understandable because I look at it every day. But the periods of 30 to 40, just so exciting. I mean, period now to 30 is a game changer. But where we will be in the 30s and how long we'll be there is quite extraordinary.
Okay. And IRA timing is November 1 through November 30. We don't know when within that time frame. It will hopefully it becomes your 3Q call, would be my that would be helpful. It would be helpful. What I wonder is what you'll disclose once it's out I think the last CMS press release just gave us discounts relative to WAC against 2023 levels, right? So it's for that year-over-year, it's relative to 2024 levels.
I just wonder how we'll interpret that, how investors will interpret that. So do you plan on offering any sort of additional commentary to interpretability of this? Or is it just, hey, 2027 targets are good? Nothing else to see here, on.
Well, look, we work really hard with yourself and investors to help them understand that their need is build the model, it's about the forecast. And so we want to -- we understand that we want to help that. So we're committed to doing that. At the same time, we don't want to give away a competitive situation in the net price. So we're -- I suppose we're committed to help. So we're going to try and not be crude and say, hey, '25 is done, '27, we're going to hit it or whatever. We'll try and actually help you do that within the confines of I don't want to expose ourselves on a net pricing. So very committed to do that. I heard that a lot.
I want to help because one of the things I've realized in this journey on Teva is clearly, I believe in where we're going and other people have lagged that. But I think that's been fair enough because people said, well, how can I -- I can't see in the numbers, how do I model this? How do I model that? And so we've listened and constantly we try and help people do that, and we'll do that in this situation. Just to manage expectation, I just want to thread that needle and not give away something that it is a competitive information that could be detrimental to the company long term.
Yes. Okay. With maybe shifting to the LAIs. Here, you had an update earlier in the week, you've shot through 100% of the target number of injections, I think you have 4,000 or so around versus 3,500 was maybe the FDA number. So was that intentional to overshoot just to give yourself a little added cushion from a regulatory standpoint. Sometimes FDA can default to class labeling, even despite agreements or whatever, and I guess that's like the FDA clear of the FT that we have to sort of live within our business, right? So I'm just kind of curious as you thought about it and the need to maybe have additional safety data to put your best foot forward in that filing?
No. Look, I mean, we -- there's things that happen that didn't always play out. We get more centers involved. We have patients, we have less dropouts and things happen. I think we've ended up with I don't think we intentionally go too far over because obviously, there's a cost base, there's capital. I want to be mindful of how much clinical trial costs. By the way, we think that the FDA thinks that statistically we needed 3,600 to show, we got more. That's helpful. And also we had a previous study, which we also some of that data to show that. So no, it wasn't that.
Although that said, if you speak to Eric, [indiscernible] , we're recruiting so fast on that. We're probably going to overrecruit on that. That's not a bad thing because we get exacerbations happen, then we get more exacerbations, we get the data readout quicker. Oman, MSA, over recruiting, but recruiting so fast it probably comes to a point where we probably will end up over recruiting because you don't want to stop patients with that disease coming into a study where they've been lined up to do it. But we try to be quite precise. And we do what the FDA said, we'll have more data, maybe that's more helpful for them, but I think it's quite classic already.
Yes. What do you think the launch of olanzapine LAI looks like, given that you've got UZEDY out there, right? You've had a chance to sort of be in the field with a product that's call it, overlapping, right? Does that give you a leg up? Do you feel like -- I know you've talked a little bit about maybe the UZEDY launch could have been better, but for being more prepared right into that launch. And so now that imagine you're fully prepared for the olanzapine launch, and do you think that, that's an even more robust launch? UZEDY has that done pretty well.
Yes. I mean, look, give me the opportunity to hand I'm not going to -- Yes, olanzapine should be a really good launch. UZEDY has been a good launch and a good recovery. We should have to recover, but we didn't have in place at that time. We just come together as a team. But yes, I mean, it's the same physicians, the same players, the same hospitals, the same hospital D&T committees. We know the landscape. They know who we are. We have credibility with that community. And so we're going in now with an offering where we say 75% of your patients with schizophrenia, we can help you with [indiscernible] RAI.
So I think my expectations are we've been planning for this now for olanzapine launch. So 2 years of planning before we launch. That's how it should be study. It's about 2 weeks. But it shows good recovery by the team shows a good product profile, but we want to do that. So look, I think olanzapine, I don't know I'm sticking my neck out but I say it's going to be an excellent product, excellent launch. The caveat I always have is we will not give access at a discount we don't think is fair. And so we'll hold the line if that means we have a slower uptake from a revenue point of view versus a patient point of view, so be it.
But physician -- if you do any KOL market research, the physician excitement is high because they know this product. This product is super efficacious. They know UZEDY, they know our technology, so they trust our technology from a long-acting. They know who we are. And we do a lot of studies at clinical sites in the U.S. So I'm definitely leaning into this what it sounds. As I hear myself talk, any management expectations because I think we should be good and we're prepared to be good. So I see no reason why we won't.
A lot of us modeling LAIs tend to just some percentage of the oral volume. But on the recent call, you talked a little bit about how patients may be on a paliperidone injectable maybe are not getting sufficiently under control and could even be switch candidates. Is that an upside as you kind of look at the opportunity commercially for that? Or is that a base case in your view that you can get olanzapine oral volume, but also get some paliperidone injectable switches?
Yes. Look, I think what I think is it's hard to quantify, but if you bring a very good long-acting olanzapine to the market, how does that change the dynamic of patient flow? Do patients flow quick on to olanzapine because the physicians know they are long-acting? Do they cycle from long-acting to long-acting olanzapine quicker? Business opportunity. I think it's going to become more dynamic. I think long-acting could create more opportunity there if we have long-acting olanzapine, absolutely. And I use sort of the analog of Europe, Europe, long-acting is a bigger market share than the U.S.
And so I think -- and the long-acting olanzapine market, I think has more potential. How that will play out? And once again, our $1.5 billion to $2 billion, we tried to give a bit of a range there to sort of say there's different ways this could play out. once again, $1.5 billion, it's a game changer for Teva. If you put that there with AUSTEDO at $3 billion, you put there for AJOVY still growing, you put there for d, that portfolio of innovative drugs from a gross margin point of view is a game changer. So our whole P&L changes, our ability to drive EPS growth changes.
So I think for me, I was at a conference yesterday when people were saying, what drives company value? Is it your multiple or is your ability to drive EPS. And there's a big debate that's okay because we're going to do both. We are going to change our multiple because we're not going to be generics company, and we are going to change our EPS because financially, we're just going to keep driving our EPS up. So there's -- that's an interesting thing. I think we're one of the few companies that could say that.
Okay. And DARI seems like it will be an asset that maybe gets more spotlight next year, right? I think looking at the AZ product, I think they are about 0.5 million units or scripts already, which is a pretty impressive volume which is good for you as you come to market, there's 10 million units total. I'm just kind of curious what are the goalposts for success here as you kind of like look at your data? Is it just, hey, let's get our product out there, let's match it on efficacy because these component parts maybe work the same, but we'll compete on device, we'll have a broader label, and that's going to be our angles to competitively differentiate.
Exactly. Look, I mean, it's sort of a -- it's a weird sweet spot. You have AZ create the market who are really credible in respiratory. By the way, I think, a very good market, a very good price point, very good managed markets as well. We come in. We just come in and we say, okay, right now, give us pediatrics and people are struggling with their device, we missed a device. And so -- and I think from that wedge, we can just grow out because obviously, we can be used in all patient population, but we start with they can't be used in pediatrics, we can. So doctor just use us. And so that's an easy thing for a doctor to give.
And my experience in commercializing the products is if the ask is reasonable for physician, they'll do it. And then as the device, our device is simpler because we make so many devices, we know. And so then I think that compliance and adherence and ease of use will start to play out. And then I think we'll get a bigger share. But if 10 million patients go on for the guidelines, this market will be massive. When we say 1 billion to DARI, we're assuming not 10 million patients who should be on [indiscernible] go on. So I think and what's interesting is the excitement and the continued positive narrative from AZ on this. It's not sexy, but it's a long-term product. They see this as long-term value. It's very hard for people to follow into this market because the devices are so difficult to make.
So yes, I think that's another one that -- by the way, I think our pipeline has no value attached to it. And all obviously slightly, but DARI is one most interesting because this will work. So we know these products work. We know our device [indiscernible] . But obviously, next year, we'll have the full enrollment clinical trial this year. We may be in a position to have enough exacerbations when we get data next year and then we'll have the ability to launch in '27. So it's pretty close. And will that market we come in. And from a payer point of view, once we have access, it's like we have the list of pediatric. So dynamics, which are nice with that, but we're not competing against the big rebate is pediatric.
So what is -- what are the pushes and pulls in this sort of market, right? Is it that payers are still -- is it short acting bronchodilator as the alternative or the legacy alternative? And is there a guideline-driven push?
So it's guidelines. The guidelines 10 million Americans plasma should be on [indiscernible] . It's really key people forget. I think correct me if I'm wrong, thousands of people die every year because [indiscernible] they die, they shouldn't die. So -- and then they get hospitalized as well. So the reason why the guidelines are that, and I think the reason why the payers will be open to this is, one, there's a cost, [indiscernible] death is not costly.
But hospitalization and all the things that happen which these people get hospitalized, there is a need for this and the guidelines are clearly in place. And in respiratory, people follow. It take them a bit of a while, but once they get into it, they see start to follow guidelines. And if anybody can educate on the guidelines, it's a company I think by [indiscernible] who are respecting the respiratory they know what they're doing. So once again, I think it's just another market that's a new market, but will be clearly defined by the time we come in. So I feel very optimistic.
Okay. We have like 5 minutes, so a couple of quick hitters here. So is there a reason why AZ can't get the pediatric label over time? Is it just that they underpowered, their trial for pediatric patients and they shot themselves in the foot, or they could eventually go after?
Yes, they can. I think, look, if you're first to market, the biggest part of the market children become adults.
As we sit here today, they made no effort to go after pediatric.
I think that is adolescent data potentially coming out. But it will take time. By the way, pediatric recruitment is really, really hard. We just focused on it. And I look at every month. So that will follow. But once again, we have differentiation in the device. And when that happens, I think that will be more of a steady state. So we're market leader. They need to be market leader because they have a P&L for us. If we get $1 billion, it's a game changer for us.
Okay. European tariffs, how does that affect your business at all? I guess it would be the 15% now, right? Does that affect you guys in any way?
Yes and no. So no, because AUSTEDO is made in the U.S. So we have no tariffs on that. And then obviously generic, which we're still waiting for clarity on, but it sounds like what we on generics, but...
But we modeled when we said in -- I think it's Q1 earnings, we modeled 10% tariffs across our business. And we said that, that won't impact our ability to deliver our guidance this year on revenue growth and our guidance for the future years. So we feel quite -- and don't forget because we have a limited portfolio, we don't have this challenge that big pharma has is that these factories make a state in Florida we make.
Okay. And then just pushes and pulls going into 3Q, it sounds like maybe international markets, generics, tough comp, U.S. generics, tough comp, maybe some Revlimid phasing differences 3Q to 4Q that maybe are emerging or evolving real time, but you also get European FX tailwind, too, right? So is that kind of like a good synopsis?
Yes, it's a great synopsis.
All right. And then do the [indiscernible] Phase III is sometime soon that you get this off and running. I guess, will you have 2 dose arms in the drug, every 2 weeks, every month? Like how are you thinking about dosing?
So I think we'll -- on an earnings call in Q2, we'll have the full trial design and explain it to everybody and educate because we're excited about that. One thing I will say, subcutaneous will be the production maintenance will be across all of them just in case there's any narrative there. But maybe let's leave the full disclosure of data of our Phase III clinical trial of to the just to make sure people dial in.
I think they always dial in, but how do you think about commercial, right? I think generic ENTYVIO biosimilar ENTYVIO should be available, right? Biosimilar HUMIRA will be available. So it's a new frontier in the biologics world where 2 big main states, especially in UC, right? I guess STELARA, the big one in Crohn's. So you've got biosimilar options across the board of all these biologics. How do you see that affecting kind of payer behaviors and access dynamics when you have another new innovative biologic class coming through?
So look, I can answer it 2 ways. first answer, which is slightly how it is. If you go back to the U.S., the rebates, the addiction to rebates, one could argue that the introduction bar makes no difference because they don't use that as an opportunity. They just beat up the rebates for the next product. So I can say that's sort of one school of thought. The other one is it doesn't really matter because the cycle rates through these indications is so continuous. Nobody stays on therapy because nobody has the efficacy to maintain something.
And so the reason why it doesn't matter about HUMIRA matter because they'll cycle through those. I mean, I think it's in CD, 80% end up on surgery anyway. So it's a really horrific disease that there is nobody who is controlled and just go through different MOAs. So based on that, that's why TL1, I think we will do really well. I think will do really well. With either one of those scenarios, it does really well. This is a bit pessimistic to have a biosimilar portfolio. I think that's going to change.
But if it does change, I think the interesting thing what you see in Europe, when biosimilars introduced, you see more treatment biologics earlier on, which would argue that you start to cycle earlier on new products. So either of those, I think, is positive.
Is there a dynamic like in oncology, right, when you get a third or fourth line patient, you just end up treating them for a shorter duration because they're pretty far gone and the newer therapies don't work as long. And so when you get an I&I disorder like you see Crohn's and you're catching them third, fourth line, right? Are you just going to get them for a much shorter duration of therapy and the value using this language, but value per patient, right, shrinks when you use later line?
Well, I'd say that maybe the opposite to happen. So if you look at the data in our Phase II, we had patients exposed to biologics, the efficacy looked high. Just interesting to see if that turns out in Phase III. But what you see if you take the oncology one, if it works in these patients, you tend to get it moved further on. And I think what happens because there's a level of dissatisfaction in C and CD, I think TL1A proved to be more efficacious. It will be more tolerable and have a better safety profile and less monitoring, less back box. So I think actually physicians start to use it earlier on.
I certainly have the monitor has a black box and it's not more efficacious. And the payers can talk to you about it. But once again, these are difficult to treat diseases, they end up with surgery. So I think physicians are quite going to say, if the rebate is right, don't get reported with Sanofi who has Dupixent, they have quite a big rebate opportunity. So I think, yes, let's say we start there. I think we'll move up because one thing people are thinking about TL1, I believe it's going to end up to be at least a better point of view, but it's really safe and tolerable. You don't have that in this category across all these products. And I think it's really unique. So I think it's going to be used people think. Once again, even if it's not Teva, it's game changing because we're not a $50 billion innovative revenue company.
So if you put a $2 billion to Teva, it's a game changer. And that's the thing that's always interesting when we talk about these products, they could be [indiscernible] could be a $10 billion across all indications, could be more, could be less. doesn't really matter. We'll push it to be as big as we can. And obviously, Sanofi needed to be big as they can because they got Dupixent coming off patent. But for us, if we fall at the lower end, which we said $2 billion to $5 billion in IBD, if it said $2 billion, it's still a game changer for us. And that's without the other indications we're going to have 2 indications next year. So we're in that transformational time for the next 5 years is super exciting. But then 30 to 40 just get even better.
I think we're out of time, right? Yes. All right. Well, thank you, Richard, for joining us at the conference.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR — Bank of America Global Healthcare Conference 2025
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR — Bank of America Global Healthcare Conference 2025
📣 Kernbotschaft
- Kernaussage: Teva beschreibt eine klare Transition von einem Generika‑ zu einem Biopharma‑Unternehmen: Innovationsumsatz wächst deutlich (Management nennt Q2: Generika −2% vs. Innovation +27%), neue verschreibungsfähige Produkte und LAI‑Launches sollen Margen und EPS treiben, bei gleichzeitiger Disziplin in Kapitalallokation und Schuldenabbau.
🎯 Strategische Highlights
- Kapitalallokation: Fokus auf selektive Zukäufe (auch China), Reduktion generika‑Pipeline auf ~65% der Off‑Patent‑Werte, Reallokation von R&D‑Mitteln in Innovation.
- Kostendisziplin: Operative Effizienzprogramm mit Ziel $700M Einsparungen bis 2027 (ca. 2/3 bis Ende 2026); COGS‑Verbesserungen sollen Großteil ab 2027 liefern.
- Preis‑ und Marktdisziplin: Management betont keine Rabatt‑Strategie für Olanzapin/andere Launches; selektive Business‑Development‑Deals müssen synergetisch und de‑risked sein.
🔍 Neue Informationen
- Konkret: Ziel, Investment‑Grade in H2 nächstes Jahr; durch Schuldentilgung sollen bis 2027 zusätzlich ca. $400M Zinsersparnis/Cash freiwerden.
- Programme & Timing: LAI‑Studien übererfüllt Ziel‑Rekrutierung, Olanzapin‑Launch geplant für nächstes Jahr; XR‑IP bis 2041 genannt; AUSTEDO‑Peak prognosis $3bn, Schizophrenie‑Franchise $1.5–2bn.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Capital Balance: Wie priorisiert Teva Wachstum vs. Net‑Debt‑Paydown? Management: Innovation zuerst, aber diszipliniert; BD nur bei Synergien.
- TAPI & Rating: Wird TAPI benötigt für Investment‑Grade? Antwort: Nein, IG möglich ohne TAPI; 3Q‑Timing unbeantwortet.
- COGS‑Details: Verbesserungen durch Werkskonsolidierung, Produktionsoptimierung und Standard‑Operational‑Excellence; Hauptwirkung 2027.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Implikation: Präsentation unterstreicht Upside aus neuen, margenstarken Produkten und spartaktischen Kostensenkungen; Hauptrisiken bleiben LOE‑Effekte (z. B. Revlimid‑Generika), Payer/IRA‑Dynamik und Ausführung der Effizienzprogramme. Für Aktionäre: deutlich positives Story‑Repricing bei erfolgreicher Umsetzung, aber Auslieferung der Einsparungen und Launch‑execution sind kritische Meilensteine.
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR — Special Call - Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited
1. Management Discussion
Welcome to the Olanzapine LAI TEV-'749 Phase III SOLARIS Data Presentation Conference Call. My name is Elliot, and I'll be coordinating your call today. [Operator Instructions].
I would now like to hand over to Christopher Stevo. Please go ahead.
Thank you, Elliot. Good morning and good afternoon, everyone. Thank you for joining us for this call. In a moment, I'll introduce -- sorry, pass you on to my colleague, Eric Hughes, who will introduce the other speakers. But I just want to let you know we'll be making forward-looking statements during today's call, and we undertake no obligation to update those statements after today's call. And if you have any further questions on our forward-looking statements, please see the appropriate sections of our SEC filings under forms 10-Q and 10-K.
And with that, my colleague, Dr. Eric Hughes, the floor is yours.
Thank you, Chris, and thank you for everyone joining today to talk about our SOLARIS Phase III data, safety and efficacy that we presented recently at the Psych Conference in San Diego.
Moving forward, before we get talking about our program for schizophrenia, I did want to briefly highlight the strong neuroscience legacy we have at Teva, starting with COPAXONE and AZILECT in the past and now with AJOVY, AUSTEDO and UZEDY in our marketed products, and then looking forward to potential approvals for UZEDY in bipolar, and today our programs in Phase III for olanzapine LAI. And not to forget, we have emrusolmin developing in Phase II for multiple system atrophy. This legacy has given us great capabilities in our R&D organization from preclinical to clinical and approved products. It's been a great opportunity for us to build upon that legacy. And this is not just in the United States, but in the EU and the rest of the world.
So moving on to what we're going to talk about today, and that's schizophrenia. Schizophrenia, as many of you know, is a devastating disease frequently for the patient as well as the family members of those patients. It's a complex disease. It has both positive and negative symptoms. It has cognitive implications, and it also affects the mood of patients suffering with this disease. All of these contribute to the functional deficits that really impact the quality of life of these patients who suffer with schizophrenia.
So moving on to the -- why we're so excited about what we can do for the treatment of schizophrenia. It's important to remember that schizophrenia is a frequently progressive disease that is exacerbated by relapsing of the disease and then the progression of that disease. And remember, every time a patient relapse, it makes it more difficult for that patient to be treated and in progress of their disease. And it's also important to remember that 80% of patients, despite treatment, frequently relapse multiple times in the first 5 years of treatment.
So what can we do about that? The things we can do about that is help with adherence because we know that adherence is important for the treatment of schizophrenia and preventing those relapses. And that's what brings us to olanzapine LAI, our new formulation that we studied in the SOLARIS Phase III study. This program and this formulation were designed specifically to show that we could make a subcutaneous injection of olanzapine that prevents the possibility of having PDSS. That's post-injection delirium/sedation syndrome.
And why is that? Well, first of all, this is a subcutaneous injection that's easily given in a formulation that rapidly aggregates and is a very controlled release of this formulation so that you don't have any spikes in the exposure to olanzapine. And that's what we believe drives PDSS, the currently available injection. If people want to have more of a clear and more elegant video to watch about the way that this formulation works, we do provide a link on this page. And if you write to Teva, we can get you a password code, look at that link and see how the science behind an injection works.
So moving more on to what is -- the results and what we're excited about at the conference this year in San Diego. Well, it goes from preclinical all the way to the clinical results. As I've talked about before, this formulation, when you're comparing it directly to the currently available LAI, you can see in this graph to the left that the currently available formulation rapidly dissolves. This is a study in vitro where we injected the formulations directly into serum. So in this worst-case scenario, you can see that in the green, there's a rapid dissolution of the currently available LAI. But with the new formulation that we have developed with Teva, there's a very slow and continued release even in this worst-case scenario.
But going beyond this in vitro test now across the entire program for our olanzapine LAI formulation, we have over 4,000 or approximately 4,000 subcutaneous injections where we've seen no PDSS. It's important also to remember that the efficacy for all three doses were spot on and statistically and clinically meaningful. And that with this data, we're confident in the safety profile and the efficacy of this formulation. So I hope you can feel the excitement we have for this program and the potential of really opening up a whole new avenue of treatment for patients suffering with schizophrenia.
And with that, I'm going to pass it off to my colleague, Chris Fox, to talk about the opportunity for Teva that this presents.
Thanks, Eric, and good morning, good afternoon, everyone. Eric, before I start, I just want to say thank you to you and your team. You guys continue to do amazing work in addressing unmet needs and kind of advancing medicine clearly with your know-how, but also with this technology, and we're really excited about it.
So to frame it up, I would describe this opportunity as really unique for Teva at large to have a best-in-class LAI franchise. So not one medicine, but two. And underpinning that, it's with two very well-established molecules with a wide range of patients. All of you know and are familiar with UZEDY, and that really suits for patients that are on risperidone or paliperidone. They might be somewhat controlled but desired additional convenience or more sustainable control by being on an LAI. And many physicians characterize UZEDY and their use as the fastest and easiest way to get to a therapeutic optimal dose.
On the right-hand side, we see olanzapine being an incredible complement to this. So patients that might be appropriate for olanzapine LAI will certainly be folks that are on orals or not suitably controlled on other orals and need more control. What we've seen in the research and from physicians is they particularly like this molecule for patients that present with agitation or aggression. So we see this combination being really powerful from a breadth perspective and offering new and innovative options for patients.
When we think about the opportunity, I would like to start with characterizing it just on the overall approach and kind of the unmet need. And as Eric said, schizophrenia is a really severe mental illness that obviously is devastating for patients, their families and society as a whole. And you can see, just based on this bar graph, high unmet needs. Further, if you look at the graph, you can see that the market represents a significant number of patients with roughly similar numbers of treated patients across the U.S. and EU, and the propensity, most notably in the EU to favor the use of LAIs.
If you ladder that down one run, you'll notice that oral olanzapine usage, both in the U.S. and EU, respectively, and then certainly the percentage of LAIs. So you can see some variation, but overall, really a significant opportunity, and we see this as really being a significant opportunity from the perspective of quicker utilization and broader adoption of LAIs.
One of the things that makes this so complicated is when you look at kind of the patient journey across the board, how do we help and intervene with these patients. And the left-hand side is meant to take kind of a look at the patient journey. This is a very, very simplified perspective, and you'll see all the squiggly lines kind of representing inflection points that affect treatment and ultimately control for these patients. Most of these patients start seeing symptoms in their late adolescents or early teens, and they're often misdiagnosed or treated for depression or anxiety, and it can really take years. And in fact, what we see with schizophrenia is that in many of the treatment reports, it can take an average of 8.5 years between that first onset of symptoms and the assortment of treatment. And you can appreciate that, that's obviously a really, really difficult pathway to take.
Why we spend so much time on this is we think we've taken the time to service these patients and the physicians treating them by understanding this. And we've used UZEDY as our foray into this market in this deep understanding of the patient journey, along with differentiated products, really lends itself to us being in a unique position from a go-to-market perspective when we're anticipating the launch of olanzapine.
And I'll close just by saying that we're really, really excited about this opportunity. We think that this is a really unique position to be in on answering these unmet needs with a differentiated LAI franchise. We know that we can address a broad spectrum of patients. Most of the patients will either be able to benefit from UZEDY or olanzapine. And as I've said, we think we have a really excellent go-to-market capability and opportunity to really be a leader in the psych space and advance that as we go.
And now it's my absolute privilege to introduce our keynote speaker today, Professor Correll, who is an incredible leader in the psychiatry space. He has multiple appointments including Professor of Psychiatry at Zucker School of Medicine in New York, Chair of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry at Charité in Berlin. He is a prolific researcher and has something to the effect of 900 peer-reviewed articles. And we're delighted today to have him be able to speak as the principal investigator leading the SOLARIS study. Welcome, Professor Correll.
Well, thank you very much. I seem to have had trouble signing in with my Internet. I'm really sorry about that. And so I'm really privileged to talk about the SOLARIS study, which I believe is a milestone in the treatment of schizophrenia, which as we heard, is really troubled by a lot of relapses that have to do with mortality, poor functioning and also nonadherence. And while we've had multiple long-acting injectables available to us, first generation, but also second generation, those have been restrained to risperidone, paliperidone as one family, and the aripiprazole franchise. But the olanzapine, which has been used a lot for very chronically ill patients has not been really available to us as an LAI simply because we have problems with the PDSS or the post-injection delirium/somnolence syndrome, which can be potentially fatal when all of the olanzapine that's injected can enter the bloodstream.
Now the subcutaneous formulation that Teva has been developing is really the solution to that. Because as you've seen, even when you inject it into the bloodstream itself, its formulation really flocks out and it can't enter the bloodstream. And what we've done in the SOLARIS study is that we have two different phases. The first one was the FDA [Technical Difficulty] us to show that the medication in that formulation works for schizophrenia. So basically, an 8-week acute study where you can see here that 20-point and more improvement in both and all of the three doses were achieved that were equivalent to 10, 15 and 20 milligrams, and that was the efficacy portion. But obviously, we know that olanzapine works, check. It works also when it's formulated as a subcutaneous formulation. But the question then obviously was what about the long-term safety. And here, we were able to show that over the next 48 weeks, there was very good tolerance of this medication, and there was over 3,400 injections and not a single PDSS.
The patients who had been finishing the initial phase were then rerandomized and they were continued on the dose, but rerandomized when they came from placebo. When we look at the safety of the medication, we can see that it was also very well tolerated. This is olanzapine as we know it. There is weight gain that has to be monitored and managed and can also be, I think, monitored and managed as we know with olanzapine. Because you know that this medication, despite the cardiometabolic side effects, is still one of the most used medications orally, but not yet as an LAI because of the issues that we've had with the deep intramuscular injectables.
You can also see that there are, obviously, as expected, also some injection site reactions. But when you put all of them together, they were mostly mild to moderate, and also less than 1% of patients discontinued treatment, either due to the weight gain and metabolic abnormalities, less than 1% due to injection site reactions, and also less than 1% due to sedation, which can be a side effect with olanzapine. So overall, this medication was very well tolerated, and this was also confirmed in the SOLARIS study.
Now let me see which slide you're on now. I think I've gone through them. Is there anything else I need to cover?
Eric had the conclusion. Just a couple of slides before the Q&A. Eric, are you there still? I'll tell you what, I can do Eric slides. Okay. So thank you for that, Dr. Correll. We very much appreciate that. And we're also proud to say and proud that our colleagues hard work with olanzapine was honored and the hard work of the investigators and the patients who participate in the trials. And we just wanted to mention that here. So very well done on part of our colleagues. Next slide, please. Okay. And that's it.
So now it's time for our Q&A. Elliot, now please feel free to go ahead and queue up the first question.
[Operator Instructions] First question comes from David Amsellem with Piper Sandler.
2. Question Answer
So just two for me. First, on the total number of injections, I think you cited 3,470 injections in the SOLARIS study experience or maybe it was the overall clinical experience. But I just wanted to clarify, I think you needed at least 3,600 injections per the FDA. So I just want to make sure that you have enough injections and exposures to pass muster with the FDA. Just give us a refresher on where that stands. I think you do, but just wanted to clarify there. That's number one.
And then number two, regarding LAI olanzapine beyond schizophrenia. Can you talk about bipolar and also getting -- eventually getting that into the label? And just talk more generally about the mix between schizophrenia and bipolar usage among the oral olanzapine population, if you can.
Great. So first of all, maybe I'll start with the -- we'll start with the FDA question that was just asked. Yes, so FDA has been in work conjunction developing the program with us for many years. Actually, I'm in Zagreb, Croatia right now with the -- in the very labs that the formulation was developed. And they reminded me that the first time we interacted with the FDA on that very question was back in 2016, and they said that there was the possibility of developing a formulation without a black box warning or monitoring. So that began the journey. You've seen the data that shows both preclinically and now clinically around 4,000 subcutaneous doses without PDSS. And this is checking all the boxes that we've discussed with FDA with regards to what the safety and efficacy should look like. So although everything is up for review with the FDA, we're confident in the data and the way that it's been developing over the years, and we're looking forward to their feedback.
With your question about bipolar disease, that certainly is an opportunity that we could entertain as a life cycle management for olanzapine. Just to remind you, we actually have already submitted that very indication for UZEDY as well back in February of this year. So we're also looking for feedback on that program. So I think that we're really building a franchise, not only for schizophrenia, but potential other indications in the future.
And when it comes to the use of this oral olanzapine LAI with regards to where patients would come from with regards to oral, perhaps I could ask Professor Correll to maybe highlight how he sees LAIs entering the market, maybe particularly for olanzapine and what the opportunity is there for patients.
Absolutely. And just to follow up on the other question, the 3,470 injections were just in the SOLARIS program. So overall, with all these studies, I believe there are almost 3,900 injections, if I'm not mistaken. In terms of where...
That's correct.
Okay, great. Thanks for confirming. Overall, where olanzapine LAI subcutaneous would now come from, I think there are multiple sources. I would certainly move over a number of my patients who are currently on oral olanzapine and most of my colleagues, I think, are waiting for that option, too. You may remember that olanzapine is used mostly for more severely ill patients that often have also more cognitive dysfunction, may not have as much supervision and family members who can guide them and help them to remember taking the medication. And they also have fragmented illness inside.
So here, having an LAI can be very helpful. But we also have a number of patients who are currently on either aripiprazole LAIs or risperidone, paliperidone LAI and still have residual positive symptoms where we think they might be able to improve further, but we weren't able to move them to an olanzapine product because that wasn't available really as a manageable LAI. So in that sense, I also assume that some patients might move over from those patients. And then there are others that because of the lack of an LAI would not have been tried on oral olanzapine and therefore, might also come from that third group.
So I believe that here, we have a treatment that will fulfill a gap and will also pretty quickly gain treatment users more than even with UZEDY, because UZEDY has had to fight actually against five or six other formulations that are available at risperidone or paliperidone and still has held its own very nicely with mucositis, also because of the subcutaneous formulation, patients might actually prefer that than intramuscular formulations, the ease of injection at the beginning, no dual injection needed, no oral sore treatment, no loading dose, no booster injection after 1 week. And the same assets are also present for olanzapine LAI, which I think makes it a very easy-to-use option now that many of us are waiting for.
We now turn to Jason Gerberry with Bank of America.
Maybe for Dr. Correll, I'm just curious with RELPREVV. How much of the issue was the box warning and the safety fear factor of PDSS versus the post-dose, I think, 3-hour monitoring requirement? My sense is that it's a monitoring requirement with a much bigger issue. And then just love to get your thoughts on the weight gain. Will that be a factor that you manage through patient selection? Or would you use weight mitigation strategies like metformin prescription for these patients or just pull patients off drug if there's the hint of metabolic parameters going in the wrong direction?
Yes. Thanks for the two questions. I believe that it's really a combination. The fear of PDSS, even though it's just 1 in the 1,100 to 1,200 injections, but that can be potentially fatal is something that has made it very difficult to prescribe this medication. And to then mitigate that the 3 hours observation in the hospital, it's just so hard to do operationally. And what if the patient just walks out and says, thank you very much and then we're responsible for them. I think it's really this combination of the risk and the risk mitigation strategy that has made it unmanageable in most settings. And therefore, not having either of the two is really freeing up olanzapine LAI as a new option for us.
In terms of the weight gain, this has been something that we know is a problem with olanzapine as well as with clozapine. So the two most effective drugs at the moment of the, at least, postsynaptic dopamine modulators have not deterred clinicians from using this medication. And actually, when we look at long-term studies with oral olanzapine, olanzapine is adhered to longer -- generally even than other medications. So the weight gain is an issue, but it's monitorable and manageable. And many patients recognize, especially when they're more into the illness that, yes, weight gain is something that has been happening with other agents, too. And now I need to get my feet on the ground and be back into life.
And what we've also shown is that despite the weight gain, actually, the mortality is reduced with medications, including the high metabolic risk agents because as patients improve functionally, they are going more to doctors to have secondary prevention of weight gain and blood pressure problems and glucose problems, and they also have less psychosis-related stress, so that's hormonal changes and also basically have better lifestyle behaviors.
So in that sense, what we would do is improve the healthy lifestyle by giving lifestyle instructions. And when patients are less psychotic, they can follow them more. And on the other hand, you're right, metformin is something that we're now proposing very much at the beginning even of olanzapine treatment because prevention of weight gain is easier than intervention. And at the same time, GLP-1 agonist might also be an option to actually mitigate the weight gain.
We now turn to Les Sulewski with Truist.
A couple for Dr. Correll. How do you ensure or how did you ensure representation across schizophrenia subtypes among the 675 participants? And what strategies were used to minimize the dropout rates in the OLE study? And then just to go back to the metabolic and weight effects, the 5.6 kilogram weight gain over the 48 weeks stabilized after week 32. Can you elaborate on the dosing impact between the 318 and the 531 mg? And how does that compare to oral within your experience? And then I have a follow-up for Eric.
Yes. Thank you for the three questions. So first of all, we used sites that have patients who come in and are exacerbated and need to be treated for their relapse. This is a patient population that actually agrees to be in the study. So in that sense, I think it's very representative of patients in RCTs. Is it fully representative of all patients with schizophrenia? Most likely not. I mean we didn't enroll patients who had suicidal ideas, who are so aggressive that they couldn't understand the study procedures and adhere to them. But I think overall, the population is very much on par with other medications that we've seen. And we know that olanzapine actually, the efficacy really translates from RCT data into the real world because it has such robust efficacy.
In terms of keeping the people in the trial in the long-term study, I mean, these are patients who are called. They are in the study. They have agreed to it. But we have seen in other studies, too, that olanzapine is actually a drug that despite the weight gain, patients seem to somehow feel well enough and maybe sometimes even better than other medications that they do stay in, and we've seen that in this study, too. And then the third question, remind me, was...
Yes, so the stabilization of weight gain after week 32 and then in comparison between the dosing and oral.
Yes. Okay. So there has been in the literature a small dose-dependent effect on weight, but we really, I don't think, have looked at that in depth. And if anything, the delta is not very large between the doses because all of them are efficacious. But when you look at the 5.6 kilograms overall, this is very consistent with both oral treatments of olanzapine for a year or above as well as with the RELPREVV data, the olanzapine deep intramuscular long-acting injectables. So there are no surprises, it's the same molecule.
Very helpful. Perhaps just last one for me, if I may, for Eric. How might the '749 impact hospitalization rates given the separate UZEDY data that showed cost savings?
If Eric can't answer, maybe I jump in again until he comes in. So I mean, I think we can really learn from the UZEDY data. We know that olanzapine is highly efficacious, and we know that LAIs really beat all antipsychotics. We've done multiple meta-analysis on that and particularly on relapse prevention and hospitalization. And since hospitalizations are the most costly aspects of care, not only in the United States, but overall, this will lead to cost reductions. And I think pharmacoepi studies will follow and will also show that.
We now turn to Umer Raffat with Evercore ISI.
This is Mike DiFiore in for Umer. Congrats on the data. Two for me. This is more of a commercial question. How should we think about the peak penetration into the oral olanzapine segment? And as a follow-up to that, I mean, you had a slide saying that your total franchise peak revenue was between $1.5 billion and $2 billion. That seems kind of conservative. I just wanted to get your thoughts on that, especially in light of the fact that back in the days, our production peak sales were over $5 billion.
Thanks for the question, Mike. Chris, do you want to take those?
Sure. Happy to, and thank you for that. I appreciate your optimism. I guess I'll start in reverse order. I think we're trying to be thoughtful about the opportunity, and we realize that for olanzapine specifically, right, the opportunity is going to be bigger, at least at the onset in Europe, given that they have higher olanzapine and higher LAI. I think the bigger thing in the U.S. is kind of the behavior shift to using LAIs and using them sooner in the treatment algorithm to gain that control.
And I think to your point about peak penetration, we certainly expect, as Professor Correll said, that the early usage will come from patients that are on oral olanzapine, but you could see the opportunity and just based on the data that if patients are not controlled, there could be other oral to olanzapine LAI use as well as LAI to LAI. I think we'll have to see how that nets out. But we certainly think at start, people are very comfortable with olanzapine as a molecule, and that's where we will get kind of the initial uptake.
I appreciate that. Just really quick. You said that the U.S. will kind of require like a behavioral change amongst physicians and HCPs in prescribing olanzapine LAI. I mean is this going to be kind of a Herculean effort? I mean, how long do you think it will take for physicians to kind of realize the value proposition of this medication and really start prescribing it regularly?
I don't know that we can set a watch to that necessarily. I didn't mean specifically behavioral change to LAI, olanzapine, just LAIs in general. I think adoption rates, we have less penetration of LAIs. I think that, that's just maybe because they haven't had good options. Certainly, we've seen great uptake with UZEDY. So if that flows through, I think it could be something similar in that kind of traction with this bigger opportunity. As Dr. Correll said, there's a big comfort. People know olanzapine is a molecule. And so we haven't been prolific around stating the curve because we don't know that yet, that will depend on access and reimbursement and all the other things that flow through once you launch. But we're very optimistic about this. And as importantly, I think we underscore not only our responsibility in leading this proposition, but also in what it can do for patients from a lifestyle change as we described how important and significant it can be in a schizophrenic's life.
Professor Correll, do you have anything to add to that?
Yes. I think I fully agree with that, that in the sense of olanzapine LAI, there will be a very short runway because we know the medication, we know what an LAI is. And if we see that patients on olanzapine or other LAIs now have this future option that that's an easy sell. What's more problematic, as Chris was saying, is getting overall the LAI use increased over 16%. And I think this has happened over time more and more. But having now a new option in terms of a molecule, I think, will add to the overall sales of LAIs. And here, olanzapine LAI will really keep quite a bit of that percentage, and we'll see a steeper increase in the [ feed ] value. That's my depiction.
We now turn to Matt Dellatorre with Goldman Sachs.
Congrats on the results. Maybe just following up on the peak sales side, especially the LAI franchise. Could you also share any more details on what that breaks down between UZEDY and olanzapine? It looks like UZEDY peak consensus sales are around $650 million. And then how are you thinking about the time to peak sales as well as the durability of this franchise? And then maybe just drilling a little more specifically into UZEDY, just given the strength of the profile to date, how confident are you in its ability to expand into other molecule classes such as Invega Sustenna, just given you highlighted that as a key aspect of forward growth.
Chris, I don't know, were you able to hear me ask questions? I can repeat them for you, if you like.
Yes. I think I got most of them. Maybe you can help me out if I don't touch them all. So I'll start with UZEDY first and just say, listen, we're really pleased with our results, and we think we've done an excellent job. A big part of that comes from the deep understanding and have penetrated the part of the market in which we directly play, having a majority of that share. So I think we're hovering at -- pretty much maxed out on that. So you're exactly right. We will expand into other utilization from other molecules and switches from other orals, and that's going to be a big important part. And I think as physicians get more and more experience with UZEDY, they tend to be more and more comfortable with that.
And so I think composition-wise, overall, for the franchise, olanzapine LAI will contribute more, particularly because Europe is going to play such a big important role, having about 30% base oral olanzapine usage to date and a much higher LAI usage as well. So I think that behavioral change that I was talking about before, a lot of that already exists. And physicians and government bodies, payers have recognized how important it is to the system to get patients controlled and have embraced that.
So I think we have two really great products, and that combination allows us to hit most of the potential patients. So that's a wide swath, 70%, 80% of patients could be eligible for either one of these compounds. Time to peak, I don't think we're commenting on yet. That will all flush out when we see uptake and once we know access both within U.S. and ex U.S. Chris, did I miss anything?
No, I think those are all the key points, Chris. Thanks for the question, Matt.
We now turn to Ash Verma with UBS.
This is Dee here on Ash's behalf. We have two questions. So the first one is that as you are getting ready for the regulatory filing here, just wanted to see if there's any consideration similar to the UZEDY regulatory review process, where I think the FDA flagged the instances of like patients receiving higher than assigned dose or duly truthfully enrolled patients. Are you -- I guess, are you confident that olanzapine LAI data is clean from that standpoint?
And then my second question is, can you talk about which division of the FDA would like applicable to go through? And as you think about agency adoption -- like agency adopting a class label or not, what makes you believe that FDA would be discerning enough in the case of olanzapine LAI to give you a label that's differentiated?
Thanks for the question, Dee. Eric, are you able to answer?
Yes, I'm here. Yes, thank you for the question. And I'd start off by saying we learned a lot from the UZEDY filing when we had that CRL and we had the review and identified the problems you frequently see in schizophrenia trials of dual enrollment. We incorporated that all in our process of executing the olanzapine study. So we had extra monitoring. We had 100% unblinded monitors during the study to make sure that we were giving out the drug appropriately and positively to only a single patient. So that's the challenge that you sometimes have in these studies. So that, in addition to extra monitoring and oversight of the study as well as an additional pre-submission inspection we did on our own to make sure that all the problems we had seen before were not recapitulated in the study. So we're really confident in making sure this is a picture perfect submission. So I'm confident we've addressed all the issues with UZEDY.
With regards to the favorability or the willingness of FDA to address this label issue with regards to PDSS. As I mentioned before, we have been in these discussions positively interacting with the idea that if we can generate a database of safety and efficacy that checks a number of the boxes that FDA worked with us on throughout this development program, that is a possibility for what our label will look like. So that is still the open -- that's still open possibility. And I think that the data that we've generated and talked about today supports a very favorable label for this treatment that would give people or patients a new opportunity for treatment. It is the same division that we've worked with on UZEDY. So we're very familiar with them.
And again, that includes the totality of the preclinical work as well, demonstrating the, as Eric would say, the impossibility of PDSS, not just the clinical.
Yes. It's the totality of the data. As I keep going over, the in vitro data is very supportive of the fact that the formulations are completely different. One dissolves rapidly. It's an intramuscular injection. Ours is a subcutaneous shot that rapidly aggregates in the aqueous environment of the subcutaneous tissue. Our Phase I data has shown no spikes in the PK. The totality of subcutaneous injections is almost 4,000 injections. So this has fulfilled all the data points that we've discussed with FDA. They understand what the submission will look like, and we've had productive discussions on formulating what the submission structure would be, and we're moving forward with that.
We have no further questions. So I'll hand back for any closing remarks.
Eric, any closing remarks you'd like to make?
Well, I'd like to first thank Professor Correll for participating in the call today and being the lead investigator for our Phase III SOLARIS data and study. We're pleased with the results. I'm proud of the team at Teva for executing a well one Phase III and an entire program, including the great formulation and preclinical work. I think the totality of the data is really exciting. And I think that this will be a great moment to build our franchise in the LAI market for patients with schizophrenia, and there'll be more to come.
Chris, I don't know if you had anything else you want to add today.
No. Just thank you all for calling, and thank you for your interest. We really appreciate it. You can tell that we're excited and expect really great things. So thank you for your time.
Great. Thanks, everyone.
Thank you to my colleagues. Thank you, Dr. Correll. And if you -- as Eric mentioned earlier, if you'd like the password for that video, please reach out to Investor Relations, and we can provide that to you. Thank you, everyone. Bye-bye.
Ladies and gentlemen, today's call has now concluded. We'd like to thank you for your participation. You may now disconnect your lines.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR — Special Call - Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR — Special Call - Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited
📢 Kernbotschaft
- Studienresultat: Die SOLARIS Phase‑III‑Daten zeigen rund 3.900–4.000 subkutane Injektionen ohne ein einziges Ereignis von Post‑Injection Delirium/Sedation Syndrome (PDSS).
- Efficacy: Alle drei Dosen erzielten statistisch und klinisch aussagekräftige Verbesserungen in der akuten Phase und gute Langzeit‑Toleranz über 48 Wochen.
- Marktfolge: Teva positioniert olanzapine LAI als komplementären Baustein zur bestehenden UZEDY‑Franchise mit signifikanter Opportunity, besonders in EU‑Märkten.
🎯 Strategische Highlights
- Formulierung: Subkutane, schnell aggregierende Depotsuspension reduziert PK‑Spikes und adressiert mechanistisch das PDSS‑Risiko.
- Franchise‑Play: Kombination UZEDY + olanzapine LAI soll breite Patientengruppen abdecken (Orale Umsteiger, unkontrollierte Patienten, LAI‑Switches).
- Go‑to‑Market: Europa dürfte früheres Uptake‑Momentum liefern (höhere LAI‑Nutzung); US‑Adoption erfordert Verhaltensänderung bei Ärzten und Erstattungsklärung.
🔭 Neue Informationen
- Zulassungsdaten: Teva berichtet ~3.900 Injektionen im Gesamtprogramm (SOLARIS alleine ~3.470) und sieht die Datensätze als ausreichend für die FDA‑Diskussionen; finale Entscheidung steht noch aus.
- Sicherheitsprofil: Gewichtszunahme ~5,6 kg über 48 Wochen (stabilisierend nach Woche 32); Injektionsreaktionen meist mild, Abbrüche <1% wegen Sedierung/Injection.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- FDA‑Anforderungen: Analysten fragten, ob die Injektionsanzahl für die FDA reicht; Management nennt produktübergreifend ~4.000 Dosen und konstruktive Gespräche mit der Behörde.
- Indikationsausweitung: Interesse an Bipolar‑Indikation; Teva prüft Lifecycle‑Strategien ähnlich wie bei UZEDY, mögliche zukünftige Submissions.
- Kommerzielle Unsicherheiten: Fragen zu Peak‑Penetration, Zeit‑bis‑Peak und Franchise‑Split (Teva nennt konservativen Gesamt‑Peak $1,5–2,0 Mrd.), sowie Management‑Strategien für Gewicht/Metabolik (Lifestyle, Metformin, GLP‑1 erwähnt).
⚡ Bottom Line
- Bewertung: SOLARIS reduziert das zentrale Sicherheitsrisiko von olanzapine LAI (PDSS) deutlich und erlaubt Teva eine regulatorische Einreichung mit kommerziellem Upside neben UZEDY; Hauptrisiken bleiben Metabolik, finale Label‑Formulierung und Marktzugang/Erstattung, daher ist der Wert realistischerweise mittel‑ bis langfristig zu realisieren.
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR — Morgan Stanley 23rd Annual Global Healthcare Conference
1. Question Answer
Okay. So I think we'll start. So good morning, everyone. My name is Thibault Boutherin. I am Co-Head of the European Equity Research Pharma team based in London. Before we start this session, I need to refer to important disclosures. Please see the Morgan Stanley research disclosure website at www.morganstanley.com/researchdisclosures. And if you have any questions, please reach out to your Morgan Stanley sales representative.
So for this session on Teva, I am delighted to have with me Richard Francis, CEO of Teva. Thank you very much for joining us today. So we'll go into Q&A. But before that, Richard, do you want to start with some introductory comments on the situation and the outlook at Teva?
Thank you. Thank you for having me, hosted. Appreciate it, as always, and thank you, everybody, for turning up. So I'll be quite brief so we can get to questions. Just over 2 years ago, maybe 2.5 years ago, we launched the Pivot to Growth strategy, which was a strategy we launched in New York to get the company back to growth after 5 years of decline.
I think it's fair to say that strategy was created a smile on many people's faces. 2.5 years later, 10 quarters of consecutive growth, the transition from a pure-play generics company to a biopharma company, I think, is well on track and gaining momentum. And we've done that through consistently executing on our 4 pillars, which is driving our innovative business, our growth engines, AUSTEDO, AJOVY and UZEDY, which I'm sure we'll talk about.
And then the great work we've done on our pipeline, a really, really high-quality pipeline, and Eric is with me here today, accelerating that through the clinic. So we'll be submitting olanzapine to the FDA this year. And then we will have an ability to conclude our asthma study end of this year. We've got great recruitment on emrusolmin in MSA, and we had a great readout of duvakitug in our Phase II study.
So considering a company that was considered a pure-play generic, that feels like not a pure-play generic company type pipeline. So we've executed on that. And then our generics business after a bit of volatility, we returned to stability actually to growth across all of our regions. And then focus the capital. We're a company that believes in ruthless capital allocation and making sure we think about that internally. And we have to do that because we don't want to grow our cost base. We want to prioritize so we make sure our capital gets allocated to things that are going to drive shareholder value. And so we think about that very seriously.
So 2.5 years on, we're in a position that we just had our 10th quarter of consecutive growth. But I think probably the one thing I'll end with -- the second quarter of '20 -- of this year was probably the most important in my view. And the reason why is because our generics business because had a big comparison year, the prior year declined 2% after many quarters of growth. But as I said, a big comparison year. But if you look at the performance of the P&L, we grew our gross margin, we grew our EBITDA, we grow operating margin, we grow EPS. How do we do that? We did that because we've moved the company to have a big innovative portfolio and ever-growing innovative, and that changes the fundamental of the economics.
The proof of the pudding, I don't know what that's saying here, but the evidence is if you have a generics business of the size we do declined 2%, and yet you can grow all of those metrics, then that shows the innovative portfolio has reached a critical mass that actually is delivering on the promise.
So that's my opening remarks. That's where we are today. Super excited. We got a great team. We're excited about the next few years ahead. It's all about accelerating our growth, accelerating the transition to a biopharma company, and we'll probably talk a bit more about that.
Yes, absolutely. Amazing. Thank you. So I mean, before we starting on the business, maybe we can touch very quickly on a couple of key U.S. policy points. If we can start on tariff, if you can tell us a little bit about how to think about Teva's exposure to potential U.S. tariffs on pharma. Is there a scope for generics to be excluded from this based on your discussions? And is there anything that would make you -- how consider your manufacturing footprint in terms of the U.S.?
So well, firstly, I think we're in a very strong position from our manufacturing footprint. We have 9 sites in the U.S. I think we're the largest generic manufacturer, one of the largest in the U.S. already. And our innovative lead product, AUSTEDO is manufactured in Florida. So I think from that, I think we're in a very strong position. And then from a supply chain, our supply chain is pretty much Canada, Europe and Israel. We don't really have a supply chain that goes into China and a minimal amount in India.
So I think on a high macro level, I think we're well positioned in the tariffs. To your question of will generics be in or out? And do we have to onshore more generics? I think I'll go back to -- we have a good footprint in the U.S. from a generic manufacturing. I think as we work through the 232 discussions, I think generics has been seen as something which needs to be potentially looked at differently because of the value the U.S. already has from a generic point of view. The generics market is the -- has the lowest price in the world and I think that is looking to be protected.
So as I said, I think in Q1, we've mitigated the 10%. And so we'll see where it plays out. I think what happened in Europe doesn't really necessarily change that trajectory for us. And if there are tariffs imposed on some countries like India of the scale that we talked about, maybe there's an opportunity there. But I think the question you've asked is, can we handle where they are? And the answer is yes.
That's very clear. And maybe just on MFN potential pricing policy in the U.S. One of the push of the U.S. administration is to encourage pharma companies to create direct-to-consumer cash pay channels. So is it something that you could explore? And is it something that you think would be restricted to branded? Or could it be even considered for generics?
So yes, we are considering it. I mean it's -- the dynamics are changing. I think the supply chain in the U.S. creates opportunity to retain more value if you go direct to the patient and obviously help the patient as well. So we're pursuing all of those. I think from an MFN point of view, though, we're in a unique position because as I sort of try and describe to people, we are a biotech company with a biotech pipeline deeper than a biotech pipeline, broader than a biotech pipeline and with 3 products on the market, yet because of where we are in our evolution, we haven't really launched these outside the U.S.
And so from an MFN point of view, we now can strategically plan what we want to do, when we want to do it at what price we want to do it. So we're not in that maybe more difficult position that some of my colleagues are because of just the nature of our maturity as a biopharma company.
That's very clear. So turning on to the business. I mean, AUSTEDO, obviously, the biggest growth driver. And before we spend some time on the trend, obviously, there's a big focus on what could happen in November with the announcement of the IRA price negotiation. So if you could just tell us how advanced you are in the negotiation process? Do you have an idea of where we could get an update on this? And yes, maybe starting here.
Yes. So just to be consistent, I'm not going to talk about the IRA in any shape or form because we are in negotiation. What I would remind everybody is when we launched the Pivot to Growth strategy in 2023, when we put $2.5 billion out there as a target for 2027, we had put in an impact from the IRA.
So I just tell you that to know that we didn't exclude it. That's the IRA. So unfortunately, say nothing. I hope you all expect that. I understand why. On AUSTEDO, the trends, I think, are really positive, as you've seen in over, I suppose, the last 10 quarters, we continue to drive really good prescription growth. I think we're starting to see the benefit of some of the programs we've put around adherence and compliance, our titration pack, all of that is helping more patients stay on therapy, but it's also helping more patients with the introduction of XR once a day end up on the more optimal dose.
So as you've seen over the last 2 quarters, we've shown that the milligrams -- average milligrams per patient is going up, which is good because that leads to a more optimal dose, which leads to a better outcome for the patient, but also from a point of view from a revenue trajectory is also advantageous as well.
That's clear. And so you mentioned your own initiatives and all the sort of commercial initiatives that have delivered growth. Can you talk a little bit about the sort of competitive landscape, market share within the indications where AUSTEDO is approved?
Yes. I don't -- so in the competitive landscape, I don't really talk about the competitive landscape too much because there's 650,000 patients yet to go on treatment. And so for me, this is less about who you're competing against and more about how do we make sure patients who are undiagnosed, get diagnosed, physicians who don't know how to diagnose or educated to diagnose. Because if you think about that unmet need, it's just huge.
So for me, this is not about gaining market share. It's about making sure we get the right number of patients to come in. We convert those patients from scripts on drug. We titrate them and we get them to the optimal dosage for them to have their condition managed. And then we retain them on therapy to help them benefit for that for years. This is one of those unique markets.
I've been in the industry 30 years where often a question like market dynamics, competitive market share is important. This one, it really isn't because there's so many patients who are yet to go on treatment. And I think that's what makes me confident that not just in the $2.5 billion in '27, but we said it's going to do over $3 billion. And it will because our job is to help those people who are not on therapy get on therapy and other people in the market can also help create that noise, that share of voice that attracts more people, people suffering from this condition into the market, and it helps educate physicians to identify those patients.
That's very clear. And the $3 billion target you just mentioned, is this U.S. only? Or are you starting to include some ex U.S. contribution into that target?
Yes. Within that, it's minimal ex U.S. just because of the fact that one is around -- a bit around timing and price. And as with the previous question around MFN, I think we've got to be very thoughtful about how we -- where we launch and what price we launch. So it's a small amount of the $3 billion. I'd like to think it could be an opportunity going forward, but that comes down to how we can price it in the other markets that we're looking to launch in.
Okay. That's very clear. And if we can turn on your schizophrenia franchise. You had an initial guidance for UZEDY, I think, some time back, which was $400 million to $800 million. Your 2027 guidance this year is around $200 million. You are very well on track to do this and more. And you issued a new guidance, which is $1.5 billion to $2 billion peak sales, and that's grouping UZEDY and your pipeline asset all on that. So I guess, should we think that your previous guidance on UZEDY still stands? Or could it be a bit more fluid between the two products?
Yes. So look, I think what we've done with UZEDY has, I think, created a lot of excitement around our schizophrenia franchise. UZEDY, as you say, we've upped the guidance to $200 million this year. The team is doing a phenomenal job. It's a great product, great product profile. There's a huge unmet need in long-acting schizophrenia. And because of the technology we have, this drug can be injected and people reach therapeutic dose within 24 hours. That's critical because when you have an episode, you hospitalize and so the question is how quickly can you go home, and that's about reaching therapeutic levels.
The competitor products take up to a week to 2 weeks and you have to have other therapies added to try and balance. Because we don't have that, UZEDY has really taken off, and it's a great team launching it. So there's a lot of optimism around that. And I think that optimism quite rightly has seeped into olanzapine, which one could argue is an even bigger opportunity. But -- and if you think about it, risperidone and our long-acting UZEDY and olanzapine, if you think about the patient population of schizophrenia, that covers about 75%. It covers right from mild to severe. So with our two products, we can treat 75% of people who suffer from schizophrenia with a long-acting. So I think that is really exciting. So I understand the optimism.
I'm pleased that people are questioning the $1.5 billion, $2 billion because I think that speaks to the change in perception about Teva and how we can execute and commercialize products in what is a very competitive market as well as the product profile. So I like that because it's taken a bit of time to get traction there and we probably deserve it. That said, there's a thoughtful approach we have to thinking about how we guide, how we manage our P&L over time. And I think we'll still want to see -- I want to see how it plays out a bit longer with UZEDY.
But what I will say is we're going to launch olanzapine at the end of next year or quarter 4. I'm going to launch it well because we're planning to launch it well. And so maybe when we come back next year, you can ask me the same question and maybe I'll give a slightly different answer, but let's wait for that.
I look forward to that. And just to finish on schizophrenia and these two assets. Is there a notable difference in profitability between the two? Because I think you had a deal with Royalty Pharma and olanzapine some time ago. So is there a meaningful difference in profitability?
No. Look, I think this is a bigger question actually or a bigger answer I'm going to give you than you probably expected. So when we arrived at the pivot to growth strategy, we saw our pipeline and there's a question of how can we prosecute that really, really quickly with the finances that we have, the balance sheet we have, and we got creative. We did some partnerships and financing partnerships, which meant we could go full on and allow us to accelerate our pipeline quicker through the clinic.
Now your question is, does that affect the profitability as we come to market of these two assets? It hasn't at all. They are very good financing deals. They don't impact our profitability, and there's no real meaningful difference. I would say olanzapine has a significant unmet medical need. So there's, I think, bigger expectations around that. But from a profitability point of view, there isn't. And then I'm going to give you another data, which you haven't asked for, but I think is relevant is if you think about where we were in quarter 2, we're at 54% or thereabouts gross margin.
Our innovative portfolio is all way above that in the 90s. So what we're talking about is we're talking about a complete change in the profitability in the P&L of Teva from if we're thinking about our innovative portfolio, as that grows, our gross margin can only go up as our gross margin goes up, it flows down right through the P&L. So I know that's a lot bigger answer to what is the profitability difference between UZEDY and olanzapine. There isn't really any difference, but it sort of would be immaterial anyway because the profitability of those products is so different to where we sit now, it's just upside.
Perfect. And actually, last one along that, when you think about the launch, is it just about replicating the playbook that you had with UZEDY? Or is there something fundamentally different and specific about that asset that makes it different when you think about commercialization?
Yes, the sort of -- there are some sort of things from our playbook we'll take and we'll use and some things that are different. The playbook is we have a team out there with the payers, with the physicians who know everybody have been having conversations with them. And so my expectation is when we launch olanzapine, those relationships, that understanding of who we are, who they are, what their unmet need is with the -- whether they're a payer, whether they're a physician, whether they're a pharmacy, D&T committee, we know far better than we did with UZEDY.
So I think we'll have not a standing start. We'll have a running start. That said, I do caution everybody to say that the one thing that we do think about carefully is access, and we will not give access at any cost. We think we have a significant product that can help a lot of patients who need a long-acting olanzapine. There is not a long-acting olanzapine used in the market right now. So there's a big unmet need, and we think that what we're offering deserves a fair price. And so we'll hold for that. So that may be something we'll have to work with.
But that said, we know these payers now, we can have those conversations. So I think there is a playbook there that we should use, and our team is getting better every quarter. So I think that gives me optimism. But I think the big difference versus UZEDY is, UZEDY, there are many long-acting risperidone, both generic and branded. Olanzapine, there is only one long-acting that has no market share because of a side effect. So -- and there's a big unmet need.
And I'd finish with when you have severe schizophrenia, efficacy is the most important and efficacy comes with compliance and compliance comes with using a long-acting. So I really have quite a bit of excitement about what olanzapine can do for the schizophrenia community, particularly those severe patients. But I'll remind you, both products, that's 75% of the patient population we will cover and will be very synergistic because we don't really have much to add to our infrastructure to make that happen.
That's very clear. And I want to turn to another sort of late-stage pipeline asset that you have, your dual action rescue inhaler, the ICS/SABA combination. So you have a $1 billion peak sales target ambition for this product. And AstraZeneca, I think, is first with a product already on the market in the -- with the same mechanism. They are currently annualizing around $170 million after 18 months. Consensus is just about $1 billion for the AstraZeneca drug. So just if you could give us some elements that give you confidence in your peak sales target for the ICS/SABA, yes maybe something?
Yes. Well, look, maybe I believe more in AstraZeneca and Pascal than the analysts do. Look, there are 10 million patients who should be on a combination. That's by the guidelines. If it gets to 1 billion, that means very few of those 10 million on treatment that the guidelines have suggested. It also in respiratory, people follow the guidelines. That said, it takes time. The guidelines are out. There was no product to fulfill those guidelines. Now there is. And I think it takes a bit of time, and I've seen that in many therapeutic areas for the physicians' prescribing habits to catch up with the guidelines. I have no doubt that will happen.
And then the other reason why we're confident is don't forget with AstraZeneca, they don't have a pediatric indication. We will have a pediatric indication. So there's a 25% of the population which can't go on to those therapies right now, which will be allowed to go to those therapies.
So I think we have a real opportunity there. And as much as we've accelerated the Phase III study of DARI, which will finish this year, which is very fast. We probably won't be able to get that to the market before '27. So it gives AstraZeneca still more time to create that market. And if you look at actually the prescription volume, rather less than the revenue, prescription volume is pretty significant. And once again, that just builds a momentum. So I remain confident about the 1 billion.
But you've given me a chance to mention something else, which you didn't ask me, but I'll answer is it goes back to that -- the reason why you got 1 billion is I presented a slide which have shown all of our pipeline assets with olanzapine, duvakitug, anti-IL-15, PD1-IL2. And if you go through all of those [indiscernible], peak sales total between $11 billion and $13 billion. And every one of them is going to be above 1 billion. Now we can debate what that's going to happen, but isn't that just incredible that Teva is considered pure-play generics company now is a pipeline, which we can see as having peak sales of potentially $11 billion to $13 billion. And that's not taking into account other indications for duvakitug, our TL1A asset or anti-IL-15, which we currently have in celiac disease and vitiligo.
Perfect. That's clear. And if we can spend a bit of time duvakitug, so the TL1A. We had great, I think, very impressive Phase II data so far. We're waiting for a little bit more for maintenance Phase II data. I think later this year '26. And if you could just tell us what you're expecting to learn or what the data could bring on top of what we have?
Yes. Well, I haven't seen the data. So I can't -- I'll tell you what I think -- what I hope is that what we saw in the Phase II readout, we -- which was basically -- we had -- you can't compare, but everybody compared and the Phase II readout to the Q2 showed both in Crohn's and UC, it was excellent efficacy data. But I think myself and Eric, Head of R&D has been really consistent, and we believe that because it's more potent, it has more specificity and it has lower neutralizing antibodies. And if we know those to be true and if those play out as they did in our initial findings from our Phase II, then I think we're optimistic about how it's going to look, but we'll see with the data.
But I would remind everybody that in UC and CD, the results of Phase II is quite indicative of what's going to happen in Phase III. So I think we have a high probability of success, but we have a high belief that we are going to end up with the TL1A that has the best profile, efficacious. But we're entering Phase III in the coming -- actually coming weeks. And so we'll start recruiting on that. And then the proof of the pudding will be when we actually produce those results, which will hopefully be in a few years.
That's exciting. And on additional indications, we started to see some of your competitors moving to new indication with that mechanism. Roche started the study on atopic dermatitis [indiscernible]. So how are you thinking about this? And when could we hear about your plans for additional indications?
Yes. I mean I think this highlights, I mean we've said we think duvakitug is a pipeline in a product, which I know some people -- a lot of people can say sometimes. But when you have two other companies going into other indications, I think it just shows it's true. So it's a great asset. And I remind people that if we just stayed in UC and CD, it's transformative to Teva. It is absolutely transformative, but we're not.
To answer your question about indications, we spent the last -- since we did the deal with Sanofi the last year going through all possible indications. And by the way, that is a long list, which is exciting. And now we prioritized it. And so we want to go into new indications next year, and we will. Whether we'll communicate that like other companies, we may not be as enthusiastic to do that. At the end of the day, it's the results that are most important, not when you start something, it's where you finish something. So let's see. But we are going to -- we are moving into other indications.
And once again, for us, I mean, that's transformative for Sanofi. It's a game changer for us without taking into account olanzapine, DARI, emrusolmin, anti-IL-15, PD-1L2. I mean these are all in the clinic. So it's exciting times, and we'll have more trials in the clinic for duvakitug next year, which I think once again is transformative for Teva. I mean that means we're on a biopharma company. And the other thing I'll throw in here is the only meaningful LOE we have is in 2042. So this is really a growth story that's going to keep playing out.
That's very clear. And can you just marginally beyond the couple of [indiscernible] assets, talk about how you think about the pipeline in terms of you have a few more assets as well. But also how you want this pipeline to evolve over time, how business development will play a role in terms of building this and how you balance this with, obviously, your capital allocation?
Yes. I mean it all comes down to capital allocation. And for us, we spend a lot of time thinking about when we move into the clinic, we really think about that. And Eric and his team have created a really clear R&D strategy, which is generally, we like proven targets, MOAs that have yet to be -- may be perfected, but they're proven from an efficacy and the TL1A is a great example. Anti-IL15 is a great example. PD-1 IL-2 is a great example. We're just making the best antibodies. And I say that with the level of conservatism, I hope you'd expect from a British guy, but a true belief that we have the best antibodies. We do antibody engineering team, we have phenomenal. And that's what we keep doing.
So that's important because when I look at the pipeline, I get excited about it because it's not moonshots. I believe all of these things will work, but it may be the one exception of emrusolmin, which is a challenging disease in MSA. The rest, we have a high belief that the POS is high. So from a capital allocation, it's good to allocate capital because we have a good return.
When we think about BD, we're going to be thinking about it in the same way. We're not going to be taking high risk on BD, one, because we have a good organic opportunity to create revenue growth on the top and bottom line as well. So when we do BD, we want to have it derisked. We don't want to take risk because we don't have to take risk. That could change over time, but the risk profile won't change dramatically. We may take things into the clinic that have been -- have the proof of concept. Once again, the target is being validated. We believe the science is there.
So that's how we think about BD. And then we think about BD, does that help us drive our long-term financial commitments we've made and the ability to keep growing the company, creating shareholder value. And if it does, we'll do them, but we'll be really thoughtful. And you'll probably hear us talk about capital allocation, return on capital deployed more than any other company because we take that very seriously.
Amazing. So we should still, I think, spend a little bit of time on generics. If you could talk about the outlook for this business in the next couple of years. So the U.S. part of the generic division will be impacted by the loss of Revlimid generic revenues next year. What do you expect from the Europe and international side? And how should we think about the growth potential of this business overall in the next couple of years?
Yes. I think it's -- first, I'd like to point out the fact that we have 6 minutes to go and you've asked me about generic for the Teva, which was considered a generics company. So the times have changed because you're good at your job and you know what to ask. And so I think that shows what I've been saying about the transition is happening. But to answer your question, firstly, and to get to the fundamentals, when we lose generic Revlimid, which will be next year, the U.S. business will be 25% of our global generics business and I just want to put that into context of a frame of reference. So I think the generics business in the U.S. has garnered far more attention than it probably should, and it should have less attention going forward regardless of how it performs because just from a math point of view, it will have less impact on the business, whether it's doing really well or has a more challenging year. So that's one.
Now saying that, I think our generics business is really set up well, and we'll keep getting better. We have a great pipeline. We've focused on a massive transformation in our manufacturing network, which allows us to improve cost of goods going forward, which helps us manage the margin going forward. So I think we're reset up and we'll keep executing better on that. How we should think about -- how people should think about it is a low single-digit growth over going forward. Some years we'll do a lot better than that. Some years, we won't because you can't predict how many generic launches you're going to have every year across all your markets. We have a very deep pipeline. So I'm confident we'll have a lot.
And we're going to launch between '25 and '27 biosimilars, and we have a biosimilar portfolio now that's over 25. So the growth potential for our generics business is there. The reason why I give that rather steady forecast is because we want to manage the business, take into account some of those long-term CAGR, so we can think about how we allocate capital, how we think about OpEx, how we think about our growth rates. The generics business has been a critical element of this transition because it throws off a huge amount of cash. We use that to pay down debt, and we use that to invest in our innovative pipeline. So it's a really good marriage. And I often describe our generics business as our venture capital arm. Its job is to feed the other part of our business, and it does that well.
But also the last 2 years, it's helped grow Teva as well. We've had double-digit growth in our generics business. So I think it's gone from being a questionable to being seen as an asset and a good foundation for the company.
That's great. And maybe just a follow-up on the generics pipeline. There's a lot of, I would say, interest into the GLP-1 generic opportunity. So can you remind us of your stance here? Some of your competitors and generics are gearing to the opportunity in Canada and some ex U.S. market next year. Could you take part on this?
Yes. Well, I'll just remind everybody, we were the first to launch a GLP-1 last year. We launched another GLP-1 last month. So we're not talking about what we're going to do. We're actually launching GLP-1s. But I think your question is the next wave of GLP-1s. And we've done what I think is a very clever capital allocation. So we've done a partnership. We did that at the end of last year, where we will be able to launch the GLP-1s in the U.S., Europe and other markets around the world. That's a well-structured deal from a capital allocation because it means we don't have to build manufacturing capability. We don't have to invest in the R&D and that will still be accretive to the gross margin and allow us to benefit from the GLP-1 opportunity.
So once again, theme there, thoughtful capital allocation, understanding the growth drivers we have at Teva, not wanting to invest a huge amount of capital in manufacturing. But we're definitely in that market to play in that market as it emerges over the next few years.
Okay. Amazing. Maybe a last question on strategy. So a lot of things have changed since you joined Teva, a lot of capital allocated towards innovation. You started the review of the API business, reaffirmed commitment to profitability targets, lots of products on deleveraging. How should we think about the next strategic shift for the organization? Is it more of everything you implemented so far? Or should we expect a continuation of the organization change?
Yes. I appreciate the question. Look, when we developed the strategy, the Pivot to Growth strategy, have 3 phases: return to growth, accelerate and maintain. And we're in the acceleration phase now. So this strategy like -- I was told a strategy is like a marriage. A consultant told me that. You don't know how much it costs me, but he told me that. And so you should think really carefully before you put a strategy together and then it should last a long time because if you have to change it, it's probably going to cost you quite a lot of money, which is probably similar to marriage.
So Pivot to Growth strategy is three chapters. We're in the acceleration phase. We mapped this out in 2023. So we knew what the acceleration phase was going to be. We know what the maintain phase is going to be. So there is no change. There's a sub-study, difference in execution now. There's ruthless execution on our innovative assets. There's a ruthless focus on olanzapine launch. There's ruthless focus on our studies in Phase II and Phase III to get them through the clinic as fast as possible. But we're not having to change and rework something because the idea was we had a 10-year plan, and we wanted to make sure that 10-year plan was robust. Things do slightly deviate. I don't want to say we predicted everything and some things go better, some things go not quite as well as we thought. But we're very much on track to hit our financial targets in 2027.
Absolutely. That's 30% operating margin, 5% CAGR revenue growth, 80% cash conversion and net debt to EBITDA of 2x, definitely on track to do that. And I think now people are starting to see the emergence of olanzapine, DARI, emrusolmin, duvakitug, anti-IL15 without BD. But this is a growth company, both on the top line, the gross margin, the EBITDA and on the operating margin. So I think the strategy is doing what it's supposed to do. So we're just going to keep executing it. And that's what we spend a lot of time at Teva. We just execute. Quarter-on-quarter, we execute.
Okay. We are at the end of the time. So thank you very much for joining us today and taking part in the conference.
Thank you. Thank you for your questions.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR — Morgan Stanley 23rd Annual Global Healthcare Conference
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR — Morgan Stanley 23rd Annual Global Healthcare Conference
🎯 Kernbotschaft
- Pivot: Teva beschreibt eine klare Transformation von Generika zu Biopharma: „Pivot to Growth“ führt zu zehn Quartalen Wachstum und einer ausgewiesenen Verschiebung hin zu innovativen Produkten und höheren Margen.
- Fokus: Management betont drei Säulen: marktgestützte Produkte (AUSTEDO, UZEDY, Olanzapin), eine beschleunigte Pipeline und strikte Kapitalallokation zur Wertschöpfung.
🔑 Strategische Highlights
- Kommerz: AUSTEDO weiter wachsend dank Adhärenzprogrammen; UZEDY starkes Launch-Momentum; Olanzapin als nächster großer Launch mit geplantem Markteintritt Ende 2025/Quartal 4.
- Pipeline: Duvakitug (TL1A) mit positivem Phase‑II-Signal, Vorbereitung auf Phase‑III; zusätzliche Assets (duvakitug-Indikationen, anti‑IL‑15, PD‑1‑IL‑2) sollen Peak-Umsätze deutlich erhöhen.
- Kapital: Kreative Finanzierungs‑/Partnerschaftsstruktur (z.B. Royalty‑/Sanofi‑Deals) und restriktive M&A- und R&D-Selektivität; Generika liefern Cash zur Finanzierung.
🆕 Neue Informationen
- Regulatorik: Olanzapin-Einreichung bei der U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) ist für dieses Jahr geplant; geplanter Launch Ende 2025/Quartal 4.
- Studienstand: DARI (ICS/SABA) Phase‑III‑Studie läuft, Abschluss der Rekrutierung/Readouts für einzelne Programme in 2025–2026 erwartet; Emrusolmin‑Rekrutierung gut.
- Guidance: Management bestätigt die 2027‑Ziele (Wachstum, Margen, De‑Leveraging) — keine neue quantitative Guidance im Call.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- US‑Politik: Diskussion zu möglichen Zöllen und zur Inflation Reduction Act (IRA): Management spricht Verhandlungen an, erklärt aber keine Details (in Verhandlungssituation).
- AUSTEDO/IRA: Auszahlungssensitivität an Preisverhandlungen/Erstattungsfragen wurde hinterfragt; Management verweist auf aktive Verhandlungen, gibt aber keine Zahlen preis.
- Launch & Access: Schizophrenie‑Franchise (UZEDY + Olanzapin): Fragen zu Zugangspreisen, Profitabilität nach Royalty‑Deals und zu erwarteter Marktdurchdringung; Management betont Zugriffskontrolle und faire Preisforderung.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Relevanz: Call bestätigt: Teva ist strategisch auf dem Weg zur Biopharma‑Wachstumsstory. Pipeline‑Assets und anstehende Launches bieten substanzielle Upside, während das Generika‑Cash die Finanzierung sichert. Hauptrisiken: Zugangs‑/Preisverhandlungen (IRA/MFN), erfolgreiche Zulassung/Marktzugang und Execution bei großen Launches.
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR — Q2 2025 Earnings Call
1. Management Discussion
Hello, and welcome to the Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Q2 2025 Earnings Conference Call. My name is Alex. I'll be coordinating the call for today. [Operator Instructions] I'll now hand it over to Chris Stevo, SVP, Investor Relations. Please go ahead.
Thank you, Alex. Good morning and good afternoon, everyone. On this call, we'll be making forward-looking statements, and we disclaim any obligation to update those statements after today's call. If you have more questions about our forward-looking statements, please feel free to see our disclosures under SEC Forms 10-Q and 10-K.
Also during today's call, we'll be often referring to sales growth in local currency as well as sales growth, excluding the prior year results of our recently divested Japanese business venture. So please bear that in mind. And with that, let me turn it over to Richard.
Thank you, Chris Stevo, and welcome, everybody. Good morning. Thank you for joining the call. I'll be joined today with Eric Hughes, my Head of R&D and CMO, who will be walking you through the pipeline; and Eli Kalif, CFO, will go through the financial update.
So starting with, as I always do, the pivot to growth slide. Next slide, please. The 4 pillars of our pivot to growth slide. We've been executing this since 2023, and I'm pleased to say it has delivered continuous growth, and we enter our 10th consecutive quarter of growth. Now I'll give you an update on how we're doing on all of these pillars today. But you'll see on deliver on our growth engines, our innovative portfolio of AUSTEDO, UZEDY and AJOVY continues to perform really well. On step-up innovation, Eric will walk you through how excited we are by our late-stage pipeline and how we're progressing that very quickly.
On sustained generics powerhouse, you'll see that our generics business is stable. I would remind you this is reflecting strong prior year comparisons and some phasing, but I'll go into that in a bit more detail later on. And on focus the business, we'll give you an update on the Teva transformation programs that we announced in Q1 and at our Capital Markets Day, and you'll see that we're well on track to deliver the savings that we committed to.
Now if you move to the next slide, revenues were up to $4.2 billion, up 1%. And I think not only is this the 10th consecutive quarter of growth, but what I'm particularly pleased about is where this growth is coming from. And as you'll see throughout the deck, this is driven by our innovative portfolio of AUSTEDO,AJOVY and UZEDY. And this has enabled us to have good strong growth of our adjusted EBITDA up 7% and our non-GAAP EPS up 10%. And our net debt to EBITDA is just over 3.
So if we go to the next slide, a slide that I do like to show externally and internally because after many years of sales decline, we are in our 10th quarter of consecutive growth. It's also a good slide just to highlight that prior comparison year that we have. In Q2 '24, we had 11% growth. And so that's just worth noting. But we remain committed and confident that we're going to hit our mid-single-digit average growth rate that we committed to for our '27 targets. And the average growth rate is between 2023 and 2027.
So let's go into a bit more detail on the revenue. So the revenue, as I said, was up 1%. But if you look, I'm excited about where this is coming from. AUSTEDO at just below $500 million, up 19%. UZEDY up 120% at $54 million and AJOVY, a very strong 31% at $155 million. Our Global Generics business declined 2%. And just to reiterate what Chris said, this is excluding the Japan divestiture. And I'll go into a bit more details as to what's driving this generics, but I would remind you of the strong comparison year that we had last year.
Now on TAPI is down 11%. And I'd say in terms of Q2 results, I would say this is more of an anomaly and not indicative of TAPI's normal results. And there are several things that have impacted the seasonality and just timing of shipments, but we expect TAPI to grow for the full year.
So now going into the innovative portfolio in a bit more detail. As you can see, AUSTEDO grew 22% in the U.S., our major market, up to $495 million. And because of the strong results, we're in a position to narrow the range here, and we brought up the bottom part of the range to $2 billion. Now this performance was driven by good TRx growth and particularly growth of XR, which you'll see has been -- has fueled our growth in our milligrams, which is up 34%. And this is important to understand because as we grow our XR, which we see as very beneficial for patients and their compliance and their adherence, it does obviously change the dynamics around TRx. And that means the number of scripts that will come through will be less because people move to XR. And we've explained that a number of times. I just wanted to reiterate that.
Now as we move on to UZEDY, another strong performance. I'm really excited to be in a position to raise the guidance to $190 million to $200 million, up 120% year-on-year. And this just shows the good capability that we have in our U.S. team to execute, but also the good product profile. As Eric and I often talk about, the physicians do really like UZEDY. It's easy to use. It gets to therapeutic levels within 24 hours, subcutaneous. It isn't required to be kept in a refrigerated and it's in a prefilled syringe. Now as you can see, we've made real progress in competing in the risperidone market and in the long-acting market. But now to continue this impressive growth, we want to move to actually compete in the broader market of schizophrenia. So we'll be looking for patients to benefit from this on other molecules currently.
Now this impressive performance of UZEDY, I think it's worth just reminding everybody that we will be filing olanzapine and we'll be in a position to launch our long-acting olanzapine next year. And the capability we've built in this team, the knowledge of the patients, the physicians and the payers give us real optimism that we can develop a world-class long-acting franchise in schizophrenia.
And once again, I'd like to move on to AJOVY now, our third and final of our innovative portfolio. We've got a bit of a trend here. We've increased the guidance here on AJOVY as well because of the strong performance. So we're up from $600 million to $630 million to $640 million, that range. And I often say this, but it is worth reiterating, I'm really impressed with our ability to execute in what is a very competitive market. Not only are we facing all CGRPs, but it is a competitive injectable market as well. But the team, whether it's in the U.S., Europe and international markets, continue across many of these areas to grow our market share and to show a level of competitiveness.
Now moving on to our second pillar, which is step-up innovation. This is a slide that I will not go into a lot more detail. So I'll just highlight a couple of things which I'm particularly pleased about is, one, the late stage of this pipeline. So we have products either coming to the end of the Phase III and about to be filed or in the middle or about to start with duvakitug. What I'd also draw your attention to is two of these products can be in multiple indications. So duvakitug is one and anti-IL-15 is another. But if you just take them with the indications we've listed here and take the totality of this, this pipeline will generate in peak sales over $10 billion of sales. So that is really exciting for any company, but a company in the transition to a biopharma company like Teva, I think that's particularly exciting.
And if you go on to the next slide, that's where I think I can really reiterate our confidence in hitting our 2027 numbers from an innovative point of view of $3.5 billion to $4 billion because obviously, we'll be launching olanzapine next year, and you've seen the momentum we have in UZEDY. But as we get to 2030, we've said we'll have greater than $5 billion of innovative sales. I remind everybody that we expect to see AUSTEDO to continue to grow to 2030 and beyond UZEDY. And there's also we've shown the performance of AJOVY, but that will be joined by olanzapine, DARI Dual-action Asthma Rescue Inhaler and duvakitug.
Now the thing to remember as well is that as we drive this innovative portfolio, we are changing our profitability because these are very different levels of profitability than our generics business.
Now moving on to our third pillar, our generics powerhouse. So as you can see here, the generics business performed at 2% across our global business, and I remind everybody that there was a tough comparison year where we had an 11% growth in the prior year, and so I have put up here a 2-year CAGR just to show that when we think about generics, we think about this on a multiyear period because, obviously, some years, we have more launches than others, but let me just give you a bit more detail here.
So in the U.S., this was driven by two things: our prior year comparison where we launched Victoza, and we had a big launch with Victoza in the U.S. in Q2 2024 as well as some phasing and timing of shipments of generic Revlimid. Now if you exclude these, our U.S. generic business grew. So that just shows the healthiness of the business we have in the U.S. And from an EU point of view, we did actually grow the business 8% in the prior year, which is very high for such a big business. So although that growth has come down, it reflects once again just the phasing of new product launches, some tenders, which only happen on a 2-year basis and some competitive stock-outs, which we took advantage of last year and they are no longer there. But we remain very confident about growing our generics business going forward. And for the full year, we're just reiterating that our guidance for our generics business will be flat to low single digit.
The confidence going forward is based on the fact that we have 15 complex generics to launch, multiple other generics to launch across our EU and international markets as well as 8 biosimilars, which we'll be launching between now and 2027. Talking about biosimilars, let's move on to biosimilars now. And as you can see here, it's an exciting time for our biosimilars. We're seeing some really good sales momentum in the U.S., and that's been driven by our established brands as well as our new launches with SELARSDI and generic SOLARIS that we launched in Q1 of this year. And I'd like to remind you, we have a portfolio play here, and so we have more launches to come. In fact, we have five additional launches in the second half of '25 and to '27. So our ability to hit the goal of generating $400 million of additional sales by 2027, which we announced at our Capital Market Day, we remain very confident about. And it's good to see that our strategy of a portfolio play is starting to play out.
Now moving on to the final pillar of our pivot to growth strategy on focusing the business. I just wanted to give you an update on where we are in the Teva transformation. As you know, we announced that we're transforming Teva as we had to become a world-class biopharma company. And to do that, we put together a modernization program, which will allow us to generate $700 million of net savings, and this is after the reinvestment in our innovative pipeline and our innovative portfolio.
We also committed to deliver 2/3 of this by the end of '26. And as you can see by this slide, we're well on track. We've already achieved 20% of this 2/3, showing you we have good momentum, good execution and delivering on these savings.
Now moving on to TAPI. I do want to give you a brief update on the deal here. The deal is still in active and advanced discussions. And while I'm disappointed that I don't have a definitive update to provide you at this time, my main focus on delivering the best outcome for our shareholders and we'll reach the final decision in the third quarter.
So before I hand the baton to Eric, I just wanted to give you an update on how we feel about the full year and our guidance for 2025. Now we're confident to hit our guidance in 2025, and when you think of it from a revenue point of view, the way we're going to get there has slightly changed, and I think it's changed in a positive way.
As you can see by this slide, our innovative portfolio is going to overdeliver on what we thought at the start of the year, and we've raised guidance across all of the products, AUSTEDO, UZEDY and AJOVY, totaling an additional $95 million for the year. Our GX business, as I've said, we predict will either be flat or low single-digit growth, and because of that, we believe from a revenue point of view, we will hit our mid or slightly below our midpoint of our revenue guidance, but Eli will go into a bit more detail on that and the confidence we still have in our EBITDA and our EPS. So with that, I'll hand over to Eric.
Thank you, Richard. As Richard mentioned, we are fortunate to have 3 Phase III programs with a relatively high probability of success running right now with a large patient impact. Our schizophrenia program with olanzapine LAI can approach a diagnosed patient population of 4.7 million. Our DARI program in asthma can potentially impact 39 million patients that are diagnosed with asthma. And finally, duvakitug, our potential best-in-class TL1A molecule can treat 4.1 million. So our Phase III program, which is running at full speed now can impact a large patient population.
In addition, we have a burgeoning and strong Phase II program with emrusolmin and multiple system atrophy and anti-IL-15 in celiac disease and vitiligo. So very exciting both Phase III and Phase II programs running at full speed.
Our olanzapine LAI program is on track with our expected submission in the fourth quarter of this year. We'll be presenting our full maintenance out to 48 weeks and our period 2 of the study with both the efficacy and safety in the third quarter of this year. To date, we've seen no PDSS, and we're pleased with the data maturity that we have now, and it's all on track.
I'm excited about our dual action rescue inhaler program. It's a large asthma study. It's driven by asthma exacerbations, and our enrollment is on track for the end of this year. Now duvakitug in partnership with Sanofi is right on track. Just to remind everyone, this is a large study. Both indications will be over 1 year. We're testing 2 doses in the study, and there's over 1,000 patients for each indication, both ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease. And we are anticipated to be starting that Phase III program in the fourth quarter of this year.
Our emrusolmin program is moving right on track. We started enrollment at the end of last year, and this is a robust Phase II study, placebo-controlled. And I'm pleased to say that our enrollment is actually exceeding our expectations at this point. So we're looking to have this study fully enrolled in 2026.
Now we did announce a partnership with Fosun Pharma. This is a strategic partnership where we're advancing our PD-1 IL-2 rapidly. We're capitalizing on the burgeoning infrastructure in China and the patient unmet medical need there. So this is a strategic partnership that really supports our Pivot to Growth partnership strategy.
Our anti-IL-15 program is moving right on track. We believe we have a differentiated anti-IL-15 molecule with greater potency, great PK, low antidrug antibodies and we are excited to show some biomarker data at our Capital Markets Day, showing a potential impact on -- by a single dose of our molecule on the protection of the gut, as you can see in the graph on the right, where we protected the bump in this biomarker showing a protection of the gut lining with 1 dose of anti-IL-15. So very exciting data. We're looking forward to more in the future.
And finally, I just want to touch base on our anti-TSLP IL-13 program. This is an AI-generated antibody with a novel dual-specific activity for both a well-known IL-13 and anti-TSLP target. We think this is a very active way of treating type 2-driven diseases, and we're looking forward to bringing that into humans in the first half of 2027. And with that, I'm going to pass it off to Eli Kalif.
Thank you, Eric, and good morning and good afternoon to everyone. I would like to start today with the following key messages that demonstrate our consistent execution over the last few quarters, including Q2. First, Q2 came in with a solid performance driven by our fast-growing innovative portfolio despite tough year-over-year comparables of our generics business.
Second, we continue to improve and strengthen our balance sheet, more specifically, reduced our working capital days and leverage, which was recognized by the leading credit rating agencies in their most recent upgrades to Teva's credit ratings.
Third, we remain confident in and on track for achieving our 30% operating margin target by 2027 and have already made tangible progress in implementing targeted programs to deliver approximately $700 million of net savings by 2027.
And lastly, while we continue to wait for clarity around potential U.S. tariffs on pharmaceuticals, including further details on what was announced earlier this week for Europe, we have absorbed the already confirmed tariff into our 2025 guidance, which remains unchanged.
Now moving to Slide 30 to review our Q2 2025 financial results, starting with our GAAP performance. Please note that throughout my remarks, I will refer to revenue growth in local currency terms unless I specify otherwise. I would also like to remind everyone that on March 31, 2025, we closed the divestitures of our business ventures in Japan, which marketed mainly generics products along with some legacy innovative products. This divestiture was consistent with our strategy to focus on profitable growth as well as our capital allocation framework.
During the presentation, I will be referring to certain results that exclude the contribution from this Japan business venture from Q2 2024 to provide you with a like-for-like comparison of our Q2 2025 financial results. For your reference, we have a slide in the appendix showing the contribution from the business venture from Q1 2024 through Q1 2025, the last quarter in which we consolidated the business.
Our Q2 results were solid with revenue of approximately $4.2 billion, growing 2% in U.S. dollars or 1% in local currency, excluding the Japan BV. As Richard highlighted earlier, this was our 10th consecutive quarter growth, driven by continued strong momentum in our key innovative products, AUSTEDO, AJOVY and UZEDY despite a tough prior year comparables in our generics revenue.
GAAP net income and EPS were $282 million and $0.24, respectively. FX movements during the quarter, net of hedging effects positively impacted revenue by $49 million, but had a minimal impact on operating income compared to the second quarter of 2024.
Now looking at our non-GAAP performance. Our non-GAAP gross margin, excluding Japan, increased by 130 basis points year-over-year to 54.6%. This increase in gross margin was higher than our original expectation, driven by positive shift in portfolio mix, especially with AUSTEDO's continued growth and impact of the sale of certain product rights in Europe, partially offset by lower revenue from legacy innovative products like COPAXONE.
Non-GAAP operating margin increased by approximately 170 basis points year-over-year to 27.1% and benefited from lower R&D expenses in the second quarter of 2025, mainly due to a decrease in nonrecurring milestone payments for certain biosimilars collaboration.
Overall, we ended the quarter with a non-GAAP earnings per share of $0.66, an increase of $0.05 or 10% year-over-year. Total non-GAAP adjustments in the second quarter of 2025 were $486 million. This included approximately $154 million of restructuring costs, mainly related to optimization of the Teva Global organization and operations in connection with our ongoing transformation programs. Our free cash flow grew strongly by 47% to $476 million, mainly driven by higher net income as well as working capital improvements.
Turning to Slide 31. We continue to strengthen our balance sheet to support our Pivot to Growth strategy and the journey towards an investment-grade credit ratings. During the second quarter, we refinanced approximately $2.3 billion of near-term debt maturities, mainly in 2026, 2027 and 2029 to better align them with our free cash flow generation. Importantly, we did that while keeping our post refinancing cost of capital at similar levels, demonstrating our improved credibility and profile in the market. This significant ongoing improvement in our balance sheet is recognized by the leading credit rating agencies. All three major agencies have upgraded Teva credit ratings over the last 12 months, including 2 rating upgrades prior to the refinancing in the second quarter.
Our gross debt reduced to $17.2 billion at the end of Q2 compared to $17.8 billion at the end of 2024 due to the repayments of $1.4 billion of notes at maturity, partially offset by exchange rate fluctuations. Our net debt was $15.1 billion, and the net debt to EBITDA remained just over 3x. As I highlighted during our Capital Market Day in May, we are on track to achieve 2x net debt to EBITDA by 2027 and an investment-grade rating while still making deliberate investment in the business to execute on the accelerated phase of our Pivot to Growth journey.
Moving to Slide 32, as we announced last quarter, we are transforming Teva with the targeted programs to deliver sustainable margin improvements without compromising our ability to innovate and invest in our long-term growth. These programs are expected to deliver approximately $700 million of net savings between 2025 and 2027. These transformation programs, together with the ongoing portfolio shift towards high-growth and margin innovative products provide a clear path to achieving our 30% operating margin targeted by 2027 by expanding gross margin to be between 57% to 58%, while keeping operating expenses in the range of 27% to 28% of revenue despite continuous investment in the business.
We have kicked off these programs to transform our operation with a tangible progress already in place as of today. We expected roughly 2/3 of the $700 million savings to be realized between '25 and '26, including approximately $70 million of initial savings in the second half of this year. The savings in the second half translated to an annualized run rate of approximately $140 million or about 20% of the overall net savings target. With a clear action plan of these programs, along with our expected growth trajectory led by our innovative portfolio, we are confident in growing adjusted EBITDA in 2026 and in 2027, both in U.S. dollars and margin terms.
In relation to these programs, we recorded approximately $150 million of restructuring costs in the second quarter and expected an overall cash outflow of $70 million to $100 million in 2025. Both the expected savings in the second half and these cash outflows are already considered in our full year guidance range for 2025.
Moving to the next slide to our 2025 non-GAAP outlook. As I mentioned earlier, our performance in Q2 and the first half has been solid, delivering revenue growth despite a tough prior year comparables and improving margins and cash flow while making significant progress on our transformation programs to achieve our 2027 financial targets.
Based on our year-to-date results and the current view of the second half, we are reaffirming our 2025 outlook range for revenue, operating profit and adjusted EBITDA, while increasing the lower end of our EPS range by $0.05. Let me provide some color on the assumptions that we have factored into our guidance, starting with revenue.
First of all, our innovative portfolio is delivering very well across our 3 key products: AUSTEDO, AJOVY and UZEDY, with a strong first half performance, we have increased our combined guidance for them by approximately $100 million at the midpoint. With increased expectations of our combined 2025 revenue outlook for these 3 products, it's around $2.9 billion versus $2.3 billion in 2024, reflecting growth of approximately 23% year-over-year.
Second, FX movements have favorably impacted our revenue since the beginning of Q2, mainly due to the weaker USD versus the euro. While our hedging programs offset some of these FX benefits, overall, we do see a net positive impact on our revenue guidance range as compared to our May guidance.
However, as Richard discussed earlier, we expected our global generics revenue for a full year in 2025 to be flat to modestly growing in local currency as compared to 2024. This is mainly due to the tough prior year comparables and increased competition on product launches as well as the delay in timing of certain generic launches.
Overall, with the pluses and minuses that I just talked about, we still expect our revenue to be in our 2025 guidance range of $16.8 billion to $17.2 billion, although based on our current trajectory, we are likely going to be around or slightly below the midpoint.
Moving to the other elements of our financial outlook. We continue to expect our non-GAAP gross margin to be between 53% to 54% for the full year. Given our year-to-date gross margin performance, we expect our gross margin for the year to be above and at the midpoint of this range with a sequential improvement from Q3 to Q4.
We are also reaffirming our non-GAAP outlook for adjusted EBITDA and operating income. As reflected by the increased revenue outlook, we expect to continue strengthen in our innovative portfolio in the second half, combined with the expected savings of approximately $70 million from our transformation programs and the FX benefit. These factors are expected to offset the impact of relative softness in generics.
Therefore, based on what we know today, we expect our non-GAAP operating income, adjusted EBITDA and EPS to be at the midpoint of our guidance range or above. Accordingly, we are raising the lower end of the EPS range by $0.05 to the new range of $2.50 to $2.65. Our free cash flow guidance range remains the same, between $1.6 billion to $1.9 billion.
Now let me provide some additional thoughts on the quarterly phasing for the rest of the year. Overall revenue is expected to ramp up through the rest of the year. Although Q3 faces a tough comparison, especially in generics due to the prior year new product launches, we expect sequential improvements in the fourth quarter, driven by an expected increase in our innovative product revenue as well as phasing of generics revenue.
We also continue to expect our operating expenses to be between 27% to 28% of revenue. Given the phasing of a certain investment in S&M and R&D, we expect OpEx to increase sequentially in Q3 before stepping down in Q4 to be consistent with our full year range.
Moving to the next slide. Our capital allocation strategy is consistent. It is clear and is designed to fuel our long-term growth while strengthening our balance sheet. Our improving free cash flow generation and portfolio optimization position, positioning us very well to achieve our net debt-to-EBITDA target for the 2x by 2027 and to sustain that ratio after that. We believe reaching that leverage target and an investment-grade rating will allow us to review different ways returning capital to our shareholders.
Finally, before I conclude my review of the second quarter results, I would like to reaffirm our 2027 financial targets. Based on the progress to date and our continued focus on execution, we are confident that we are on track to achieve these targets.
With that, I will now hand it back to Richard for his closing remarks.
Thank you, Eli. Thank you, Eric. So we go to the next slide, thank you. So delivering on the acceleration phase of our Pivot to Growth strategy. This is a slide that I like a lot because it shows the potential that we have right in front of us here at Teva. As I've highlighted, our growth ambitions towards 2027 can be fueled by our innovative portfolio, AUSTEDO, hitting $2.5 billion, AJOVY continue to grow and UZEDY continue to grow and joined by olanzapine, which allows us to have the ambition for $1.5 billion to $2 billion peak sales of our long-acting franchise in schizophrenia and we aim to double our biosimilar business.
But if you look beyond that, which I'd encourage you to do when you look at Teva as a biopharmaceutical company, you can see that AUSTEDO will continue to grow beyond '28 as will our long-acting franchise as well our biosimilars, and it will be joined by our dual-action rescue inhaler, which we think has peak sales potential of $1 billion, duvakitug in the indications that Eric has outlined as well as emrusolmin. So the path to continued growth, I think, is clear for Teva.
If you go on to the next slide, when we bring it back to the thoughts around 2025 and beyond, we continue to deliver on our Pivot to Growth strategy, and I'm really pleased to show that the 27% increase in revenue of our innovative portfolio shows the strength of the capability we have there. We highlighted a very clear path to 30% operating margins and the ability to hit our other 2027 targets, and this once again is through this good, strong innovative growth, our stable generics business and the ability to modernize and transform Teva in saving $700 million.
Our innovative pipeline shows we have near-term catalysts with olanzapine submission and the start of our duvakitug Phase III results, but also the pipeline shows we have potential to continue to grow this company way into the future. Both Eli and I have highlighted, we're well on track for Teva's transformation. We've already achieved 20% of our $700 million of savings in the last few months that we've been executing this. So with that, thank you for your attention, and I'll hand it to the Q&A.
[Operator Instructions]
Our first question for today comes from Umer Raffat of Evercore ISI.
2. Question Answer
This is JP for Umer Raffat. Congrats on a good quarter. Our question is regarding AUSTEDO and the IRA negotiation. Is it possible to share any color on what's the range of discounts that you guys are expecting? How this compared to the first round and give us some details, if possible?
Thanks for the question. Unfortunately, I'm going to give a very boring answer. We're not going to comment on anything to do with the IRA because we are in the middle of negotiations with CMS. So you'll have to wait until we get to a conclusion of that before we make any announcement.
Okay. And if I may, a second question. Do you guys expect any impact from the tariffs announced in Europe this year?
So I'll hand that to Eli, but I would just remind you when we're on the Q1 earnings call, we talked about the work we had done in preparation for tariffs. And so the team have done very comprehensive work to understand how we can mitigate the impact on our business. That said, there's a lot of ambiguity about what has really occurred with these tariffs. And so we're very keen to understand the detail of what is included, what is not included and then obviously, which one of those mitigation plans we can put in place. But with that, I'll hand it to Eli, who will give you his perspective as well.
Yes. Thanks, JP, for the question. I just want to remind that more than 50% of the products that we're selling in the U.S. is actually manufacturing in the U.S. We have 8 sites and also our leading product, AUSTEDO, is manufacturing in the U.S. And as part of the rest of the world, we have very limited exposures on China and India. And when we are actually looking on Europe and even if we were thinking about Israel, we -- as Richard mentioned, we are trying to really understand how this one is going to play in between generics or innovative.
I will say that we have a very, very flexible and full value chain in terms of our manufacturing and how we're able to manage this one. Most importantly, we're also trying to learn about the timing that this one will enable the companies to implement, is it a 1 year or 2 year or 3 years. But overall, I think that we are positioned very well in terms of all that work we've done so far, and currently, we don't see any meaningful impact.
Our next question comes from Ash Verma of UBS.
So just on AUSTEDO, like good to see the acceleration here. And I wanted to get a sense on the BID to XR conversion. So you're already seeing that more than 60% in new patients. But when can we see that type of share be replicated in all patients, not just new patients? That's one. And then secondly, if you can provide a little bit more color on the tariff impact on U.S. versus Europe. So you said that it's absorbed in your 2025 financial guidance, but how does that impact your P&L going forward? And I know they called out some exclusion of certain generics. If you can shed some light on what that constitutes.
Ash, thanks for the questions. So I'll tag team, a bit with Eli on this again. But starting with AUSTEDO, I'm glad you noticed the great performance of AUSTEDO, up 22% in the U.S. as the team continues to execute very well and shown our commercial capability. With regard to XR, yes, you're right, we are converting patients -- new patients are moving on to XR. We have some patients who convert from BID, but this is one where I'd say the direction of travel is clear, AUSTEDO XR will become the predominant drug that's used. It just takes a bit of time.
When patients are stable, obviously, there's no need to change them. But the desire to use that for new patients is very high amongst our physicians for the obvious reasons around compliance and adherence, and so we'll sort of give maybe interim updates on how that is progressing. But I think the line of sight to having the majority of the patients on XR in the future is clear.
With regard to the tariffs, I think your question was how do we see the impact of the tariffs over the longer term and particularly with regard to Europe. Once again, I just reiterate that there's a lot of uncertainty about what has happened.
I'll just highlight, for example, our generics in? Are they out? Are certain generics in? Are they out? I think the way we've always played this on tariffs is to be very conservative, and so when we talked about the mitigation plans in Q1 and what Eli just mentioned, we think about this very comprehensively and probably with a more glass half empty approach is in let's plan our business so that we can manage the tariffs and not have them impact our P&L going forward, but there's a lot of uncertainty. So we need to see how that plays out, but maybe I'll hand it back to Eli to reiterate some of the points you just made.
Yes, yes. Ash, so when you mentioned about our guidance, I want to repeat again, we have absorbed the already confirmed tariff into our 2025, and currently, from what we heard this week on Europe, this one, it is something that we're still trying to understand, as I mentioned, because also the investigation around the 232 was not concluded yet, and we're waiting for like everyone that one will happen in the next few weeks.
But all in all, when we are looking on our supply chains, our ability to actually build inventories and to manage our manufacturing steps, we don't see here currently any meaningful impact for the short term, and as I mentioned, we will see how administration will manage the timing to implement those tariffs. Once those happen, that will allow us to actually managing it very thoughtfully.
And Ash, apologies, I forgot your last question.
Just on the exclusion of certain generics, if you can shed some light on what that actually constitutes?
What do you mean the exclusion of certain generics, sorry?
This is in the tariff announcement that...
Okay. Sorry, I was a bit confused there. Yes, I think it's just -- we don't fully understand the specificity of that. As I'm probably sure you've seen the same as us with the headlines, it's slightly confusing as to what is included and what's not and I reiterate Eli's points. We just want more clarity on that just to understand what the impact is, what we can do to mitigate that and what does that look like over what time period.
So a bit of uncertainty there, but we're hopeful that we will have clarity in the not-too-distant future, and then we can make sure that we do our best to mitigate it, but a lot is unknown still.
Our next question comes from Matt Dellatorre of Goldman Sachs.
Congrats on the continued progress. Maybe starting with duvakitug, could you all share anything on the broader development program or when we might expect updates there, in particular, how competitor programs are informing your indication expansion strategy? And then will we see Phase IIb IBD maintenance data later this year? And if so, what do you want to see there? And then maybe just lastly, for the long-acting olanzapine, is there a possibility for a priority review there?
Matt, thanks for the questions. I'll hand those straight over to Eric.
Sure. Thank you, Matt, for the question. So for duvakitug, we're working very closely with our partner, Sanofi, on choosing the indications we'll go into. To be clear, we'll announce those once we've initiated the study. So that's something that you have to stay tuned for. Right now, we're super focused on getting the Phase III started, which I must say we've checked all the boxes. We've got all our ducks in a row and those studies will be starting right on time. So that's our main focus.
With regards to the Phase II data, that's actually something that's maturing right now. That's a 44-week follow-up from our Phase II study that we'll be finishing up towards the end of this year, and we'll be presenting that data in the first half of 2026, and just to that point, that's important data. The maintenance of the effect in this patient population is very important.
These patients suffer from a chronic disease that usually they start a therapy, they fail that therapy and have to move on to the next. So durability will be very important, and we're looking forward to that data.
For the olanzapine LAI, we don't anticipate having a priority review for that program. That's why it's important to get that study wrapped up and submitted as soon as possible. So that's what we're focused on right now, and we anticipate that approval in 2026.
Our next question comes from Jason Gerberry of Bank of America.
So on AUSTEDO, revenue growth seems to be tracking volume growth, but not reflecting the benefit of mix in the milligram shift. So I'm just wondering if you can speak directionally to how that is impacting gross to nets. And as we think about this IRA process, is it against the price point at the start of the year such that if you are increasing your gross to nets effectively, that's sort of front-running any IRA discounts in the future?
And then as it pertains to the tariffs and if it is a China-focused policy on national security, could you specifically outline what percent of key starting materials come from China? And if 1.5 years is sufficient time to move things around such that there is not a heightened reliance on China for key starting materials?
Okay, Jason, thanks for your question. So with regard to AUSTEDO, I think the question was around the correlation between TRx milligrams and the revenue. So it's not a perfect sort of -- and there's timing issues around this. One thing -- so firstly, I would say is what we're seeing in the data we have is exactly what we expect to see with regard to the transition to XR, the transition to XR that has on TRx because there's less scripts and what that then also looks for in milligrams. So I think we see that as actually playing out exactly as we expected.
Now one thing that -- so I think we see it clearly, but just to sort of maybe help understand a bit of a nuance there, we did launch XR in Q2 2024 some doses, and because of that, there was a slight stock in to do that. So I think when you're thinking about prior year comparisons, that may be something you've picked up upon, but when we go into the detail that I've just emphasized, we see it playing out exactly as we thought, and because of that, we're very comfortable and confident.
So I think that's the way I think about it on that. On the IRA question about pricing, I don't really want to go into any detail on that because we're still in negotiations with that. So I think once again, when it comes down to IRA, I think the best thing is we'll just make the announcement when we have that finalized because I think that's the most prudent thing to do.
And Jason, I think the question you asked about China on the tariff, there is almost nothing that we are actually bringing from China. Four years ago, we closed and sell the API business there. We are really, really not depending on anything there. There is nothing there. So it's not -- I cannot even provide you a percent.
And I think just to add on to that, Jason, I think that's why when Eli talks about the work we've done and the strength of our supply chain, sort of that's what we mean. I think we've taken some actions in the past to make sure we are not reliant on certain areas geographically. And obviously, we did that ahead of what has happened, but I think that has put us in a strong position, at least one where we can manage the future a lot better than we would if we hadn't done that.
Our next question comes from David Amsellem of Piper Sandler.
Two for me, one on generic Revlimid, one on UZEDY. First on generic Revlimid. I just wanted to clarify your comments on the total revenue guidance. How much of where revenue lands this year is a function of Revlimid being light in 4Q? And maybe just help us understand the dynamics as we move through the back half of the year regarding the product. I understand that the situation is fluid, but just help us understand how to think about generic Revlimid in 3Q and 4Q.
And then secondly, on UZEDY, with the bumped up guidance, would you say that even that is conservative just given the growth in prescription volumes, at least based on third-party data? And I understand that there's the Medicare Part D redesign. But just given how it's growing, what's your view on the extent to which even your new range is conservative here?
Thanks for the question, David. So if I understand, the Revlimid question was also sort of built into the generics -- to the overall forecast and the generics forecast.
So to give you a bit of context, obviously, when we think about our generics business going forward and we say flat to low single digit, that is based -- you've highlighted somewhat on generic Revlimid, but it's also based on launches we have coming up both in the U.S. and in other markets. So I think it's multifactorial, which is why we think we have that range. It's not contingent totally on Revlimid. I think we've had launches already in this quarter, and we'll have more launches coming towards the end of the year.
We also have, as we've highlighted, good sales momentum in our biosimilar business in the U.S. as well. So I say all of those things just to make sure people understand there's a robustness to our generics business, which means we have a lot less volatility is what we set out to do at the start of this strategy.
But now to get specific on your question about Revlimid, the ordering patterns of this have changed, and so whereas we do maybe one large order a quarter and they were very predictable, as we used to because we're a global generic player and we know what -- how this plays out, that becomes shorter term as we get to the end of these sort of situations where more competition comes in, and so we're very used to that.
So there's a change in those phasing's. And so that means that as we've seen in Q2, it impacted our phasing, and that will probably have the potential to do that in Q3 and Q4. We see that happening more in Q4 just because the basis that it gets -- the more competition comes in and towards the end of the year. But it's unpredictable, I think, is what I'm trying to highlight there.
But also, hopefully, I've highlighted the fact that we have other factors growing our generics business and other factors that allow us to have a confidence in giving a guidance to flat to low single digit, and then I just remind you of the fact that when you take out Revlimid in Q2 and the Victoza launch, we grew the generics business in the U.S., and I just emphasize that because I know we've had lots of conversations over the years, and our aim was to take away the volatility of a generics business. We've actually been growing it very significantly.
So even the fact that we are relatively flat, I think it shows the good work we've done. Now on UZEDY. So I appreciate your enthusiasm and your confidence in us and the U.S. team in executing. I think what we're trying to highlight is and what we've always tried to do is to make sure that we set what we believe is possible.
What I would reiterate on UZEDY, it's a great product profile, but we have really done a great job in becoming the long-acting risperidone of choice. So now we have to venture into other parts of the schizophrenia market where other molecules are used, and so I think we see that as probably maybe slightly tougher to do, even though we have a great profile.
You clearly think that's probably not the case and your confidence in us is appreciated. But that's what we're thinking about, a bit about how do we start to take UZEDY into other molecules in the long-acting schizophrenia market. We think we have the profile to do it, by the way. We have a lot of confidence in this product and where this product can go.
But I think that's the thing that probably is we just want to see it play out a bit more in quarter 3 to understand. But I appreciate your support, and I appreciate the fact that you like that we've raised it to $190 million to $200 million as a range.
Our next question comes from Chris Schott of JPMorgan.
Just two for me. On the top line guidance, obviously, great to see the higher branded guidance. But just coming back to the slower generic growth, is there any read across as we think about 2026 and beyond for that generic business? Or is what you're talking about here just some more timing and shorter-term dynamics as we think about the -- again, the generic piece of the business?
And then second question for me was another one on guidance. Obviously, very strong gross margin performance this quarter. It sounds like part of that is mix, part of that's maybe more onetime. Can you just update us on expectations for second half gross margins given the new product mix? Just how should we be thinking about that progressing over the next few quarters?
Chris, thanks for the question. So let me start to talk a bit about the generics, and I appreciate the fact you're seeing the good branded growth. I think it's important to reiterate, as we transform to a biopharma company to have a portfolio branded of our size growing at 27% is a great achievement and the momentum we have.
But to answer your question on generics, I think it is worth just reiterating the prior year comparison. The full year growth we had in generics in '24 was 11%. So when I talk about prior year comps, I think it's fair to say we had a great year in '24, and we're lapping that now. And if you take that down to the regional level, we had great performance across all of our regions in that quarter, 16% in the U.S., 8% in EU and 22% in IM. So those are real big comparative years.
But to get to the heart of your question, Chris, is what does this mean for the long-term trajectory of our generics business. I remain absolutely confident in what we need to achieve by 2027 for our generics business. And if you remember, at the Capital Markets Day, we started to communicate that where we wanted to get our generics business to in '27 was flat to where we ended it in '24, i.e., absorbing all of the generic Revlimid loss, which I know we all understand is a very big number.
So how do we do that? And how does this year, I think is your question, impact our ability to do that? In no way does it change. And let me explain why. Our ability to keep driving our business, our generics business relies on a number of factors, our base generics business, which includes complex generics, our biosimilar business and our OTC business.
Now over this 2-year period to continue to get to where we need to in 2027, our base generic business needs to grow at roughly 2%, 2.5% CAGR. Across all of our regions, Europe, U.S. and international, that is very achievable with the pipeline we have. We have a deep pipeline. We have a good manufacturing and supply chain. So I feel very confident about that. On our biosimilars, which we think -- which we believe is going to grow $400 million as well and contribute to our generics performance. As I've said, we've had a good start to this year.
We see good momentum in the U.S. And we are going to be launching generic STELARA -- biosimilar STELARA in Europe in quarter 3. And we have two more launches in the U.S. So I think we have good momentum there. And the OTC performance we're looking for also is a continuation of what we performed in the past.
So I have no concern about us hitting our '27 growth targets for generics. And I also don't see that this year is anything of other -- it's not a blip. I won't describe it as a blip, Chris. I'd describe it as a high prior year comparison, which I think we've weathered actually very well because it shows the underlying strength of our generics business.
So I see it as a sign of confidence in the work we've done to strengthen our generic business and also the fact that with our innovative business growing so well, we're a balanced company, and we can continue on this very predictable growth going forward. But with that, I'll hand for the gross margin questions to Eli. Over to you, Eli.
Okay. Chris, thanks for the question. So look, if we were looking on Q2 by itself, 54.6%, there is around 110 basis points inside that is coming from three main elements. One is we had a certain product right sales in Europe. Additionally, there is some tailwinds on FX, as I mentioned. And also, we need to remember that Japan business was dilutive to our gross margin by at least 30 basis points.
So if you actually backed out this 110 basis points, you come to 53.5%. If you look on Q2 -- sorry, Q1, which was 52.8%, you take that dilutive element on Japan, you see that we're actually moving by 52.5% to the level of 53.5% on the in-line basis, which is a sustaining business that we had.
This means that the innovative piece across all the elements that we're working on contributing to the expansion organic gross margin. What you're going to see in the next quarter, we're going to be above the midpoint and very close to the 54%, which I believe that the full year, we're going to be at the higher range or like 54% at minimum. So this is one -- these are the main kind of dynamics inside.
Our next question comes from Les Sulewski of Truist.
A couple for me. So first, can you provide some puts and takes around the uptick in EBITDA margin in the second half? And is this level sustainable or a high watermark for the year? And then second, as you're progressing across the cost reduction initiative, are you finding additional opportunities for savings beyond the $700 million? And could you provide some cadence around the primary areas of focus? And then lastly, how are you thinking about capital allocation, perhaps a share buyback opportunities and then second, around BD expansion and M&A?
Thank you, Les. I'll tag team some of those with Eli. And maybe I sort of give a quick overview on some of them and then Eli can also chime in. I'm really pleased that you've seen the EBITDA performance. I think this is really important when we think about creating long-term shareholder value.
Growing the top line is obviously critical, and we want to keep doing that. But when you do it in the right way as we've done with an innovative portfolio with strong growth, that will always help us change gross margin, as Eli said, but also allow us to go down and hit EBITDA and ultimately EPS. And I think that direction of travel is clear. So our ability to keep growing our innovative portfolio adding to it allows us to do that. So that's sort of at a high level, I would say.
On the cost reduction, I love these questions where we do something and everybody sees if we can do it a little bit more. So what I would say is the work we're doing is to modernize Teva is to make Teva a more agile place to work where we can do things quickly.
We can make sure capital is allocated to areas of best return to drive the company forward. That is continuous. So we're continuously looking at that. Does that mean we change the number on $700 million? No, we're going after that. We see that we plan very carefully and thoughtfully financially. But our ability to make sure we're allocating capital to the right areas is a continuous process throughout this business.
So I would say we want to become a company that has mentality that we look at this every year, almost every quarter. We don't have these periods where we go into restructuring or major changes. It's a continuous for us. On the capital allocation, with regard to, as Eli said on his capital allocation slide, we touched all of your points. Yes, we look at business development, and I'll go into a bit more detail, and we look at returning capital to shareholders as well.
On the BD side, we have been very active in this area looking for some time because we know that we want to add innovative products to what is a very capable team here at Teva. That said, we want to do that through in-licensing. We want to take products at the right time with the right risk profile to justify allocating capital to them, and so those are not always easy to find at the right time, but we've spent a lot of time on it.
We have increased the capability to do assessments within our team here. So that is something we are looking at. So those are my views on those 3 questions, but I'll ask them -- I'll hand them over to Eli because I think he'd like to add his perspective as well.
Yes. So I think about the EBITDA, your question, the way that we view it and how we're actually looking on the second half and the full year, we will be above the midpoint up to the higher range. And the main dynamics there is coming from a few things. First of all, the three main products, AUSTEDO, AJOVY and UZEDY, those are now yielding to a $2.9 billion revenue. This is a higher margin.
But if you compare it to last year with the $2.3 billion, the first half of this year is actually more meaningful in the year versus the first half last year. So we're actually progressing now to around 45% versus the full year. Last year, at that point, we were actually doing from that $2.3 billion, like 40%, which will give us the confidence that it's kind of starting to be more balanced in between first half and second half that allowing already to bank profit.
The other elements you need to understand that as we move forward, we will keep investing in our OpEx, which means we are not taking our OpEx down. We keep investing. So in between how we're able to flow through profits to the bottom line and how we keep investing in those products, mostly with AUSTEDO, we will see a benefit in terms of the margin on EBITDA and OP, and we also reflect that piece in the midpoint for the EPS coming from the innovative.
If you couple it with our savings from our programs, which currently we see a line of sight of $70 million, we are totally offsetting any softness on generics and with incremental profit. So I think that to sum it, we're going to be above the midpoint, close to the higher range.
I think there is another point here that Richard mentioned on the capital allocation. I think this is about timing. yes, we are constantly looking on BD and also to understand how those ones can actually interpretate higher multiples for us in terms of the trajectory of the growth aligned with our strategy.
But most importantly, when we're talking about shareholder buybacks or any kind of capital return to our shareholders, we are still in a trajectory to enhance our free cash flow to make sure that we enable to fuel our business, managing our working capital and our growth as well as allowing us the flexibility to do these type of things. So we are constantly reviewing that one. And once we'll have kind of more information around that one, we'll share with you.
Our final question for today comes from Keonhee Kim of Morningstar.
Just a quick one on the SELARSDI progress. Yes, I just wanted to ask how the product rollout is going. Do you know if the landscape is similar to what we saw with HUMIRA, where it will take some quarters before the biosimilar really picks up? Or does this kind of space look a little differently?
Great. Thanks, Kim. Thanks for your question. So what I'd say to sort of step back is every biosimilar sort of can play out slightly differently, and we're aware of that. I think I've been communicating that for the last 2 years. HUMIRA is different -- biosimilar HUMIRA is different biosimilar SELARSDI different from biosimilar STELARA. So -- and we're okay with that because I think we have a very agile team in the U.S. here who understands the different dynamics based on the different pathway to the physician, the different -- whether it's a pharmacy benefit or not.
That said, I think the team has started to execute on this well because of that capability we have. And so I think we see this as a good opportunity. And that's one of the things that is fueling our confidence in our revenue growth in our biosimilars. But I think the overarching is this is a portfolio play strategically.
We aim to bring 20 biosimilars to the market. I won't try and pick the ones that are going to be the superstars now because it's different. It's very dynamic. And as I said, we're okay with that because we're going to bring 8 biosimilars to the market by 2027. We don't need all of those to be superstars. We'll work hard to make sure they are, but we don't. That's why we're confident in being able to double our revenue to $800 million for our biosimilars by 2027. So hopefully, that answers the question, good start in one of our products, but also good performance about others that we have in the U.S. So thanks for your question.
And I think with that, I think we have gone over a bit, so I apologize for that, but we wanted to make sure we had a chance to answer as many questions as we could. I appreciate your time and your interest in Teva, and I look forward to catching up with you, many of you over our roadshow. So thank you very much. Goodbye.
Thank you all for joining. You may now disconnect your lines.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR — Q2 2025 Earnings Call
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR — Q2 2025 Earnings Call
📊 Quartal auf einen Blick
- Umsatz: $4,2 Mrd. (+1% in Lokalwährung, exkl. Japan; 10. Quartal in Folge Wachstum)
- Non‑GAAP EPS: $0,66 (+10% YoY)
- Adj. EBITDA: +7% YoY (stärkere Profitabilität durch Mix)
- Bruttomarge: 54,6% (+130 Basispunkte YoY, bereinigt teils FX und Portfolioeffekte)
- Free Cash Flow: $476 Mio. (+47%); Net Debt/EBITDA knapp >3x
🎯 Was das Management sagt
- Pivot to Growth: Strategie liefert – Fokus auf Wachstum durch Innovation (AUSTEDO, UZEDY, AJOVY) und Transformation.
- Pipeline‑Fokus: Späte Phase‑III‑Programme (Olanzapin LAI Submission Q4, DARI, Duvakitug Phase‑III Start Q4) sollen langfristig >$10 Mrd. Peak generieren.
- Kosten & Struktur: Modernisierungsprogramm zielt auf $700 Mio. netto Einsparungen bis 2027; 2/3 bis Ende 2026 angestrebt, Umsetzung läuft.
🔭 Ausblick & Guidance
- Jahresguidance: Bestätigt $16,8–17,2 Mrd. Umsatz; Management erwartet leicht unter bzw. am Midpoint.
- EPS‑Range: Erhöhte Untergrenze auf $2,50–2,65 (Lower bound +$0,05).
- Innovative Produkte: Kombinierte 2025‑Erwartung ~ $2,9 Mrd. (vs. $2,3 Mrd. 2024) – Treiber der Margenausweitung.
- Margen & Cash: Non‑GAAP Bruttomarge Ziel 53–54% (erwartet am/über Midpoint); FCF Guidance $1,6–1,9 Mrd.
- Hebelwirkung: Einsparungen (~$70 Mio. H2) plus FX profitieren EBITDA und EPS trotz Generika‑Gegenwind.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- IRA‑Verhandlungen: Management gibt keine Details (in Verhandlung mit CMS) – Anleger sollten weitere Aussagen abwarten.
- Tarife‑Risiko: Bestätigte, bereits in 2025‑Guidance berücksichtigte Effekte; große Unklarheit über Umfang/Timing, Management sieht derzeit keine kurzfristig bedeutende Auswirkung.
- Kommerz‑Themen: AUSTEDO XR‑Shift reduziert TRx‑Zahlen bei höherer mg‑Auslieferung; UZEDY übertrifft Erwartungen und soll in breitere Schizophrenie‑Märkte expandieren; Revlimid‑Generika und phasings sind volatil.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Fazit: Teva wandelt sich zunehmend zur Biopharma‑Growth‑Story: starke Markenperformance, verbesserte Margen, deutlich höherer FCF und glaubhafte Einsparpläne. Hauptrisiken bleiben politische Eingriffe (Tarife, IRA) sowie Timing/Phasing bei Generika (z. B. Revlimid). Kurzfristig positiv, mittelfristig abhängig von Zulassungen (Olanzapin, Duvakitug) und Umsetzung der Transformation.
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR — Goldman Sachs 46th Annual Global Healthcare Conference 2025
1. Question Answer
Okay. Great. Well, good morning, everyone, and thank you for joining us. My name is Matt Dellatorre, and I'm the generics pharma analyst here at GS. And we're really pleased to have Teva joining us this morning with Richard Francis, President and CEO.
And maybe, Richard, just to kind of get us started on kind of like the high-level outlook. We're just off your recent Strategy and Innovation Day, where you expanded upon many aspects of the company's Pivot to Growth strategy and highlighted how Teva is now in the acceleration phase. Maybe walk us through kind of the key aspects of the acceleration phase and what you all are most focused on from an execution perspective over the next 12 to 18 months.
Okay. Well, firstly, Matt, thanks for having us. Appreciate it. So you're right. We have entered the second phase of our Pivot to Growth, which is the acceleration phase after successfully completing the first phase, which has returned to growth after several years of decline. And so we -- in Q1 was our ninth quarter of consecutive growth. And the acceleration phase is really a continuation of the strategy, but a doubling down on it. And let me explain that. So in the first 2 years, the strategy is to move Teva from a pure-play generics to a biopharma company. And now obviously, 2 years ago, that seemed like an idea as opposed to something that can happen.
But now in the last 2 years, we put $1 billion of revenue on our innovative portfolio and we aim to put over $1 billion by 2027. And so I think the acceleration phase is all about accelerating our ability to commercialize our innovative products, AUSTEDO, UZEDY and AJOVY. And then to bring our pipeline through our late-stage pipeline, which is olanzapine long-acting treatment for schizophrenia, dual action rescue inhaler for asthma and then we have emrusolmin and then we obviously have duvakitug and UC and CD.
So the acceleration base is just adding more and more products to our innovative portfolio. And I think we've shown we can commercialize those really well. And it is worth noting that we don't have any LOEs of any significance on the horizon. So you're adding launches, I think, on top of launches in areas where there's significant unmet need. The -- so that's what the acceleration phase is. And then the generics part of the business is about creating what we've done in the last years stability because that's a big business still, and it throws off a lot of cash, and that allows us to one, continue to improve our balance sheet, but also to invest in this innovative portfolio. Further reminding that duvakitug and Eric at the Strategy and Innovation Day, Eric Hughes, Head of R&D, highlighted anti-IL-15 and these 2 products, one could argue theoretically have the ability to go into 8 to 10 indications.
So we need to be able to fund those and maximize those, and that's why the generics plays an important part of that as well.
Great. And maybe kind of stepping back, if we look at the business from the different segments today, is it fair to say the outlook is strong growth for branded and generics flat? Or are you guys still trying to grow generics to some degree?
Yes. I think the headlines I would say for everybody to take it as that strong growth, very strong growth for innovative and flat for generics. Now that said, I don't want to say we don't have the ambition or the capability to do more, but the way we financially plan our capital allocation is that has the potential to be flat. Now for the next few years, it will be flat because obviously, we lose generic Revlimid next year, which we've well communicated. But we will get back to the same level. So we'll compensate for that by the end of '27. And the way we do that is we have -- the one thing that you need in the generic business we have in Teva is a deep pipeline both in standard generics, complex generics and biosimilars.
And those all keep coming through, and we have really good coverage. So I think we have the ability to continue to make that business perform, but we financially plan from a stability point of view, just because I think that allows us to be more prudent when it comes to capital allocation decisions and financially plan. The last 2 years, I think people had a lot of skepticism of our generics business, and we grew across all 3 regions, both years and grew very well. But what we forecast for the next up until '27 is flat because obviously, we have to compensate generic Revlimid. But back to your high-level sort of summary is correct. This is about the branded business to grow based on the growth rates of the products we already have in the market as well as the products we're going to add to them, which have significant unmet need, which we believe we have the ability to make that successful. And that's the way, I think, to think about it from a sort of opportunity point of view.
Great. The margin trajectory has also been an important focus for both Teva and investors and you all have announced significant cost reduction efforts. If we take a longer-term perspective, obviously, this margin expansion will just happen as naturally as you shift to more branded. But maybe speak to us about kind of the key challenges or the things that you have to balance in the near term to reach these 2027 margin target?
Yes. It's one thing that we've -- obviously, there's a lot of interest around it. I like the 2027 targets and they mean that we have to be ruthless about capital allocation. And back to that initial question, we could talk about -- we could grow the generics business, we could grow the branded. We've made a really specific choice to really maximize the opportunities on our branded business because it's so exciting. To do that, we need to make sure we fund it from a commercialization point of view as well from a pipeline point of view.
To do that, we need to be very focused on cost and OpEx being capital, where do we place that capital or where do we take it away from. And I think the last 2 years, we've shown we're good at that. And we've highlighted this $700 million program, which is about reducing expenditure in G&A and manufacturing to increase it into our innovative business, while at the same time allowing us to compensate fully for the profit that we're going to lose from generic Revlimid.
So I think as we go forward, it will still be that ruthless capital allocation, making sure we keep allocating capital to the things that give the best return on capital, which is going to be inhibited. And what I like about Teva is -- and what we don't want to lose is there is a generic mindset when it comes to cost. So cost -- when you spend money, it's -- you got to get a return on it. And so what I want us to -- as we move to a biopharma company, we still keep the mindset of every dollar is really important, how we allocate is really important and how we allocate that capital should get a good return. And I think you'll see that over time.
But remember, as we transition our portfolio, we change our profitability profile significantly, both on operating margin and on gross margin. And that allows us as we keep growing our top line to allocate more capital to the things that are going to keep driving OP margin and gross margin. So I think we've got a really good future ahead of us if we keep executing, which we will.
Great. And then maybe before we shift over to kind of some macro policy topics, is there anything we should keep in mind heading into the second quarter?
I think, obviously, we started quarter 1 and we had a good quarter, once again showing a bit of the strategy playing out, innovative, performing very strongly. The generics, I think I reminded everybody that Q1 was going to be a high watermark, the 3% growth. And I reminded people, we had a lot of launches last year. Just an example, Victoza was launched in Q2 last year. We also have things going on, I can't call the macro, it's more U.S. around the maybe the reduction in pharmacies with Walgreens. So those things will happen.
So I think from a generics point of view, remember that the 3% is a high watermark. We're generally back-ended in our generics business anyway. But that's probably the thing to keep in count. We got comparison years, we had a lot of launches last year, we did really well. So keep that in mind. But probably can't into any more detail than that based on the fact that we're just a few weeks away from Q2.
Great closing. Okay. So maybe just switching to kind of some macro and policy topics for a second. I realize it's very difficult to handicap still at this point. But what is your latest thinking on the likelihood timing and scope of potential pharma tariffs?
Oh my God. So what I think that -- maybe the way we think about it at Teva is we plan for multiple scenarios. So we contingency plan really well. And so we've already planned, and I think we've taken into account. And in Q1, I think Eli Kalif, the CFO, highlighted that the tariffs which are put in place then, we've mitigated, and we're not changing our forecast for the year. We've worked through every single sort of potential outcome, whether they get to what are termed the car tariffs or higher. And I think we have an ability to manage our business well within those scenarios. But we'll have to see we've taken action. We have things that we can pull. But obviously, we want to see how it actually plays out. It's super dynamic. I mean it's on a macro level, global level, things are put in place, and they're taking away. There's good discussions, and there's bad discussion.
So I think for us, it's about do we have the plans in place regardless of how it plays out that we can protect our long-term growth trajectory on the top and bottom line. And I think that's -- I feel we're well covered on that with the caveat. I don't know where it's actually going to land.
Could you comment on whether or not you've had or having any interactions with the administration or Congress on kind of maybe the treatment of, say, generics versus branded, or just kind of more broadly the potential for this?
Yes, we do both. So we engage in the branded business because we will want to educate on that side. But we definitely educate on the generic side, both with the associations as well as individually. I think people forget that Teva -- I remind people, 1 in 14 scripts in the United States are Teva script. So we had a massive part of the health care system. And the generics business is, I would say, a very cost-effective part of the health care system in the United States, it's very efficient. And so you don't really want to alter that ecosystem because I think the payers Medicaid, Medicare and the U.S. do very well out of the generics from allowing good access and good value for money.
So we educate them on that. We also educate them on the pressure on cost of goods and manufacturing and that is a very different discussion than on branded and where that should be. That said, we point out we have -- I think it's 9 manufacturing sites in the U.S. And so we're the largest manufacturer of generic medicines in the U.S. So we're very committed on that. And also then on the branded side, AUSTEDO is made in Florida, is made in the States. So I think we just keep educating them on what are you trying to do, trying to improve the ability to maintain the health care system. So generics is going to help you do that, but this is how you need to think about generics and the branded, the same thing about branded. So very actively involved in that.
But we'll see how that plays out. I think one of the things I would say is the administration of these laws we're talking to on the 232 is they're seeking to understand. They really are seeking to understand. So that's encouraging because the more they understand, I'd like to think they'll come to a rational conclusion, one would hope. But the most important thing is they're having that discussion. And we're having with them individually and with the associations.
Great. Maybe just lastly on the kind of policy side, President Trump's recent MFN Executive order, has been an overhang for the sector. What are your latest thoughts on the prospects for such a drug pricing policy and given Teva's current branded portfolio, is it fair to say you all are fairly insulated from this in the most part?
Yes. I mean, look, what's another one, we have to see how it play out because it's sort of -- yes, there's a lot of noise around it and you're understanding where could it actually fall. But you're right, because of where we are, as this emerging innovative biopharma company, we haven't launched our products internationally. Tony said so -- and so that gives us the optionality. One, we're not whatever happens, it doesn't impact us immediately. And then we can strategically plan where we're going to launch and what price we're going to launch.
So I think in a way, we're in a good position because with this emerging biopharma company that doesn't have to deal with this big geographical footprint yet. That's our plan. Our plan is, obviously, to launch AUSTEDO in Europe, olanzapine in Europe and duvakitug, we're going to promote that in Europe, emrusolmin globally. So we have all those plans, but we can now think about strategically how we do that and what that looks like, depending on where we end up. But I was even reading some comments yesterday that some of the pure-play biopharma people are maybe less concerned about that now.
With Teva, our default is we're concerned about everything and we then develop contingency plans. And then if things don't need to be used, then we're okay, but we never look for a macroeconomic situation to benefit us because we can't control it.
Makes sense, yes. Maybe trying to shifting to the portfolio and pipeline or the branded portfolio and pipeline. We've seen great growth for AUSTEDO in recent quarters and years now. And you all gave long-term guidance of more than $3 billion at your recent Strategy Day. Maybe -- I know you've talked about this in the past, but kind of just briefly, what are the dynamics you're seeing in that market that gives you the confidence that, that trajectory can continue?
Yes. Firstly, I'd like to sort of congratulate the team in the U.S. for driving the growth of AUSTEDO. That was -- I remind people when we started this strategy, I think everybody forecasted peak sales of $1.4 billion. We gave guidance of $2 billion roughly this year. So we've shown that if anybody doubted our ability to drive an innovative product commercially, we can do that.
Now when it comes to the opportunity, unfortunately, it comes down to the huge untreated population. So there's nearly 800,000 people that suffer from tardive dyskinesia and still the majority -- vast majority, I think only 10% are on treatment, maybe slightly more. So there's a huge amount of medical needs. So the way we think about it, if we can keep driving those patients into physicians' office, get them diagnosed, get them onto treatment, then the market and the product -- the market has the potential to grow. And obviously, AUSTEDO being very well in the market will benefit from that. So for us, the greater than $3 billion in 2030 is based on sort of the maths, if more patients get treated, and we pick up a fair share of that, then that should be achievable.
Great. CMS negotiations for 2027 are ongoing. Is there anything you can share in terms of how those negotiations are progressing? And then what is kind of your base case relative to like the first wave that was around a 20% net price hit on average?
So I can't comment because literally, we are in the thick of it. So -- and what I would say is when we launched the Pivot to Growth, we put a number in, I think before most people are thinking about doing things like that. And once that goes back to our philosophy is, if we're not sure, we plan for something to happen rather than hope it doesn't because hope is not a strategy. And so we're going to think of it. What I would say is the number we put in is wrong. Is it too conservative? Is it the other way around? I don't know. But I'll remind people, regardless of where that falls, there are still the majority, 90% of patients are untreated.
So regardless of what happens, AUSTEDO has a great growth trajectory. But I'd also say from a Teva becoming a biopharma company, we still have UZEDY growing really well. We still have AJOVY, we'll have olanzapine, we have DARI, dual action rescue inhaler and then we have duvakitug. So all our chips on AUSTEDO, although I think AUSTEDO has great potential. But I always remind people that AUSTEDO regardless of CMS, we'll be able to grow just because of those untreated, but we have a whole portfolio of innovative drugs which are coming to the market. And that's the thing that's exciting. I talk about you say well, maybe talk about that, how well that's growing. I talked about how the fact that AJOVY is growing and growing over 20%. And I talked about AUSTEDO and olanzapine, DARI, you think, well, okay, you think, well, okay, if you're modeling it, you can model this one maybe has a steeper growth trajectory than this, but they're all growing and that's exciting thing.
Maybe just lastly on AUSTEDO. There has been talk, I think it was in one of Trump's recent executive orders about maybe getting rid of the pill penalty. Is that -- I mean, clearly, it's not something you're going to bank on, but is that something you all consider? And do you have any thoughts on the likelihood of the pill penalty being removed?
Well, all I can say is I think it should. I mean, probably not best to get me started on the IRA anyway because there's a lot to that. If we can have another go that we could improve. But yes, the pill penalty made no sense. I mean ultimately, we're supposed to bring drugs to the market which fill an unmet medical need and help society, whether that's pill of biologic or it doesn't really matter. That shouldn't be the focus and why it was. I never fully understood.
So I hope they're successful. The fact that they've actually started that discussion so early on is encouraging. But once again, it's about seeing what happens and what gets executed and what gets changed, I think. But if that could be, that would be really positive for the industry as a whole and for patients.
And then maybe shifting to long-acting olanzapine. You all recently gave long term or, I guess, peak sales guidance for both UZEDY and olanzapine of $1.5 billion to $2 billion. I guess, kind of the first immediate question is why can't it be bigger? Why can't it be as big as a competitor's franchise, which I think was around $4 billion in '24? So that's the first question.
Okay. I feel like I'm in a budget discussion. But firstly, I welcome the question because isn't it great we're having a question about Teva about can you do more with your innovative launch than you've got? I mean that's just -- I welcome that discussion even if we may not -- the way we think about it is, firstly, -- there's some things that have to happen, I think, for that to play out. Now UZEDY, I think, has been a surprise to everybody that we've gone to a congested Risperidone in long active market. And I remind everybody that Risperidone is genericized long-acting. In fact, we've launched a long-acting generic a while ago.
So it has long-acting generics. It has long-acting brands, and you said it has surprised everybody. And the reason why it surprised everybody is one, it's a great product. It fills an unmet medical need, whether it's subcutaneous, non-refrigerated, pre-filled syringes or most importantly, the fact, you get to therapeutic levels within [indiscernible]. Now that has really got traction. And we've got a great commercial team who have executed it really, really well. So one would argue is obviously then we launched olanzapine were sort of -- it's a running start, so we should be able to do even better. The thing that I think maybe is the difference in the modeling is, how does the long-acting market grow, both in the U.S. and international. And it has been a market which has in the U.S., I think it's 13% of the hole schizophrenia market, and it should be a lot bigger. And so just trying to understand why there may be those are because there hasn't been a subcutaneous available. There hasn't been something that's patient friendly. There hasn't been something that hit therapeutic level so quickly.
So maybe there is an opportunity to expand that. But I think for us, the way we talking to investors, we see -- we think we have the ability to do this across these products, and that's how we sort of model and how we think about how we build our P&L going out, how we think about capital allocation. Now if things end up being better than that, that's great. But what we're trying to do is say this is the realms and what we think about as we execute and we think there's a bigger opportunity, we'll obviously communicate it. We're definitely not conservative. I think when I was on stages like this a year ago, people have very different numbers. And now based on the success of UZEDY and things, I think it could be more.
But there's a lot still to happen. And don't forget, in the U.S., these are part of the -- an area that's getting significantly more managed than ever in CMS. And so that's something the payer access is harder and no one that's going to look like in 18 months. So we always are very measured on that. We're not assuming everything is going in our favor. So that's probably where we get to slightly different numbers, but we'll definitely try and make the number as big as possible.
Great. And then maybe just kind of lastly, this technology that you've used for both UZEDY and olanzapine, is there potential to use that in other molecules or that is kind of -- this is where it's just going to stop?
Well, I think it sort of goes back to an area of expertise, which Eric talks a lot about, which is we're very good on drug delivery, whether that's being devices or long-acting because obviously, one of the things being in generic company, we have to do them all.
So we understand how the different modalities work and how you move into different areas of long-acting because we do -- we've done them all over the last 30 years. So we have a good capability. So we're always looking at. And obviously, Medtech is a technology we used for UZEDY and olanzapine. And we look at that across other areas, but there's many other long-acting technologies that we're constantly looking at. But it's about finding the product that needs that finding -- and it's not about moving just to long-acting is does it give the physician flexibility as well to adjust those.
So not everything can go long acting. But definitely, and I think that sort of also we didn't speak about it, but one of the things I like about the pipeline we have is -- and this is something which sometimes is a bit controversial is, I think it's a very derisked pipeline because olanzapine, the technology that we're using there is the same as UZEDY, we've seen the efficacy and the safety data, so we know it works. The dual action rescue inhaler, we could argue that's not super sexy, but a huge unmet medical need. We know those products work. We create -- we've been manufacturing devices for 30 years.
So the POS that's super high. One could argue duvakitug based on the Phase II results, probably success of Phase III, I would argue is high based on Phase IIs are very predictive of Phase IIIs in these diseases. So once again, I've encouraged people to look at our pipeline and go, it's a good pipeline, but it's good because a lot of it is a high POS. And then maybe emrusolmin, which is the treatment for multiple system atrophy is probably not a high POS, on the mid to that, but huge, huge unmet medical. And I didn't mention that, but if that comes to the market, then we have a Phase II that is designed to be powered enough to make it registrational if it did show the efficacy. And that could come in '28. And as I highlighted, 2 weeks ago, it's a multibillion-dollar opportunity in rare disease.
Well, TL1A, so maybe kind of shifting to that real quick Obviously, that's probably your most valuable pipeline asset at this point and it received a lot of attention. And you all are, of course, developing it as a pipeline of product. When do you think we might start to see proof of -- Phase II proof-of-concept studies and some of these other indications you guys have recently highlighted?
Yes, that's a good question. Everybody is interested in that, which I'm pleased, there are some people who understand it can be used in different indications. We worked through that in the last year actually with Sanofi. And so I think we'll be in a position in the not-too-distant future to communicate something. I think we're always a bit cautious of wanting to highlight the opportunities, but we also try and keep our gun powder dry a bit as to what we're doing and why we're doing it, because ultimately, there is a slight competitive advantage.
But the reason why we partnered with Sanofi was because they saw the attractiveness of a pipeline in a product. And obviously, they've got a lot of experience that with Dupixent. And so we knew they had that capability. So we will be announcing something. How much and how clear it will be we'll work through. But we definitely -- for the partnership, we see this as multiple indications, no question.
Is there a chance that we could see Phase II's readout ahead of the IBD Phase III? Or is that probably a little?
I mean the good thing, this is where Eric is probably thinking what is he going to say. But the good thing about TL1A is it's, because it has such a good safety profile, so good. And as Eric reminds me, if you want to move anything to a new indication, you've got to have an understanding from a science point of view, but what you don't want to do is create issues because it's so clean that allows us to move maybe a bit more in an expedited way into the Phase II, which is probably what you're touching upon. So yes, we are thinking like that. We are thinking about can we -- now I don't think we're at this stage, but one could argue in the future where you could jump into a Phase III even, but that's a long way down the track. I think right now, having a cleverly designed Phase II, which is quick allows us to data and then move into Phase III is how we're thinking about it. Absolutely.
And then maybe just kind of briefly. You're obviously partnered with Sanofi here, and they are an industry leader, and that's clearly a major advantage in terms of launching in all these Allodynia indications. Could you speak to maybe how aligned you 2 are in terms of kind of the pace and the breadth of development for this asset?
I think we are very aligned. I mean, the good thing about it is because those are the 2 key things. You're aligned in the breadth and the pace because that's where like any relationship, you start with good intentions and then maybe drift apart. The reason why, as I said, I like Sanofi is one is they have a lot of experience. So we can help them execute. They can help us execute on multiple indications. But -- and I'm not -- I'm sure Paul doesn't like me saying this, but they do have Dupixent, which at some point will end, right? And so that creates a sort of a line in the sand where they also need to be bringing things to the market. And so as we partner together, I knew they had a sense of urgency because of that. And TL1A being a pipeline of product allows us to think of, okay, if we execute on this, then we have something which can help offset that.
So sometimes you have to have the pushes and pulls in the urgency sort of forced upon you. And I think we have it because we want to drive growth and financial return, they have it because they need to start building a pipeline that offsets some of the LOEs.
Yes, makes sense.
And I just phone them constantly.
Maybe kind of lastly on the pipeline, we'll see Phase III data for DARI in second half, potential launch in '27 and consensus sales for AstraZeneca's competitive drug are about $1.2 billion right now. I guess the question for you guys is how big of an opportunity could this be? And what's going to be the greatest kind of just commercial challenge if we assume that this Phase III is probably pretty derisked?
Yes. And we think it is. Well, firstly, we have to recruit, we're recruiting well. And just so you know why we're so good in development at Teva is because we execute and our team executes really, really well because they're looking at the data all the time. There are no multiple Phase IIIs that we just look at and we're just sort of -- it's Eric is in the detail. And so he believes we'll recruit -- have full recruitment by the end of this year. And then because it's an event-driven study, then if we just have to see how that plays out.
But the reason -- so firstly, I don't agree with the consensus on AZ's peak sales and that's because there are 10 million Americans who should be on this therapy and if they're on this, you wouldn't be at -- they can't be at $1.4 billion. And if you vary a fraction of them on this, it's going to be a lot bigger. And they should be on it because it's stopping hospitalizations and all the things which is the reason why the guidelines have given that advice. So the reason why I think we have the ability to be successfully -- successful commercially is you never want to be second to a market unless and this is one of those unless the market is created by AstraZeneca. I think they're world-renowned respiratory company and have capability.
They create the market for dual active rescue inhalers. We come in 3 years later, and we do have -- we'll have a pediatric indication, which is 25% of the population. And I think our -- the way we planned it out is we obviously just go and say, we're indicated for pediatrics and you can use both. We also think we have an advantage in our device. Our device is very simple. And I think that will play out into a wider population as well. But look, I think the market is going to be bigger than people have predicted. And I think one could argue if we just get what we solely indicated for, we get 25% of the market, that's a good business. But I think that market is with 2 players, and it's going to be driven and grown over the longer term.
Great. Maybe shifting to capital allocation, which you all have emphasized is a very important aspect of approaching the business. You all have highlighted neuro I&I and rare disease as kind of your key areas of interest given where your current capabilities lie. Maybe just kind of speak to your level of appetite for bringing in an additional branded pipeline asset over the next 12 to 18 months?
So I mean we've a high appetite for it, definitely. But at the same time, once again, we think about capital allocation, return on capital deployed, we think about an internal pipeline that's now starting to come. We want to launch that well. So we're lucky we have a lot of organic growth. But I do want to do BD because I think we can sell stuff really, really well. Like we're really good at it. Whether if you look at AUSTEDO, UZEDY, AJOVY, very competitive markets. We've had to bring patients into the clinic, others we've had to compete with big companies or congested market, and we've shown we can do it.
So I feel that I would like to give the team more opportunity. So we're actively looking all the time. But we're very thoughtful about it because, one, we can be because we have that organic. But we want to make sure that we are allocating capital to something that will have a good return particularly in the short medium because what we bring in, we want to be derisked. So we'll not be bringing anything in that carries a significant amount of risk because why would we do that. So it's going to be derisked and that can add to our top and bottom line relatively quickly.
Okay. So you -- so in terms of stage, you would prefer something maybe Phase II or Phase III or later?
Even later. I mean, look, obviously, you've got to build, and so we will almost look to the future a bit. But don't forget, we have 2 products which are pipelined in an asset. So as I said, anti-IL-15 and duvakitug have a lot of indications. We've got a plan for that. Then -- so we would still bring some stuff in earlier, but it's always going to be in the clinic. I don't think you're going to see us do anything preclinical. And we want something that is Phase III or commercial because we can put into our machine and we can execute on that. Those are hard to find that fit, and we wanted to be synergistic as much as we can because then we get a in force to the bottom line really quickly. So that's what we want to do. Those are hard to find, but we are constantly lucky.
But that's the way we think of because if we find that, we're not carrying risk. The risk is just on execution. If we execute well, we'll get a good return on capital, and I would do that. We're looking hard, but those -- there's not a lot of those around.
Right, right. And then anything in terms of the deal structure, would this be -- are you -- do you preference for an acquisition or a partnership or licensing deal?
Probably more licensing just because it's often, it's -- you'll get a better structured deal. It allows you to have milestones a lot to think about certain things, whereas -- and I just don't think right now, from a capital allocation, M&A is something we need to consider. So I think in licensing is something which I look at as being really attractive because once again, if you think about the macro environment for biotech, it's hard to launch now. It is really hard to launch, really hard, not just to raise capital to launch, but to launch successfully and to get a return on that quite quickly.
So I think one thing that Teva is now getting recognized was we can launch really well, and we can commercialize really well. So if you want to think about that we can license it in, and we can give investors a return on their investment and restructured well, we can give them a return in the long term. So I think that's how we're trying to create that opportunity. And maybe the time is right. But once again, it comes back to not doing so for the sake of doing it. Is this the right allocation of capital.
Great. Well, with that, I think we're all out of time. So Richard, thank you very much for being with us. Really appreciate your time.
We appreciate it, Matt. Thanks very much. Thank you.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR — Goldman Sachs 46th Annual Global Healthcare Conference 2025
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR — Goldman Sachs 46th Annual Global Healthcare Conference 2025
🎯 Kernbotschaft
- Kurzform: Teva bestätigt die "Pivot to Growth"-Beschleunigung: Fokus auf Ausbau des innovativen Portfolios (AUSTEDO, UZEDY, AJOVY, Olanzapin LA, DARI, duvakitug, TL1A) bei gleichzeitiger Stabilisierung des Generikageschäfts als Cash-Quelle zur Finanzierung von Launches und F&E.
⚡ Strategische Highlights
- Pivot-Fokus: Management sieht zweite Phase ("acceleration") der Strategie; Ziel ist signifikant mehr innovative Produkte bis 2027–2030 und kommerzielle Skalierung vorhandener Marken.
- Portfolio-Allokation: Branded-Wachstum priorisiert; Generika werden als stabiler Cash-Generator geplant (vorübergehend "flat" bis Ende 2027, u.a. Ausgleich des Wegfalls von generischem Revlimid).
- Kostendisziplin: $700 Mio. Programm zur Reduktion von G&A und Fertigungsausgaben, um Mittel in Commercialisierung und Pipeline zu verschieben und Margin-Ziele bis 2027 zu unterstützen.
🆕 Neue Informationen
- Update vs. Strategy Day: Keine neue Zahlen-Guidance; Management wiederholt frühere Ziele (u.a. AUSTEDO >$3 Mrd. Ziel, ambitioniertes Innovations‑Umsatzziel bis 2027) und liefert operative Klarheit zu Prioritäten, Rekrutierungs‑Timelines und Contingency‑Plans für Handelspolitik/Importtarife.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Wachstumsaufteilung: Nachfrage nach Klarheit, ob Generika noch wachsen oder tatsächlich "flat" bleiben — Management bestätigt Priorisierung von Branded, Generika bleiben Cash‑Stütze.
- Politikrisiken: Auswirkungen möglicher Pharma‑Zölle/MFN/Medicare‑Maßnahmen; Management betont Szenarien‑Planung, aktive Lobbyarbeit und bisherige Maßnahmen zur Abschwächung von Q1‑Effekten.
- Pipeline‑Timing: Nachfrage zu TL1A (Sanofi‑Partner), DARI‑Phase‑III (Rekrutierung läuft, Readout H2 erwartet) und Olanzapin LA; Management nennt realistische, schrittweise Phasen (schnelle Phase‑II‑Pläne möglich, Phase‑III bleibt abhängig).
📌 Bottom Line
- Fazit für Anleger: Teva wandelt sich zur kommerzielleren Biopharma‑Firma: klarer Fokus auf hochmargige Launches plus ein stabiler Generika‑Cashflow. Erfolg hängt nun an Execution (Launches, Kostensenkung, Payer‑Zugriff) und politischen Risiken; bei gelingender Umsetzung positives Risiko‑/Renditeprofil.
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR — Jefferies Global Healthcare Conference 2025
1. Question Answer
Good morning. Welcome to the Jefferies Healthcare Conference in New York, Day 1. My name is Dennis Ding, biotech analyst here at Jefferies. I have the great pleasure of having Teva here with us. Welcome.
So maybe to -- I think there's a little bit of feedback, but maybe just help level set us in terms of where the business is right now and how the business has evolved over the last several years and some of the investments that you have put into it, maybe also layer in some of the targets that you guys have set out recently at your R&D Day.
You want to start?
Sure. Yes. So we have been on an amazing journey, and it's been a really fun time to be part of the company. Our pivot to growth started in 2023 and really focused on growth and kind of pivoting, quite frankly, in 4 key areas. So fueling our innovative medicines, advancing our pipeline and innovation in that space, kind of underscoring our heritage and in generics and becoming a powerhouse and continuing that journey. And then lastly, focusing our business and our effort and our investment.
We've advanced in all 4 of those pillars and have made some amazing strides in kind of building new capabilities. Foundationally, we've had 9 quarters of consecutive quarters of growth and kind of returning to that. And now we're entering that next phase of acceleration between 2025 and 2027. So it's an exciting time. And our key assets from a commercial perspective, AUSTEDO, UZEDY and AJOVY continue to be really key drivers. And in parallel, Eric can speak to kind of where we're at with the pipeline and some really, really exciting advancements there as well.
Yes. Just to add, 2.5 years ago, we started a journey of rebuilding and focusing on our innovative medicines to a step up in innovation. We have a modern drug development matrix system in place with great leadership. And we really doubled down on what is a good pipeline or a great pipeline at Teva. I'm very proud that we have now 3 Phase III programs running, our olanzapine LAI program for schizophrenia, our duvakitug program that's partnered with Sanofi, a first-class biologic that has shown great data over the last 2 years. And then finally, DARI, our dual-action rescue inhaler program.
So 3 program with what I believe is a high probability of success at this point. And then that's on top of the pipeline that we're working on. So it was a great way to start the pivot to growth with the innovative part, and it capitalizes on a lot of great talent across the company for generics biosimilars and the innovative pipeline.
Right. I think AUSTEDO has been a huge powerhouse and a huge driver for the business. And even outside of that, you guys have made amazing advancements in the pipeline with the TL1A, et cetera, right? So maybe we can focus a little bit on AUSTEDO. I mean you mentioned $3 billion or more than $3 billion in peak sales. Can you just talk about the pushes and pulls to that number, the timing of that, et cetera?
Yes. So I think we've been very clear about the significant opportunity. And I think a big part of this is understanding the unmet need. So if you look in the U.S. alone, there's around 800,000 patients with TD, the biggest indication. And majority of those are not diagnosed, so about 15% and then about 5% to 6% on treatment. And so it's a really, really kind of underserved patient population with significant opportunity.
And if you take a beat off of Q1, for instance, we had about 40% growth, 23% in TRxs. This is the kind of cadence and rhythm that we've been in with this investment. We've invested quite a bit in direct-to-consumer and driving awareness because of this massive population. We've also filed in Europe, and we'll get feedback here later this year on that opportunity there and what that looks like. And so in totality, we think that there's going to continue to be significant growth in this space, both from TRxs and the advancement in kind of our approach from Eric shop has been with our XR formulation, which has made a massive impact in patients being able to start on 1 pill once a day across all of our doses along with the titration kit. So it's life cycle management and its finest in a product that has -- was long launched and rebuilding kind of that brand with very specific and surgical investment.
And how should we think about AUSTEDO and the competitive landscape there with Ingrezza?
Yes. I mean I think to have 2 products in this space is really a good fortune. We're delighted. I think they're on the same journey as us in that we want to try to get as many patients treated as possible. So I look at it as less about the companies being competitive and more having a competitive approach against getting more patients diagnosed and treated.
Okay. And Neurocrine, when they reported Q1, they mentioned that their Part B formulary inclusion increase from 50% to 60% of covered lives. Like how should we think about that as it relates to AUSTEDO? And does that change the competitive dynamic on the ground at all?
I don't believe it changes the competitive dynamic. We have really broad coverage and have -- since we've been in this space, that's been part of our strategy is one of our goals was to make sure from a patient level that individuals that were -- had coverage could afford their medicine. So we're really proud to say that for folks that have coverage, they pay on average less than $10 a month out of pocket. So really, really meaningful. So this has been part of our journey all along.
Okay. And then obviously, AUSTEDO is part of the IRA drug pricing negotiations. Can you just comment a little bit about how you see that going and if there's any updates from that -- on that end?
So no real updates. I mean I think the bottom line is we're in the throes of it, and we're prepared, and we will keep you posted as soon as there's news to share, which we expect to be around November.
Okay. But as it relates to the $2.5 billion in 2027, there is a little bit of, I guess, like hesitancy or like skepticism around AUSTEDO reaching that number in 2027 given the IRA situation. So can you just -- what is your message to investors and helping them get comfortable with the growth trajectory so that you get to 2.5 even with the IRA?
Yes. I mean, simply put, we factored it into our plan. And it could be a little bit more, it could be a little bit less, but I think the direction of travel is we still believe in growth in the opportunity based on some of the things I outlined relative to the market dynamics.
Okay. Got it. And then if we can shift over to the long-acting injectable UZEDY. Just talk about what you saw in Q1 and the outlook for this year.
Yes, we're excited about UZEDY. I think this has been an amazing advancement in the LAI space and a much, much more favorable product with lots of advantages. And we hear this from physicians as well. So I think the clinical value proposition is there. Physicians also tell us that sustainability on orals for this specific patient population is very, very difficult. They're not compliant. So it offers an opportunity for clinical efficacy, the fastest and easiest way to get a patient control, a physician can dose them in their office today and maybe by this evening but certainly by tomorrow at the same time, they're feeling relief.
So we continue to advance that. We have taken a good bit of the risperidone class, which is the space that we play, and now we're looking to expand that usage in paliperidone and some of the other best-in-class LAIs and take some of that share.
Okay. There's obviously a lot of investor focus on the long-acting olanzapine. So what kind of learnings do you have from UZEDY? And how would you apply that to the long-acting?
That's a great question. And this is our sweet spot, quite frankly, because now that we've built the know-how in UZEDY and really, really understand the patient journey, which is a big part of this very, very complicated system, we will layer olanzapine right in on that. So from a market access perspective, from our field teams, both on the medical side as well as on the commercial side, we're really poised to be able to understand this and to meet physicians where they are and trying to help them understand kind of what patients would be appropriate for LAIs. And so I think it's a meaningful thing, and we look forward to having leadership across 2 compounds that we think we can cover about 60% of the patients that are currently on orals.
Can you kind of take a step back and talk about risperidone versus olanzapine just in general, like how those are used and with the long-acting, how much share can you actually capture?
Yes. I mean we'll see. I think the bigger opportunity is really having more utility for LAIs. Unfortunately, they're not as used as widely in the U.S. as they are even in Europe. And I think getting physicians in a head space to have that conversation with patients to make that opportunity available to them for more control is really, really meaningful. And I think we look at the continuum of care across UZEDY and olanzapine as UZEDY really being the gold standard in risperidone and olanzapine being the gold standard for the olanzapine molecule, which is about 20% of the oral.
So across that, some of the patients that present more agitated will do better on olanzapine, and that's where physicians are thinking about across the continuum of opportunity. So really meaningful and very broad coverage with the combination.
Okay. And when the long-acting olanzapine gets approved, how do we think about the shape of the launch trajectory for that drug? And should we be using UZEDY as kind of like a proxy for that? Or do you expect a little bit faster uptake?
Yes. I think it depends. And I think we're -- right now, I would recommend using UZEDY as the slope but we expect that given the investment that we've already made in the market that, that will be discussions. And I think there's some pent-up demand, and you can probably speak to this from physician perspective but people are excited about olanzapine because they know the molecule. It's well trusted. People know what to expect. So yes, we'll kind of plot that out as we go.
Yes, I agree that UZEDY is doing well. We were -- I'm pleased to see that the product profile that we always thought was very good would be well received, applying that to olanzapine where there's really no options for those folks. And for patients who need an option that either more complex or there's more mood characteristics to their schizophrenia, they need a different option. And as Chris said, physicians know the molecule. They know how it works, how it can really get schizophrenic symptoms under control.
Having said all that, I think the most important thing that now that we have better injections like UZEDY and our long-acting olanzapine that are subcutaneous, don't require any supplemental oral medications that are easy to use in the clinic that in a busy clinic, you don't have to worry about all this stuff. You want to just get people on treatment as well as possible. So to that point, having the ability now to impact relapses, impact hospitalizations and eventually use LAIs to have more of an impact on the progression of the disease is a real goal.
I think most physicians would now acknowledge that there's accumulating data that more people should be on LAIs. I mean it is, I think, a better way of treating patients with schizophrenia because adherence is just difficult, it's difficult for everyone, including people are struggling with schizophrenia.
Yes. The data would show that being on an LAI is super important to, as Eric just said, decreasing hospitalizations and relapses, which is very significant for this patient population and ultimately affects their ability to function. And when they relapse over and over, it creates a deficit in their gray matter and their inability to function kind of their brain space. And so we know this and the data supports that. That's the case that we're going to make is, listen, go to an LAI much earlier. It allows for control and ultimately, that patient has a meaningful net outcome.
Great. And Eric, can you just clarify just on the long-acting olanzapine, just as you file for approval and you're in labeling discussions, like talk about the dynamics with the label and the monitoring requirements and how important that is commercially?
Yes. So I always like to step back and talk about what is the science behind the olanzapine LAI. I mean it was designed to avoid PDSS. This is this post-injection delirium and sedation syndrome that with the currently available long-acting injectable really limits the use. And why does it limit the use is because it requires you to be monitored for 4 or so hours after the injection, which is really -- that's a problem. It's that monitoring that keeps people from being able to use it.
So ours is a different formulation completely. It's a subcutaneous injection as opposed to an intramuscular injection. The formulation itself, even in the worst-case scenario, and we've presented all this data, if you were to inject the different formulations, in the worst case scenario, right into the serum and measure the dissolution, the other molecule goes into the solution very rapidly and immediately. And even -- ours even in the liquid just forms an aggregate and controls the release.
So in vitro, it's a night and day comparison. We've done tons of Phase I studies. We've never seen a spike in the PK. And I should say it's that spike in PK that causes it's believed the sedation syndrome, the PDSS. So we don't see that in any of our Phase I. And now we've finished the Phase III study all the way out in the long-term follow-up, and we've seen none of it after 3,400 injections at this point. So the totality of the data that we've created today, scientifically, it's very unlikely, in my mind, almost impossible to have these side effects. But FDA has worked with us to design the studies. We've agreed on the target. So it will always be at the end of the day, a review with FDA but we think the label will be favorable, and it's critical that we don't have that monitoring after the injection. I think the data supports that.
Yes. Okay. That's very helpful. And you guys gave $1.5 billion to $2 billion peak sales guidance between UZEDY and your long-acting olanzapine. If the FDA were to require monitoring, would you change that guidance? Or is that already kind of accounted for?
I mean, for one thing, we don't think we're going to have the monitoring. There's -- I don't believe there's a reason for it at this point.
Yes. Our base case does not include monitoring.
Okay. Okay. And if we can shift over to the pipeline, specifically the TL1A. It's a very exciting molecule, kind of like pipeline and a product, and we've seen a lot of interest among investors in that mechanism. So remind us what you showed in UC and Crohn's and what really drives the confidence that this could be a blockbuster asset?
Yes. So it is a very exciting molecule. It's a whole new biologic class. And just to kind of level set everyone, the interesting thing about it, it's blocking a cytokine that amplifies many different pathways in the inflammatory process. So an amplifier that can affect many different things is intriguing for many different indications. For me, ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease was really just a proof of principle that blocking and amplifying cytokine can actually impact the signal or disease.
So the next step is now going to define sentinel indications, whether it's type II or a non-type II or even a fibrotic indication, that will then unlock many different indications potentially in the future. So there's a long way to go, and it's -- we're going to have excitement showing all these different things in the future. There's differentiation about our duvakitug, which is the fact that it's the most potent molecule in this class. It also targets molecules and maintains the decoy receptor. So we're blocking the inflammatory signal but we're also allowing clearance of the TL1A through the natural body is a homeostatic mechanism to inflammation. So it's differentiated on its potency. It's differentiated on its selectivity. It also has very low antidrug antibodies. In our Phase II study, it's been 3% to 5% in that study so far. So that's very encouraging for a durable response in the future.
And then finally, I have to say that we've shown -- we've posted and reported the highest numbers of placebo-adjusted effects in both ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease. And even more exciting, when you look at the subgroups of treatment-experienced patients, that's people who have failed multiple types of biologics or small molecules versus people who are naive to treatment, numerically, our treatment experienced patients were actually even slightly higher. So the effect of the molecule has been maintained irrespective of whether you're naive or experienced a treatment.
And that's super important in a chronic disease area where people who usually fail about 50% of the time after 2 years on a biologic. They need durable things that can treat people who have been previously treated. So it's very exciting for people with inflammatory bowel disease.
What's the next data update from the Phase II? I believe there may be maintenance data in the second half of this year. Is that fair?
Yes. So the data that's brewing right now is we finished up that cut after the induction phase of the study at the end of last year. It's a 44-week long-term follow-up. So we'll be seeing a new cut of the data. We'll finish the study around December. So you'll look at data probably in the first half of '26.
First half of '26?
Durability of response, yes.
Okay. And can you just help frame for investors what to expect going into that maintenance data? Should we expect efficacy or like remission to slowly degrade over time or generally be durable? Or could responses even improve over time? Like how should we think about it?
So I always have to make sure the data is blinded at this point. So I have no idea. I mean, certainly, there's been encouraging results already for this class that maintenance can be continued throughout the long-term follow-up. So we're really hopeful that, yes, we keep a good high maintenance rate. That's what's going to be important for patients in the future.
Okay. And as you think about additional indications, what's high up on your priority list? And when can we hear more about that?
Yes. I can tell you how we think about it. So first of all, as I mentioned in the strategy, you want to be able to define classes so they can guide your further development. So T2 versus non-T2, I think, is going to be the most important next step. We choose indications on a number of different factors. One, does it -- is it a good market to get into? Is there an unmet medical need with patients? So is there value in what you're going to look at? Is it got an endpoint that's easily to define and rapid to do; and speed is the other component. So all those things add up to how we're going to choose our sentinel indications, and then we'll work down the list for all the further indications after that.
And I believe the priority here would be in ulcerative colitis and Crohn's and moving that ahead Phase III. But in terms of these other adjacent indications, should we expect like many -- like multiple clinical trials in those indications at the same time? Would they happen over a staggered fashion? Would you have to wait for other kind of proof-of-concept data before expanding into third, fourth and fifth indications? Like how should we think about the cadence of that?
Yes. So first and foremost, we're starting that Phase III studies in ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease with Sanofi this year. We're very excited about that. They're moving very quickly, which I'm really pleased with the partnership. Now when it comes to the other indications, these will start to be running in parallel. In large programs where you're defining the safety and efficacy of the drug, usually, when you go into new indications, you're going to have to do a Phase II study. So that's what I think you should expect when you come to the next step. So because you want to be able to get into -- define your dose as well as possible.
As we learn more and more about these molecules, you'll be able to speed that process up of other indications. Someday, we might be going straight into Phase III. That's a little ways off. But as we define the dose, the PK/PD and the modeling across indications, you'll be able to accelerate that more. But now I think you should expect a robust Phase II development before you go into Phase III.
Yes. Makes sense. In terms of safety, maybe talk a little bit about we saw in Phase II and as you think about these other indications, is there any kind of upside to the dose given what you've seen in safety?
Yes. So that's a great point. I should always remind everyone of this. In the safety cuts that we did on our Phase II study, the rate of AEs and placebo and active were the same. They were 50% each, and we've seen no other AEs reported more than 5%. So that's very encouraging. So the idea of moving forward quickly, that's going to be helpful. It also be helpful someday when you do combinations. You have a nice MOA that is safe and well tolerated, lends itself to other different development pathways. So the safety looks really good at this point. As with always in these programs, the things you worry about are long-term opportunistic infections. We don't see that at this point but that's something we pay very close attention to.
One of the interesting theoretical things about this program, though, is it's an amplifier. So you're maintaining actual the baseline ability to respond in any one cytokine pathway, and we're blocking the amplification. So whether that gives you a safety benefit in the future, I don't know but it's an intriguing possibility.
Okay. Got it. And lastly, on TL1A, maybe talk about the impact of some of these other anti-TL1A drugs in development that uses more infrequent dosing. Some people view that as kind of the next wave of antibody development. So do you have a comment about that and maybe the competitive positioning of your TL1A?
Yes. So it's great that there's so much interest in this class. I think that speaks to the fact that I think people really believe that this is a great pathway to hit. There's all different ways you can attack a problem with a cytokine, extending your PK profile, extending your exposure. I think we have probably the biggest differentiation right now because we find it in a different way, as I mentioned before, this selectivity, blocking the inflammatory pathway while maintaining the normal body's homeostatic pathway. I think that's one of the biggest differentiators.
So there's all kinds of tricks you can do in different antibody designs. I think the next wave, and this is well down the pathways or combinations bispecifics using this target. So I think that's another exciting possibility in the future.
Yes. Okay. And then can you remind us of the DARI program, what that is and how big the opportunity is?
Sure. No, this is a very exciting thing. You can probably add to what I say. But DARI, our dual-action rescue inhaler, this one gets me excited because there's 11 million people having asthma exacerbations every year in the U.S. And the GINA guidelines already say we should be using combination therapies for that. Every -- most people are still using just an albuterol inhaler for their asthma exacerbations. And the clinical evidence is that you should be getting a combination with some steroid when you have an asthma exacerbation.
So as a physician, I'm really proud and I'm hell on making sure that people get the right treatment. We have, I think, a differentiated device. We have a dry powder inhaler, very easy to use, very well designed. We have 25 years of history of developing inhalers at Teva. And we're running the largest study in asthma. It's the largest study we've run at Teva. This is 2,000 people. It includes pediatrics, adolescents and adults in the Phase III study, so that we'll have a very good, I hope, in the future, a label that covers everybody, including the kids. And the device is particularly helpful for kids. It doesn't have to use a spacer or have to have any kind of coordination in your breathing.
So when you're having asthma exacerbation, when maybe you're a little panicked and you want to make sure you have an easy-to-use device, I think this DARI device that we've developed, I think, is very good just for that. So we're excited to be on track with our enrollment. I think we're targeting enrollment by the end of this year, and it's an event-driven study. So we are calculating probably by the end of next year, we should have enough events, asthma exacerbations to lock the database. So we're excited about it. I think it's a huge and an important unmet medical need that we're well positioned to address.
And do you see any kind of upside to enrollment and exacerbations? Like I'm not sure if you commented on your assumptions for the exacerbation rate and things like that.
Yes. So we do modeling about practically every week about the enrollment rate that we're seeing and the exacerbation rate we're seeing. And our models still shoot for about the end of next year for the number of events that we need. So right now, everything is on target. We put a lot of effort in making sure that we get the pediatric and the adolescent numbers up because that's usually the hardest populations to enroll but I think we're doing a good job on that as well.
How should we think about the data card flip late next year in terms of what's clinically meaningful? What do you hope to see? What do you think would be a successful Phase III?
Yes. So I mean, we're targeting exactly what we've seen with other programs that have it because there's a lot of data. These are the good old albuterol and fluticasone that we have in the device. So it's well known to everyone what the effect size should be, and we're targeting that.
Okay. And last question because we do have 1 or 2 minutes left. Just broadly, talk about the tariff exposure at Teva. How much of the business is in the U.S.? And just any kind of mitigation measures that you guys are contemplating about?
Yes. I mean this is one that we obviously are very involved in. And Sharon, who's in the room here with us is running a task force for us internally so we can really well understand what the implications are. We're in a pretty good place. We have 8 manufacturing sites in the U.S. A good bit of our manufacturing serves the U.S. market. So that's very meaningful. We have limited exposure to China and India from a manufacturing perspective.
And so we'll sort out Europe as it happens, but we have a very clean line of sight of some of the levers that we would pull. And we've so far managed 2025 really assertively and are in a good place for -- as things evolve throughout the rest of this year.
Can you comment on the level of inventory that you have in the U.S. already and if that's enough to go through the balance of '25 or even '26?
Yes. For a lot of the products that we felt would be more at risk, we have taken inventory in advance. So we're in a really good place.
In terms of manufacturing capacity, how much is left in the U.S. in case you do have to ship some of the manufacturing.
Yes. So we're still evaluating that because we have, as you might imagine, a very broad array of products. So we have to be thoughtful about that and are looking for that value proposition of our most important products and making sure that we don't have any supply interruptions and all those things. So it's a much more 3-dimensional look on that.
Yes. Okay. Perfect. Well, thank you guys so much for being here with us. Hope you guys have a great day of meetings.
Thank you.
Thank you so much.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR — Jefferies Global Healthcare Conference 2025
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR — Jefferies Global Healthcare Conference 2025
🎯 Kernbotschaft
- Pivot: Teva beschreibt eine seit 2023 laufende Pivot‑zur‑Wachstumsstrategie mit neun aufeinanderfolgenden Wachstumsquartalen und geplanter Beschleunigung 2025–2027.
- Fokus: Wachstum getrieben von innovativen Arzneimitteln (insb. AUSTEDO), Long‑Acting Injectables (LAI) und dem Biologika‑Programm TL1A (duvakitug, Partnerschaft mit Sanofi).
⚡ Strategische Highlights
- Kommerz: Schlüsseltreiber AUSTEDO, UZEDY und AJOVY; AUSTEDO‑Peak >$3 Mrd. angeführt, 2027‑Ziel $2,5 Mrd. wurde in Planung mit IRA (Inflation Reduction Act) berücksichtigt.
- LAI‑Pipeline: UZEDY liefert Marktinput; olanzapin‑LAI (subkutan) zeigte in Phase‑III/Phase‑I‑Daten keine PK‑Spikes oder PDSS (post‑injection delirium and sedation syndrome) nach ~3.400 Injektionen.
- Biologika: Duvakitug (TL1A) = differenziertes, potentes Anti‑TL1A, niedrige Anti‑Drug‑Antikörper (≈3–5% in Phase II); Phase‑III‑Start in UC/Crohn mit Sanofi geplant.
🔭 Neue Informationen
- Zeitplan TL1A: Erster Maintenance‑Cut aus Phase II, Langzeit‑Follow‑up bis Dez. abgeschlossen; weitere Daten erwartet H1 2026.
- UZEDY/Olanzapin: Peak‑Sales‑Erwartung UZEDY + Olanzapin $1,5–2,0 Mrd.; Basisfall geht nicht von zusätzlicher Überwachungszeit nach Injektion aus.
- DARI: Phase‑III (≈2.000 Patienten inkl. Pädiatrie) auf Kurs, Enrollment‑Ziel Ende 2025, ereignisgesteuerter Readout voraussichtlich Ende 2026.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- AUSTEDO‑Skepsis: Nachfrage, ob IRA‑Verhandlungen Ziel von $2,5 Mrd. 2027 gefährden; Management: IRA ist in Planung berücksichtigt, Ergebnis kann +/- variieren.
- Label/Monitoring Olanzapin: Analysten fragten zu möglichen FDA‑Auflagen (Überwachungspflicht); Management erwartet kein Monitoring basierend auf vorliegenden Daten, finale Entscheidung FDA‑abhängig.
- Tarife & Fertigung: Fragen zu Zöllen/Tarifen; Teva hat US‑Taskforce, 8 Produktionsstandorte in den USA, gezielte Vorratsbildung für risikobehaftete Produkte.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Relevanz: Präsentation bestätigt strategische Re‑Fokussierung auf Wachstum: kommerzielle Treiber liefern aktuelles Upside, während TL1A, LAI‑Olanzapin und DARI bei erfolgreichem Verlauf signifikanten mittelfristigen Wert freisetzen könnten. Risiken bleiben regulatorische Entscheidungen (IRA‑Verhandlungen, FDA‑Label) und klinische Datenverläufe.
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR — Shareholder/Analyst Call - Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited
1. Management Discussion
Please welcome Senior Vice President and Head of Investor Relations, Chris Stevo.
Good morning, everyone. Thank you so much for coming. We know things have been crazy lately and days are busy as always. So we appreciate you taking your morning out to come and stay with us and spend some time and hear from my colleagues who've done so much work to tell you all about their stories. So thank you very much.
We ask, if possible, that you silence your phones or maybe even turn them off, if you'd like. We'd appreciate that. There's obviously Wi-Fi in the room. There's also a QR code there for the presentation and also for a survey later. We would love to get your views on how this day went and anything we could do to improve it in the future. So thank you for that. And again, press release, presentation slides are on our webcast already.
So with that, the most important part of the day, forward-looking statements. So I will spend 20 minutes reading this.
Let me give you a brief overview of the day, if I can. So after me, there's going to be a brief video and then Richard Francis will come out and really get you pumped up. I'm obviously not getting you pumped up yet, but I'll be a little bit more energetic now. After Richard, will come Chris Fox to talk about our commercial business, our innovative business. Chris will be followed -- Chris will have a speaker, Ilan Melnick, community practitioner from Florida. And then she'll be followed by Eric Hughes, our Head of R&D. Eric will be followed by Richard France -- sorry, Richard Daniell. Richard Daniell will be followed by Eli Kalif, walk you through some of our financials, and then we will have a Q&A session and then hopefully will be done by about 12 or 12:30.
So with that, now there's going to be a brief video.
[Presentation]
Good morning, everybody. Good morning to everybody who's come to see us in New York, and good morning, good afternoon for everybody online. So transforming people's lives like we've transformed Sherland's is about -- is the reason why I'm in this business. And the reason why I've been in this business for 30 years, and the reason why I'll be in this business till I retire. And I think what you're going to hear today about how we enter the next phase of Pivot to Growth, the acceleration phase. We have a real opportunity to transform many more thousands of people's lives like Sherland, many thousands of people who suffer from tardive dyskinesia.
Now 2 years ago, almost to this day, I was in New York City, launching the start of the Pivot to Growth strategy. And some of you were in that room at that time, and it's nice to see some new faces as well. And the aim was, the first phase of our Pivot to Growth was return to growth. Now that seemed pretty aspirational at the time after 5 years of sales decline. But we've had 9 consecutive quarters of growth, 9 consecutive quarters. So I think we can safely say, we've done it. We have returned to growth. And I'm super proud of the team that have done that.
Now I'm going to take you on to a slide that I did show in the New York Stock Exchange in May of 2023. And the reason why I want to show you this slide is a couple of things. Firstly, when it comes to the Pivot to Growth, it wasn't just a tag line. It was a detailed strategy built on 4 pillars, deliver on our growth engines, step-up innovation, sustain a generics powerhouse and focus the business.
It was a very detailed strategy, a very detailed plan. The reason why I wanted to show you it today is what we've worked hard to do in the last 2 years is to make sure people understand that Teva does what it says it's going to do. I put this up here, so you can hold us accountable. We do what we say we're going to do. We said we're going to return to growth. We said we're going to do it through these 4 pillars, and we've done it. And I think that's really important that you understand we're committed to that, and we're committed to execution.
Now on the 4 pillars. For those of you to who I have spoken to many times over the last 2 years, you know, I always talk about the 4 pillars. These are North Star. This guide us every day when it comes to capital allocation, when it comes to prioritization. To deliver on our growth engines, we've accelerated our innovative portfolio, and it's $2.3 billion. It's 30% CAGR over the last 2 years. That's transformative. We've changed the direction of AUSTEDO. We've rejuvenated AJOVY, and we've launched UZEDY.
Step-up innovation, another area where maybe there was a bit of skepticism as to whether Teva could drive innovation through the clinic. We've launched UZEDY, and we've had 2 great data readouts on olanzapine and duvakitug. And by the way, I'll remind you, olanzapine, we accelerated that study 6 months, and that's in schizophrenia. And that isn't easy to do. And for duvakitug, we accelerated that study, Eric and his team. And that enabled us to have a full data readout end of last year versus an interim analysis. The theme there is execution.
And then on sustained generics firehouse, after a number of years of, I'd say, volatility, our aim was to return it to stability. But we didn't. We grew the business. We grew at 5% CAGR. We grew across all regions in 2 years.
And then the final pillar was focus the company, and that all comes down to capital allocation. We created a stand-alone business with TAPI to return that to growth, which we did. We continue to pay down our debt. But very importantly, we kept allocating capital to the areas which would help us drive growth and drive growth in the right areas.
So I hope you can see, we were clear about what we were going to do, and we've executed what we said we're going to do. So what was the impact that had? Well, we returned to growth. But where did we return to growth? And I think this is really important. And it's really important as we look forward to what Teva can and will be.
We put on $1 billion of innovative sales. AUSTEDO, we put a stake in the sand and said we're going to do $2.5 billion in revenue in '27. Now there was a lot of talk about $1.4 billion being peak sales back 2 years ago. We're on track to do $2 billion this year. So the $2.5 billion in '27 is very much in our line of sight.
We then reinvigorated AJOVY, which will do $600 million this year, and we launched UZEDY into one of the most competitive markets, and we've shown that the capability we have in our commercial team is world-class.
And then on the generics business, as I said, we returned that to growth. We maximized the opportunity in generic Revlimid. But also, we grew across all of our regions consistently. So I would say to you today, 2 years on, Teva is a very different company than it was 2 years ago. We have sustainable growth. We have a world-class late-stage pipeline. We have a good cash flow. And I would conclude by saying we are moving from a world-class generics company to a world-class biopharma company enabled by generics.
Now having a strategy is really important. I believe strategic direction is critical when you're allocating capital and it helps you make decisions. Having a detailed plan is really important because otherwise, the strategy just stays on the shelf. So you got to execute it, you got to have the plan.
But ultimately, you need people to execute a plan. And that is where leadership comes in. And we've assembled, I think, a world-class leadership team. A leadership team that has inspired 36,000 Teva employees to get behind this strategy, every day, every week, every month, every quarter because what we've done in 2 years is significant, and that requires us to prioritize and deprioritize, and you need to have a whole company doing that in unison to make that happen.
And this leadership team has made that happen. And I would argue that this team made up of people from Teva and people externally could have probably gone anywhere, but they chose to be here at Teva. And that wasn't based on sentiment. That was based on the opportunity they see to create an incredible company, an incredible biopharma company and to transform this business.
And this is the team that will be executing the next phase, the acceleration phase of our Pivot to Growth strategy. So if it ain't broke, don't fix it. This strategy is clearly working. We're moving on to the next phase, and that's about our 4 pillars. Once again, I'm going to be consistent, deliver on our growth engines, step up innovation, sustain generics powerhouse and focus the business.
Now I'm going to walk you through on deliver on our growth engines. We have a line of sight for $4 billion of innovative sales by '27. But I always look a bit beyond that, and you'll see there's $5 billion and more to come, but I'll explain a bit about that.
Then on step-up innovation. We have a truly exciting pipeline. Why? It's late stage, has proven MOAs, is either best-in-class or first-in-class. And then here's the kicker. They all have blockbuster potential. And for the company the size of Teva, that is significant. It's probably significant for any company, but a company the size of Teva it is significant.
And focus the business. This is about the work we've done to make sure we have the capital to drive this growth continuously. And we've done that, as you know, we've kicked off a modernization of Teva plan and we aim to have $700 million of net savings by the end of 2027. But 2/3 of those will be done at the end of next year, but I'll come on to that later.
So you put this together, once again, this feels like a transformation of a company, and a world-class biopharma company is emerging. But let me take these one by one. So innovative revenue. This is the transformation we've had. We've already put on $1 billion of innovative revenue. We're going to put on more than $1 billion of innovative revenue by '27. You'll see the continued strong performance of AUSTEDO. You see it supported by AJOVY and UZEDY, soon to be joined by olanzapine. But I can't help it. I have to look a bit further out because as much I'm looking to '27 and we're ruthlessly focused on execution, there's more to come.
I'll have to put on this slide, 2030. And to highlight there is more innovative revenue to come because we're going to launch in asthma, DARI, our Dual-Action Rescue Inhaler, and that will come '27, '28. We'll have emrusolmin for MSA, and we'll have duvakitug in UC and Crohn's disease. So this trajectory is clear. And what I would want to highlight here is we have no major LOEs on the horizon. So this is launch on launch on launch. And the level of profitability from this business, I think you know, is significantly different from our base business.
Now as we move on to step up innovation. Eric will walk you through this in a lot of detail. So I will keep it relatively simple. It's late stage. It is coming, and it's going to keep coming regularly. We're going to have launch after launch after launch. These are proven MOAs. These are either going to be best-in-class or first-in-class, as I said, and they all have blockbuster potential. Now if you add up those numbers, which I'm sure you will, and you probably have, depending on which one you take, you've got over $10 billion of innovative sales coming through, $10 billion of innovative sales and the company the size of Teva, with the financial profile the size of Teva.
But I'd ask you to look a bit closer at this slide, because when you look at it first, it looks like there are 5 programs. But actually not, there could be 6 because duvakitug is in Crohn's and in UC. But I think we all know that duvakitug has multiple indications. So there's more there, and Eric will talk to you about that.
And then if you go to anti-IL-15 at the bottom, we know we're talking about celiac disease, but we already know we're in vitiligo, and we're going to move into others. So maybe this is a misrepresentation of our pipeline actually because there is more here and more potential. And once again, I'd I like you to think about that. And once again, remind you of the fact that this is a late-stage pipeline.
Now if I move on to the third pillar, sustain a generics powerhouse, yes. This is another one where I started talking to many of you in this room 2 years ago, and there's a lot of skepticism about what we could do with our generics business. Can we even stabilize it, let alone grow it. And we've actually grown it. We've grown it consistently across all of our regions, but there's a few things I think are really important as we move forward and why we have a key strength in generics. One is our regional breadth from the U.S. to Europe to international markets, and you'll see over time the reliance on the U.S. diminishes significantly.
The second is our portfolio. We have generics. We have multiple complex generics coming through. We have 5 biosimilars coming through, and we have an OTC business. So when you think about it from a different growth levers, we have multiple different growth levers to drive this business. And that's important because we've committed to offsetting the loss of generic Revlimid by 2027. So this business will be stable. So we will absorb all of that revenue because we'll be growing those other aspects to other regions and those other portfolios.
Now to move on to the final pillar, focus the business. We're transitioning Teva to a world-class biopharma company, and that means we have to modernize it. We have to prioritize resource allocation. We have to optimize our spend because we need to make sure capital is working hard. We need to make sure it's going into the growth drivers. And to do that, we kicked off 2 programs. One is about modernizing the whole infrastructure, particularly our manufacturing to make sure we can reduce the cost of goods going forward to offset some of that price erosion, but also to elevate and increase our gross margin. The second is around OpEx optimization and our global functions. How do you drive far more efficiency there? Now when we do that, we will generate $700 million of net savings, but we'll have still invested in our growth drivers in the AUSTEDOs, in the UZEDYs, in the olanzapines, and we will have invested in Eric's pipeline.
We will have the ability then also to offset the loss of profit from generic Revlimid. But I think what's really important to keep in mind, 2/3 of the savings will be realized by the end of 2026.
And I want to go back to our commitment to execution. We execute. We are already executing this. We're already making great progress. And so the line of sight to '26 is very clear in my mind, very clear.
So when you put those together, the growth we've got from innovation, the pipeline coming through, the ability to offset generic Revlimid, both from driving other revenue sources in our business, our generics business as well as the optimization and modernization of Teva programs, we have clearly an opportunity to hit our 2027 targets. And we're not only committed to our 2027 targets, we're extremely confident about our 2027 targets because these plans are all in place. We know what we have to do across all of the pillars. We know where we have to execute. And I would say we're pretty maniacal about execution.
Now I've talked a lot about Teva transitioning from a pure-play generics company to a world-class biopharmaceutical company. And that's not just changing the name above the door. That's not changing the logo. This is based on hard facts. If you look at this pipeline and if you look at the ability to generate growth going forward without any major LOEs, with a completely different profit profile of this portfolio, we are launching a lot of products now to 2030 and then beyond 2030 because obviously, we don't include our anti-IL-15 in this, which is multiple indications. We don't include the other indications that we're going to have in duvakitug.
So what is really exciting here is we have these growth drivers continuously coming through. But also I want to remind everybody we've had a lot of discussion around AUSTEDO and $2.5 billion in '27. But I have to keep in mind, that is not the peak sales. That is just something we committed to do by '27 and we remain committed. But the peak sales go beyond that. And as you see, we put a number up there to just get you interested around $3 billion.
But our schizophrenia franchise of UZEDY, which we're executing, and Chris' team is executing phenomenally well, will be joined by olanzapine, and that has the ability to build $1.5 billion to $2 billion franchise. We have 5 biosimilars to launch. We have duvakitug to launch. We have emrusolmin to launch, and we have DARI to launch. The last time I looked to Eric, we're on track with recruitment to close by the end of this year.
So when you think about value creation, when you think about a transformation in the financial opportunity for Teva, I ask you to look at this slide and I ask you to hear my colleagues talk today, because for me, it is very clear where we're heading. The direction of Teva is clear. It's just a question of exactly when it's going to happen.
So with that, I'm going to hand over to my colleague, Chris Fox, who's going to walk you through some of our excitement around our innovative portfolio.
Thank you, Richard, and good morning, everyone. I'm really delighted to be with you here today. And I want to start with a question. So depending upon how you started your day-to-day, a cup of coffee, maybe you took the kids to school, had a quick workout, from that moment until the time that we're going to spend here this morning, how many schizophrenia patients do you think have had a relapse? So a breakthrough of symptoms, 50, maybe 100, 500? It's actually closer to 1,000. Super shocking, at least super shocking for me.
And why I bring that up and start with it is because it's one of the really big grounding things of what we do for commercial, that there's people at the end of the decisions that we make. It's really what gives meaning to Pivot to Growth and purpose to all of the things that we choose to do.
So we'll cover off several things, and I'll kind of walk you through this, but accelerating our growth engines is really all about delivering it for patients, and that's why I start with that.
As Richard mentioned, we've added $1 billion of revenue to our innovative portfolio, between '22 and '25, and we continue to accelerate our flagship brand AUSTEDO with the goal of $2.5 billion by 2027. TEV-479 or, as I will affectionately call it throughout the presentation, olanzapine LAI, will really complement UZEDY. And this is important because we'll go from a single product to best-in-franchise LAI compounds. And these molecules are really proven and distinct in risperidone and olanzapine.
As we cover these topics, I also think it's important to show you the how. So give you a little insight into kind of our commercial excellence. What have we chosen to enhance on. And I'll highlight these things because I think it's not just important for our current portfolio, but also for where Eric is taking us in immunology and rare disease. And then last, I'll be joined by a special guest, and I'm really delighted that he can make it today. He's going to join us virtually from Psych Elevate in Las Vegas because he'll give you some context from a physician's perspective, on kind of our patient journey and how this all plays out in the real world.
So I like this slide because I like to start with a macro lens. And this is really illustrative of kind of what we believe is possible through 2030 and beyond. Obviously, it's going to be very driven by our commercial excellence and execution across that portfolio that's here and now, as well as our near-term pipeline.
We announced our Pivot to Growth strategy in 2023 and have now entered this acceleration phase in '25 through '27, and we'll talk a lot about this in my section. Our Pivot to Growth ambition really hinges on the growth of these innovative medicines. And it's as importantly, really important to unlock long-term value and position our company as a biopharma company.
So AUSTEDO, this is everyone's favorite product, and we talk a lot about it in-house and to you all. It's our blockbuster asset and has really great momentum that's continuing. We'll continue to grow this flagship brand to $2.5 billion by 2027. And you'll notice on the slides that there was a key inflection point in 2024. Many of you experienced that with us. And the big impetus to that, the start of that was XR. So our 1 pill once a day across all of the doses. This is the real thing that kind of unlocked a lot of trapped value and opened the door for us to invest more.
Some of the other things that we did in this time period was relaunch our TD campaign. We focused on key access wins to make sure that we have broad and deep access across our patient community. So when a script would get written that they'd actually get it. We started our IMPACT Registry reporting out on TD as an opportunity relative to the whole patient population, not just people that had severe movements, but the impact on their lives, even if the movements were less severe and more subtle.
We kicked off our world-class patient services, and this is really important in the disease states in which we serve because it helps support physicians getting access and really important, removing any of those barriers, and also patients so that they get the medicine that they need ultimately. And last but not least, building our commercial ecosystem. So this means that world-class customer-facing team, both on the medical side as well as the sales side.
So in summary, 2024 was a catalyst to kicking us off, and we really think that there's a lot of opportunity beyond this and certainly through 2030.
So I'd like to start with this look and many of you know these numbers because we talk about it a lot. This is a big part of our plan is understanding the enormous unmet need. And you'll see here that there's about 785,000 TD patients, of which only about 15% are diagnosed and a small, small number of those, 5% to 6% actually ever make treatment. So to give context for that, I don't know, there's probably like 80 or so people in this room, something like that. That would mean, if all of you had, which you do not. But if you did, 12 of you would be the ones diagnosed. So maybe this table and half of that far table. And only you lucky 4 on the end here are actually treated. So it's a really, really shocking statistic to kind of feel and see the opportunity, and it gives you the sense of magnitude of the potential.
So we have a very clear growth plan, as Richard said, execution is super important. And we've articulated a road map with comprehensive plans. But for today's purposes, we're going to focus on these 2 areas, maximizing the TD opportunity, and I'll unpack that a little a bit more on the next slide, and then deliver innovation for patient benefit. And this is really about the clinical value prop. How do we get patients to the optimized efficacious dose? Being laser-focused on these 2 areas, we think will allow our growth opportunity to continue and maintain a very positive trajectory even through IRA, which we've accounted for in our outlook.
So let's start with the first one, driving awareness. This is absolutely, as you saw, based on the diagnosis and the treatment scale, one of our biggest priorities and also quite frankly one of our biggest challenges. What we've learned through the process is that most patients might not even recognize that they have TD.
You heard from the opening video and Sherland, and this is a patient that we've spent a great deal of time with and followed. She actually didn't even really realize she had this movement until her daughter pointed it out. And obviously, massively life-changing for her to address that so that she could go to church again, do the things that she does. So this gap in knowledge really creates a ripple effect, meaning that, that inhibits the lack of -- or instigates the lack of diagnosis, the lack of treatment. People don't get help. They don't know that this can be addressed. So we've really, really invested in disease education, both for physicians, their office staff, patients and caregivers. It's a really, really important circle to make sure that we connect all the dots. And what that's allowed us to do is raise awareness, diagnosis and treatment.
A couple of examples that I'll give you. This is the rekindling of that DTC campaign, but not just the one that you see on TV, all the companion diagnostics that happen outside of that, both for offices and support staff as well as for patients. The step change in our patient services that I talked about really helps us manage those access barriers. So at a very, very local level, so that we can remove any barriers that happen. And ultimately, then once the patient starts on it, we can also help them remove barriers to fill rates and help their adherence so that they stay on the medicine.
And then I mentioned broad formulary coverage. This is a really big important part because it's the gateway to patients getting the product, obviously. But I wanted to give you a little statistic that we're really proud of. Over 90% of our insured covered patients are paying less than $10 a month for out-of-pocket. So really, really meaningful. Not only can they get treatment, but they can afford that treatment.
So the second lever, this is really all about clinical value, and understanding the patient needs. And as I mentioned in 2024, we received approval for AUSTEDO XR, allowing patients to have the option of one pill once a day across all of our doses and the titration kit. And this really made a big difference in physicians saying, wow, I have now a really flexible option for me to figure out what the recipe is for this specific patient to get effective control.
What does it mean to the patient? Well, depending upon what dose they were on or are on, the daily pill burden is really diminished from 50% to 75% less pills a day because of XR. And following the titration kit, if they take the titration kit and most patients now do, we have a 95% adherence rate, which is almost unheard of in this space. So as you would expect, given all these advantages, most physicians now start patients on XR. So about 60% of our new prescriptions are for AUSTEDO XR. And we've really honed our prowess in this space, our deep understanding, and what I love about doing that for AUSTEDO, is that actually synergistically is we're able to leverage that in the psych space.
So we'll move to LAIs next. So our schizophrenia franchise. This is an area where we think we have a really unique opportunity to have a best-in-class LAI franchise, anchored to these well-established molecules that I mentioned before, in olanzapine and risperidone. And again, Eric, your team has done such an extraordinary job in this space of really demonstrating innovation because these LAIs are highly differentiated and designed to fulfill a broad spectrum of needs, meaning that we can use them in different patient types and cover most of the opportunity available. So we see this really best-in-class opportunity being meaningful, not just in the U.S. but globally as well.
So here again, I'd like to start with the funnel because it gives you some perspective on what's the unmet need. And schizophrenia, as you likely are aware, is a really severe mental illness, super devastating for patients, for their families and for communities at large. And this is still very many unmet needs in this space. It's really shocking given the advancement of medicines that this is still the case.
And one of the other confounding factors is overestimating adherence rates. So you can see from the graph that the market represents a significant number of patients with roughly similar numbers treated across the U.S. and EU. The great thing, though, is Europe actually uses LAIs much more significantly. And so we're starting already in a space where they know how to use LAIs, and they're much, much more open to it. We believe that this represents a really unique opportunity across our future LAIs franchise and are excited to play a meaningful and offer solutions in this space.
So clinical data demonstrates the value that LAIs deliver to patients. There's no doubt about that. And we continue to expect growth in this segment, but it has changed over the last couple of years. So since about 2010, the LAI market has grown a 10-year CAGR of about 13%. And that was mostly driven by early additions of LAIs around that time period, around 2010. And we expect the LAI space to grow to about 5%. So obviously, we have a lot of hard work to do in this space to make that even harder -- to make that even higher and drive that even higher. So we'll facilitate growth again through kind of that similar playbook of physician education on the benefits of LAIs over orals as well as educating patients directly on the benefits, giving them that optionality to have more control over their disease state.
So just to give you some perspective, to characterize the growth, if you just look at the U.S. from today to 2032, if we end in that 18% space, that's about a 40% increase and that translates to about 125,000 additional patients being on LAI and ultimately, having that optionality to be much, much more controlled.
So understanding the patient journey is really, really critical. And when I show this to people, they're like, well, Chris, this seems pretty obvious. I mean, it's just a very linear situation, much like many other TAs. And in fact, it's nothing like that. It looks more similar to this. It's not straightforward at all, and it's a mess. Patients in this space start seeing symptoms in their late adolescence or teens, and they often are misdiagnosed or treated for things like depression or anxiety, and it literally takes years.
In fact, the data would suggest that patients that are schizophrenic say that it took them 8.5 years to get on a treatment that properly addresses their disease state. So incredibly shocking that would take that long. And when they start, they typically start on an oral medicine and can cycle through many oral treatments before they get put on an LAI. That's kind of the unfortunate part because they're waiting so very long. And the impetus for the LAI is often a very, very emergent situation where they end up in hospital or needing care that requires that level of intervention.
The data further supports that LAI makes a massive difference. I mean, obviously, it helps with adherence, lack of relapse, reducing the risk of hospitalization, which is incredibly meaningful in these patients' lives. But ultimately, and not widely known, it slows the disease progression. So meaning that it prevents structural change that happens over time as the patient relapses more. And there's an effect called the kindling effect that suggests that if you have a relapse and you continue to have relapses, you're going to be more inclined to continue to have relapses unless it's addressed properly.
So why does this all matter? It's a lot of information, a lot of data on kind of our journey but it really, really matters because this is kind of our secret sauce. I think this is something that we do really, really well, and it is hard. It is very hard. And depending upon where you live in the U.S., this treatment journey can vary significantly, depending upon where the patient gets treated, a brick-and-mortar doctor's office, a place that takes events or hospital inpatient, really, really complex. And this is something that we've spent time studying and understanding so that we can intervene in any of these points.
So anchored to the belief that LAIs make a meaningful difference and are a great solution, it's really important to set up the context for UZEDY and olanzapine. And you can see that they're designed to deliver value across a wide spectrum of needs. The chart will show some of the attributes that are inherent in risperidone and olanzapine. And they include proven efficacy, streamlined initiation, rapid absorption, a strong safety profile with no evidence of PDSS.
And in short, we hear often from people's experience with UZEDY that, oh my goodness, this is something so meaningful. I didn't know I would have this option. I talked to a physician a couple of weeks ago and was asking him. He has a lot of patients on UZEDY and I said, what's been your experience so far? He said, Chris, I find it super comforting because I can dose someone in the office today. And maybe as soon as tonight, they're already starting to feel relief. But certainly by tomorrow at this same time, they're going to feel a lot better. And that makes me feel like I'm helping them take control of their disease.
So how are we doing? Well, I think we're off to a really good start with UZEDY. We've got a long way to go based on the landscape that I just described to you. But I think a big part of this result is, again, because of us getting very close to the patient journey, as close as we possibly can, so that we can seek to understand and provide customized solutions. It will continue to be an incredibly complicated dynamic, competitive market. There's generic options available. So we have to sort through a lot of the clutter to really focus on education of the LAI benefits with 2 great differentiated options. So I think our team is in a really unique position to lead in this space, and we're excited about our future opportunities.
So last but not least, I think AJOVY is one of my favorite products, and I think this because it's a little bit of our unsung hero in our -- it gets nested behind all the other things that we talked that's more recent. But I like this product because it demonstrates that we're truly global, and we're delivering on that promise of being a global commercial organization.
In a very crowded market, dominated again by oral therapies, we're #1 in U.S. headache centers. We're available in 42 more markets. So Richard has 28 of those, Mark has 14 of those and we're looking to expand our coverage here. And we'll continue to drive volume and share and do that in a way that's really, really responsible for value preservation.
So now I'd love to introduce our guest speaker, who will be joining me here in a minute via webcast, Dr. Ilan Melnick. And he's a consultant for Teva Pharmaceuticals, but he wears lots and lots of hats. He's a board-certified psychiatrist in Miami, Florida, the Chief Medical Officer of Passageway Residences of Dade County, which is the largest forensic community controlled program in the U.S., and I'll have him explain to you a little bit what that means. Dr. Melnick is also Assistant Professor at Florida International University School of Medicine. And I'm thrilled because I want him to be able to share his perspectives with all of you.
Hi, Chris.
Ilan, how are you?
I'm doing well. How are you?
Good. Thanks for taking time during Psych Elevate to join us. I'm really delighted, and we have lots of colleagues here in the room as well as online like you across the country. So thanks so much.
Thank you for the opportunity to discuss a little bit about what we do.
Yes. Sounds great. Maybe we should start with that. Your practices within us are very unique. And maybe you could just give us some insight on the important work that you do.
Yes. So I do a lot of different things. I do run Passageways. I'm Chief Medical Officer of Passageways. It's the largest forensic community control program in the United States, where we transition people from the forensic psychiatric facilities into the community by teaching life skills and coping skills. And again, big -- what are the secret sauces to what we do in managing our patients at Passageways is we have about 87% of our population on long-acting injectables.
That's amazing.
I'm also the -- I also run 2 private offices in Miami where I treat patients with the full spectrum from everything from schizophrenia to bipolar. And in that population, again, working a lot with medicines similar to this, but also use long-acting injectables there as well to try to give patients control, back control of their illness, so trying to get them better. So I do treat the whole spectrum of psychiatry from the very sick who don't think they're sick to the not-so-sick who think they're desperately ill and pretty much everywhere in between.
Excellent. Thank you for that perspective. That gives us some context that -- I know that you're a global authority on this, but it helps give everyone in the room an understanding what you do every day. Maybe let's start with schizophrenia. Can you walk us through kind of some of the challenges your patients experience with diagnosis and treatment. I talked a little bit about that in my section and just how difficult that really is, but I'd love your view.
Yes. I mean it's one of the hardest things for us to really manage. We know as early as adolescents, patients with schizophrenia, their brains just start to shrivel up. We lose gray matter. And also we lose receptors on to which these medicines can work on, which is why over time, these medicines become less and less effective. But also with Henry Nasrallah published articles, we see this clinically where there's a widening of ventricles. This widening of these ventricles is one of the theories of the loss of cognition that we have with these patients as well.
So we know that this has been going on for a long time as schizophrenia was called dementia praecox before it was called schizophrenia. And it's because, again, these patients, when they would do autopsies, their brains look just like dementia patients, but at much younger ages. So we're seeing how the importance of keeping our patients stable minimizes the damage long term and giving best outcomes.
That's amazing. Can you give us some perspective? I know you see very different types of patients in your practices. Give us a little sense of how the wide range of the types of people that you see.
Yes. I mean -- so we have it in our forensic facility patients. There's a big misconception in forensics that our patients are chronic that have been sick for 30, 40 years. I mean, we do have some of those. But most of the patients that commit crimes do this in the early stages of their disease state. Usually, I'd say about 50% do it within the first 5 years of them being diagnosed. And keeping them well allows them the best outcomes in being able to stabilize them.
In my private office, I do treat patients with schizophrenia and with bipolar disorder. And oftentimes, we see this relapsing leading to patients not being able to function in their world. So a lot of them end up dropping out of school or dropping out of work. And you start seeing this cascading effect when they just stop using their medicines.
Yes. I appreciate that. I mean I've been in this industry for 35 years, and some of the things I've learned from you and some of our other colleagues, it's just extraordinary like how devastating this disease is and how unique it is depending on the patient. So not to be gratuitous, but I have to ask you because these are our investors after all. Tell us a little bit about your experience with UZEDY.
So UZEDY has been game-changing in our facility. One of the things that we do use a lot of long-acting injectables and we do use them all. What the advantage of UZEDY gave us is that it, first off, being a subcutaneous option was a huge advantage. As when you give a muscle -- when you give an intramuscular injectable which the vast majority of the other injections are, you end up ripping muscle fibers as you give this injection.
And by doing so, it causes quite a bit of discomfort. Some patients will even call it pain. Oftentimes, they need to be given in the gluteal area, which is in the buttocks, and by doing so, it loses their modesty going around the world lecturing about this. In certain cultures, it becomes very problematic to do so. Having an option in which you can just give just in the back of the arm, allows a patient to keep their modesty because you're not getting into intramuscular space, really does a great job of minimizing any of those -- any of that discomfort, but also it also allows us to do it without any real secretion of fluids as you're not really going into the area where major blood vessels are, minimizing any chances of any kind of injection into a blood vessel.
Yes. Thank you for that. So let's go on to olanzapine because I know you're excited about that as are we, and offers another option, I think, in this space that's really, really important. Give us a little perspective, even though we don't have it yet, obviously, you're very well aware. So give us some insight on where you see that playing a role and what you think some of the advantages might be?
Yes. So first, let's start with the UZEDY side, where risperidone is like the gold standard of medicines, right? So give lectures all around the world and talk about how risperidone is, no one ever questions the efficacy and the need for patients to be on a medicine that is easy to give, but also something that works.
The issue with risperidone is it's not very sedating. And so where risperidone works great for a 24-year-old female that you need to get her stable on a medicine and keep her stable over time, there's minimal weight gain. You're dealing with options and where you're able to get these patients stable without any of the metabolic issues.
With olanzapine, it was considered the gold standard on the other side, something that was very effective, caused some calming effects to it and also was able to stabilize patients almost a little bit more rapidly because you're able to get that punchy impact. The trade-off to that was some of the metabolics.
But there are certain areas where metabolics are kind of secondary. And these are patients that are more agitated, more aggressive, more violent. And in some of the forensic facilities I've worked at, the need to keep these patients controlled and being able to calm them down so that they're not more agitated with the trade-off of these patients maybe getting some metabolic issues.
But now having -- hopefully, in the future, having an option in which we were able to get a patient on that olanzapine in which we were big users of olanzapine pamoate until in the U.S., it was pretty much taken mostly off the market.
What we ended up worrying always was this post-injection delirium/sedation syndrome or PDSS, in which we would have to hold patients for about 2 to 3 hours, making sure that they didn't have this kind of effect. Having an opportunity to get a patient on a medicine that has the efficacy of olanzapine and able to stabilize them on that medicine without the worry that every injection may give them this PDSS is something that I think is going to be groundbreaking and life-changing for some of our patients.
That's amazing. Thank you for that perspective across both of those. So given all these benefits of LAIs, I mean, it's very hard for me to explain to someone that's not in our business, why do you think they're not more broadly used?
It's us. We were trained early to really use LAIs as a last resort option. In the U.S., we still are being trained this way. And it had to do with the medicines that were available to us back in the day in which using the typical antipsychotics increased the risk of movement disorders dramatically. And you had to make a choice between going down that path or using one of the oral atypical antipsychotics, which had less likelihood to have those kind of movements.
And so once the advent of Risperdal long-acting, the microspheres, what ends up happening is that you start seeing this change, but our mindset really did it. And so you start seeing that we feel that especially in psychiatry, that we use these LAIs as a last resort option. And I constantly talk about that in other spaces like Depo-Provera for birth control, a long-acting birth control or we have other medicines like for PrEP, where it's a long-acting once-monthly injectable or it's every 2-month injectable for PrEP for prevention of HIV. These are things that we don't even think about in other spaces. But yet in psych, we still have the stigma that we have. And the retraining of clinicians to being able to go down the path of using LAIs is vital for us to be able to really start seeing the improvement of patients, not just short term but long term.
So what other things aside from retraining, do you think -- obviously, we do lots of speaker engagements where we have experts like you talking to other physicians, but what's the most important thing do you think trying to get this kind of massive change in behavior more directed at LAIs and earlier?
Yes. Residency training programs need to be well adapted. One of the things I'm really pushing for is trying to find ways to engage those residents into the early stages, working with nurse practitioner schools and again, educating them on the importance of preventing the brain damage that could happen by using some of these oral medicines. It's our overestimation of the adherence of these patients is what's really causing a lot of the damage.
And in Europe, like you said earlier in your presentation, they're getting it. And the use of LAIs is dramatic, and I teach in Europe quite a bit. And I got to tell you, it's a breath of fresh air to listen to them speak. But it's here. It's our training facilities that really are lacking in being able to educate them. And we have to start losing that stigma that LAIs means that you're sicker. LAIs means that they're giving them an opportunity to get better long term.
That's amazing. Thank you for that. So do you mind if we switch gears and talk about TD a little bit? I know you have a lot of experience, obviously, very co-located given the journey that some of these patients are on. But can you talk to us about TD in your practice?
Yes. We -- let me tell you, we are the causation of this independent neurological condition. Our medicines are what caused this problem. And you're right, a lot of times, our patients with TD, tardive dyskinesia, they don't realize that they have the disease until someone else points it out.
Unlike other issues like some extrapyramidal symptoms like akathisia, those patients will come to your office and complain on day 1. But it's TD that we really start seeing. And part of it, prior to 2017, there were no options. And basically, all the recommendations have been to do the best you can.
At the end of 2017, early 2018, you start seeing changes in the guidelines, which I think is really not being emphasized enough. And now the guidelines from the American Academy of Neurology and the American Psychiatric Association both say that you need to start recognizing TD earlier. You need to diagnose it earlier. And now with VMAT2s, we need to start treating it earlier. And this is really the mindset that we need to start changing and training our next level of professionals is that it's not the clinicians that are the ones that are going to see it the most. It's everybody around them.
It's empowering staff. It's telling the front desk to look at them when they walk in the door or when they're sitting there playing on their phone or watching TV and see if they have any movement disorders. And just like they have in the subways of New York, if you see something, say something. Empowering your staff, empowering caregivers is really the way you really make better diagnosis and expanding that pie because, again, as you said earlier, this is a very underdiagnosed problem.
And not only that, once they get the diagnosis, if they don't understand that there's treatment available, and oftentimes, the treatment that they're giving them is the exact opposite of what you should do, which is either giving them benztropine or an anticholinergic, which actually makes it worse or having a lowering the medicine, which, again, worsens their psychiatric symptoms and actually unmasks some of the symptoms of TD. So using a VMAT2 is vital for the future of our patients' well-being.
So is there anything -- I know you give us advice and counsel all the time in kind of how we should help play a bigger role as industry. What would you recommend? What comes top of mind to guide us in having more of these patients diagnosed? All the things that you just said, I mean, the call to action is so clear. What would you say would help make this an easier journey?
Yes. I mean part of it is, again, empowering the staff, empowering caregivers. The more you guys educate caregivers, the better the chance that patients will get the treatment that they need. Going in there and empowering that caregiver, empowering the patient to go in and request help for this and really talk more about the guidelines.
Although guidelines don't tell you how to practice medicine, one thing that we know is guidelines do set the standard of care. And I think we need to really do a better job of educating about the standard of care in this. And for Teva, in particular, it's three things, educate, educate, educate. We need to do what we can to have more education to the patient, more education to the caregiver, but also more education to the staff and to the clinician about the use of a VMAT2 inhibitor and getting those patients better.
AUSTEDO has been game-changing in our population, especially since the once-a-day dosing. And we need to start seeing how we're able to really push that into the care of the patients so that we're able to get their TD under control and get them back into the real world.
Thank you so much. Listen, I feel really fortunate that you took time out of the conference to sit with us. I know it's very early there as well. So thanks for starting your day with us. Any parting words that you'd have for us or the folks that are joining us here today.
Thank you so much for the opportunity. Again, my goal is always to get as many people to understand the importance of early access and early treatment to medicines.
And Teva has done a great job of pulling its resources together to make these medicines available. And please don't stop innovating. You guys need to push this forward. The more you guys are able to do R&D, the more innovation you guys have, the better the chances our patients are not only going to get better to stabilize, but hopefully, you all will be able to find some type of cure for some of these diseases in which we've really -- see our patients suffering from.
Thank you so much, Dr. Melnick. Really, really appreciate you as always, and lovely to see you. Thank you.
Thank you, Chris. Thank you for the opportunity.
Thank you. Take care. So pretty hard act to follow. How do you close after that. But I'll close this section by just saying this, Richard has this phrase that he always says to us that, the direction of travel is very clear. It's just a matter of when we're going to get there.
And I believe that, I really, really do. And my reasons to believe, I think, are that -- are many, but some of them are that we have differentiated products that provide massive clinical value. So that's incredibly motivating. We are on this journey with building a team that's really commercially adept and focused on execution, amazing group of individuals that I get to work with every day.
And lastly, and I don't take this part for granted, a deeply accountable team. So what I mean about accountable? Well, they're accountable to our patients, and you can see that in the work that we do every single day. They're also really accountable to our company. So where we're headed, where we're going, how we want to drive value long term. And ultimately, they're accountable to all of you and all of our investors to make sure that by doing all of this great work that we create a sustainable ecosystem that will then fuel our opportunity to have more and more products come to market and solve many more of these really grievous illnesses. So thank you, and it's my delight now to turn it over to my partner in crime across the aisle in R&D, Dr. Eric Hughes.
It's great to be here today. I'm very excited to talk about the R&D efforts at Teva. It started for us about 2.5 years ago before the Pivot to Growth kicked in. We reorganized and created a modern drug development department at Teva. We brought in some great talent. And hopefully, you'll see today that we accelerated not only our early pipeline, but more importantly, our late-stage pipeline.
And how did we do that? So our strategy is clear. It's stay focused, use proven science and really capitalize on how we allocate our capital and how we use partners to actually maximize our programs.
So what do I mean by that more specifically? So our focus is on neuroscience. It's building on a heritage that we've had at Teva for decades at this point and our burgeoning immunology expertise. These are great areas to be developing in, and it fits very nicely with our commercial footprint. Magic in drug development doesn't happen unless R&D and commercial are running hand in hand.
But more importantly, I think, is how we use proven science. Proven science, bringing it together in different combinations with different formulations does 2 great things. It brings great things to patients but it also improves your probability of success. So that's critically important. We have a lot of capabilities. There's a lot of synergies between generics, biosimilars and our innovative platform.
And then finally, we are pretty ruthless in our capital allocation. We use the science and the data to drive what we do and put our money where we think we can win for patients. And we also capitalize on our partnerships. I think you've seen over the years that we've used funding partnerships, development partnerships to really maximize our portfolio of products. So this is a winning strategy. And hopefully, you'll see that today as I talk about our great pipeline.
So I love this slide. So one of the things I say about our pipeline at Teva is it's well balanced. And then what do I mean by well balanced? One thing, you can see we have a lot of great programs preclinically Phase I, Phase II and Phase III. And more importantly, these have high probability of success. These late-stage programs, we have 3 programs in Phase III with a high probability of success using that known science in different combinations in better ways. So it's a great breadth of work we have, is very grounded in the science. And I like to point one thing out, it's very subtle here. There's little arrows on each one of these programs, we've accelerated all of this in the last 2 years with our focus and our drive to bring out all this innovation that's right in Teva right now.
But it's not just about the probability of success. It's about the patients, the populations and the unmet medical need that we're addressing. Let me run down this in a little bit more depth. Olanzapine LAI, we just heard some great words from Dr. Melnick. This is going to bring a new treatment that's very important for patients with schizophrenia.
Schizophrenia is a large population of patients. They need all the help they can get. And these long-acting injectables, as he mentioned, are bringing better treatments to patients. I was trained just like he mentioned, using oral medications. Adherence is very difficult. People in this room have probably difficulty taking high blood pressure medications. If you imagine, struggling with schizophrenia and trying to take a medication every day, maybe even twice a day, that's very difficult. And that's what's driving the pathology and the relapse, the hospitalizations and the worsening of the disease as Dr. Melnick mentioned. So olanzapine LAI is giving a better treatment for patients in a convenient subcutaneous dose.
DARI, our Dual-Action Rescue Inhaler, I'll talk about this a little bit more, but this is a massive group of patients. 39 million people are diagnosed with asthma. And we brought -- using our 25 years of inhaler technology at Teva, we bring a better device forward that's probably best-in-class in my opinion.
Duvakitug. Duvakitug has been an exciting story for the last 2 years. It started with our preclinical data and ended with some fantastic data at the end of the year that I'll talk about a little bit more, too. But that's another very exciting program. It's a multiple indication product potentially in the future. We've already shown that it works very well in ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease.
And then one of the things I'll talk about today a little bit more passionately, if I can get more passionate, is emrusolmin in multiple system atrophy. This is a high unmet medical need. And we really are bringing a differentiated small molecule to the table, and I'm very hopeful that, that will help those patients.
And then the final program here, anti-IL-15. I'll show you some new data today. It's very exciting. This is another potential product that has many indications. IL-15 is a key cytokine in many different pathologies we know about today. So a lot of great programs with very important targeted patient populations with unmet medical need.
So olanzapine LAI, I'm not going to talk about it too much today. You've heard a lot about the possibilities and Dr. Melnick, I think, did a great summary of what the value here is. It gives the folks in R&D great satisfaction to see how well UZEDY has been taken up. Both UZEDY and olanzapine LAI are using a technology platform that we've developed with Medincell that we knew we had a great product profile, subcutaneous, rapid PK within 24 hours, a prefilled syringe, no reconstitution, no supplemental oral therapies. That was a profile that you would think why wouldn't you use this?
And the uptake of UZEDY has been fantastic, and we're very excited about olanzapine LAI because that's the field -- UZEDY is doing great in a very competitive field with risperidone. Olanzapine LAI, if we can develop this and show which we have, where we don't -- we have a safety profile that's superior to what's available today, that is a area that we can really help patients using a very potent and active molecule in a long-acting injectable. So we'll be presenting the long-term data this Friday actually at Psych Elevate where Dr. Melnick is. And we're excited that no PDSS is the punchline. And we're very proud of that program, and I think that will help a lot of patients in the future.
Now moving on to ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease. This was just a capstone for last year with the data that we produced in December. Ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease, less than 50% of these patients actually get remission of their disease with all the treatment options out there. So they still have their disease known. They're still feeling the symptoms and less than 50% of the patients actually achieved that.
But I always like to say, more importantly, 20% of patients with ulcerative colitis, 75% of patients with Crohn's disease still go on to get surgeries to correct the symptoms and the pathology that's developing over many years. That, in my mind, is a failure. The industry has to do better to make more durable and potent active molecules.
So the duvakitug story, like I said, was very exciting. It started 2 years ago that we knew we had the fundamentals of drug development in place. We have the most potent antibody. We have the most selective antibody. We have the lowest level of antidrug antibodies. We have a very safe profile. But this is the data that really ended the year with the best efficacy profile. We posted the highest numbers for this MOA in ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease. You can see it's 27% placebo adjusted for UC and 35% placebo adjusted for Crohn's. So spectacular data, we're very excited about that.
Safety profile is very good, very well tolerated. We have low antidrug antibodies. That's important for the durability of the compound in the future. And we're going to be giving it in a subcutaneous, convenient dosing format. So great program, great results.
But I wanted to emphasize one thing about the data today because what did I say? One of the problems in ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease, there's a lot of treatment options out there. but they fail and they have to cycle through the next one. They have to add the next ones, change to the next one, multiple biologics, multiple oral therapies, and they're still failing.
So having a compound that can actually treat those people who have failed a lot as well as the people who have never been treated before is going to be critical. And I've done a lot of biologics development in my career. And frequently, you see those people who are treatment-experienced don't do that well. Well, I was excited to show here where ulcerative colitis on the left-hand side and Crohn's disease on the right hand.
You can see that there's treatment experience and naive patients in both studies. That is people who have cycled through the experienced people who have seen multiple oral agents, multiple biologics, and the naive people who haven't been treated with anything. But you can see that, that efficacy, that delta over placebo is maintained even in the people who have failed multiple treatments. Actually, the numbers were even higher for the experienced patients. And I always like to point out, in CD, the treatment experienced people had a 44% placebo response -- placebo-adjusted response, just phenomenal data that I think can really help patients in the future. So I'm really excited about this, and I think this is going to offer a lot of options.
So we're excited to get our Phase III study going with our partner, Sanofi. We're anticipating a Phase III study design that has more than a year-long exposure for our patients in both indications. We're going to be studying multiple doses. And these are big studies. It's going to be a great data set of 1,000 patients in both ulcerative colitis and another 1,000 in Crohn's disease. So great studies. We're working very diligently with Sanofi. And we're anticipating those studies to really start in earnest in the second half of this year. So a lot more to come.
But the story of duvakitug is not just ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease. For me, those 2 indications were just a proof of concept that blocking and amplifying cytokine can actually treat a specific disease. And why is that important? This is novel. It's a novel biologic in its totality that we're blocking something that's just amplifying multiple different signals in the immune system. So why is that important? Well, that means that you can actually potentially treat many different types of indications with just one molecule. And we have a strategy going forward with our partner, Sanofi, because the potential is so large, you've got to be thoughtful in how you do this. We're going to divide these indications up. I think there's going to be a sentinel indication either a T2 inflammation versus a non-T2. I know this is all science-y, but those are the cytokine pathways that we need to define as possible.
And the last thing I didn't mention before is, not only does TL1A impact inflammation, it's thought to have a direct impact on fibrotic cells. That's novel. Usually, we just treat the inflammation and hope the fibrosis gets better. There are actually receptors for TL1A on fibrotic cells that we potentially could block. So using sentinel indications to define the classes and then use that data as we do with data-driven drug discovery, we will broaden it into more indications in the future. So the potentials are large. There's a lot of patients we could potentially help with this new class of biologic.
Now DARI, our Dual-Action Rescue Inhaler. This is an incredible story to me because the GINA guidelines are already come out. There's 10.6 million people who just use albuterol for their asthma exacerbations. We know that's not the proper treatment. We should be giving a little bit of steroid along with their albuterol when they have an asthma exacerbation. We know that, that's better. The clinical data already exists.
And that response, that reflects that we could save 3,000 lives each year that are attributable to their asthma exacerbations. And 60% of adults are still not controlled. 44% of pediatrics are still not controlled. 25% of this population is actually kids. And we know what we should be doing is better. We should be using combination therapies for asthma exacerbations as the GINA guidelines recommend.
So what did Teva do? Well, Teva made -- used their 25 years of experience in inhalers to create what I believe is the best device they can deliver, a dry powder, of the combination in an easy format. You just open it up, inhale and you close it. It doesn't require any kind of timed breathing. It doesn't require any maintenance to the device or a spacer. It's as easy as you can get. And that's important. When you're having an asthma exacerbation, you want to have something you can easily get that drug into your lungs and get your exacerbation under control.
So how do we think we're differentiated? I think I've gotten a lot of this already. The GINA guidelines, we'll address. We actually have multiple -- we have 2 doses in our large Phase III study. It's the largest study Teva has ever run, 2,000 patients at this point.
As I mentioned, the device, I think, is differentiated. It's a dry powder inhaler. It doesn't require any coordination of the breath. It doesn't need a spacer. It doesn't need any kind of maintenance to keep it working. So the convenience is there for the patient. And one of the things I'm most proud of our large 2,000-patient study has pediatrics, adolescents and adults.
So we hope to have the entire indication when we launch this drug. So we're really addressing the entire population, which I'm very proud of. I think that these dry powder inhalers are easier for kids to use as well as some adults. So we're excited to have that study hopefully recruited by the end of this year. The team is doing a great job.
But multiple system atrophy. As the physician in me, I get very excited by the fact of the potential of being able to solve a disease that's relentless. It's a relentless neurodegenerative disease. 50% of these people are in a wheelchair by like 5 to 6 years after their diagnosis. Unfortunately, most of these people have passed away by 10 to 12 years after diagnosis. So can you imagine being struck down with this in your 50s when it usually happens. And then you have no hope right now. There's no treatments for multiple systems atrophy. It is relentless. So I'm very excited to be able to bring a differentiated product to bring hope to these people and their families.
Why is emrusolmin so interesting and so differentiated? So it's the only molecule out there that really hits the disease at the very beginning of the pathology.
And let me tell you a little bit more about the science behind multiple system atrophy. So the problem is alpha-synuclein. This is a protein that in the brain cells aggregates. And those aggregates, clumps in the cell are toxic, it kills brain cells. It does that intracellularly, it does it on the membrane and actually gets secreted and hurts other brain cells in the area.
So it's important to stop the formation of these aggregates at the very beginning. And that's exactly what emrusolmin has been developed to do. It binds right when those aggregates start to form and dissolves them back into their natural form. So it prevents the intracellular accumulation. It prevents the cell membrane bound accumulation and the accumulated proteins that are secreted out to other cells. So we really believe this molecule is differentiated. It's a small molecule. It's orally delivered and it's brain penetrant.
So hopefully, you can see that we're hitting the alpha-synuclein at every stage of the game. We've got some great preclinical biology that shows in mouse models that we can not only get the drug to the brain cells, but also that it affects actual pathology in mouse models with alpha-synuclein. And we've already shown that it's safe and well tolerated in Phase I studies and Parkinson's patients at this point.
So we're really excited. We're about 15% of the way into the enrollment at this point. We'll have it finished enrolling by the end of '26. And because we see so much value in this, we actually have a backup program to this as well that actually just went first in humans. So we're really doubling down on what is a real unmet medical need.
Now let me switch gears a little bit to anti-IL-15. Our anti-IL-15 program is another one of our biologics that have been born from the Teva labs. It's the same team that made duvakitug, so they know what they're doing. Our anti-IL-15 has a unique binding site. It's the most potent, the greatest affinity of anti-IL-15s out there right now. We have a very good half life to this molecule. And we've actually shown that we can suppress IL-15 cytokine levels out to 60 or 90 days in our early studies.
So we have the hope of a drug that could be given potentially quarterly. So really exciting. It's all a subcutaneous program.
What's really exciting about IL-15. IL-15 has been implicated in many different disease areas. It's clear that it's a key cytokine of the pathology of celiac disease and vitiligo. And you can see we're in the clinic now treating patients with celiac disease and vitiligo and POC studies. But you can see there's a lot of other opportunities. We actually have preclinical data that suggests that alopecia areata is a possibility and even atopic dermatitis is a possibility. So that's encouraging preclinical data, but there's even more indications you can go into including rheumatology. So a really important cytokine. We've done a great job improving the safety and pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic effects at this point. So a very exciting program with multiple potential opportunities in the future.
But let me do what I love to do. I'll talk a little bit about some data. Some of the data, it's been out there, much of this is actually new. One of the things we did early on was looked at celiac disease in monkeys. You might not realize but 10% of monkeys spontaneously generate or develop celiac disease. And the scientists at Teva were smart. They found these animals, and they treated them with placebo or TEV-408. And then we looked at their gut and see what effect we have on the pathology.
So you can see, when we challenged them with gluten, we gave the monkeys gluten, you get a disorganized histology in the gut. It really impacts the structure of your gut lining. And it's all disorganized here, you can see on the left. But then on the right, the patients who received TEV-408 had that normal architecture, that healthy looking villus that helps absorb nutrients.
So great preclinical monkey data for celiac disease. Vitiligo, we did a great study with a mouse model that you can see here that the mouse that's exposed to the cells that cause vitiligo, you have a modeling of that left -- that tail on the left, is the tail of the mice, but then you can see with the treatment of TEV-408 that color comes back and it becomes more dark and more even. And that's the proof in the pudding.
I've always said, I've been in dermatology for a long time. I mean if you can have a visual impact on a patient's skin, it's incredibly important and highly motivating because vitiligo causes an isolation in patients. It's really impactful on a patient's quality of life when they have a skin disease. So if we can have an impact that's visually changing, that's the key.
But I'm really excited by the graph on the right. So the graph on the right actually is showing a biomarker from our proof-of-concept study in patients with celiac disease. And let me walk you through this a little bit. So what I'm showing here is a biomarker that actually measures gut health. It's a common biomarker, sometimes used to help diagnose patients with celiac disease, but also monitor their response to therapy like when you go on a gluten-free diet.
And what we did in this study, it's a small POC. What we did was either gave patients placebo or we gave them the TEV-408. And then 2 weeks later, we challenged them with a gluten diet. Believe it or not, people do this and we're very thankful that they volunteer for these studies, but it's critically important.
And let me walk you through this. So the black line is placebo. When they got placebo and then you got challenged with the gluten, that gluten caused inflammation and damage to the gut and the biomarkers shot up, right? So this is percent changes. 50% change in the baseline level of this biomarker. For the folks who got the TEV-408, not only did we block that injury and that bump in the biomarker, but more interestingly, over time, it continued to get better. But to me, my speculation is that we're actually treating smoldering celiac disease in these patients.
So not only we block the injury from the gluten diet, we also might be treating what they had elevated at baseline. So we're very excited by this data. This is objective data, clear separation from placebo and treatment. So very exciting. I'm hopeful to capitalize on this. We're running a next POC study, including biopsies in these patients as well. So that's one of the most important things we showed a change in the actual biopsy, just like we showed in the monkeys.
And the last program I want to talk about today kind of epitomizes how we think about drug development at Teva. So TSLP and IL-13, 2 very well-known targets, the science is there, the biology is known. But bringing them together was always thought to be something that would be very important. And there's now literature data out there that suggests that, in fact, this is a very potent combination of 2 known cytokines.
So again, we're using proven science to drive our development program. But even more exciting, we did something very exciting here. We use AI technology and computational science to actually generate these antibodies, this antibody in a computer. And it's very cool what we did here where the 2 tips of the antibody not only just bind one molecule, both chips bind either TSLP or an IL-13. And that's important for a number of different reasons.
But for one thing, we're using an antibody platform. And we can make antibodies. We actually do a very good job in making a very high-yield cell lines at Teva. So it's a known technology. It will be low immunogenicity most likely. And it also this idea that it can bind one or the other, depending on the concentration of the environment is very exciting. So it's a very modern cutting-edge technology to generate an antibody that you couldn't even make in a mouse. This is the only way you could have done this. And then we're using that technology to speed drug development in a high probability success program. So very excited. I can't wait to start talking about the data when this starts getting into the clinic.
So hopefully, you'll see that after I've gone through this and Richard presented some of this and Chris has shown what the potential is in the market, we've got a lot of things rolling out in the next couple of years. The submission for olanzapine LAI will be in the second half of this year. The duvakitug Phase III program, we'll be starting the second half of this year. The DARI program, our large Phase III study in asthma will finish enrollment by the end of this year. Emrusolmin is already enrolling in our Phase II study. And our anti-IL-15 data program is already showing some encouraging data that we want to capitalize on as quickly as possible.
So it's simple. We're going to stay focused. We're going to use proven science. And hopefully, you'll see that we made great success over the last 2 years, accelerating not only our early stage, but our late-stage programs, and that will continue the growth for many years to come. So with that, I'm going to pass it off to Richard Daniell, and thank you for your time. I appreciate it.
Thank you, Eric. Wow, what an exciting innovative pipeline and future we have. Good morning to you all, and it's great to be here. I'm really looking forward to talking to you and enthusing you about how solid our generic powerhouses sitting right at the heart of Teva serving our patients.
We're really, really proud that approximately 1 in 14 prescriptions here in the U.S. and 1 in 9 in Europe are filled with a Teva medicine. We're crucially important to health care systems all over the world. And our generic powerhouse also serves Teva by delivering cash to fuel our innovative future.
There are 3 things you need to be brilliant at to win in generics. You need a great portfolio that customers value, a strong and broad pipeline delivering first or first-equal valuable launches. Secondly, you need an excellent commercial platform with deep customer relationships, a launch springboard for that pipeline. And finally, you need a supply network that is efficient and customer service focused. At Teva, we have all 3 of these elements, and I'm excited to give you color on each of those today.
So as Richard walked us through, we've enjoyed considerable success in our generic business over the past 2 years as a key pillar of our Pivot to Growth strategy. We enjoy commercial leadership across all geographies. We have very thoughtful pipeline selection, high value and with strong execution. We have considerable opportunity to accelerate our biosimilar business and to tap into our strong over-the-counter medicine category, all whilst continuing to diversify our geographic split, thus reducing our reliance on the U.S. market to make our generic powerhouse even more robust and stable in the future.
So firstly, let's talk about our generic launch machine. There's enormous opportunity ahead of us as we see $175 billion of small molecule patent expiries in the U.S. and Europe over the next 6 years. That is approximately a 50% step-up over the previous 6 years. So really quite an increase in the available value pool.
And we have great coverage of that pool, with the highest value, 60% covered here in the U.S. and a really broad 80% in Europe, supporting all market types from branded generic to all the way through to INN. And in the near term, we have 15 complex generics. These are high-value, durable launches. A majority of those include our U.S. market.
In total, we have more than 300 dossiers under review globally as of today. A really world-leading pipeline that will give us solid growth through '27 and beyond, once we exclude the generic Revlimid anticipated impact next year.
When we compare ourselves to the industry, we're among the best in the world at extracting value from patent expiries. We understand what it takes to be great at this, and we are obsessive, I mean, really obsessive in improving even more.
Just 2 examples here, our parts of the global generic pipeline process. On the left, U.S. first cycle approvals where we lead the market. And in the European example on the right, you see that when we launch, we win. Even when we don't launch first, we win, irrespective of the launch order.
We are really excited about our biosimilars business. We'll benefit from 5 potential near-term launches addressing significant patent expiries, $20 billion worth of innovator value. This is a really, really meaningful increased contribution to our generic powerhouse given our biosimilar base. There is much, much more to come beyond that as we bring through our early stage pipeline. We're already covering $55 billion in innovative value here, and we're selecting further assets right now to continue to rapidly build and diversify one of the best portfolios in the industry.
In particular, we look forward to bringing more and more assets to Europe, leveraging our generic market-leading position to grow our biosimilar business. From this expanded and accelerated portfolio, we will double our biosimilar revenues over the next couple of years.
Now I bet if I asked how many of you are aware that we have more than $1 billion over-the-counter medicines business, I'd see very few hands raised. Our OTC category is a great growth contributor. It's a large business. It's almost exclusively ex-U.S., and it's mostly pharmacy-driven. We operate in attractive categories that demonstrate overall predictable mid-single-digit growth. We have a great balance across those categories, with a mix of a few global brands augmented by a number of local jewels, and we outperformed the market where we play.
It has huge synergy with our generic business. As I noted, predominantly, it's pharmacy focused rather than supermarket or online retailer focused. It's a great business, and we're achieving both price and volume growth. Reminding us all, there are no patent expiries and no payer pressures in this business. If we add together our OTC and our biosimilar businesses, they'll represent about 25%. So that's up from 16% of our generic powerhouse today, thus further adding to the stability and robustness in the future.
So moving from portfolio to commercial excellence. We are great at winning with our launches. I shared the European example with you earlier. We're also great at winning with our in-line portfolio. At Teva we're the #1 generic company worldwide with our largest business in Europe. We have a great pharmacy, hospital, wholesaler and payer relationships in more than 55 markets across the globe. And this benefits and provides scale and synergies across all of our product categories, generics, biosimilars and OTC medicines. Remember, about 1 in 14 prescriptions in the U.S. and 1 in 9 in Europe are filled with the Teva medicine. This demonstrates the huge amount of trust that our customers and our patients have in us.
So turning to the third element, what's doing a great, great job. Our supply network represents a considerable opportunity, and we have a fully fledged transformation underway right now. That will take us from where it is right now, which is quite complex to a more leaner and effective operation. Network simplification, both internal and external, that will free up capital. Lean management system improvements will reduce headcount and inventory. Supply chain improvements and customer service at best-in-class, this really helps us win in the market, along with significant procurement consolidation and scale benefits will reduce our cost per unit, all leading to margin expansion and increased competitiveness.
When we bring all of these levers together, we compensate for the anticipated generic Revlimid impact with a stable generic powerhouse when we compare 2027 with 2024. And really, really, really importantly, at that point, we have a much more robust business with an increased contribution from biosimilars, driven by an increased and accelerated portfolio and from our OTC category, driven by our OTC medicine brands in a strong market, all with less geographical reliance on the U.S. In fact, the U.S. business will come down to 25% of our overall generic powerhouse business.
So to wrap up. What did you take away from me today? As I began with, there are three things that you need to be great at in generics. And we check all three of those boxes, pipeline portfolio, go-to-market excellence and a great supply network. Looking forward, our generic business will provide a predictable solid base for accelerated growth from our innovative assets. We have multiple growth drivers to be able to compensate generic Revlimid and drive stable generic revenue when we compare 2027 with 2024, and we'll be even more robust at the end of that period, and our gross margins and competitiveness will increase as we transform our operations network. In short, a great business underpinning our Pivot to Growth strategy acceleration.
And with that, now I'd love to welcome my colleague and friend, our CFO, Eli Kalif, to the stage.
Thank you, Richard. Welcome, everyone, and thanks to you all for your interest in Teva. It's really a pleasure to see all of you here, and thanks for those who are joining us online. I hope that you can see from all the presentation so far that we are a different company. We are well on our way moving from being mainly generics powerhouse into a biopharmaceutical company. Now the value that we created over the last several years is truly exceptional. I will walk you through the story today. But more importantly, I will show you where we are going. This is about our strategy. This is about our team, about our culture. It's about our pipeline. It's about our assets.
And I will help you today to connect all those dots that you can see the significant potential we have to create additional value in Teva. As a CFO, you are constantly striving to optimize your company financial performance. Today, I want to share with you the approach that has enabled us to create the value so far. More than that, as we thought into pivoting on acceleration of growth, I will show you how we're able to keep accelerate our shareholder value. When I joined Teva in 2019, it was a totally different company, meaning our objective were around paying down debts and manage litigation.
And then from really 4 years of tremendous efforts by our teams, focusing on execution and on discipline, where those teams step up and make the impossible happen, we're able to be in a different position. And then in 2023, when we launched the Pivot to Growth strategy, we were focusing on growth. Now -- since then, you saw nine consecutive quarters of growth quarter-over-quarter. In the meantime, we're able to have a stronger balance sheet. We kept deleveraging, and we improved significantly our working capital. And we kept invest in our business. Now let me tell you that what we did here is dramatic. This is absolutely outstanding.
We're able to grow revenue with a meaningful growth rate of mid-single digit. We're able to expand our operating margin from [ '19 to '24 ] by 200 basis points, and this is net from investment in the business. We significantly lowered our debts. We lowered our net debt-to-EBITDA to the level of 3. We took a massive effort on reshaping our working capital. We become a leader in the industry in terms of adopting financial policies. And just lately, we got recognized by the rating agencies with 5 upgrades in less than 8 months.
We are on our path to become an investment-grade company. Last week, one of our shareholders told me, it seems like the agency is starting to catch up on what we've long viewed Teva improving their credit trajectory. I really like this quote and why? Because it's recognized that we are focused and able to translate all of those into shareholder value. Today, I will take you through the main 3 fundamentals to show how we're doing it.
First, it's about growth. We'll keep constantly going to invest in our growth on the innovative side and on our generic side. And that will allow us in the short term to compensate on Revlimid. Secondly, we are transforming. We are transforming the company. When you transform the company, you need to change your cost base. We're actually taking Teva into a structurally higher gross -- sorry, higher operating margin with accretive margin profile that will come from our innovative mix.
And third, we'll keep optimizing our free cash flow. We continue to leverage on generics powerhouse in the U.S. and ex-U.S., that will contribute a solid free cash flow with a nice conversion. And over the last 5 years, we concentrate on the mainly 2 elements, which is, first, we cleaned the runway by accelerating settlement on litigation. That's going to change totally our litigation profile. It's going to provide more certainty and clearance about how we're managing our liquidity. And in addition to that one, we work on our working capital that I will elaborate more.
Just recently, last week, we were able to refinance our '26, '27 and '29 maturities, and we're able to match it to our projections on our organic free cash flow. But all those 3 fundamentals that's really driving multiples, they are sitting on one of the most important layers, which is capital allocation. So it's about how we strategically allocating our capital with a clear path to be less than 2x net debt-to-EBITDA by end of '27, which give us the freedom to allocate where it drives returns, how we're able to still accelerate our growth and provide additional shareholder value.
Now I will go through each one of those 3 in more details. This is how we're going to think about revenue. You heard Richard talking about how we're going to accelerate our revenue. You heard Chris sharing that it's not just about the top line, and now we are shifting the mix into innovative. This is also about how we are stepping up to serve patients. Patients who are underserved, patients are misdiagnosed and people with unmet medical needs.
On our generics, which is including OTC and biosimilars, we're going to see a stable growth. Building on Richard review, we're going to see higher volume with a much more optimal COGS. So from my perspective as the CFO, we are going to see a really accretive gross margin. It will drive accretive cash conversion and will allow us to keep reshaping our working capital. Now here is how we're going to think about the 30% operating margin by end of '27. We have a clear strategy in place that capture 3 main principles across 2 programs.
When we're looking on gross margin, it's not only that we are concentrating on shifting our product mix to get accretive margin on the top line, it's also how we are transforming the company. We're going to transform our manufacturing cost base. We're going to simplify our network, and we're going to optimize our procurement. Our OpEx improvement from our transformation program, we're going to have us a more lean organization in terms of commercial and our support function. That will allow us to sustain the current run rate on 27% to 28% OpEx of revenue.
And here is how it's looking in a bit more details in terms of their operations and COGS. Here, I'm sharing with you how Teva is going to transform into a higher gross margin business. We will improve our manufacturing productivity. It will be more agile, lean-based manufacturing. Today, we are operating with 35 pharma sites. By end of '27, we're going to be below 30 sites. We need to understand these massive activities, we know how to do it. We did it in the past. It's going to remove from the system a lot of fixed costs. It's going to free capital.
On the procurement, we have way more vendors. There are already actions underway to consolidate those to implement what we call strategic sourcing. And then if you think about those 2 with seamless execution, we're going to be able to leverage on our supply chain. But it's further progressing to OpEx optimization. First and foremost, we're transforming Teva from a pure-play generics company into a leading biopharmaceutical company. And we're going to do it in 3 ways. First, we're going to modernize the organization. We will optimize layers.
We will focus on spend-based allocation, and all of this was driven based on business prioritization. We will continue to leverage our regional hubs. We're going to put more automation and then further resource allocation, reducing cost in support function and looking out on how we can optimize the external spend. But this is not just about making savings, this is about how we're able to shift. When we're optimizing OpEx, we're thinking how we can shift resources into more innovative. In the last 2 years, you saw us doing 2 main things. One, we're able to build several funding programs into R&D in order to accelerate our pipeline.
We also invest heavily in the S&M in order to support our growth engine. That allows us to build the momentum. Now when you're talking about capital allocation in the P&L, we need to understand that it required 2 main things: one, the ability to make fast decisions and high level of precisions. We have those capabilities. We show it. We were able not only to grow our margin, we were able to actually reinvest in the business. Now building on the last 2 years' executions on how we were able to invest, optimizing our OpEx, as more as we can optimize our OpEx, the more we can invest in innovation, and we are on the way to get there.
Our margin profile going to shift. I will walk you now through the main dynamics in the P&L to explain how it's going to work in the next 3 years. In the next 3 years, we're going to increase our operating margin by 400 basis points. During that period, we're going to experience from the impact on Revlimid and the potential headwinds from IRA, Medicare Part D for AUSTEDO. Our transformation program that I just explained, with our growth trajectory will enable us to grow our EBITDA in '26 and after that in '27.
It will be based on dollars incremental and it will be also as a percentage of revenue incremental. And as I explained, we will keep constantly the 27% to 28% OpEx over revenue. That will allow us to get to the 30% operating margin. But when you grow the company and you transform the company, it's not just growing the margin. You want to make sure that you are able to expand your free cash flow. In the next 3 years, we're going to double down on our free cash flow. We're going to increase it from the level of $2.1 billion to $2.7 billion, 30%, this is massive.
There are 4 main elements that's going to create that incremental free cash flow. One, we'll keep deleveraging. We'll keep deleveraging. It means that we are reducing our financial expenses. The second element, we're keeping our working capital enhancement. That will contribute to higher cash conversion. The third element, it's about everything related to the transformation programs that I spoke and the savings related. And the last one, which is coming from our top line, we're shifting into more innovative. It's more accretive margin with higher conversion.
And over time, due to the massive work we've done on accelerating our litigation, we'll see our legal profile going down and down and down and all those staggered payments that we had so far going to be reduced. Now coming next is I want to show you how our strategy on deleveraging is going to build shareholder value. I remember very well the days that we are working with the executive management and reviewing our annual budget. And when it's come to pipeline, it was very difficult for me as a CFO to make a decision because at that time, the R&D budget was lower than financial expenses. It was lower than $1 billion -- financial expenses was about $1 billion.
Now from what you see here on the slide, those days are gone. As we continue to improve our credit profile and keep deleveraging, our finance expense is going to be half from where we're operating. The math is very simple. Post our refinancing, we are at 4.5% weighted cost of average on our outstanding debt. Each year, we're taking out $1.6 billion, $1.8 billion. You do the math. It's around $350 million in the next 3 years. What is it going to do? It's going to expand our free cash flow. It's going to expand our EPS. It's going to drive multiple. But not only deleveraging, allowing us to accelerate growth. This is about how we keep progress on our working capital. Healthier balance sheet with better industry terms driving a better fit for a biopharma company.
Over the last 4 years, we were able to unlock $1.7 billion of capital from our balance sheet. Our cash conversions were about 7 months. We're actually now even below the peers. Our working capital over revenue end up in Q1 around 6%. We're going to be 4%. This activity is going to contribute between $300 million to $400 million additional cash that we're going to unlock from our balance sheet. It is going to drive more conversion. So before I'm reflecting on the overall pieces, there is another note I want to take.
Trade policies in the U.S., challenging pharma. I think that the message in this slide is very clear. Teva has a substantial manufacturing footprint in the U.S. We're operating with 8 manufacturing sites. It's the larger than the generic players, and it's contributing us for the innovative and for the generics business. Our geography profile benefiting us with a limited exposure to China and India. And we're also benefiting from our flexible operating model. We have a full value chain diverse model that allow us already to take certain measures in order to mitigate any potential risk.
So up to now, I discussed about growth, margin and free cash flow expansion. Those 2 -- sorry, those 3 will accelerate growth and also shareholder value. But when we are looking on what is in front of us, it's also about capital allocation. And we're thinking about it broadly. And more than that, I want to make sure that people really understanding what is in front of us. We are taking capital allocation very, very seriously. We're putting a lot of efforts in order to enhance our growth and also shareholder value.
All the financial fundamentals that I just mentioned coming into play, we are making decisions on capital allocation. Well, 2 years ago, when we introduced our people to Growth strategy, we also established a clear methodology on capital allocation. What you see from this slide didn't change, the same methodology. But at that time, it was perceived [indiscernible] story. Well, we are 2 years in the strategy. And you can see how we're able to provide shareholder value, how we're able to grow the company. So for me, it's about more than just financial figures. This is about the compelling reason and why you should all really believe in our future.
We will meet our net debt-to-EBITDA by 2x in 2027. We will sustain that ratio. And at that moment, we will actually review how we're going to provide additional capital returns to our shareholders. Now here is how I want to frame the total dynamics and to leave you today with some big picture to how you should view us. What if we could basically build on the last 2 years' execution while looking forward on the objective we have. I'm here today to tell you that we have a high level of confidence to achieve our 2027 financial targets.
We're going to keep drive revenue. We're going to execute on our transformation programs. We are going to keep investing in our business. We are very well positioned to expand our EBITDA in '26 and in '27 and again, dollar perspective and percentage of revenue perspective. And we'll keep expand our free cash flow. We will keep deleverage and we'll keep -- optimize our working capital. Before turning it back to Chris, I want to connect the dots. I hope that you can see that we are well on our way to become a biopharma company.
We are delivering on our commitment for 2027. We are improving our balance sheet and expanding our free cash flow. We are continuing to be thoughtful on how we are allocating capital, how we are investing in our business. We're continuing to review how we can optimize our asset portfolio. We are constantly looking on more partnership and strategic business development deals. We are well on our way to become an investor-grade company. We are becoming to be a biopharma company. From what you see, we're able to clear and build our runway. And now we are ready to take off.
Thank you very much, and I will hand it back to Chris.
All right. Thank you, everyone. For some of you, this next segment will be your favorite part of the day. That's a 20-minute coffee break. So if we could have you back here in the room about 10:46 -- sorry, 10:47 after, so 10:47, we would appreciate that. And then we'll do our Q&A session and then conclude the day. So thank you very much, everyone.
[Break]
All right. Thank you for all coming back. We're going to lock the doors now. So any stragglers can't get in. So now we have 40 minutes for the Q&A session. So there are going to be runners throughout the room here with microphones. If you want to ask a question non-anonymously, please raise your hands. If you want to ask a question anonymously, you can scan the QR code. And at that same link where you can get the presentation, you can also ask a question anonymously in that way. And while we're waiting for the people to get mics, Sanjeev, do you want to start with a question from the Internet?
Sure. We have quite a few. So I'll pick one of them, which is a much broader question on the 2030 targets that we've shared on the innovative portfolio. So Richard, you've shared a $5 billion-plus revenue target for 2030 for the innovative portfolio. It's more than doubling the business in the next 5 years. What are some of the key risks that you see in terms of achieving this target?
So thanks for the question. So, a bit of a glass half empty question. I'd probably cover the glass half full answer. And maybe -- but I'll come back to answer the question. When you think about what we have going forward with the potential of AUSTEDO that Chris highlighted -- can people hear me now? Okay. So from when you look at what we have, so with AUSTEDO and the trajectory we're on and what Chris talked about from the unmet medical need and the untreated patient population, I think the line of sight to $2.5 billion is clear, and we sort of put out the opportunity to $3 billion.
Then you sort of couple that with AJOVY and you couple that with our long-acting franchise, if you said, in olanzapine, then I think those are things that are either here now or olanzapine just to be here. So I think when you scale those, I think that takes us a significant part of the way. Then you start adding in DARI. And I think you're there. Obviously, we can have an opportunity with an early approval of emrusolmin if that actually achieves good efficacy, that's powered that study to do that. And then duvakitug creeps into the end of the decade.
So -- it's interesting that we focus on can we do the $5 billion. And by the way, we put greater than $5 billion for a reason, right? And that highlights the confidence. But part of that is because just the multiple launches we have and the fact that the current products we have are growing at such an impressive rate. So for me, I don't necessarily see a risk there. But let me try and address the question as if there are. One could argue that maybe some of those assets don't come through in the pipeline.
But then my added comment to that would be because they're towards the tail end of the decade, they're really not going to be a significant growth drivers. And then I -- so I think for me, I don't see -- and I don't put numbers out there, want to see risk. We did the $2.5 billion for AUSTEDO, and we thought that through in great detail. We looked at epidemiology and incidents. We've done the same with all our other assets. And I think it's framed in a way that we believe in the $5 billion number that we put for 2030. So that's probably the only way I can really answer that one.
Thank you, Sanjeev. Next question from the audience. Jason Gerberry, Bank of America.
2. Question Answer
Jason Gerberry from BofA. So first question on the updated LAI peak sales contract, specifically for olanzapine LAI. Wondering, just to confirm, is that all in the 300 or so schizophrenia patients? And does it make sense at some point to look to expand the program to study in other areas like bipolar, where I believe there's 1 million total patients getting oral olanzapine. So wondering how you kind of go after that broader opportunity? And then my second question is just -- where within the spectrum of your deleveraging efforts, does it make sense for you to pivot to inorganic growth, with M&A specifically?
What's that?
WWith M&A specifically?
With M&A, yes. So thank you for that. And I'll partner with Chris and Eliyahu on the answer to this. But look, I'm glad you've seen the opportunity in the LAI franchise in schizophrenia, but maybe even beyond that. But I think that what Chris has already highlighted is a significant opportunity within that. But maybe I'll hand it to you to pick up.
Yes, maybe I'll ask you to cover off on indication first, and then we can kind of talk about scope.
Yes. So like you're thinking, we're doing the same thing for UZEDY and expanding the indications beyond schizophrenia and bipolar. That's a possibility for olanzapine LAI as well.
Yes. And I think we're kind of fragmenting the market because as you heard from Dr. Melnick, significant opportunities. I think why I'm excited not just about olanzapine, but the scale of both together really allows us to hit the kind of less severe patients with UZEDY and offer a really meaningful option for the more serious patients, some of them that have signs and symptoms of regression and need more control. So -- and we'll obviously take more indications as Eric deems that appropriate, but that would be meaningful.
And then I'd probably add before Eli and I partner on the next question. I would always build into the fact that what Chris' team has done with UZEDY. And I think that just highlights the significant unmet medical need and just the commercial capability we have to execute on that. Going on to the capital allocation and this idea about potential, I think, expanded BD and M&A and the fact that it will be delevered. I think it's great that we're having that discussion and we're having the discussion about having that freed up capital in the not-too-distant future.
I think what I'd add before I pass on to Eli is what we've played out over the course of today is all organic. It is all organic, right? Now what I believe and what I've seen with our commercial capability, both in the U.S. and international markets in Europe is we have a real commercial muscle. And so we're constantly looking at opportunities to leverage that more with other assets. And most of that is through BD and in-licensing rather than M&A.
One I think is an efficient use of capital allocation. But particularly if we can do that in the CNS space, it's super synergistic. And that's the opportunity we see. So we're always active, but we want to make sure it's good value, gives a good return because we have places to put our capital organically within our pipeline within the assets we've got now. So we're quite critical when we look at that, But maybe a...
I think we should split it into 2, meaning up to '27, we're going to see the same trajectory that we have today. We also need to understand that when we are saying less than 2x net debt-to-EBITDA, this is not just us paying debt. This is also coming from 2 main things. The transformation that we're going to have inside the EBITDA, which is more accretive on innovative profit and the fact that we're going to generate more cash.
And because we're measuring net debt-to-EBITDA, it's not only that trajectory. Now when you approach a deal, it's very different on which stage was that deal in terms of clinical stage, pre-approval, after approval, what does it mean in terms of counting and how this one can impact the EBITDA margin or your balance sheet. But I think we will face that questions beyond '27. Currently, we're focusing on our growth, and we're able to demonstrate it in the last 2 years.
David Amsellem at Piper Sandler. So I have 2 questions. First, Eric, you talked about optimizing and improving upon validated targets as something of a drug discovery/development playbook. So I guess with that in mind, can you talk through maybe the cadence of development in terms of other agents that are focusing on other targets that you plan to bring through into the clinic over the next, call it, 2 to 3 years? When does the anti-TSLP/IL-13 go into the clinic? Just talk about how prolific you expect to be in terms of moving these kind of novel agents into the clinic. That's number one.
And then number two is you, I think, alluded to return of capital to shareholders post '27. Does that entail reinstatement of the dividend? And would that make sense given that many of the large caps do, in fact, pay dividends? How do you think about that philosophically over the long term?
Thanks for the question, David. So look, I think on the first part, it's interesting you picked up on the strategy, which Eric put together, which is working, which I think is really important to understand because it comes down to capital allocation and to allocate capital to the things that we think have the right risk profile. So as Eric talks about proven MoAs, that's really important.
I'm glad you picked up on it because we think we are not going to be the company that goes into areas where the target is not validated or the MoA is not proven, we'll leave that to others. We don't want to allocate capital in that way. And I think that's important. Everybody knows that. But -- and that goes back to we have other areas to allocate capital. So I think I'll maybe start that, and then Eric, you can.
Yes, sure. Thanks for bringing up TSLP/IL-13. I think it's an exciting program. It illustrates how to think about it. Immunology is a fantastic area to play in because there's so many different possibilities of known mechanisms. The field has been slower than it should have been probably over the last 10 years, but now it's really gaining speed. The selection of that one compound that we accelerated, which we just had a press release and we're enabling the R&D work now to get it into the clinic soon. That's a great example of what you can accelerate on known targets.
I mentioned that TLA1 (sic) [TL1A]. TL1A is a great another possibility because of the safety profile is so favorable right now. And the possibility of combinations with that, again, is another example of where we can play more. So there's a lot of things we can do. Moving it quickly is the key and having a team that knows how to do it is the other part.
And then to your second question around capital allocation and buybacks and dividends. And you saw Eli put that on our capital allocation slide, which has always been 3, and you saw now it's 4. And that's just because of the fact that we know where we're heading from a cash flow point of view and where our EBITDA is heading. And so before I hand that it to Eli, I would say we're always looking at the best return on capital deployed because that's our job. And so to not have that on that as we become more financially stable and have more cash, I think, would be not adhering to that principle.
So everything will be taken into consideration as we get to that point, but we're going to look at it in that priority and making sure, as we have shown in the last 2 years where we've allocated capital, I think we generated significant return in the short, but also the long term.
I don't know if have anything to add. Thanks.
Thank you for the question, David. Chris, you've been waiting patiently.
Chris Schott, JPMorgan. Just a couple for me. Maybe just one last one on capital allocation, just to continue. I think you're mentioning 2027 and beyond 2x. It seems like to the extent that TAPI is divested and where your leverage sits today, that could be sooner. So is it really just a 2x leverage target that's the rate limiter for thinking about this? Or is there something you just want to see how the business progresses in the next few years before you kind of embark on the capital deployment piece.
The second question I had was kind of maybe a bigger picture question on R&D investment. It seems we have charts to continue to show the shift in R&D spend, shifting more towards brands over time. I know the last few years, you've used partnerships and some funding alternatives to accelerate programs to help fund this. Like as Teva gets on a stronger financial footing, do we think about the company self-funding all of these? Or do you still see partnerships as a way to either diversify risk or allow you to do kind of more in the portfolio, just as we think about kind of the bolus of spend '27 and maybe beyond as the pipeline comes together?
So thanks for the question, Chris. I'm going to take the second one. Eli, you take the first one. So the second one is, as we think about -- and it's a great question to have that what you're saying is because our pipeline is becoming quite rich and with multiple indications, is that something we can fund? And if we can fund going forward, should we fund it on our own? I think first and foremost, I'd say is we funded -- we always find a way to fund great science, which is a good return on the capital we deploy. And as you've seen, we've done that in pretty creative ways in the last 2 years to make sure we can move programs forward at speed.
Now, it always depends upon the breadth of your pipeline as to whether you have enough money. And then it's a question of do you prioritize or do you partner? Because if you prioritize, then maybe some assets have to be slowed down or if you partner, then you can keep all the assets going. I think one of the things that's quite interesting about Teva is our ability to do that and our willingness to do it. It's because we have a very different level of gross margin in this business right now. So our ability to partner assets and still get something that's massively accretive when we bring to market is still an optionality we have.
So I think for me, I always think if we've got good science, good reason to believe, good assets, we should fund them. And if we struggle to fund them in a way that stays true to our financial guidance, then we think about, well, how do we do that from a partnership. And that's the way we think about it. But it's a good problem to have, and I think we've shown we can navigate that well. But maybe, Eli, you take the first question.
Yes. So first of all, as Richard mentioned, everything you saw today, it's pure organic, which means we're not capturing any potential proceeds from Teva API to come into play to the net debt of 2. This is just the trajectory. But if this one is coming even early, yes, we're going to use part of the proceeds in order to tender the debt. That will do to do 2 main things. It will actually accelerate the trajectory to be below 2 earlier, and it will save us more financial expenses, which will expand more free cash flow and EPS.
But the trajectory to really think about capital returns beyond '27, it's about how you're really, really able to stand on your feet and generate accretive free cash flow. When you commit to dividends, when you commit to something else, you need to have substantial free cash flow. So that trajectory will not get shorted because we are actually selling TAPI, right? So we are still need to go on that trajectory. And as you saw, the $2.7 billion free cash flow, it's kind of, I would say, mark for us to shift and to become a company that enable to provide better returns to our shareholders.
Thank you for the question, Chris. Ash?
This is Ash with UBS. So yes, maybe just on AUSTEDO, I wanted to understand your level of confidence on the $3 billion number for 2030, given that IRA negotiations still need to be decided on where the pricing is. And I think there is fair bit of uncertainty on it from how investors are thinking about it. I think even the first offer from CMS is coming June 1. So I just wanted to understand what gives you confidence that your guidance bakes in that?
And then secondly, on the 2030 outlook, so yes, this is a pretty growth -- strong growth profile getting to $5 billion plus on the branded growth. In terms of the margin, the operating margin, like how much of an uplift do you get beyond the 30%? Is it a few percentage points? Or does it really start to step up and go towards mid-30s, 40s, even? Just wanted to -- I would love to get your thoughts on that.
Yes. Thanks for the question. I'm going to take the second question first. It gives Chris time to think about the first question. What I would say, though, is, once again, we don't put numbers on slides unless we have a high level of belief that we can achieve them. It goes back to my opening remarks, which are we want to do what we say we're going to do. And so we think really carefully. And that's an important part, and then Chris can answer that. When it goes back to the second part of your question, which I've just suddenly forgot. Margins, yes, I didn't pick up on purpose.
So on margins, you're sort of teasing me out to give my new 2027 targets, right? And we're not going to do that. I think what we want to do is we want to get to keep executing, hit our '27 targets. And as we go forward, we can think about what those margins could be. Obviously, we did put the greater than. And so we believe we can be greater than 30%. And there's every reason to believe with the portfolio coming through with the efficiencies we're driving in our manufacturing and our generic business and the innovative growth that we've got. But I don't want to get drawn into what those are today. I think that's 2030. I'm glad you asked the question because it shows you're thinking about it, and that's what I hope you do. Over to Chris.
Perfect. So IRA is evolving. So you're right to be cautious about it. I think we are as well, and we've modeled it many, many ways. I would say our learnings have been different this time, this negotiation than what we observed the first round. A lot of those products were much later in their life cycle, also much, much multi-blockbuster. And what we're experiencing, and we've had many meetings with CMS about this well before we were even selected to better understand their thought process, particularly given AUSTEDO is a much smaller patient population, more distinct in its disease state, things like that. It's not a mass product.
And I'd say that they really reflected in this process, some of the things that we talked about, meaning that they offered physicians to be able to call in and have an advocacy panel, physicians to give their viewpoint. Cost did not come up at all, which was interesting versus last year at this time, some of the things that came up.
Additionally, totally coincidentally, they -- Sherland, the lady that we featured this morning, she called into one of the patient and advocacy panels, which was phenomenal and gave a play-by-play look of her experience with the disease and what that looks like. And what I'd say is we don't know where it's going to land. We've estimated it. But from our interactions with CMS, they're being really thoughtful about the data that we're sharing and the discussions that we're having about how this is a unique disease state, and it's very different than some of the other mass population diseases that they've addressed before and how specific this patient is and how high risk they are, given the other medical issues that they're solving for.
It's not a singular like managing diabetes or cardiovascular disease. It has lots of implications. So we'll see where it lands. But I don't want to be overly confident because I think we need to be pragmatic. This is outside of our control. But I think we've managed the variables really well that we -- that were available to us, and we're going to have some meaningful conversations as we negotiate the outcome.
Thank you, Ash. Next question, JP.
This is [Jesus Pacheco] in from Umer Raffat of Evercore ISI. I have a couple of questions on AUSTEDO. Can you please give us a little more details on the switching dynamics? I mean you guys talked a lot about the new patients today, but we want to understand what the switching dynamics even within AUSTEDO, right, like from the twice a day to once a day. And on the bridge for revenues to cover Revlimid, you mentioned you're going to double biosimilars. And can you please add a little bit more color on that, too, like what's the strategy on doubling the biosimilar revenues?
Okay. Thanks for the questions. I think -- and I'll make sure Richard gets prep for the second question, the biosimilars. On the first one with AUSTEDO, I'll hand that to Chris. I think to keep in mind because we often get quite a lot of questions about the competitiveness of that marketplace. The way we think about that internally, and you hear we don't talk about competition at all is because we just see the unmet medical need. We see the huge hundreds of thousands of patients are not on therapy. And so we sort of control our destiny and saying how many patients do we need to pull through and help and how does that go down on to help our revenue? And how does it once a day play into that. I'll hand over to Chris to give you more.
Yes. So within kind of starting on AUSTEDO XR, most of those patients are naive to treatment and about 60% of them start on XR. Switching from BID to XR is about 20%, switching from the other brands around 20%. But most of the business is this untapped treated population that we're solving to get introduced to the product and have a real option.
And then on the -- I think it was the compensating for the generic Revlimid loss next year. I think it was partly the biosimilars, but I think it'd be surrounded with how we think we're going to do that, Richard.
Yes. So just as I said, there's 3 components to it. There's biosimilars. I'll come back to that in a second, but there's also the growth in our OTC medicines business and the significant number of generic launches we've got coming up, including 15 complex ones as well. But specifically on biosimilars, and we've launched 2 in the U.S. so far this year. We have another 5 near term. We're having tuck-ins in Europe as well. So it's basically multiple shots on goal that will allow us to be able to build that business as we expect to close to double it over the next couple of years.
And then the OTC business, which I think Richard talked about growing at double digit. So you put those three together, and I think the math works out to cover generic Revlimid.
Next question please.
Les from Truist. Christine, perhaps on olanzapine opportunity, what is the investment needed in terms of additional sales force, market access? And have you kickstarted any premarket -- prelaunch activities? For Eric, on duvakitug, how do you prioritize label expansion studies among the 3 classes that you highlighted today? Is there a pick in order for these studies? Do you require additional feedback and support from Sanofi?
And then Richard Daniell, lastly, I appreciate the color around biosimilars. Maybe just kind of talk about how the competitive market will evolve. And then in general, for the gross margin profile for generics business overall, could you speak to the balance and what's driven by the high-value revenue mix versus the cost reduction initiatives?
Thanks for those questions. Well, I think I'll hand it on straight away because I know Chris knows definitely about this one. So I'll hand you on olanzapine.
For sure. So we're excited because I feel like we're not about olanzapine specifically, but we're doing premarket conditioning right now. So as I talked about, that journey is so incredibly complicated. So our experience with UZEDY is really the biggest informing factor of what that landscape is going to look like. So FTEs, I mean, around the edges, we might be adding folks, but that footprint is really, really sound. We reach most of the prescribers, as you can see kind of from our performance already. And we'll continue to look for what's our access proposition based on how physicians will use it. So once we have a final label from Eric and the FDA, then we kind of sort out the go-to-market, both the value preservation of the product as well as the access and how we want to negotiate for that.
Yes, for the indication. So we're working hand-in-hand with Sanofi to choose our indications. It's the same formula we use for all drug development, what we select going forward. So it's going to be the validity of the science, where is the most likely place you're going to win? What's the size of the population, what's the possibility of the revenue you can generate from an indication. Then you work down from there, once you unlock a certain category, whether it's T2, non-T2 or fibrotic, you can then unlock maybe the next higher risk, maybe other different value indications. But it's a clear sequence selection that we do in the process. You have to do it kind of logically here because there's so many different ways you can go. You have to really let the science drive you.
Richard?
Yes. The question was around margin evolution in the generics business, I believe. And there's a few drivers within that. First of all, there's the launches. Now of course, you can have more launches in one year than you will have in another year, but they are, of course, a contributor. But we're also moving our geographical weight, if you like, a little more towards Europe and international markets. And there, we tend to see a little more predictability in terms of price evolution also for biosimilars as well. And we're going to -- beyond the next couple of years, we'll see more biosimilars in Europe.
And then last, that rather large OTC medicines business. We grow volume, but we're able to put prices up there. As I called out, there's no payer pressure there, no patent expiries as well. So that's helpful. And then lastly, the work we're doing within our supply network, of course, those levers I called out will all benefit our cost per unit, which will help support gross margins and competitiveness.
I think just maybe just one thing I'd add just to what Chris said on olanzapine. And I think it's really important back in my days when I was at a company that specialized in MS, when you know the stakeholders, the payers, the hospital pharmacists, the D&T committees, the physicians, the nurse practitioners, you know them and you see them every single day. When you're going to launch another product in that, which is based on the same technology that gives you a really opportunity from understanding their needs, they understand and they trust you. And I think that's something which is not just synergistic financially, but that really changes the whole dynamic of an uptake of a product and the potential to do that well.
Matt Dellatorre, Goldman Sachs. So clearly, the innovative portfolio is taking shape. But as you continue to build that out, how do you balance the necessary R&D investments with your long-term margin targets just in the context of many branded pharma spending 15% to 20% of sales in R&D? And then is it fair to say the risk to the upside on the long-acting portfolio just in the context of J&J's business?
Thanks for that question, Matt. I mean -- so I'll start answering this. I know Eli desperately wants to answer this as well. So I'm going to -- so when it comes to our R&D, firstly, I go back to what I answered earlier. We never miss on a good opportunity to drive something that's going to create long-term value for the company going forward. And then people often do talk about are we spending enough? And I remind everybody, we have not spent on something we need to move through the clinic. And that will continue. If it gets to a point where we have so many indications, so many products, then once again, I think we've shown the flexibility to think differently than other companies would. But I do think the way people look at the math is wrong, and I'll hand it over to my math expert to explain why.
Yes. So Matt, look, first of all, in the last 2 years, the reported R&D numbers are net from funding, right? So there is some couple of hundreds on top that allow us to fund be it olanzapine, be it DARI, and the partnership we have with Sanofi. So this is something that we need to understand. The baseline is actually higher, right? And when we move forward, you saw the slide that I presented in my session, we're moving to more 70%, 75% on the mix on R&D. You know high level what will be the number of total R&D, but the revenue related to that one is the innovative revenue. So if you do the math, you actually on the low mid-teens, you're not at the 6% to 6.5% because the generics is actually diluting the entire percentage. So that's the way you should think about it.
And then with regard to the LAI franchise, I think the way I'd answer it because obviously, we put up the numbers, $1.5 billion to $2 billion. And so yours is a bit of a push as to is that ambitious enough? I think that just goes to the size of the opportunity that Chris highlighted both in the U.S. and in Europe and the different penetration of those. But once again, I don't want to get drawn into -- there's a good opportunity. There's a big schizophrenia market there when you take into account the orals. There's a big market, and Chris highlighted the growth on that. We've shown we've done really well in UZEDY, which I think people were less excited about and now they're excited because of the product profile and the excellence in commercial execution. I think there's a reason to be optimistic about olanzapine. But let's see how that plays out. And obviously, if we think that's a different trajectory, we'd come back and give a different peak sales profile, but not at this stage, not before we've launched one of them.
Matt, thanks for the question. Next question. Any from online? Sanjeev?
Yes. There's a question on DARI. AstraZeneca dual action rescue inhaler. AstraZeneca launched their ICS/SABA earlier last year, and the progress has been rather slow in terms of how revenue has progressed for them. What gives you confidence that Teva's product can do $1 billion plus in this category?
So I think I've said in the past, I said you always want to be first to market, almost always. And the reason why I say that is this is a market which, although the guidelines which Eric talked about have been out there for some time, the market has to be created and AstraZeneca in the process of creating that market. And I think if there's a company you want in respiratory to create a market, I think AstraZeneca would be a good company to pick. So I think the guidelines are there. There's clear unmet medical need. And if you look at the amount of death that could be avoided if this product was used. So I think this market will be formed. The fact that will be coming to the market 3-plus years after AstraZeneca, our belief is that market will be shaped. I think they've created a good payer engagement and a good price point, and that's about the conversion.
And so the way we look at it is we'll be coming in behind them. We'll be coming in with a differentiated inhaler device, and we'll have a pediatric population, which is 25% of that. So that's why we have ambition of the $1 billion. I would say, don't forget that's over time as well. This market has to be created. We're sort of forecasting we're going to take 25% of that just from an indication point of view. And we could take more than that as Eric is very enthusiastic about our device and the fact that, that is more convenient and we'll actually have adults using that as well. So that's where we get comfortable in putting that peak sales out there.
Next question. I'm sorry. I saw a hand up there. Go ahead, Ash. Sorry, Chris.
I just want to come back to the manufacturing restructuring. I know that's a big piece of kind of the bridge to mix and that part of the bridge to get to 27%. Can you just talk a little bit more about -- I know has done a lot over time. Kind of why were some of these changes not done in past kind of evaluations of the business? And how is this one different, I guess, in terms of what's being focused on restructuring and reorganization versus some of the efforts over the last 4 or 5 years?
I'll tag team that with Eli. I think -- and this was on purpose. So when I came in and we did the pivot to growth strategy, we saw the opportunity to improve the efficiency of the manufacturing. But we also saw that we had a customer service level that was below what it should be. So we weren't -- we could sell more generics if we supply them. And we also saw that we had AUSTEDO to get on a different trajectory. We wanted to reinvigorate AJOVY. We wanted to accelerate our pipeline. And the decision that I made at the time was as much as those all have opportunity, if we try and do them all at once, maybe we'll impact the ability to execute any of them.
And so the idea was on the manufacturing, we would make sure we've got our innovative portfolio up and running. We've got the pipeline going. We'd improve our customer service level, which is about making sure we supply the orders we've got and we defer driving efficiency and all the stuff you're seeing now to a later date. So that was planned. I'd also ask Eli to talk a bit about that when you go from 90-plus sites down to 50-plus sites, to do that and drive efficiencies in the sites you've got. I wouldn't say it's impossible, but to close that many sites and then drive efficiencies in the sites you remain, it's the same people. So it's a hard thing to do. But Eli, you were here, so maybe talk.
Yes. So first of all, about the manufacturing footprint, Q1 '24, almost more than a year, I presented a very nice bridge that if you exclude the 13 sites we have with API, we're going to have below 30 sites. So actually, what we did here, we just put again the spotlight on this one, so people will understand as part of our efforts to keep expanding margin and how everything getting into that play. When you make decisions on the network, it's not happening in 2, 3 months, right? So those activities were done already before, right? So your question is on why now that was already in the trajectory.
Ash, go ahead.
Yes. I wanted to ask about just the pipeline. So TL1A, Eric, if you can give us your latest on where you're shaking out in terms of new indications where you could go either in fibrosis type or autoimmune diseases. And then secondly, on the ICS/SABA, I think just looking at the clinical trial design, it seems the end point is up to 36 months and if you're able to enroll by the end of this year and you're basically guiding to the data in next year, how does that work out? Like is there earlier separation that you're expecting versus what the endpoint is? And then just second question that I'll ask or the third question is, yes, if you can give us your latest on the TAPI process, where are we? I mean the macro was bad for a while, but just in terms of, I think, private equity deals starting to come back again a little bit. So if you can give us a sense of where we are in that process.
Thanks, Ash. Look, I'll go straight to you.
Take them in order. So TL1A. So I described our strategy. I'm not going to make any announcements about indications today. That's something we're doing, keeping close to the chest with Sanofi. We think that's a competitive advantage at this point. But it's key that there's a clear pecking order. There's indications we think are going to be the most likely. I think they're going to be the larger, more important indications, then we'll work down the list. I think fibrosis is the last on that list. And then when we open up those indications, we will unlock much more potential. But we have to be logical on how we do it. We have to be -- like I said before, we're kind of be ruthless on our capital allocation on these indications. You could fire a lot and lose a lot. We want to go with the highest probability of successes.
And we're also a hell bent on making sure that our Phase III program in ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease moves quickly. This is a horse race. I think that we have great data going into the Phase III. I think we're in a good position. And I think we've learned a lot about how to accelerate these programs. So I'm really bullish on that. But we'll get to these indications in due time. The ICS/SABA, your question was about the Phase III exacerbation study. I'll remind you, remember, that's an event-driven study. So we've been very focused on making sure we get the study enrolled as fast as possible with all the patients lined up in all the pediatric, adolescent, and adult patients. So we have to get them as fast as possible so that we get those events happening over time. So that's just one thing to keep. It's not a defined period in the future. We anticipate that we'll hit that at the end of '26. That's how we model out the rate that we're seeing exacerbations now and the number of patients we've got coming into the study.
And then, Eli, do you want to take the TAPI?
Yes. We are in a really advanced discussion on that transaction with potential buyers. At the moment that we'll be able to share, we will share. But currently, we cannot talk about it too much.
Thank you, Ash. Maybe one very brief question. Sorry, Matt, go ahead.
Thanks, Matt again. A few for Eric. For the IL-15, how are you thinking about the potential profile versus some of the oral and topical JAKs? And then for the TSLP program, how do you think about the potential profile or improvement over a Tezspire in asthma? And then finally, on TL1A, is it fair to say that we could see a few Phase IIa proof-of-concept readouts over the next 3 years or so?
Okay. So I'm blanking on the first one already. It was the...
Anti-IL-15. Vitiligo.
So the point about the IL-15 was -- I forgot you were asking about like oral or topical JAKs. Yes. So that's a very good point. So many people who suffer from vitiligo, it's not just 10% of their body. Those are -- those topicals are limited in the surface areas you can cover. It's harder to take that. You have to smear on yourself all the time. So I think the real unmet medical need is people who have disseminated vitiligo. They need systemic therapies to actually change the entire pathology of the disease. I think that systemic therapies are going to be differentiated if you have one that really has an effect.
The TSLP/IL-13 program, there's literature data out there right now that really suggests that the combination is considerably better based on some proof of study -- proof-of-concept studies with a biomarker of nitric oxide release. And those -- that was impressive results. I mean I'm very encouraged by that. I think that we have a differentiated product in the way that we brought the 2 targets together. So that's exciting. I think that's in asthma. What we can do in atopic dermatitis is the next thing that's got us very interested. And your final question, what was the final readout...
Proof of concept readouts.
Potential Phase IIa.
Yes, we're working with that. Like I said, I'm going to keep that close to the chest. We'll probably announce that when those studies are actually kicking off.
And with that, I get the privilege of asking the last question. But before I do that, I'd like to invite the other speakers to leave the stage. No, no, you don't leave the stage. You're on the spot for the last question. And before I ask you that question, I'd like to thank everyone for coming very briefly. There'll be box lunches outside for you to take or eat. And obviously, we'll be around for quite a bit longer to answer any questions you have. And please also fill out your feedback survey. It's tremendously important to us. And then to the last question, Richard, do you have any concluding thoughts for us?
All right. I do, Chris. Thank you very much. So I'd just like to reiterate what Chris said, and thank you all for coming. I really appreciate everybody sparing the time and coming along in person. I appreciate people who have dialed in on the web to also hear about the pivot to growth journey and the acceleration phase. I'm not going to take much of your time because I think we're all hungry, but I will conclude with some of a summary of what I believe I'd like you to take home and take back with you. And in this slide, I've only got 2 slides, so to give you heads up. This slide, I hope sums it up, sums up everything we've talked about. The transition from Teva from a pure-play generics to a preeminent biopharma company. And that's just based on substance and the fact here.
Everything in the middle, the slide 25 to 27 has happened or is about to happen with regard to olanzapine. So that -- I think that future is under our control, and we're good at executing. And then when you go beyond that in '28, we just see this innovative pipeline just keep coming through. And as I said, these are good MoAs. These are best-in-class or first-in-class, and they all have blockbuster potential. This is completely transformative from a company perspective. It's transformative from the duration of growth we can have. It's not about a short-term growth, it's not about a medium.
Because there are no major LOEs in the future, this is -- I'd like to sometimes think of this as a biopharma company that starts, but it skips straight to adolescents and then straight into its 30s. And we have the ability to do that. So what does that mean for many people in the room and online? So ultimately, it's about allocation of capital and creating return for shareholders. That's our job. That's our role. That's what we are paid to do, making sure we improve the value of the company and the return for shareholders. And this is a rather crude equation, but it starts out how we think about it.
We drive revenue, we drive top line growth, but we're driving bottom line growth all the time with our innovative portfolio. We continue to supplement that and add to that with our innovative pipeline, which is coming through at a real regularity. And that allows us to throw off significant cash flow. And this cash flow, we're talking about $3.5 billion. We talked about $2.7 billion in '27, but the line of sight to $3.5 billion is clear. This gives us multiple opportunities to increase shareholder value.
And so everything you've heard ultimately comes back to do we have the capability, do we have the confidence to do this to transform the company and to create real shareholder value? I think we do. I think what we talked a lot today is about facts. Now we can have a different opinion on where those will take us, but I think that's a plus or minus discussion rather than a categoric yes or no.
And so with that, I'd ask you to take that -- a way we do that slide and understand that we are committed to creating value for our shareholders. I think we have the plan to do it. We've shown over the last 2 years, we can execute, we plan and we execute. And I think you've seen that from the team today. We have a world-class team who I know have the ability to execute and transform this company going forward. So with that, I thank you for your time, your attendance and your attention.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR — Shareholder/Analyst Call - Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR — Shareholder/Analyst Call - Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited
📣 Kernbotschaft
- Takeaway: Teva fährt die "Pivot to Growth"-Strategie in die Beschleunigungsphase: vier Säulen (Wachstumsprodukte, gesteigerte Innovation, Generika‑Power, Fokus/Modernisierung). In den letzten zwei Jahren wurden rund $1 Mrd. innovativer Umsatz hinzugefügt; neun Quartale in Folge Wachstum. Ziel: AUSTEDO $2,5 Mrd. bis 2027; $700 M netto Einsparungen bis Ende 2027.
🎯 Strategische Highlights
- Innovativ: Flagship AUSTEDO (XR) beschleunigt, UZEDY am Markt; olanzapine‑LAI als nächster Launch; ambitionierte Pipeline (duvakitug, DARI, emrusolmin, anti‑IL‑15).
- Generika & OTC: >300 Dossiers, 15 komplexe Generika näherterminiert, 5 nahe Biosimilars, OTC ~$1 Mrd.; Fokus auf Diversifikation außerhalb USA.
- Kapital & Kosten: Modernisierung der Fertigung und OpEx‑Optimierung, Priorisierung von Investitionen in wachstumsstarke Assets.
🔎 Neue Informationen
- Pipeline‑News: Duvakitug: starke Phase‑II/POC‑Zahlen (placebo‑adjusted ~27% UC, ~35% CD) und angekündigte Phase‑III‑Studien mit Sanofi; Olanzapine LAI: Einreichung in H2 dieses Jahres geplant; DARI (Inhaler) large Phase‑III (≈2.000 P.) mit Abschluss Rekrutierung bis Ende Jahr; emrusolmin in Phase‑II; Anti‑IL‑15 POC‑Signal in Zöliakie/Vitiligo.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Schwerpunkte: Skepsis/Fragen zu 2030‑$5 Mrd. Ziel, IRA/Medicare‑Ausgang für AUSTEDO, Deckung des Revlimid‑LOE (Biosimilars/OTC/Generika/Einsparungen), Timing & Verwendung von TAPI‑Verkaufserlösen, Kapitalrückkehr (Dividende/Buybacks) nach Erreichen <2x Nettoverschuldung.
- Management‑antworten: Betonung organischer Optionen und BD‑Flexibilität; viele Fragen wurden strategisch beantwortet, konkrete Zeitpläne (z. B. TAPI‑Verkauf, Margen >2030) blieben vage.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Implikation: Präsentation untermauert glaubwürdige, organische Transformation zu einer „biopharma‑Company“ mit klaren Near‑term‑Katalysatoren (Olanzapine LAI‑Einreichung H2, duvakitug PhIII‑Start H2, DARI‑Studie, emrusolmin‑Enrolment). Risiken: IRA‑Preisfindung, Execution der $700M Einsparungen, Revlimid‑LOE und Tempo/Timing von TAPI‑Transaktion; Anleger sollten diese Katalysatoren sowie den Hebelpfad zu <2x Nettoverschuldung beobachten.
Finanzdaten von Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR
Umsatz
Der Umsatz stellt die Summe aller Einnahmen eines Unternehmens z. B. für dessen Produkte oder Dienstleistungen dar.
Umsatz (TTM) einfach erklärtDirekte Kosten
Direkte Kosten sind die Kosten, die direkt im Zusammenhang mit der Herstellung des Produkts oder der Dienstleistung entstehen.
Bruttoertrag
Der Bruttoertrag gibt an, wie viel vom Umsatz nach Abzug der direkten Herstellkosten im Unternehmen verbleibt. Berechnet man den prozentualen Anteil vom Umsatz, spricht man von der Bruttomarge (engl. Gross Margin).
Brutto Marge einfach erklärtVertriebs- und Verwaltungskosten
Die Vertriebs- & Verwaltungskosten (engl. Selling, General & Administrative expenses, kurz SG&A) beinhalten alle Aufwände für Marketing und den Verkauf sowie die allgemeine Verwaltung des Unternehmens.
Forschungs- und Entwicklungskosten
Die Forschungs- und Entwicklungskosten (engl. research & development costs, kurz R&D) geben Auskunft darüber, wie viel das Unternehmen in die Forschung und die Entwicklung seiner Produkte investiert. Vor allem prozentual vom Umsatz und im Vergleich zu direkten Wettbewerbern sind die Kosten interessant.
EBITDA
Das EBITDA (Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization) ist der Gewinn des Unternehmens vor Zinsen, Steuern und Abschreibungen. Berechnet man den prozentualen Anteil vom Umsatz, spricht man von der EBITDA-Marge.
Abschreibungen
Abschreibungen stellen Wertminderungen von Vermögensgegenständen des Unternehmens dar (z.B. durch Abnutzung von Maschinen).
EBIT (Operatives Ergebnis)
Das EBIT (engl. Earnings Before Interest and Taxes) ist der Gewinn des Unternehmens vor Zinsen und Steuern, das auch als operatives Ergebnis bezeichnet wird. Berechnet man den prozentualen Anteil vom Umsatz, spricht man von
der EBIT-Marge.
Nettogewinn
Der Nettogewinn stellt den Gewinn oder Verlust nach Abzug aller Kosten dar.
Nettogewinn einfach erklärtaktien.guide Premium
| Mär '26 |
+/-
%
|
||
| Umsatz | 17.349 17.349 |
4 %
4 %
100 %
|
|
| - Direkte Kosten | 8.194 8.194 |
0 %
0 %
47 %
|
|
| Bruttoertrag | 9.155 9.155 |
9 %
9 %
53 %
|
|
| - Vertriebs- und Verwaltungskosten | 4.052 4.052 |
9 %
9 %
23 %
|
|
| - Forschungs- und Entwicklungskosten | 989 989 |
1 %
1 %
6 %
|
|
| EBITDA | 5.136 5.136 |
9 %
9 %
30 %
|
|
| - Abschreibungen | 997 997 |
3 %
3 %
6 %
|
|
| EBIT (Operatives Ergebnis) EBIT | 4.139 4.139 |
12 %
12 %
24 %
|
|
| Nettogewinn | 1.564 1.564 |
222 %
222 %
9 %
|
|
Angaben in Millionen USD.
Nichts mehr verpassen! Wir senden Dir alle News zur Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR-Aktie direkt und kostenlos in Deine Mailbox.
Auf Wunsch erhältst Du jeden Morgen pünktlich zum Frühstück eine E-Mail, die alle für Dich relevanten Aktien-News enthält.
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADR Aktie News
Firmenprofil
Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd. beschäftigt sich mit der Entwicklung und Herstellung von Medikamenten. Zu ihren Produkten gehören Medikamente gegen Herz-Kreislauf-Erkrankungen, Schmerzmittel, Fettleibigkeit, Krebs und unterstützende Pflege, Infektionskrankheiten und Viren der menschlichen Immunschwäche sowie Erkältungen und Husten. Das Unternehmen wurde 1901 gegründet und hat seinen Hauptsitz in Petah Tikva, Israel.
aktien.guide Premium
| Hauptsitz | Israel |
| CEO | Mr. Francis |
| Gegründet | 1901 |
| Webseite | www.tevapharm.com |


